Matthew 1–14: A Handbook on the Greek Text (Baylor Handbook on the Greek New Testament) 9781602581449, 9781481309660, 1602581444

Citation preview

MATTHEW 1-14

A Handbook on the Greek Text

WESLEY G. OLMSTEAD

Matthew 1–­14

Baylor Handbook on the Greek New Testament Lidija Novakovic General Editor

OTHER BOOKS IN THIS SERIES



Matthew 15–­28 Mark 1–­8 Mark 9–­16 Luke

Acts 1 Corinthians 1–­9

1 Corinthians 10–­16

2 Corinthians Galatians Ephesians Colossians and Philemon The Pastoral Letters James 1 Peter 2 Peter and Jude 1, 2, 3 John Revelation

Wesley G. Olmstead Rodney J. Decker Rodney J. Decker Martin M. Culy, Mikeal C. Parsons, and Joshua J. Stigall Martin M. Culy and Mikeal C. Parsons Timothy A. Brookins and Bruce W. Longenecker Timothy A. Brookins and Bruce W. Longenecker Fredrick J. Long David A. deSilva William J. Larkin Constantine R. Campbell Larry J. Perkins A. K. M. Adam Mark Dubis Peter H. Davids Martin M. Culy David L. Mathewson

Matthew 1–­14 A Handbook on the Greek Text

Wesley G. Olmstead

BAYLOR UNIVERSITY PRESS

© 2019 by Baylor University Press Waco, Texas 76798 All Rights Reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior permission in writing of Baylor University Press. Cover Design by Pamela Poll Graphic Design Scripture translations are the author’s. The Library of Congress has cataloged this book under the ISBN 978-1-60258-144-9.

Web PDF ISBN 978-1-4813-0966-0 This ebook was converted from the original source file. Readers who encounter any issues with formatting, text, linking, or readability are encouraged to notify the publisher at [email protected]. Some font characters may not display on all ereaders. To inquire about permission to use selections from this text, please contact Baylor University Press, One Bear Place, #97363, Waco, Texas 76798.

CONTENTS

Series Introduction ix Preface xv Abbreviations xvii Introduction xxi Matthew 1:1-­17

1

Matthew 1:18-­25

9

Matthew 2:1-­12

19

Matthew 2:13-­18

30

Matthew 2:19-­23

35

Matthew 3:1-­6

40

Matthew 3:7-­12

44

Matthew 3:13-­17

50

Matthew 4:1-­11

55

Matthew 4:12-­17

63

Matthew 4:18-­22

67

Matthew 4:23-­25

71

Matthew 5:1-­12

74

Matthew 5:13-­16

81

Matthew 5:17-­20

84

v

vi

Contents

Matthew 5:21-­26

89

Matthew 5:27-­30

95

Matthew 5:31-­32

98

Matthew 5:33-­37

100

Matthew 5:38-­42

104

Matthew 5:43-­48

107

Matthew 6:1-­4

111

Matthew 6:5-­6

115

Matthew 6:7-­15

117

Matthew 6:16-­18

123

Matthew 6:19-­24

126

Matthew 6:25-­34

131

Matthew 7:1-­6

140

Matthew 7:7-­12

145

Matthew 7:13-­14

149

Matthew 7:15-­20

151

Matthew 7:21-­23

154

Matthew 7:24-­27

156

Matthew 7:28-­29

160

Matthew 8:1-­4

161

Matthew 8:5-­13

164

Matthew 8:14-­17

170

Matthew 8:18-­22

173

Matthew 8:23-­27

177

Matthew 8:28-­34

181

Matthew 9:1-­8

187

Matthew 9:9-­13

193



Contents

vii

Matthew 9:14-­17

197

Matthew 9:18-­26

200

Matthew 9:27-­31

207

Matthew 9:32-­34

211

Matthew 9:35-­38

212

Matthew 10:1-­4

215

Matthew 10:5-­15

218

Matthew 10:16-­25

226

Matthew 10:26-­33

233

Matthew 10:34-­36

240

Matthew 10:37-­39

242

Matthew 10:40-­11:1

244

Matthew 11:2-­6

247

Matthew 11:7-­10

249

Matthew 11:11-­15

253

Matthew 11:16-­19

257

Matthew 11:20-­24

260

Matthew 11:25-­27

265

Matthew 11:28-­30

268

Matthew 12:1-­8

270

Matthew 12:9-­14

276

Matthew 12:15-­21

281

Matthew 12:22-­30

285

Matthew 12:31-­37

292

Matthew 12:38-­42

297

Matthew 12:43-­45

300

Matthew 12:46-­50

303

viii

Contents

Matthew 13:1-­2

307

Matthew 13:3-­9

308

Matthew 13:10-­17

312

Matthew 13:18-­23

319

Matthew 13:24-­30

324

Matthew 13:31-­35

330

Matthew 13:36-­43

334

Matthew 13:44-­50

340

Matthew 13:51-­52

344

Matthew 13:53-­58

346

Matthew 14:1-­12

350

Matthew 14:13-­21

358

Matthew 14:22-­33

365

Matthew 14:34-­36

375

Glossary 379 Works Cited 389 Indices 403

SERIES INTRODUCTION

The Baylor Handbook on the Greek New Testament (BHGNT) is designed to guide new readers and seasoned scholars alike through the intricacies of the Greek text. Each handbook provides a verse-­by-­verse treatment of the biblical text. Unlike traditional commentaries, however, the BHGNT makes no attempt to expound on the theological meaning or significance of the document under consideration. Instead, the handbooks serve as supplements to commentary proper. Readers of traditional commentaries are sometimes dismayed by the fact that even those that are labeled “exegetical” or “critical” frequently have little to say about the mechanics of the Greek text and all too often completely ignore the more perplexing grammatical issues. In contrast, the BHGNT offers an accessible and comprehensive, though not exhaustive, treatment of the Greek New Testament, with particular attention given to the grammar of the text. In order to make the handbooks more user-­friendly, authors have only selectively interacted with secondary literature. Where there is significant debate on an issue, the handbooks provide a representative sample of scholars espousing each position; when authors adopt a less known stance on the text, they generally list any other scholars who have embraced that position. The BHGNT, however, is more than a reliable guide to the Greek text of the New Testament. Each author brings unique strengths to the task of preparing the handbook, such as textual criticism, lexical semantics, discourse analysis, or other areas. As a result, students and scholars alike will at times be introduced to ways of looking at the Greek language that they have not encountered before. This feature makes the handbooks valuable not only for intermediate and advanced Greek courses but also for students and scholars who no longer have the luxury of increasing their Greek proficiency within a classroom context. While handbook

ix

x

Series Introduction

authors do not consider modern linguistic theory to be a panacea for all questions exegetical, the BHGNT does aim both to help move linguistic insights into the mainstream of New Testament reference works and, at the same time, to help weed out some of the myths about the Greek language that continue to appear in both scholarly and popular treatments of the New Testament. Using the Baylor Handbook on the Greek New Testament Each handbook consists of the following features. The introduction draws readers’ attention to some of the distinctive characteristics of the New Testament document under consideration and treats some of the broader issues relating to the text as a whole in a more thorough fashion. In the handbook proper, the biblical text is divided into sections, each of which is introduced with a translation that illustrates how the insights gleaned from the analysis that follows may be expressed in modern English. Following the translation is the heart of the handbook, an extensive analysis of the Greek text. Here, the Greek text of each verse is followed by comments on grammatical, lexical, and text-­critical issues. Every verb is parsed for the sake of pedagogical expediency, while nouns are parsed only when the form is unusual or requires additional explanation. Handbook authors may also make use of other features, such as passage overviews between the translation and notes. Each page of the handbook includes a header to help readers quickly locate comments on a particular passage. Terminology used in the comments that is potentially unfamiliar is included in a glossary in the back of the handbook and/or cross-­referenced with the first occurrence of the expression, where an explanation may be found. This is followed by a bibliography of works cited, providing helpful guidance in identifying resources for further research on the Greek text. Each volume concludes with a grammar index and an author index. The list of grammatical phenomena occurring in the biblical text provides a valuable resource for students of Greek wanting to study a particular construction more carefully or Greek instructors needing to develop illustrations, exercises, or exams. The handbooks assume that users will possess a minimal level of competence with Greek morphology and syntax. Series authors generally utilize traditional labels such as those found in Daniel Wallace’s Greek Grammar beyond the Basics. Labels that are drawn from the broader field of modern linguistics are explained at their first occurrence and included in the glossary. Common labels that users may be unfamiliar with are also included in the glossary.



Series Introduction

xi

The primary exception to the broad adoption of traditional syntactic labels relates to verb tenses. Most New Testament Greek grammars describe the tense system as being formally fairly simple (only six tenses) but functionally complex. The aorist tense, it is frequently said, can function in a wide variety of ways that are associated with labels such as “ingressive,” “gnomic,” “constative,” “epistolary,” “proleptic,” and so forth. Similar functional complexity is posited for the other tenses. Positing such functions, however, typically stems not from a careful analysis of Greek syntax but rather from grappling with the challenges of translating Greek verbs into English. When we carefully examine the Greek verb tenses, we find that the tense forms do not themselves denote semantic features such as ingressive, iterative, or conative; at best they may allow for ingressive, iterative, or conative translations. In addition, the tense labels have frequently led to exegetical claims that go beyond the syntax. For this reason, handbook authors do not generally utilize these labels but seek to express nuances typically associated with them in the translation. Avoidance of traditional tense labels is based on the insights gained from the discussions about verbal aspect theory over the last three decades, which distinguish Aktionsart (kind of action) from aspect (subjective portrayal of an action). Many contributors to the BHGNT series agree with the basic premise of verbal aspect theory that tense forms do not grammaticalize time and adopt a three-­aspect paradigm that differentiates between perfective aspect, imperfective aspect, and stative aspect. Some authors also concur with Stanley Porter’s (1989; 1994) claim about different levels of semantic density or markedness—­that is, the concept of the perfective aspect as the least marked (background), the imperfective aspect as more marked (foreground), and the stative aspect as the most marked aspect (frontground). There is, however, still significant scholarly disagreement concerning the nature of verbal aspects and their semantic functions. Constantine Campbell (2008a), for example, identifies the Greek perfect not with stative aspect, like Porter and others, but with imperfective aspect with heightened remoteness, which he describes as a dynamic action in progress. Steven Runge (2014), conversely, challenges the foundational idea of Porter’s verbal aspect theory that Greek tense forms do not have temporal references and argues for a mixed time-­aspect system. Handbook authors are encouraged to interact with these and other discussions about verbal aspect and incorporate their insights in the analysis of the Greek text.

xii

Series Introduction

Deponency Although series authors will vary in the theoretical approaches they bring to the text, the BHGNT has adopted the same general approach on one important issue: deponency. Traditionally, the label “deponent” has been applied to verbs with middle, passive, or middle/passive morphology that are thought to be “active” in meaning. Introductory grammars tend to put a significant number of middle verbs in the New Testament in this category, despite the fact that some of the standard reference grammars have questioned the validity of the label. Archibald Robertson (332), for example, argues that the label “should not be used at all.” In recent years, a number of scholars have taken up Robertson’s quiet call to abandon this label. Carl Conrad’s posts on the B-Greek Internet discussion list (beginning in 1997) and his subsequent formalization of those concerns in unpublished papers available on his website have helped flesh out the concerns raised by earlier scholars. In his essay “New Observations on Voice in the Ancient Greek Verb,” Conrad argues that the Greek voice system is not built upon trichotomy (active, middle, and passive) but upon a bipolar basis (active and middle/passive). He further claims that the verbs that have been traditionally termed “deponent” are by their nature subject-­focused, like the forms that are regarded as genuine middle, and suggests that “both term and concept of ‘Deponency’ should be eliminated forever from formal categories and thinking about ancient Greek voice” (11). Similar conclusions are reached by Jonathan Pennington (2003, 60–­64), who helpfully summarizes the rationale for dispensing with the label, maintaining that widespread use of the term “deponent” stems from two key factors: (1) the tendency to analyze Greek syntax through reference to English translation—­if a workable translation of a middle form appears “active” in English, we conclude that the verb must be active in meaning even though it is middle in form—­and (2) the imposition of Latin categories on Greek grammar. Pennington concludes, “Most if not all verbs that are considered ‘deponent’ are in fact truly middle in meaning” (61). The questions that have been raised regarding deponency as a syntactic category, then, are not simply issues that interest a few Greek scholars and linguists without much bearing on how one understands the text. Rather, the notion of deponency has, at least in some cases, effectively obscured the semantic significance of the middle voice, leading to imprecise readings of the text (see also Bakker; Taylor). It is not only middle voice verbs, however, that are the focus of attention in this debate. Conrad, Pennington, and others also maintain that deponency is an invalid category for passive verbs that have traditionally been placed



Series Introduction

xiii

in this category. To account for putative passive deponent verbs, these scholars have turned to the evolution of voice morphology in the Greek language. They draw attention to the fact that middle morphology was being replaced by passive morphology (the θη morpheme) during the Koine period (see esp. Conrad, 3, 5–­6; cf. Pennington 2003, 68; Taylor, 175; Caragounis, 153). Consequently, in the Common Era we find “an increasing number of passive forms without a distinctive passive idea . . . replacing older middle forms” (Pennington 2003, 68). This diachronic argument leads Conrad (5) to conclude that the θη morpheme should be treated as a middle/passive rather than a passive morpheme. Such arguments have a sound linguistic foundation and raise serious questions about the legitimacy of the notion “passive deponent.” Should, then, the label “deponent” be abandoned altogether? While more research needs to be done to account for middle/passive morphology in Koine Greek fully, the arguments are both compelling and exegetically significant. Consequently, users of the BHGNT will discover that verbs that are typically labeled “deponent,” including some with θη morphology, tend to be listed as “middle” or “middle/passive.” In recognizing that so-­called deponent verbs should be viewed as true middles, users of the BHGNT should not fall into the trap of concluding that the middle form emphasizes the subject’s involvement in the action of the verb. At times, the middle voice appears simply to be a morphological flag indicating that the verb is intransitive. More frequently, the middle morphology tends to be driven by the “middle” semantics of the verb itself. In other words, the middle voice is sometimes used with the verb, not in order to place a focus on the subject’s involvement in the action, but precisely because the sense of the lexical form itself involves subject focus. It is the hope of Baylor University Press, the series editors, and each of the authors that these handbooks will help advance our understanding of the Greek New Testament, be used to equip further pastors and other church leaders for the work of ministry, and fan into flame a love for the Greek New Testament among a new generation of students and scholars. Martin M. Culy Founding Series Editor Lidija Novakovic Series Editor

This page intentionally left blank

PREFACE

Most of the work on this handbook was completed during two sabbaticals approved by my supervisors (and friends), Dwayne and Cal and Don. Thank you. I am indebted to both Martin Culy, the original editor of this series, and Lidija Novakovic, the current editor. Marty invited me to write this volume and, as the project neared completion, graciously responded to a string of queries about puzzling texts with insightful suggestions. Lidija’s expertise in both Matthew and the language of the New Testament, and her sharp editorial eye, have improved my work in many places. It has been a consistent delight to work with her. My thinking about Matthew’s Gospel has inevitably been influenced by interaction with three decades of students at Briercrest and, occasionally, at the Ethiopian Graduate School of Theology. During the latter stages of my work on the handbook, several students met with me weekly to read the Greek text of Matthew: Anja and Timo, Kaitlyn and Josh, Colton, and Phil represent the many others who have enriched my life and study. Another former student, James VanderVeen, read and commented on an early draft of the entire manuscript. But God’s very best gifts to Faith and me have been closer to home. When I began working on this project, my aging parents were healthy and my children were high school students. As I complete it, my parents have both gone home and my (now adult) children read these texts with me. Bryndon and Brooke, this book, and what it represents, is for you and in memory of your grandparents. ‫כי חסד חפצתי ולא זבח ודעת אלהים מעלות‬

xv

This page intentionally left blank

ABBREVIATIONS

1st

first person

2nd

second person

3rd

third person

acc

accusative

act

active

aor

aorist

ASV

American Standard Version

BDAG

Danker, A Greek-­English Lexicon of the New Testament, 2000

BDB

Brown, Driver, Briggs, A Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament

BDF

Blass, Debrunner, Funk, A Greek Grammar of the New Testament

cf.

compare (confer)

CEB

Common English Bible

CEV

Contemporary English Version

dat

dative

e.g.

for example (exempli gratia)

Eng.

English

ESV

English Standard Version

et al.

and others (et alii)

fem

feminine

fut

future

xvii

xviii

Abbreviations

gen

genitive

GW

God’s Word Translation

HCSB

Holman Christian Standard Bible

HP

historical present

i.e.

that is (id est)

impf

imperfect

impv

imperative

ind

indicative

inf

infinitive

KJV

King James Version

LDGNT

The Lexham Discourse Greek New Testament

lit.

literally

LEB

The Lexham English Bible

LN

Louw and Nida, Greek-­English Lexicon

LSJ

Liddell, Scott, Jones, A Greek-­English Lexicon

LXX

Septuagint

masc

masculine

mg

marginal reading

MHT

Moulton, Howard, Turner, A Grammar of New Testament Greek, 4 vols.

mid

middle

MSS/mss manuscripts MT

Masoretic Text

n.

note

NA28

Nestle-­Aland, Novum Testamentum Graece, 28th ed.

NAB

New American Bible

NASB

New American Standard Bible

NEB

New English Bible

NET

New English Translation Bible

NETS

A New English Translation of the Septuagint

neut

neuter

NIV

New International Version



Abbreviations NJB

New Jerusalem Bible

NKJV

New King James Version

NLT

New Living Translation of the Bible

nom

nominative

NRSV

New Revised Standard Version

NT

New Testament

opt

optative

OT

Old Testament

pace

with deference to

pass

passive

pl

plural

plprf

pluperfect

PP

prepositional phrase

pr.

prologue

pres

present

prf

perfect

ptc

participle

REB

Revised English Bible

RSV

Revised Standard Version

SBLGNT

The SBL Greek New Testament

sg

singular

subj

subjunctive

s.v.

under the word (sub verbo)

TDNT

Kittel, Theological Dictionary of the New Testament, 10 vols.

TNIV

Today’s New International Version

UBS

The United Bible Societies’ Greek New Testament

voc

vocative

WH

Westcott and Hort, The New Testament in the Original Greek

xix

This page intentionally left blank

INTRODUCTION

“Of the four Gospels contained in the canon of the New Testament, those of Matthew and John were the most widely read and therefore the most commented upon during the patristic age; also, the use of Matthew began far earlier than that of John. Consequently, it is no exaggeration to state that the faithful who lived between the end of the first and the end of the second centuries came to know about the words and deeds of Christ on the basis of this text” (Simonetti, xxxvii). No doubt the historical reasons that Matthew’s Gospel became the place to turn to encounter Jesus’ teaching and his mission were diverse, and many are no longer recoverable. But whatever those reasons, the reception of Matthew’s Gospel bears witness to the conviction shared by those early Christians that this document was formative for their life of faith. I share that conviction. For me, the leisure to work through the Greek text of this Gospel slowly has been a rich and formative gift. I hope that students (and occasionally scholars) will benefit from the analysis I offer. But I also dare to hope that, for some, this volume will help to facilitate a sustained reflection on the text of the Gospel that nurtures the faith the evangelist wrote to commend. The handbook is of course not a commentary in the ordinary sense, and readers may turn to the standard commentaries for discussions of important introductory issues (authorship, date, provenance, et al.). Here I wish, very briefly, to draw attention to some of the features that distinguish this volume. If I may be permitted to state the obvious, the signal strength of the series in which this handbook is published is that it permits (or, rather, requires) comment on each syntactical unit in the Greek New Testament. Even the best commentaries on the Greek text of the New Testament can only comment on syntax selectively. It is nevertheless more

xxi

xxii Introduction

than occasionally surprising to see where commentators choose to offer syntactical analysis and where they refrain. I am, however, more sympathetic than I might have been at the outset of this project: having taught through Matthew’s Gospel repeatedly over the last three decades, in the course of preparing this volume I nevertheless regularly found myself confronted with syntactical questions I had not previously noted. It would be a rudimentary mistake to regard syntactical analysis merely as a necessary foundational step in the exegesis of any text upon which subsequent steps may build. The reality is, of course, more complex, with prior exegesis inevitably informing and (one hopes) sharpening the syntactical analysis that follows. But syntactical analysis in turn limits and shapes the exegesis of particular texts, sometimes in determinative ways (e.g., how should one understand the future perfects ἔσται δεδεμένον and ἔσται λελυμένον in Matt 16:19?). There is, admittedly, an inevitable artificiality (or, better, partiality) about an exercise that reflects carefully on one part of the (interrelated) exegetical process but brackets out others. I hope, however, that this limitation is more than offset by the space for detailed syntactical reflection it affords. In this handbook, as is the pattern in the BHGNT series generally, I outline my own understanding of the syntax, but I also aim to alert readers to important alternative construals. Tense in the Greek Verb In the lively discussion of the last thirty years on the nature of the Hellenistic Greek verb, the so-­called Porter-­Fanning debate has often been front and center. As is well known, in two important, independent studies published within a year of each other, Porter (1989) and Fanning (1990) argued that the Greek verbal system must be understood in terms of aspect theory. Unlike Aktionsart, which concerns the nature of the action or state (and is thus mostly objective), aspect concerns the author’s (mostly subjective) viewpoint on, or depiction of, the action. Nevertheless, as they attempted to work out the implications of verbal-­aspect theory, Porter and Fanning also disagreed on numerous issues, not least on whether the Greek verb ever encodes time. Porter championed the position that Greek verbs never grammaticalize temporal information, even in the indicative mood (1989, 78; 1993, 34; 2009, 58–­59; 2015, 175–­94). Instead, “elements other than verbal aspect (context, for example) are the primary conveyors of temporal information in Greek” (1994, 25). For Fanning, by contrast, Greek verbs in all moods communicate information about aspect, but verbs in the indicative mood also provide temporal markers (1993, 58–­59).

Introduction xxiii

Several lines of evidence suggest to me that Greek verbs in the indicative mood do encode time, though of course not absolutely. First, I am not convinced by the typical appeal to semantics over against pragmatics to support the conclusion that Greek verbs fail to convey temporal information. Whereas semantics “refers to the core grammatical values of a linguistic item,” pragmatics “refers to the way in which language is used in context” (Campbell 2007, 24). As the argument is typically advanced, only what is not “cancelable” belongs to the semantic value of the form and can rightly be said to be characteristic of any verb tense (cf. Decker 2001, 38–­39; for a critique of the argument from cancelability, see Fresch 2016, 398–­400). Since, for example, present tense verbs in the indicative mood can be past-­referring, we cannot say that the present tense properly signals present time. Temporal reference, on this view, belongs to the domain of pragmatics rather than semantics because, at its uncancellable core, the Greek verb does not encode time. Closely related is the argument based on what Porter (1989, 75–­83) and others refer to as contrastive substitution. “Contrastive substitution,” Decker explains, “is a linguistic method that notes either the occurrence of identical forms (in this case, verbal forms) in different contexts or different forms in the same context. If the same verb can be used in different temporal contexts, and if different verb forms may be substituted in the same time context, and this without changing the temporal reference of the statement, then there is strong evidence that temporal reference is not the proper explanation of the meaning of the form” (2001, 34). Since one can observe such substitution in the use of the Greek verb (i.e., it can, in various tenses, be past-­, present-­, or future-­referring), “absolute temporal categories (such as past, present and future) are not grammaticalized by the verb forms even in the indicative mood” (Porter 1993, 32). If, however, this argument proves anything, it proves too much. No one doubts that the English verb encodes time. But as Runge points out, “even a highly time-­oriented verbal system like English does not grammaticalize uncancellable, absolute temporal reference. . . . Yet this is the standard to which Porter holds the Greek indicative tense-­forms, and not surprisingly finds them wanting” (2014, 167). Second, extensive cross-­linguistic research (for an overview, see Fresch 2016, 387–­97) demonstrates that perfective verb forms are typically linked to and signal past time, which suggests that the past temporal reference belongs to the semantic function of the verbal form and is not merely a pragmatic implicature (Fresch 2016, 393). The important point for our purposes is the more basic one: in the wide array of languages analyzed, comparable verbs do encode temporal references. We should expect the same from Greek.

xxiv Introduction

Third, the best explanation of the function of the augment in the indicative mood of aorist, imperfect, and pluperfect tenses remains the traditional one: it serves as a temporal marker (Dahl, 83; see now Gentry; Allan, 83–­100). Gentry offers this summary of the development of the augment: “The augment originates as an adverb having a deictic and spatial semantic value ‘yonder, there.’ Clearly this morpheme is prefixed only to verbs. Aorists without augments referred not to specific events but to habitual or generalized matters. Eventually a temporal sense, ‘at that time, then,’ is developed and the spatial sense is eroded. This development is already completed by Homer. When the system of reduced verb marking was abandoned, the augment became grammaticalized as a marker of past tense. . . . This happened by the Classical period” (368; see Porter 2015, 176–­83, for a restatement of his position that the augment does not serve as a temporal marker). Fourth, I do not think that proponents of the “aspect only” model have ever successfully explained why Greek developed two tenses that signal the same aspect (i.e., present and imperfect; perfect and pluperfect) in the indicative mood (unlike other moods), if they are not to be distinguished temporally (cf. Runge 2014, 166; Campbell 2007, 48–­56). Fifth, as far as I can discern, native Greek speakers, including grammarians both ancient and contemporary, think the verb communicates time (cf. Caragounis, 316–­36). “Aspect is not something that Greeks learn first at school; they learn it from their mother. From childhood they learn to distinguish, for example, the forms of the imperfect from those of the aorist, and small children do it quite clearly and ­correctly. . . . However, while a Greek would never deny or minimize the importance of aspect, he would, at the same time, insist that the verb signals not only aspect but also time, and that the two are equally pronounced. This has been recognized from the very first attempts that Greeks made in ancient times to reduce their language to grammatical analysis all the way to the present day” (Caragounis, 317). In this handbook, then, I proceed from the understanding that the Greek verb grammaticalizes aspect and, in the indicative mood, time. Adverbial Participles Influenced by recent discussions of verbal aspect, the BHGNT has moved away from assigning traditional syntactical tense labels (see the Series Introduction). What might, for example, have led grammarians to refer to a particular imperfect verb as “conative” is not something basic to the imperfect tense. Instead, readers depend on wider contextual signals to learn that the action of the verb was not accomplished.

Introduction xxv

Something similar might be argued with respect to other traditional syntactical labels, adverbial participles being one case in point. In itself, an adverbial participle does not denote time, or cause, or concession, or any other specific adverbial notion. Instead, the nature of the adverbial relationship is determined contextually. In short, “[p]articiples streamline a communication but leave the semantic relationship unspecified” (Buth 2016a, 280). Moreover, the context in which a participle is set does not always restrict the adverbial clause to any precise kind of relationship. It will not be unusual, for example, to discern both temporal and causal factors at play in the adverbial relationship conveyed by the participle. This volume continues to use the traditional labels for adverbial participles, but only for convenience, as a shorthand (“concessive” indicating, e.g., that contextual factors suggest a concessive relationship between the participial clause and the verb it modifies). Perhaps the most important contribution adverbial participles make is to mark distinctions in prominence (i.e., between what is central and what is supportive) within a sentence. As Runge observes, “[t]he Greek participle allows the writer to make one finite verb (e.g., indicative or imperative) central to the entire sentence by rendering the rest of the actions as participles. . . . The most important thing to understand about participles is the idea of prioritization of the action. . . . The finite action is the most prominent one, with participles playing a supporting role. Regardless of how we might translate Greek participles into English, in Greek they function to explicitly prioritize the action” (2010, 244–­45; cf. Buth 2016a). The basic function of the adverbial participle, then, is to point away from itself. But typically, the participle does this in one of two ways. The preverbal participle supplies the necessary background and establishes the context for the action of the main verb (cf. Levinsohn, 183). The postverbal participle, by contrast, typically offers explication of, or elaboration on, the action of the main verb (cf. Runge 2010, 262). Moreover, since “[t]here is a natural cline in human communication that moves from more-­presupposed to more-­salient,” postverbal participles are “typically important and salient” (Buth 2016a, 282 n. 9) though less prominent than the verbs they modify. Word Order I have consistently consulted the Lexham Discourse Greek New Testament (LDGNT) for guidance in thinking about word order in Matthew’s Gospel. On the presumption that, in the default word order, the finite verb stands at the head of its clause, I have frequently drawn attention to departures from this norm. Where other constituents precede the

xxvi Introduction

verb, commentators have often considered these fronted elements to be emphatic. But following LDGNT, I have reserved the term “emphasis” for constituents that are both prominent because of placement and most important in the clause (fronted for emphasis). But constituents are often fronted for other reasons, not least because they identify the topic of the clause that follows (fronted as a topical frame). If the verb communicates the most important information in the clause and one wishes to emphasize it, one way is to move it to the end of the clause. In such places, my note typically reads, “The verb stands in final, emphatic position.” Distinctive Matthean Features My work here is not as systematic or as thorough as I would wish, but I have attempted to pay attention to distinctive features of Matthew’s syntactical constructions and have included occasional reflections on patterns that emerge. I have assumed throughout that Matthew made use of Mark’s Gospel and have been interested in the syntactical modifications that he introduces, but nothing of major importance rests on this conclusion. Translation The translation that I have prepared is cheerfully idiosyncratic. I offer it not because I think it is the best way to translate Matthew’s Gospel or because I hope that some of my suggestions will find their way into mainstream translations. In my view, there are many fine English translations of the Greek text of Matthew’s Gospel. What I have tried to do in the English translation is to approximate, or at least draw attention to, what I think might have been the rhetorical force of Matthew’s Greek text. Two particular translation decisions invite comment. Against common convention (cf. Wallace, 640–­45), I have often translated participles of attendant circumstance as participles rather than rendering them as finite verbs linked to the main verb by “and.” My purpose in so doing is to signal the backgrounding effect that preverbal participles have vis-­à-­vis the main verb (see above). Matt 28:19 is an obvious case in point: that there is one finite verb (“make disciples”) and not two is potentially obscured by the translation “go and make disciples.” In my view, the occasional clumsiness (or worse) that my English translations risk is worth the reminder of the function that the Greek participle has. In a similar vein, I have rendered all the historical present verbs in Matthew (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) as English present-­tense verbs, not because

Introduction xxvii

they are present-­referring, but to remind readers that, for rhetorical purposes (discussed in the notes), the evangelist preferred the Greek present in that context. Citations of Israel’s Scriptures Occasionally in the handbook I make reference to pertinent Old Testament texts, often in Greek translation. I have followed the convention of referring to these texts as LXX Isaiah, Psalms, and so on without wishing to imply that there is a single textual form of the Greek Old Testament on which Matthew draws.

This page intentionally left blank

A HANDBOOK ON THE GREEK TEXT OF MATTHEW 1–­14

Matthew 1:1-­17 1 The account of the genesis of Jesus the Messiah, the son of David, the son of Abraham. 2Abraham became the father of Isaac, Isaac the father of Jacob, Jacob the father of Judah and his brothers, 3Judah the father of Perez and Zerah by Tamar, Perez the father of Hezron, Hezron the father of Aram, 4Aram the father of Aminadab, Aminadab the father of Nahshon, Nahshon the father of Salmon, 5Salmon the father of Boaz by Rahab, Boaz the father of Obed by Ruth, Obed the father of Jesse, 6and Jesse the father of David, the king. David became the father of Solomon by the wife of Uriah, 7Solomon the father of Rehoboam, Rehoboam the father of Abijah, Abijah the father of Asaph, 8Asaph the father of Jehoshaphat, Jehoshaphat the father of Joram, Joram the father of Uzziah, 9Uzziah the father of Jotham, Jotham the father of Ahaz, Ahaz the father of Hezekiah, 10Hezekiah the father of Manasseh, Manasseh the father of Amos, Amos the father of Josiah, 11Josiah the father of Jeconiah and his brothers at the time of the deportation to Babylon. 12 Now, after the deportation to Babylon, Jeconiah became the father of Salathiel, Salathiel the father of Zerubbabel, 13Zerubbabel the father of Abiud, Abiud the father of Eliakim, Eliakim the father of Azor, 14Azor the father of Zadok, Zadok the father of Achim, Achim the father of Eliud, 15Eliud the father of Eleazar, Eleazar the father of Matthan, Matthan the father of Jacob, 16Jacob the father of Joseph, the husband of Mary, from whom was born Jesus, who is called Messiah. 17So then, all the generations from Abraham until David total fourteen generations, and from David to the deportation to Babylon fourteen generations, and from the deportation to Babylon until the Messiah fourteen generations.

1

2

Matthew 1:1-17

1:1 Βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ υἱοῦ Δαυὶδ υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ. Βίβλος. Nominative absolute. γενέσεως. The basic function of nouns in the genitive case is to restrict the meaning of their head nouns (Mathewson and Emig, 11–­12; Robertson, 493). Since here γενέσεως does so by answering the question “Which book?” we might simply describe it as a genitive of identification (see Beekman and Callow, 255–­56) or, alternatively, as an epexegetical genitive (“the book which is the genesis”). In the LXX the phrase βίβλος γενέσεως appears only at Gen 2:4 and 5:1, and the echo of those texts here is probably intentional. Gen 2:4 introduces the creation account that follows and 5:1 the record of Adam’s descendants. At first glance, we might be inclined to think that Gen 5:1, with the genealogy that follows, provides the more significant parallel and translate it, as most English versions do, as “The record of the genealogy.” Two factors, however, should give us pause: (1) One of the key words in question, γένεσις, is repeated in 1:18, which introduces Matthew’s narrative of the events surrounding Jesus’ birth. (2) LXX Gen 5:1 echoes 2:4, suggesting that for the translator, creational and not merely genealogical considerations are important: Αὕτη ἡ βίβλος γενέσεως ἀνθρώπων ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν Αδαμ (“This is the book of the origins of humankind on the day on which God made Adam”). Together, these data suggest that Matthew’s interest in choosing this word cannot be restricted to genealogical concerns, however important they are. Something more fundamental is afoot—­a new creation (Davies and Allison, 1:159–­60). Perhaps the best way to alert English readers to the ambiguity of the phrase here (Βίβλος γενέσεως) and the word in 1:18 (γένεσις) is to transliterate: “The account of the genesis of Jesus.” Ἰησοῦ. Possessive genitive. The genitive substantive answers the question “Whose genesis?” Χριστοῦ. Genitive in apposition to Ἰησοῦ. Whether we should translate Χριστοῦ as a proper name (“Jesus Christ”; see Robertson, 795), as often in modern usage, or as a title (“Jesus the Christ” or “Jesus the Messiah”) is a matter of some dispute. In favor of the former, Χριστοῦ here is anarthrous. Ten of the sixteen occurrences of χριστός in this narrative are articular and all are clearly titular; of the remaining six, four (1:16; 26:68; 27:17, 22) seem also to be titular. Only about 1:1 and 1:18 does there seem to be a genuine question. Even here, the modifying appositional phrase (υἱοῦ Δαυὶδ) probably suggests a titular use. υἱοῦ. Genitive in apposition to Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Δαυὶδ. Genitive of relationship.



Matthew 1:1-2

3

υἱοῦ. Genitive in apposition to Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Ἀβραάμ. Genitive of relationship. 1:2 Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ, Ἰσαὰκ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰακώβ, Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰούδαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ, Ἀβραὰμ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg γεννάω. The verb is used forty-­five times in Matthew, once in Mark, three times in Luke, and eighteen times in John. But fully forty of Matthew’s forty-­five uses occur here in the genealogy (39× in this particular form). γεννάω refers here to “the male role in causing the conception and birth of a child—­‘to be the father of, to procreate, to beget’ ” (LN 23.58). τὸν Ἰσαάκ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Throughout the genealogy, the names are articular when they serve as direct objects; the article helps to distinguish the accusative case from the nominative in these (mostly) indeclinable nouns (cf. BDF §260.2). Ἰσαὰκ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. Levinsohn (148–­67) argues that since activated participants (i.e., characters who have been clearly introduced) are typically articular (the anaphoric use of the article), the absence of the article in such cases is particularly noteworthy and marks these participants as salient (i.e., grants them prominence) in the narrative. In this instance, he suggests, “each ancestor in turn becomes salient” (159). δὲ. Development. As Larsen (42) notes, δέ is “[t]he most common Greek sentence connector.” While BDAG (213) suggests that δέ may be used “either to express contrast or simple continuation,” more probably, as Runge (2010, 28–­36; cf. Levinsohn, 71–­80) argues, δέ does not mark either semantic continuity or discontinuity (since either can be present) but instead signals a new development in the narrative or argument. Not surprisingly, then, δέ introduces each new generation in Matthew’s genealogy. τὸν Ἰακώβ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ἰακὼβ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἰούδαν. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. καὶ. Unlike δέ, which introduces each new generation and so distinguishes it from the preceding one, καὶ links Judah to his brothers as the objects of ἐγέννησεν. Whereas δέ separates, καί binds together. τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship.

4

Matthew 1:1-17

1:3 Ἰούδας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Φάρες καὶ τὸν Ζάρα ἐκ τῆς Θαμάρ, Φάρες δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἑσρώμ, Ἑσρὼμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀράμ, Ἰούδας. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. See 1:2. τὸν Φάρες καὶ τὸν Ζάρα. Accusative direct objects of ἐγέννησεν. ἐκ τῆς Θαμάρ. Source. In this verse we meet the first of four (cf. 1:5, 6) similar PPs, each of which, modifying ἐγέννησεν, identifies the woman who shared in the father’s procreative act and so became the mother of the child. Cf. 1 Chr 8:9, 11; Ezra 10:44; Tob 1:9; Gal 4:23; Josephus, Ant. 12.189. Φάρες. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἑσρώμ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ἑσρὼμ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἀράμ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. 1:4 Ἀρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀμιναδάβ, Ἀμιναδὰβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ναασσών, Ναασσὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαλμών, Ἀρὰμ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. See 1:2. τὸν Ἀμιναδάβ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ἀμιναδὰβ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ναασσών. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ναασσὼν. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Σαλμών. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. 1:5 Σαλμὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βόες ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ, Βόες δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ, Ἰωβὴδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεσσαί, Σαλμὼν. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. See 1:2. τὸν Βόες. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ. Source; see ἐκ τῆς Θαμάρ in 1:3. Βόες. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἰωβὴδ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ. Source; see ἐκ τῆς Θαμάρ in 1:3. Ἰωβὴδ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἰεσσαί. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν.



Matthew 1:3-8

5

1:6 Ἰεσσαὶ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Δαυὶδ τὸν βασιλέα. Δαυὶδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σολομῶνα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου, Ἰεσσαὶ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. See 1:2. τὸν Δαυὶδ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν βασιλέα. Accusative in apposition to Δαυὶδ. Δαυὶδ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Σολομῶνα. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου. Source; see ἐκ τῆς Θαμάρ in 1:3. Matthew apparently prefers not to name Bathsheba (contrast Tamar, Rahab, and Ruth; 1:3, 5), referring to her indirectly as the wife of Uriah, perhaps because, as elsewhere in this genealogy, he wished to highlight the presence of Gentile outsiders in the ancestry of Israel’s Messiah. Uriah was a Hittite (cf., e.g., 2 Sam 11:3; see further Davies and Allison, 1:170-75). τοῦ Οὐρίου. Genitive of relationship. 1:7 Σολομὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ῥοβοάμ, Ῥοβοὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιά, Ἀβιὰ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀσάφ, Σολομὼν. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. See 1:2. τὸν Ῥοβοάμ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ῥοβοὰμ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἀβιά. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ἀβιὰ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἀσάφ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Although many MSS read Ἀσά instead of Ἀσάφ here and in 1:8, the latter is almost certainly original. Not only does it receive impressive support (𝔓1vid ‫ א‬B et al.), but since 1 Chr 3:10 has Ἀσά and since Ἀσάφ was a well-­known psalmist, a scribal “correction” from Ἀσάφ to Ἀσά is perfectly understandable. There was, of course, considerable variation in the spelling of ancient names; as Davies and Allison (1:175) note, Josephus calls him Ἄσανος (Ant. 8.286). 1:8 Ἀσὰφ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσαφάτ, Ἰωσαφὰτ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωράμ, Ἰωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ὀζίαν, Ἀσὰφ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. See 1:2. τὸν Ἰωσαφάτ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ἰωσαφὰτ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν.

6

Matthew 1:1-17

τὸν Ἰωράμ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ἰωρὰμ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ὀζίαν. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. 1:9 Ὀζίας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωαθάμ, Ἰωαθὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀχάζ, Ἀχὰζ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἑζεκίαν, Ὀζίας. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. See 1:2. τὸν Ἰωαθάμ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ἰωαθὰμ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἀχάζ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ἀχὰζ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἑζεκίαν. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. 1:10 Ἑζεκίας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μανασσῆ, Μανασσῆς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀμώς, Ἀμὼς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσίαν, Ἑζεκίας. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. See 1:2. τὸν Μανασσῆ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Μανασσῆς. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἀμώς. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. As in 1:7, the MS tradition offers two different spellings: a number of witnesses (K L W ƒ13 et al.) agree with (most MSS of) 1 Chr 3:14 in the spelling of the name of Manasseh’s son Ἀμών. For reasons virtually identical to those supporting Ἀσάφ above, we should regard Ἀμώς (‫ א‬B C Γ et al.) as original to Matthew in both of its occurrences here. See further Metzger (1–­2). Ἀμὼς. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἰωσίαν. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. 1:11 Ἰωσίας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος. Ἰωσίας. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. See 1:2. After ἐγέννησεν, in an assimilation to 1 Chr 3:15-­16, several witnesses (Θ ƒ1 33 syh**; Irlat vid) insert a generation. τὸν Ἰεχονίαν. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. καὶ. Just as καὶ linked Judah and his brothers in 1:2, so here it links Jeconiah to his brothers as the objects of ἐγέννησεν. If, by the inclusion of “and his brothers” after Judah, Matthew hints at the formation of the nation and its sojourn in Egypt, then καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς twice breaks the pattern of the genealogy to underscore defining moments in Israel’s



Matthew 1:9-14

7

history—­the formation of the nation and its scattering, Egypt and Babylon, exodus and exile. τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας. Temporal. Μετοικεσία, “deportation” (LN 85.83), is found in the NT only here and in Matt 1:12, 17 (LXX: Judg 18:30; 2 Kgdms 24:16; 1 Chr 5:22; Obad 1:20; Nah 3:10; Lam 1:7; Ezek 12:11; for the cognate verb, cf. Acts 7:43). Βαβυλῶνος. Genitive of identification (“the deportation to Babylon”). Grammarians offer an array of descriptions of the genitive here and in 1:12 (cf. MHT 3:212: objective; BDF §166: genitive of direction; Moule, 37–­38: genitive of definition; Young, 34: genitive of space; Wallace, 117: objective genitive or genitive of destination). But as Robertson (494) notes, the genitive merely identifies which deportation is in view: “What the genitive says is that it is a ‘Babylon-­removal.’ That is all.” 1:12 Μετὰ δὲ τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος Ἰεχονίας ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαλαθιήλ, Σαλαθιὴλ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ, Μετὰ . . . τὴν μετοικεσίαν. Temporal. Βαβυλῶνος. Genitive of identification (see 1:11). Ἰεχονίας. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. See 1:2. τὸν Σαλαθιήλ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Σαλαθιὴλ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. 1:13 Ζοροβαβὲλ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιούδ, Ἀβιοὺδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλιακίμ, Ἐλιακὶμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀζώρ, Ζοροβαβὲλ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. See 1:2. τὸν Ἀβιούδ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ἀβιοὺδ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἐλιακίμ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ἐλιακὶμ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἀζώρ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. 1:14 Ἀζὼρ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαδώκ, Σαδὼκ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀχίμ, Ἀχὶμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλιούδ, Ἀζὼρ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. See 1:2.

8

Matthew 1:1-17

τὸν Σαδώκ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Σαδὼκ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἀχίμ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ἀχὶμ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἐλιούδ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. 1:15 Ἐλιοὺδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλεάζαρ, Ἐλεάζαρ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ματθάν, Ματθὰν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰακώβ, Ἐλιοὺδ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. See 1:2. τὸν Ἐλεάζαρ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ἐλεάζαρ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ματθάν. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. Ματθὰν. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν Ἰακώβ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. 1:16 Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσὴφ τὸν ἄνδρα Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός. Ἰακὼβ. Nominative subject of ἐγέννησεν. ἐγέννησεν. See 1:2. τὸν Ἰωσὴφ. Accusative direct object of ἐγέννησεν. τὸν ἄνδρα. Accusative in apposition to Ἰωσὴφ. Μαρίας. Genitive of relationship. ἐξ ἧς. Source. The antecedent of the feminine relative pronoun is Μαρίας. ἐγεννήθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg γεννάω. In this fortieth (and final) appearance of γεννάω in the genealogy, we meet a passive form for the first time, and for the first time the verb does not mean “to beget, to produce” but “to bear” (BDAG, 194.2). The departure from the genealogy’s pattern (x produced y) is both striking and important. Matt 1:18-­25 will explain why no human father is granted a role in producing Jesus. Instead, attention is focused on Mary, from whom Jesus was born. Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐγεννήθη. λεγόμενος. Pres pass ptc masc nom sg λέγω (attributive). Χριστός. Nominative complement to Ἰησοῦς in a double nominative subject-­complement construction. See Culy (2009) for a helpful analysis of double-­case constructions. Employing insights from transformational grammar, Culy explains that a passive sentence like this is derived from the (hypothetical) active sentence τις λέγει Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν (“someone calls Jesus Messiah”). When the sentence is transformed into a passive



Matthew 1:15-17

9

sentence, the direct object ( Ἰησοῦν) becomes the subject and the accusative complement (Χριστόν) becomes a nominative complement. 1:17 Πᾶσαι οὖν αἱ γενεαὶ ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ ἕως Δαυὶδ γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες, καὶ ἀπὸ Δαυὶδ ἕως τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος ἕως τοῦ Χριστοῦ γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες. Πᾶσαι . . . αἱ γενεαὶ. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. οὖν. This conjunction signals both close continuity with the preceding material and new development, thus typically introducing either a conclusion drawn inferentially from the preceding material or, in narrative contexts, the resumption of a suspended event line (cf. Runge 2010, 43–­48). Here οὖν functions inferentially, introducing a summary of the data presented in the preceding genealogy. ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ ἕως Δαυὶδ. Together, ἀπὸ and ἕως mark the beginning and end of a series in this part of the genealogy (BDAG, 105.2.c.β). Although ἕως can act as a conjunction, in each of its three occurrences in 1:17, it functions as a preposition with a genitive object. γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες. Predicate nominative. ἀπὸ Δαυὶδ ἕως τῆς μετοικεσίας. See ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ ἕως Δαυὶδ above. Βαβυλῶνος. Genitive of identification. As in 1:11, 12, the genitive substantive in this verse (2×) makes the reference to the deportation to Babylon explicit. γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες. Predicate nominative. ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας . . . ἕως τοῦ Χριστοῦ. See ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ ἕως Δαυὶδ above. γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες. Predicate nominative. Matthew 1:18-­25 18 Now the genesis of Jesus the Messiah took place in this way. After his mother Mary had been engaged to Joseph but before they had any sexual union, she was found to be pregnant by the Holy Spirit. 19Joseph, her husband, because he was righteous and because he did not want to disgrace her, decided to divorce her quietly. 20After he had considered these matters, behold, an angel from the Lord appeared to him in a dream, saying, “Joseph, son of David, do not be afraid to take Mary as your wife, for that which is conceived in her is from the Holy Spirit. 21And she will give birth to a son, and you will name him Jesus because he will save his people from their sins.” 22All of this happened in order that what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet might be fulfilled, who

10

Matthew 1:18-­25

said, 23“Behold, the virgin will become pregnant and give birth to a son, and they will call him Emmanuel, which means ‘God with us.’ ” 24When Joseph rose from his sleep, he did just as the angel from the Lord had commanded him—­he took his wife. 25However, he had no sexual union with her until she gave birth to a son; and he called his name Jesus. 1:18 Τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν. μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ, πρὶν ἢ συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου. Τοῦ . . . Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Possessive genitive. As in 1:1, the genitive answers the question “Whose origin?” Davies and Allison (1:198 n. 3) and France (2007, 46) argue that Χριστοῦ (it vg syrc,s et al.; B has Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ) was original here: (1) nowhere else in the NT is Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ preceded by an article (but note the variant readings in Acts 8:37 and 1 John 4:3); (2) the addition of Ἰησοῦ is easier to explain than its consistent omission in the Latin and Syriac tradition; and (3) Χριστοῦ fits this context most naturally (cf. 1:16, 17): “Matthew is writing about ben Dāwid [the son of David]” (Davies and Allison, 1:198 n. 3). But the impressive, widespread support that Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ receives (𝔓1 ‫ א‬C L et al.) is difficult to ignore and it (probably correctly) proves decisive for both NA28 and SBLGNT. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἡ γένεσις. Nominative subject of ἦν. Although almost all English versions translate γένεσις here as “birth,” both the fact that it echoes 1:1 (γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ) and, especially, the fact that the pericope that follows only mentions Jesus’ birth in passing (cf. 1:25)—­preferring instead to focus on the astounding circumstances surrounding his birth—­suggest that “birth” is too restrictive. As in 1:1, either “origin” or the transliteration “genesis” captures the sense more helpfully (see 1:1 and Allison 2005, 157-62). The matter is complicated by a variation in the textual tradition. A number of witnesses (K L Γ ƒ13 et al.) support γέννησις instead of γένεσις. The similarity between the two words means that an accidental copying mistake cannot be discounted; more probably, however, later scribes opted to replace γένεσις with γέννησις, “the customary word used in patristic literature to refer to the Nativity” (Metzger, 7). Except in variant readings (cf. Luke 1:14; 1 John 5:18), γέννησις does not otherwise appear in the NT. οὕτως. Predicate adverb; that is, the adverb functions as the predicate of the equative verb (cf. MHT 3:226; BDF §434.1). ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί.



Matthew 1:18

11

μνηστευθείσης. Aor pass ptc fem gen sg μνηστεύω (genitive absolute, temporal). This, the first genitive absolute in Matthew’s narrative, is in some ways the most puzzling. As the name suggests, in typical classical usage, genitive absolutes were absolute (i.e., “the noun or pronoun to which the participle refers [did] not appear either as subject or in any other capacity” [BDF §423] elsewhere in the sentence). By this standard, μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς is extraordinarily irregular because not only is it not absolute, but the subject of the genitive participle reappears as the subject of the finite verb in the main clause (τῆς μητρὸς, the genitive “subject” of μνηστευθείσης, is also the subject of εὑρέθη). Classical Greek did feature exceptions to this pattern, but they increase in the NT to the point where they can hardly be regarded as exceptions. In over half of the genitive absolutes in this Gospel, the genitive subject does in fact reappear elsewhere in the sentence. In an important study, Phyllis and Alan Healey suggested that the genitive absolute may or may not be “absolute” and that this distinction is irrelevant. Instead, it serves as a “switch-­reference device to show that the main clause upon which it depends has a subject different from its own” (188). Fuller (2006), however, has challenged this conclusion, pointing to Matt 1:18 as one of several texts in which the genitive absolute cannot function as a switch-­ reference device. For both the Healeys and Fuller, however, the genitive absolute does provide important background information against which the sentence must be understood. In this instance, Mary’s betrothal to Joseph provides the frame through which the reader interprets the event depicted in the principal clause—­the discovery of her pregnancy. τῆς μητρὸς. Genitive subject of μνηστευθείσης. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. Μαρίας. Genitive in apposition to τῆς μητρός. τῷ Ἰωσήφ. Dative indirect object of μνηστευθείσης. πρὶν ἢ. Temporal (“before”). πρὶν ἤ is, according to BDAG (433.2.d) an “Ionism, very rare in Attic wr[itings], but common in the Koine.” Cf., elsewhere in the NT, Mark 14:30; Luke 2:26; Acts 7:2; 25:16. συνελθεῖν. Aor act inf συνέρχομαι. A euphemism (lit. “before they came together”) for sexual intercourse (LN 23.61). Used with πρὶν ἢ to denote subsequent time. αὐτούς. Accusative subject of the infinitive συνελθεῖν. εὑρέθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg εὑρίσκω. ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα. An idiom (lit. “having in the womb”) for being pregnant. ἐν γαστρὶ. Locative.

12

Matthew 1:18-­25

ἔχουσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg ἔχω. Nominative complement to the implied subject of εὑρέθη in a double nominative subject-­complement construction. Εὑρίσκω frequently takes a double accusative construction with a participle serving as the complement (see, e.g., Luke 2:12, 46; 7:10; 11:25; 19:30; 24:2). When, as here and in Luke 17:18, εὑρίσκω is passive, the double accusative is transformed into a double nominative construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου. Source. 1:19 Ἰωσὴφ δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, δίκαιος ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων αὐτὴν δειγματίσαι, ἐβουλήθη λάθρᾳ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν. Ἰωσὴφ. Nominative subject of ἐβουλήθη. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ ἀνὴρ. Nominative in apposition to Ἰωσὴφ. αὐτῆς. Genitive of relationship. δίκαιος. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. Runge (2010, 243–­68) follows Levinsohn (183) in arguing that adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify typically provide background information that prepares for the more important, subsequent action: “Despite the various claims about the function of adverbial participles (e.g., manner, time, cause, purpose), the ones that precede the main clause share a unified function. The use of the participle represents the choice not to use a finite verb. Since the participle is dependent on the main verb to supply the information that it does not encode on its own (e.g., mood), the participle does not obtain the same status as a finite verb. This means that the participle plays a supporting role to the main verb, and the role differs depending upon the placement of the participle with respect to the main verb. Those that precede the main verb have the effect of backgrounding the action of the participle, indicating that it is less important than the main verbal action” (Runge 2010, 249). Here the two adverbial participles supply the grounds for the main clause that follows: because he was righteous and did not wish to disgrace her, Joseph resolved to divorce Mary quietly. Whether the two participles supply two parallel reasons for Joseph’s decision (he was righteous and he did not want to disgrace her) or one (he was righteous and so did not want to disgrace her) can be disputed. Probably the former is more natural (cf. Nolland, 94, who links Joseph’s righteousness with his resolution to divorce Mary and his desire not to expose her with the decision to divorce her quietly), but the reader’s understanding of Joseph’s “righteousness” is nevertheless influenced by the second participle—­his was a compassionate righteousness.



Matthew 1:19-20

13

ὢν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg εἰμί (causal). μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. θέλων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg θέλω (causal). αὐτὴν. Accusative direct object of δειγματίσαι. δειγματίσαι. Aor act inf δειγματίζω (complementary). ἐβουλήθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg βούλομαι. βούλομαι, which can signal either desire or intent (cf. BDAG, 182), probably points here to the resolution of Joseph’s dilemma: “he decided.” On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. λάθρᾳ. Adverb of manner, modifying ἀπολῦσαι rather than ἐβουλήθη. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀπολῦσαι. Aor act inf ἀπολύω (complementary). αὐτήν. Accusative direct object of ἀπολῦσαι. 1:20 ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος ἰδοὺ ἄγγελος κυρίου κατ᾽ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ λέγων· Ἰωσὴφ υἱὸς Δαυίδ, μὴ φοβηθῇς παραλαβεῖν Μαρίαν τὴν γυναῖκά σου· τὸ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ πνεύματός ἐστιν ἁγίου. ταῦτα. Accusative direct object of ἐνθυμηθέντος. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of ἐνθυμηθέντος. ἐνθυμηθέντος. Aor mid ptc masc gen sg ἐνθυμέομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. The English versions are divided over whether ἐνθυμηθέντος points to action antecedent to (“after he had considered this”; see NIV 2011) or contemporaneous with (“as he considered this”; see RSV; ESV; similarly, LN 30.1) the appearance of the angelic messenger. Matt 1:24 (ἐγερθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου), however, suggests that this dream takes place as Joseph sleeps and, therefore, that his “considering” preceded the angel’s appearance. ἰδοὺ. This demonstrative particle “is actually the aor. mid. impv. of εἶδον, ἰδοῦ, except that it is accented w[ith] the acute when used as a particle” (BDAG, 468). The interjection, of which Matthew is fond (Matt: 62×; Mark: 7×; Luke: 57× [+23 in Acts]; John: 4×) and which grants special prominence to what comes next (cf. LN 91.13), seems to function in two primary ways in this Gospel: (1) to introduce and draw attention to particular developments in the narrative, especially surprising ones, and (2) to introduce and place an accent on the utterances that follow. One subset of the first type is the introduction of major participants in a scene. Moreover, Levinsohn (135 n. 3) argues that a distinction is to be made “between instances of ἰδού in which the reference to the new

14

Matthew 1:18-­25

participant occurs immediately after ἰδού and those in which ἰδού is followed by a verb. If this distinction is made, it turns out that, when a reference to a new participant immediately follows ἰδού, the participant typically has a major role to play in an existing scene. When ἰδού is followed by a verb, in contrast, it is a significant act that is introduced to the existing scene and any participant involved is cast in a non-­active role.” Predictably, when we turn to examine the second type, we see that most often ἰδού introduces Jesus’ own utterances. In this verse, the interjection draws attention to a (surprising) major participant, an angel of the Lord. ἄγγελος. Nominative subject of ἐφάνη. Fronted as a topical frame. κυρίου. Genitive of source. “Despite . . . strong OT connections, Matthew’s angel of God is, in line with later Jewish thought, a messenger of God rather than, as in Genesis (‘the angel of the Lord’), a way of speaking about the presence of God himself ” (Nolland, 97; contra Wallace, 252). κατ᾽ ὄναρ. In the Greek Bible, ὄναρ (“dream”) only occurs in Matthew and always in this PP (cf. 2:12, 13, 19, 22; 27:19). BDAG suggests that the preposition functions here as a “marker of temporal aspect . . . during a dream, in a dream” (512.2.a). Since κατά can have temporal force elsewhere, this is not impossible, but here it seems to be parallel to the LXX’s καθ᾽ ὕπνον, which always translates the Hebrew ‫( ַב ֲחלֹום‬Gen 20:6; 31:11, 24). Since, in these texts, any temporal sense in ‫ ַב ֲחלֹום‬is at best muted, it is perhaps better simply to say that the PP indicates the nature of the angelic appearance (“in a dream”). ἐφάνη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg φαίνω. See further 6:5 on φανῶσιν; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἐφάνη. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). Unlike adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify and establish the necessary background, adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify tend to “elaborate the action of the main verb, often providing more specific explanation of what is meant by the main action. In most cases, they practically spell out what the main action looks like” (Runge 2010, 262). Ἰωσὴφ. Vocative. Fronted as a topical frame. υἱὸς. Nominative for vocative, in apposition to Ἰωσὴφ; see further 9:27 on υἱὸς. Δαυίδ. Genitive of relationship. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. φοβηθῇς. Aor mid subj 2nd sg φοβέω (prohibitive subjunctive). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. παραλαβεῖν. Aor act inf παραλαμβάνω (complementary).



Matthew 1:21

15

Μαρίαν. Accusative direct object of παραλαβεῖν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. τὴν γυναῖκά. Accusative complement to Μαρίαν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. σου. Genitive of relationship. σου is an enclitic—­“a word which, whenever possible, is read so closely with the preceding word that it has no accent of its own (cf. ἐγκλίνω, ‘to lean upon’)” (Carson 1985a, 47). The preceding word can be affected in several ways, but two of the more common are the following: (1) it receives an additional accent (so here γυναῖκα becomes γυναῖκά), and (2) when the preceding word has an acute accent on the final syllable, that accent remains acute rather than changing to grave as it typically would (see further Carson 1985a, 47–50). τὸ . . . γεννηθὲν. Aor pass ptc neut nom sg γεννάω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted as a topical frame. γὰρ. According to BDAG (189), γάρ is “used to express cause, clarification, or inference.” Similarly, BAGD (151) asserts that γάρ is “used to express cause, inference, continuation, or to explain.” Writing in 1991, Larsen objects to this summary in BAGD, contending that the uses it assigns to γάρ are too many and varied: “γάρ is simply an explanatory particle that introduces some further information that the author/ speaker wishes to give his readers/hearers so that they can better understand some word or aspect of the previous sentence or clause. In some cases there may be a causal relationship between the explanatory new information and the previous statement. But if that is so, it is not signaled by γάρ, but shown by the context” (36). He continues: “In narrative texts, γάρ always takes the reader off the main event-­line into the background. In nonnarrative texts there is not always a clear distinction between the main theme-­line and background information, but γάρ still maintains its basic explanatory function” (36; see further Runge 2010, 51–­54). In this context, the explanatory particle introduces grounds for the preceding prohibition. ἐν αὐτῇ. Locative. ἐκ πνεύματός . . . ἁγίου. Source. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see σου above. 1:21 τέξεται δὲ υἱόν, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν· αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν. τέξεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg τίκτω. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. υἱόν. Accusative direct object of τέξεται. καλέσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg καλέω (imperatival future).

16

Matthew 1:18-­25

τὸ ὄνομα. Accusative direct object of καλέσεις in a double accusative object-­complement construction. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. Ἰησοῦν. Accusative complement to τὸ ὄνομα in a double accusative object-­complement construction. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the rationale for the child’s name. αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν. On the possible allusion to Ezek 36:28b-­29a and 37:23b, see Piotrowski. αὐτὸς. Nominative subject of σώσει. Fronted as a topical frame. σώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg σῴζω. τὸν λαὸν. Accusative direct object of σώσει. αὐτοῦ. The genitive pronoun answers the question “Which people?” That they are “his” suggests relationship but perhaps also possession. ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν. Separation. αὐτῶν. Subjective genitive. 1:22 τοῦτο δὲ ὅλον γέγονεν ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος· τοῦτο . . . ὅλον. Nominative subject of γέγονεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γέγονεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἵνα. Introduces a purpose or, less likely, a result clause (cf. the nearly identical constructions in 2:15, 4:14, and 12:17). Grammarians disagree about the force of ἵνα here and elsewhere. For example, Burton (§222) asserts, “Respecting ἵνα πληρωθῇ, Matt. 1:22 and frequently in the first gospel, there is no room for doubt. The writer of the first gospel never uses ἵνα to express result, either actual or conceived; and that he by this phrase at least intends to express purpose is made especially clear by his employment of ὅπως (which is never ecbatic) interchangeably with ἵνα.” On the other hand, following both BAGD and Moule (142), Wallace (473–­74) argues that ἵνα can indicate both “intention and its sure accomplishment”—­both purpose and result—­and cites Matt 1:22 as one example. While ἵνα can have a consecutive sense (e.g., John 9:2), several lines of evidence suggest that, in Matthew, Burton has the stronger case. First, in 2:23, 8:17, and 13:35 the telic conjunction ὅπως takes the place of ἵνα in this construction (ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθέν). Second, Matthew employs a similar construction in two other places (21:4; 26:56) to highlight the fulfillment of the divine intent in Jesus’ mission. Finally,



Matthew 1:22-23

17

nowhere else in Matthew does the context demand that ἵνα have a consecutive sense; by contrast, note the following clear examples of a telic ἵνα: 7:1; 9:6; 12:10, 17; 14:15; 17.27; 18:16; 19:13, 16; 21:4; 23:26; 26:5, 41, 56; 27:26. πληρωθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg πληρόω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. τὸ ῥηθὲν. Aor pass ptc neut nom sg λέγω (substantival). Nominative subject of πληρωθῇ. ὑπὸ κυρίου. Ultimate agency. διὰ τοῦ προφήτου. Intermediate agency. λέγοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λέγω (attributive). Since the participle is genitive in case, it should not be considered adverbial but attributive, modifying τοῦ προφήτου; see Culy (2003), who argues that with the exception of genitive absolutes and participles that agree with the accusative subject of an infinitive, adverbial participles are nominative, agreeing with the subject of the verb. Accordingly, the gender is not neuter (agreeing with ῥηθέν) but masculine. 1:23 ἰδοὺ ἡ παρθένος ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει καὶ τέξεται υἱόν, καὶ καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ, ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν ὁ θεός. ἰδοὺ. As already in LXX Isa 7:14, the interjection draws attention to the startling pronouncement that follows; see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ. ἡ παρθένος. Nominative subject of ἕξει. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει. An idiom (lit. “she will have in the womb”) for being pregnant; cf. 1:18. ἐν γαστρὶ. Locative. Fronted for emphasis. ἕξει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. τέξεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg τίκτω. υἱόν. Accusative direct object of τέξεται. καλέσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl καλέω. τὸ ὄνομα. Accusative direct object of καλέσουσιν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. Ἐμμανουήλ. A transliteration of the Hebrew ‫ע ָמנּו ֵאל‬,ִ Ἐμμανουήλ is an accusative complement to τὸ ὄνομα in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. ὅ. Nominative subject of ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. μεθερμηνευόμενον. Pres pass ptc neut nom sg μεθερμηνεύω (present periphrastic). Moule, however, wonders “whether εἰμί should not . . .

18

Matthew 1:18-­25

rather be regarded as standing on its own feet, with an explanatory participle” (17). μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν. Association/accompaniment. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ὁ θεός. For the meaning of Ἐμμανουήλ, Matthew offers μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν ὁ θεός (see LXX Isa 8:8). A survey of English translations reveals the ambiguity of the phrase. NRSV (NJB; NEB; NLT) translates “God is with us” (where θεός is the nominative subject of a verbless equative clause) in contrast to the more traditional “God with us” (where θεός is simply part of a noun phrase) of the KJV (RSV; NASB; NIV; TNIV; ESV). Both translations are viable alternatives, but neither answers the question the phrase poses: “In what way, precisely, is God with us?” Only the unfolding narrative will answer this question persuasively (so, rightly, Kupp, 57). 1:24 ἐγερθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, ἐγερθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἐγείρω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on the voice (which could be passive [Quarles, 22] but is more probably [a θη-] middle), see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰωσὴφ. Nominative subject of ἐποίησεν. ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου. Separation. ἐποίησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. ὡς. Introduces a clause (ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου) that serves as the object of ἐποίησεν: “[H]e did as (i.e., that which) the angel of the Lord commanded him” (cf. BDAG, 1104.1.b.β). Cf. 26:19. προσέταξεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg προστάσσω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσέταξεν. ὁ ἄγγελος. Nominative subject of προσέταξεν. The article is anaphoric (cf. 1:20). κυρίου. Genitive of source. See 1:20. καὶ. Epexegetical. καὶ introduces not a second action in which Joseph engages (“He did as the angel of the Lord commanded and, in addition, he took his wife”) but an explanation of the first (“He did as the angel of the Lord commanded—that is, he took his wife”). Strictly speaking, this is not a function of the conjunction, which simply binds the two clauses together, but of the semantics of the context itself and, in particular, of the two clauses linked by καί (cf. BDAG, 495.1.c).



Matthew 1:24-25

19

παρέλαβεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg παραλαμβάνω. τὴν γυναῖκα. Accusative direct object of παρέλαβεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. 1:25 καὶ οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν ἕως οὗ ἔτεκεν υἱόν· καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν. καὶ. Connective. On the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἐγίνωσκεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg γινώσκω. Here γινώσκω functions euphemistically, referring to sexual intercourse; cf. Gen 4:1. αὐτὴν. Accusative direct object of ἐγίνωσκεν. ἕως οὗ. Temporal. On the use of ἕως as a preposition with the genitive relative pronoun, see BDAG (423.1.b.β.‫)א‬. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (463) add, “The preposition and relative pronoun may be combined to form an idiomatic relative phrase . . . meaning, ‘at which time’ or ‘until the time when.’ It is likely a bit more forceful than the simple ἕως.” In itself, the temporal clause ἕως οὗ ἔτεκεν υἱόν leaves open the question of whether the situation changed after Mary gave birth to a son. ἔτεκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg τίκτω. υἱόν. Accusative direct object of ἔτεκεν. ἐκάλεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg καλέω. τὸ ὄνομα. Accusative direct object of ἐκάλεσεν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. Ἰησοῦν. Accusative complement to τὸ ὄνομα in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Matthew 2:1-­12 Now after Jesus had been born in Bethlehem in Judea, in the days of Herod the king, behold, magi from the east came to Jerusalem, 2saying, “Where is the one born king of the Jews? For we saw his star at its rising and have come to pay homage to him.” 3When he heard this, King Herod was deeply disturbed, and all Jerusalem with him, 4and after summoning all of the chief priests and scribes of the people, he was inquiring from them where the Messiah was to be born. 5And they said to him, “In Bethlehem in Judea, for so it is written through the prophet, 6 ‘And you, Bethlehem, land of Judah, are surely not least among the leading cities of Judah, because from you will come a leader who will shepherd my people, Israel.’ ” 7 Then Herod, having secretly called the magi, found out precisely from them the time at which the star appeared. 8And as he sent them to 1

20

Matthew 2:1-­12

Bethlehem, he said, “Going, inquire carefully about the child; and when you find him, report back to me so that I also, coming, may pay homage to him.” 9So, after hearing the king, they departed and, behold, the star, which they had seen at its rising, was going before them until, coming, it stood over the place where the child was. 10Upon seeing the star, they rejoiced with exceedingly great joy. 11And when they came into the house, they saw the child with Mary his mother; and, falling down, they paid homage to him and, opening their treasure boxes, offered gifts to him—­gold, incense and myrrh. 12And because they had been warned in a dream not to return to Herod, they withdrew by another route to their own country. 2:1 Τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα Τοῦ . . . Ἰησοῦ. Genitive subject of γεννηθέντος. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γεννηθέντος. Aor pass ptc masc gen sg γεννάω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. Like 1:18-­25, 2:1-­12 is introduced by a genitive absolute that links this pericope to the one that precedes it: the reference to the birth of Jesus anticipated in 1:18-­25 precipitates the magi’s visit to Jerusalem (cf. 2:2). ἐν Βηθλέεμ. Locative. τῆς Ἰουδαίας. Genitive of place (“Bethlehem in Judea”). ἐν ἡμέραις. Temporal. Ἡρῴδου. Genitive of time (“the days when Herod reigned”). τοῦ βασιλέως. Genitive in apposition to Ἡρῴδου. ἰδοὺ. The interjection introduces and highlights the magi, who will feature prominently in this episode; see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ. μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). μάγοι. Nominative subject of παρεγένοντο. μάγος, which apart from its four uses in Matthew 2 appears in the NT only in Acts 13:6, 8, refers here to “a person noted for unusual capacity of understanding based upon astrology (such persons were regarded as combining both secular and religious aspects of knowledge and understanding)” (LN 32.40). ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν. Source. See 2:2 on ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ. The plural is idiomatic: “Abstract substantives occur in the plural in the N. T. as in older Greek, an idiom foreign to English” (Robertson, 408). παρεγένοντο. Aor mid ind 3rd pl παραγίνομαι. εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. Locative.



Matthew 2:1-2

21

2:2 λέγοντες· ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχθεὶς βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων; εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ποῦ. The interrogative adverb introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of λέγοντες. ἐστιν. Pres act ind act 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ τεχθεὶς. Aor pass ptc masc nom sg τίκτω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Alternatively, the participle may simply be attributive (Quarles, 25: “king by birthright”), in which case βασιλεὺς would serve as the nominative subject of ἐστιν. βασιλεὺς. Nominative complement to ὁ τεχθεὶς in a double nominative subject-­complement construction; see 1:16 on Χριστός. τῶν Ἰουδαίων. Genitive of subordination. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the reason for the magi’s question. εἴδομεν. Aor act ind 1st pl ὁράω. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of identification (“his star”—­i.e., “the star that signaled his birth”). The preposed pronoun is thematically salient; see 5:16 on ὑμῶν. τὸν ἀστέρα. Accusative direct object of εἴδομεν. ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ. Temporal or locative. As BDAG (74.1,2,3) notes, ἀνατολή can refer to the “upward movement of celestial bodies, rising” (cf. the cognate ἀνατέλλω) or, by extension, either to “the position of the rising sun, east, orient” or to “a change from darkness to light in the early morning, the dawn.” Here, then, we might translate either “in the east” (KJV; RSV) or “at its rising” (NRSV; cf. NET; NIV 2011). In this context, ἀνατολῇ is distinguished from the preceding ἀνατολῶν (2:1) by its singular form, by the presence of the article, and by the different governing preposition (ἐν instead of ἀπό). Davies and Allison’s conclusions are typical: “This is generally recognized as being here and in 2.9 a technical astronomical phrase ‘at its rising’ . . . , not (as in sys) ‘in the east’, although the absence of αὐτοῦ is unexpected. The points of the compass never take the article (BDF §253.5), and Matthew has just used the plural without an article for ‘east’ ” (1:236). But the matter is more complicated than it first appears. It may be true that “the points of the compass never take the article” in the NT, since Matt 2:2, 9 represent the only two articular occurrences of the noun in the NT. Elsewhere, both singular (Rev 21:13) and plural (Matt 2:1) uses of noun can mean

22

Matthew 2:1-­12

“east.” In the LXX, the large majority of uses of ἀνατολή are anarthrous, but of the six articular occurrences of the noun, three clearly have geographical reference (two singular [1 Esd 5:46; Neh 3:29] and one plural [1 Chr 4:39])—­they simply mean “east.” Unlike the LXX, Josephus prefers singular, articular forms of ἀνατολή; but, singular (e.g., Ant. 1.37) or plural (e.g., Ant. 3.115), articular (e.g., J.W. 1.4) or anarthrous (e.g., J.W. 2.371), in the overwhelming majority of instances ἀνατολή simply means “east.” In themselves, then, neither the singular form nor the presence of the article offer decisive evidence in favor of an astronomical reference here. Perhaps, however, two factors tilt the balance slightly in its favor: (1) the distinction in form between 2:2, 9, on the one hand, and 2:1 on the other; and (2) the potential allusion to Num 24:17 (ἀνατελεῖ ἄστρον ἐξ Ιακωβ [“a star will rise from Jacob”]). These early chapters of Matthew’s Gospel are replete with both references and allusions to Israel’s story. ἤλθομεν. Aor act ind 1st pl ἔρχομαι. προσκυνῆσαι. Aor act inf προσκυνέω (purpose). The word is ambiguous and may refer to a continuum of responses ranging from paying homage to a human dignitary (cf. LN 17.21) to offering worship to God (cf. LN 53.56). On Matthew’s use of προσκυνέω, see 18:26 on προσεκύνει. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσκυνέω. 2:3 ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης ἐταράχθη καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ἀκούσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀκούω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ βασιλεὺς . . . καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα. Compound nominative subject of ἐταράχθη. The adjective πᾶσα demonstrates that Ἱεροσόλυμα, which can be either feminine or neuter (cf. BDAG, 470), is feminine here. Ἡρῴδης. Nominative in apposition to ὁ βασιλεύς. ἐταράχθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg ταράσσω. In spite of its compound subject (ὁ βασιλεὺς . . . καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα), ἐταράχθη is singular. BDF (§135) offers a set of loose rules that apply to both classical and NT patterns of use. Simplifying slightly, we may summarize: 1. When the verb precedes its two (or more) subjects, it is singular, agreeing with the first, unless the compound subject is conceived as a whole.



Matthew 2:3-4

23

2 . When the verb follows its compound subject, it is plural. 3. When, as here, the verb stands between its subjects, it is singular, agreeing with the first. Wallace (401) offers an alternative explanation: “When two subjects, each in the singular are joined by a conjunction, the verb is usually in the plural (e.g., in Acts 15:35 . . .). However, when an author wants to highlight one of the subjects, the verb is put in the singular. (This even occurs when one of the subjects is in the plural.) The first-­named subject is the one being stressed in such instances.” Neither BDF’s loose rules nor Wallace’s explanation account easily for the constructions Matthew employs: a singular verb can precede its compound subject (e.g., 5:18; 8:12; 13:42; 17:3; 22:13; 24:51; 25:30; 27:56, 61; 28:1), stand between its two subjects (e.g., 2:3; 3:5; 9:19; 22:40), or follow both subjects (e.g., 6:19; 12:31; 13:22; 16:17; 24:35). Nor is it obvious that the evangelist consistently aims to highlight the first of the two subjects (e.g., 3:5; 6:19; 8:12). μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Association/accompaniment. 2:4 καὶ συναγαγὼν πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς τοῦ λαοῦ ἐπυνθάνετο παρ᾽ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ χριστὸς γεννᾶται. συναγαγὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg συνάγω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς. Accusative direct objects of συναγαγών. That a single article governs the two nouns linked by καί suggests that here Matthew conceives of these two distinct groups as a conceptual unity (the “experts” to whom Herod appeals). The Granville-­Sharp rule does not apply because the nouns are plural (see Wallace, 270–­72). τοῦ λαοῦ. Partitive genitive. “5× in Matthew ὁ λαός stands in the genitive case, qualifying some group of Jewish leaders—­ elsewhere always οἱ ἀρχιερεις καὶ [οἱ] πρεσβύτεροι (21.23; 26.3, 47; 27.1)—­each time, it would seem, underscoring the relationship between the leaders and their people” (Olmstead 2003, 190 n. 4). In all five instances the construction is unique to Matthew. ἐπυνθάνετο. Impf mid ind 3rd sg πυνθάνομαι. BDF (§328) notes that verbs like πυνθάνομαι, which point forward to another action, often prefer the imperfect. In the NT, aorist forms of πυνθάνομαι appear only in John 4:52; 13:24, and Acts 23:34. παρ᾽ αὐτῶν. Source. ποῦ. Introduces an indirect question that serves as the clausal complement of ἐπυνθάνετο.

24

Matthew 2:1-­12

ὁ χριστὸς. Nominative subject of γεννᾶται. γεννᾶται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg γεννάω. Futuristic present (so Moule, 7; BDF §323.2; see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). 2:5 οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ· ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας· οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου· οἱ δὲ. As Culy, Parsons, and Stigall note, “[p]articularly within recorded dialogue, a shift in speaker is often marked simply through the use of a nominative article that agrees in gender with its referent, followed by δέ” (28). οἱ. Nominative subject of εἶπαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπαν. ἐν Βηθλέεμ. Locative. τῆς Ἰουδαίας. Genitive of place. οὕτως. The adverb is cataphoric, pointing forward to the citation of 2:6 (cf. BDAG, 742.2). Fronted for emphasis. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds for the Jewish leaders’ identification of Bethlehem. γέγραπται. Prf pass ind 3rd sg γράφω. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. Whenever Matthew introduces scriptural texts using a form of γράφω, the tense is always perfect (cf. 4:4, 6, 7, 10; 11:10; 21:13; 26:24, 31; 27:37). διὰ τοῦ προφήτου. Intermediate agency. 2:6 καὶ σὺ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα· ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ. σὺ. Nominative subject of εἶ. Fronted as a topical frame. Βηθλέεμ. Vocative. γῆ. Vocative in apposition to Βηθλέεμ. Ἰούδα. Genitive of identification. οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). οὐδαμῶς. Matthew is apparently responsible for the addition of the emphatic adverb; although Bethlehem was small among the thousands of Judah (LXX Mic 5:1), it is certainly that no longer because of the fulfillment of the prophetic word. ἐλαχίστη. Predicate adjective. Although superlative forms of the adjective become less common in the NT, and those that remain



Matthew 2:5-7

25

sometimes have elative rather than superlative force (cf. Robertson, 669), ἐλαχίστη should probably be regarded here as a true superlative. εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν. Locative. Ἡγεμών typically refers to “one who rules” (BDAG, 433), but as LN (37.50) suggest, “[i]n the context of Mt. 2.6 it is possible to understand ‘rulers’ as a figurative reference to important places, and therefore one may also translate ‘you are by no means least among the leading cities of Judah.’ ” Ἰούδα. Genitive of place (if we follow LN in finding in ἡγεμόσιν a figurative reference to place) or genitive of subordination (if ἡγεμόσιν refers to rulers). ἐκ σοῦ. Source. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding assertion: Bethlehem is not least among the cities of Judah because a ruler would emerge from there. ἐξελεύσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. ἡγούμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg ἡγέομαι (substantival). Nominative subject of ἐξελεύσεται. ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ. The last clause in Matthew’s citation of Micah 5 has been shaped under the influence of the Lord’s charge to David in 2 Sam 5:2: σὺ ποιμανεῖς τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ισραηλ. ὅστις. Nominative subject of ποιμανεῖ, pointing back to its antecedent, ἡγούμενος. McKay (1994, §19.2.2) remarks that “by the time of the NT some of the indefinite relative forms had fallen out of common use, and others (especially ὅστις, but only in the nominative of the masculine and feminine, and in the nominative/accusative of the neuter) were used interchangeably with the simple forms, apparently more to suit the sound and rhythm of the sentence than to signal the quality of the antecedent.” Culy (2004, 28) emphasizes that ὅστις “is used with a definite antecedent approximately 90 percent of the time in the NT.” ποιμανεῖ. Fut act ind 3rd sg ποιμαίνω. τὸν λαόν. Accusative direct object of ποιμανεῖ. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τὸν Ἰσραήλ. Accusative in apposition to λαόν. 2:7 Τότε Ἡρῴδης λάθρᾳ καλέσας τοὺς μάγους ἠκρίβωσεν παρ᾽ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος, Τότε. Like δέ, τότε can mark new developments in a narrative; unlike δέ, τότε makes the temporal nature of the development explicit: “[T]he presence of τότε both signals divisions of an episode into subsections

26

Matthew 2:1-­12

and provides cohesion between them by indicating continuity of time and of other factors. The event introduced by τότε is also presented as the next significant development of the episode” (Levinsohn, 96; cf. Runge 2010, 37–­42). Ἡρῴδης. Nominative subject of ἠκρίβωσεν. Fronted as a topical frame. Since Herod has already been introduced in this part of Matthew’s narrative (2:1), we would expect subsequent references to be articular (i.e., anaphoric). In fact, each reference to Herod in chapter 2 is anarthrous, perhaps marking him as especially prominent; see 1:2 on Ἰσαὰκ. λάθρᾳ. Adverb of manner—­Herod summons the magi secretly (cf. 1:19). Fronted for emphasis. καλέσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg καλέω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τοὺς μάγους. Accusative direct object of καλέσας. The article is anaphoric (cf. 2:1). ἠκρίβωσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀκριβόω. In the NT, ἀκριβόω (“to acquire information in an exact and accurate manner or to acquire information which is exact and accurate” [LN 27.9]) occurs only here and in 2:16. παρ᾽ αὐτῶν. Source. τὸν χρόνον. Accusative direct object of ἠκρίβωσεν. τοῦ . . . ἀστέρος. Genitive of time. The genitive substantive identifies the time of “the appearing star”—­that is, the time at which the star appeared. φαινομένου. Pres mid ptc masc gen sg (attributive). 2:8 καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεμ εἶπεν· πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου· ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι, ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ. πέμψας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg πέμπω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of πέμψας. εἰς Βηθλέεμ. Locative. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. πορευθέντες. Aor mid ptc masc nom pl πορεύομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐξετάσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἐξετάζω. The verb refers to “engag[ing] in a careful search in order to acquire information, though



Matthew 2:8-9

27

primarily by inquiry” (LN 27.37). With the following PP, the verb, which occurs only two times elsewhere in the NT (Matt 10:11; John 21:12), means either “inquire carefully concerning the child” (LEB) or perhaps “make a careful search for someone” (BDAG, 349.1). ἀκριβῶς. Adverb of manner. περὶ τοῦ παιδίου. Reference. Alternatively, if ἐξετάσατε means “make a careful search,” the preposition introduces the object of the search. ἐπὰν. Introduces a temporal clause. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εὕρητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl εὑρίσκω. Subjunctive with ἐπάν. ἀπαγγείλατέ. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἀπαγγέλω. μοι. Dative complement of ἀπαγγείλατέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὅπως. Introduces a purpose clause. κἀγὼ. Formed by crasis from καὶ ἐγώ. καὶ is adjunctive: “I also” (see 5:39); ἐγὼ is the nominative subject of προσκυνήσω. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. προσκυνήσω. Aor act subj 1st sg προσκυνέω. Subjunctive with ὅπως. Although unlikely, it is not impossible that the verb is future indicative instead of aorist subjunctive (cf. Robertson, 986). On Matthew’s use of προσκυνέω, see 18:26 on προσεκύνει. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσκυνήσω. 2:9 Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπορεύθησαν καὶ ἰδοὺ ὁ ἀστήρ, ὃν εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ, προῆγεν αὐτούς, ἕως ἐλθὼν ἐστάθη ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον. Οἱ. Nominative subject of ἐπορεύθησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀκούσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀκούω (temporal). In itself, the syntax is ambiguous and the participle could be substantival (“those who heard the king”; cf., e.g., οἱ δὲ βόσκοντες in 8:33), but in this context (where 2:7 has already identified the ones to whom Herod spoke) an adverbial sense is more natural. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τοῦ βασιλέως. Genitive complement of ἀκούσαντες. Matthew consistently employs the genitive case when the object of ἀκούω is personal (cf. 17:5; 18:15) and the accusative case when its object is impersonal (cf.

28

Matthew 2:1-­12

7:24, 26; 10:14, 27; 11:2, 4; 12:19, 42; 13:17, 18, 19, 20, 22, 23; 14:1; 15:12; 19:22; 21:16, 33, 45; 24:6; 26:65; 27:13). ἐπορεύθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl πορεύομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ἰδοὺ. The interjection focuses attention on the surprising reappearance of the star to guide the magi; see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ. ὁ ἀστήρ. Nominative subject of προῆγεν. Fronted as a topical frame. ὃν. Accusative direct object of εἶδον. εἶδον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ὁράω. ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ. Temporal; see 2:2. προῆγεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg προάγω. αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of προῆγεν. ἕως. Introduces a temporal clause. ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐστάθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἵστημι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ἐπάνω οὗ. Locative. The genitive relative pronoun, without an antecedent, functions as an adverb: “over (the place) where.” ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. τὸ παιδίον. Nominative subject of ἦν. 2:10 ἰδόντες δὲ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐχάρησαν χαρὰν μεγάλην σφόδρα. ἰδόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ὁράω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τὸν ἀστέρα. Accusative direct object of ἰδόντες. ἐχάρησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl χαίρω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. χαρὰν μεγάλην σφόδρα. Adverbial accusative. Modifying the intransitive ἐχάρησαν, the cognate “χαρὰν expresses how they rejoiced (i.e., joyfully), with μεγάλην and σφόδρα intensifying the adverbial idea” (Young, 17). 2:11 καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν εἶδον τὸ παιδίον μετὰ Μαρίας τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀνοίξαντες



Matthew 2:10-12

29

τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα, χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον καὶ σμύρναν. ἐλθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἔρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. Locative. εἶδον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ὁράω. τὸ παιδίον. Accusative direct object of εἶδον. μετὰ Μαρίας. Association/accompaniment. τῆς μητρὸς. Genitive in apposition to Μαρίας. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. πεσόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl πίπτω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. προσεκύνησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσκυνέω. On Matthew’s use of προσκυνέω, see 18:26 on προσεκύνει. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσεκύνησαν. ἀνοίξαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀνοίγω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τοὺς θησαυροὺς. Accusative direct object of ἀνοίξαντες. θησαυρός, which can refer either to “a place where someth[ing] is kept for safekeeping, repository” (BDAG, 456.1) or to “that which is stored up, treasure” (BDAG, 456.2), refers here to the former. αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. προσήνεγκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσφέρω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of προσήνεγκαν. δῶρα. Accusative direct object of προσήνεγκαν. χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον καὶ σμύρναν. Accusative in apposition to δῶρα. 2:12 Καὶ χρηματισθέντες κατ᾽ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρῴδην, δι᾽ ἄλλης ὁδοῦ ἀνεχώρησαν εἰς τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν. χρηματισθέντες. Aor pass ptc masc nom pl χρηματίζω (causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. κατ᾽ ὄναρ. See 1:20. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ἀνακάμψαι. Aor act inf ἀνάκαμπτω (indirect discourse). A Matthean hapax legomenon (elsewhere in Luke 10:6; Acts 18:21; Heb 11:15). Here ἀνάκαμπτω means “to go back to a point or area from which an entity has departed, return” (BDAG, 65.1).

30

Matthew 2:13-­18

πρὸς Ἡρῴδην. Spatial (motion toward). δι᾽ ἄλλης ὁδοῦ. Locative. Fronted for emphasis. ἀνεχώρησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀναχωρέω. On Matthew’s use of ἀναχωρέω, see 4:12. εἰς τὴν χώραν. Locative. αὐτῶν. Genitive of identification (“the region from which the magi came”). Matthew 2:13-­18 13 When they had withdrawn, behold an angel of the Lord appears to Joseph in a dream, saying, “Getting up, take the child and his mother and flee to Egypt; and stay there until I tell you, because Herod is about to search for the child to destroy him.” 14So, getting up, Joseph took the child and his mother during the night and withdrew to Egypt, 15 and he stayed there until Herod died in order that what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet might be fulfilled, who said, “Out of Egypt I called my son.” 16Then Herod, when he recognized that he had been deceived by the magi, became enraged and, sending (soldiers), destroyed all the children in Bethlehem and the surrounding regions, two years old or younger, in accordance with the time that he had determined from the magi. 17Then what was spoken through the prophet Jeremiah was fulfilled, who said, 18“A sound was heard in Rama—­weeping and loud wailing, Rachel weeping for her children, and she would not be comforted, because they are no more.”

2:13 Ἀναχωρησάντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἰδοὺ ἄγγελος κυρίου φαίνεται κατ᾽ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ λέγων· ἐγερθεὶς παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον καὶ ἴσθι ἐκεῖ ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι· μέλλει γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ζητεῖν τὸ παιδίον τοῦ ἀπολέσαι αὐτό. Ἀναχωρησάντων. Aor act ptc masc gen pl ἀναχωρέω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτῶν. Genitive subject of Ἀναχωρησάντων. ἰδοὺ. As at 1:20, the interjection draws attention to a startling angelic appearance. ἄγγελος. Nominative subject of φαίνεται. Fronted as a topical frame. κυρίου. Genitive of source. See 1:20. φαίνεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg φαίνω. Unlike the nearly identical clause in 1:20 (which has aorist ἐφάνη), Matthew employs the present φαίνεται—­the first instance of the historical present (HP) in this



Matthew 2:13

31

Gospel. “An HP is a present tense that is used instead of a past tense, when the past tense would not only have been perfectly acceptable, but the semantics of the past tense are still understood to obtain in spite of the present tense form in the text” (Robar, 329; cf. Buth 2016a). After surveying earlier, competing understandings of the historical present ([1] dramatic use; [2] tense reduction; [3] change of setting or character [2010, 125–28]; [4] aspect-only claims [2009, 4–10; cf. 2011, 193–203]), Runge sets own his own position. He argues that “the use of the HP represents an intentional departure from the expected norms in order to explicitly signal or ‘mark’ the presence of a particular discourse feature. It is this departure from expected norms that brings about the pragmatic effects” (2009, 1). When the present indicative conforms to typical expectations (imperfective aspect, proximate temporal deixis), the reader simply recognizes its typical semantic function and moves on (2009, 10–­11). When it does not meet these expectations, it signals to the reader that something more is at play, drawing attention to some kind of transition in the discourse, highlighting the speech or event that follows, or both. It is, in other words, an editorial device that indicates structural or thematic prominence (see esp. Robar). Here the historical present helps the reader process the narrative transition and, since that transition is already amply signaled by δὲ plus the genitive absolute, highlights the angelic appearance. κατ᾽ ὄναρ. See 1:20. τῷ Ἰωσὴφ. Dative complement of φαίνεται. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἐγερθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἐγείρω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. παράλαβε. Aor act impv 2nd sg παραλαμβάνω. τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα. Accusative direct objects of παράλαβε. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. φεῦγε. Pres act impv 2nd sg φεύγω. εἰς Αἴγυπτον. Locative. ἴσθι. Pres act impv 2nd sg εἰμί. ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place. ἕως ἂν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. εἴπω. Aor act subj 1st sg λέγω. Subjunctive with ἄν. σοι. Dative indirect object of εἴπω. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

32

Matthew 2:13-­18

μέλλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg μέλλω. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a clause that grounds the preceding imperatives. Ἡρῴδης. Nominative subject of μέλλει. See 2:7 on the anarthrous Ἡρῴδης. ζητεῖν. Pres act inf ζητέω (complementary). τὸ παιδίον. Accusative direct object of ζητεῖν. τοῦ ἀπολέσαι. Aor act inf ἀπόλλυμι (purpose). αὐτό. Accusative direct object of ἀπολέσαι. 2:14 ὁ δὲ ἐγερθεὶς παρέλαβεν τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς καὶ ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ὁ. Nominative subject of παρέλαβεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐγερθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἐγείρω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. παρέλαβεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg παραλαμβάνω. τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα. Accusative direct objects of παρέλαβεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. νυκτὸς. Genitive of time. ἀνεχώρησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀναχωρέω. On Matthew’s use of ἀναχωρέω, see 4:12. εἰς Αἴγυπτον. Locative. 2:15 καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρῴδου· ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος· ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν υἱόν μου. ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς. Temporal. Ἡρῴδου. Subjective genitive. ἵνα. Introduces a purpose or, less likely, a result clause. See 1:22. πληρωθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg πληρόω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. τὸ ῥηθὲν. Aor pass ptc neut nom sg λέγω (substantival). Nominative subject of πληρωθῇ. ὑπὸ κυρίου. Ultimate agency. διὰ τοῦ προφήτου. Intermediate agency. λέγοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λέγω (attributive). ἐξ Αἰγύπτου. Separation. Fronted for emphasis.



Matthew 2:14-16

33

ἐκάλεσα. Aor act ind 1st sg καλέω. τὸν υἱόν. Accusative direct object of ἐκάλεσα. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 2:16 Τότε Ἡρῴδης ἰδὼν ὅτι ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων ἐθυμώθη λίαν, καὶ ἀποστείλας ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς ἐν Βηθλέεμ καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ὁρίοις αὐτῆς ἀπὸ διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω, κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν ἠκρίβωσεν παρὰ τῶν μάγων. Τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). Ἡρῴδης. Nominative subject of ἐθυμώθη. Fronted as a topical frame. See 2:7 on the anarthrous Ἡρῴδης. ἰδὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὁράω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of ἰδὼν. ἐνεπαίχθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg ἐμπαίζω. As Wallace (457) notes, in indirect discourse, Greek (unlike English) usually retains the tense of the verb from the direct discourse. ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων. Ultimate agency. ἐθυμώθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg θυμόω. The verb θυμόω (“to make angry” [BDAG, 462]) is a NT hapax legomenon. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. λίαν. Adverb of measure. ἀποστείλας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἀνεῖλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀναιρέω. Although Herod was responsible for this action, as the preceding participle indicates, he did not carry it out himself. πάντας τοὺς παῖδας. Accusative direct object of ἀνεῖλεν. On παῖς, see 8:6. τοὺς ἐν Βηθλέεμ καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ὁρίοις. The article acts as an adjectivizer, changing the coordinate prepositional phrases ἐν Βηθλέεμ and ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ὁρίοις into attributive modifiers of παῖδας. ἐν Βηθλέεμ. Locative. ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ὁρίοις. Locative. αὐτῆς. Genitive of identification (“the children in its [i.e., Bethlehem’s] regions”). ἀπὸ διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω. The preposition marks the beginning of a series (BDAG, 105.2.c.α).

34

Matthew 2:13-­18

κατὰ τὸν χρόνον. Standard. ὃν. Accusative direct object of ἠκρίβωσεν. ἠκρίβωσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀκριβόω; see 2:7 on ἠκρίβωσεν. παρὰ τῶν μάγων. Source. 2:17 τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος· τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7. ἐπληρώθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg πληρόω. τὸ ῥηθὲν. Aor pass ptc neut nom sg λέγω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἐπληρώθη. διὰ Ἰερεμίου. Intermediate agency. Although, unlike 1:22 and 2:15 (but like 2:23), no ultimate agent is noted here, the prophet is still presented as the intermediate agent, the one through whom (but not ultimately by whom) these words were spoken. τοῦ προφήτου. Genitive in apposition to Ἰερεμίου. λέγοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λέγω (attributive). 2:18 φωνὴ ἐν Ῥαμὰ ἠκούσθη, κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς· Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν. φωνὴ. Nominative subject of ἠκούσθη. ἐν Ῥαμὰ. Locative. ἠκούσθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg ἀκούω. κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς. Nominatives in apposition to φωνὴ. Ῥαχὴλ. Nominative in apposition to φωνὴ. κλαίουσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg κλαίω. Nominative complement to Ῥαχὴλ in a double nominative subject-­complement construction; see 1:16 on Χριστός. τὰ τέκνα. Accusative of reference. In Luke 23:28, both instances of κλαίω are modified by prepositional phrases (μὴ κλαίετε ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ· πλὴν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν) instead of an accusative substantive, but the resulting sense is indistinguishable. The accusative is not present in LXX Jer 38:15 (MT Jer 31:15): Ραχηλ ἀποκλαιομένη οὐκ ἤθελεν παύσασθαι ἐπὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτῆς ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν. Later scribes (C D L W Δ et al.) were apparently not oblivious to the differences between Matthew and Jeremiah, adding θρῆνος καὶ before κλαυθμὸς under the influence of the earlier portion of Jer 38:15, but no such harmonizing is evident with respect to τὰ τέκνα. αὐτῆς. Genitive of relationship. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs.



Matthew 2:17-19

35

ἤθελεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg θέλω. παρακληθῆναι. Aor pass inf παρακαλέω (complementary). ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. οὐκ. See above. εἰσίν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. Matthew 2:19-­23 19 Now after Herod died, behold an angel of the Lord appears in a dream to Joseph in Egypt, 20saying, “Getting up, take the child and his mother and go to the land of Israel; for those who were seeking the child’s life have died.” 21So, getting up, he took the child and his mother, and went to the land of Israel. 22But when he heard that Archelaus was reigning in Judea instead of his father Herod, he was afraid to go there. Instead, because he had been warned in a dream, he withdrew to the region of Galilee, 23and, arriving there, he settled in a town called Nazareth, in order that what was spoken through the prophets might be fulfilled, that he would be called a Nazarene.

2:19 Τελευτήσαντος δὲ τοῦ Ἡρῴδου ἰδοὺ ἄγγελος κυρίου φαίνεται κατ᾽ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ Τελευτήσαντος. Aor act ptc masc gen sg τελευτάω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τοῦ Ἡρῴδου. Genitive subject of Τελευτήσαντος. In contrast to earlier references in this chapter (2:1, 3, 7, 12, 13, 15, 16), Ἡρῴδης is now articular, perhaps because Herod no longer takes center stage. See 2:7 on Ἡρῴδης and 1:2 on Ἰσαὰκ. ἰδοὺ. As in 1:20 and 2:13, the interjection introduces and grants prominence to an angelic appearance to Joseph. ἄγγελος. Nominative subject of φαίνεται. κυρίου. Genitive of source. See 1:20. φαίνεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg φαίνω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) both draws attention to a new development in the narrative and grants prominence to the angelic appearance. κατ᾽ ὄναρ. See 1:20. τῷ Ἰωσὴφ. Dative complement of φαίνεται. ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ. Locative.

36

Matthew 2:19-­23

2:20 λέγων· ἐγερθεὶς παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ πορεύου εἰς γῆν Ἰσραήλ· τεθνήκασιν γὰρ οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἐγερθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἐγείρω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. παράλαβε. Aor act impv 2nd sg παραλαμβάνω. τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα. Accusative direct objects of παράλαβε. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. πορεύου. Pres mid impv 2nd sg πορεύομαι. εἰς γῆν. Locative. Ἰσραήλ. Genitive of identification. τεθνήκασιν. Prf act ind 3rd pl θνῄσκω. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. At first glance, the plural is puzzling, since both 2:15 and 2:19 make it clear that the narrative is concerned with Herod’s death. Sometimes referring to this as a generalizing or categorical plural, the grammars note that there are NT examples of “a plural referring in reality to a singular subject (class for individual), e.g. Mt 2, 20” (Zerwick §7; similarly, MHT 3:25; BDF §141). Occasionally they press further and offer an explanation of the semantic function of this use of the plural. Robertson suggests that “[s]ometimes the plural purposely conceals the identity of the person referred to, as when τεθνήκασιν (Mt. 2:20) is used of Herod the Great” (392; cf. 406). Wallace thinks that “the point, semantically, is that the child’s life is no longer in danger and therefore he can safely return to Israel. The plural, then, is used to draw the focus away from the particular actor and onto the action” (404). The presence of the plural, however, is not to be explained in the first place on syntactical but on intertextual grounds: Matthew deliberately echoes Exod 4:19 here. Matt 2:13-­14 μέλλει γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ζητεῖν τὸ παιδίον τοῦ ἀπολέσαι αὐτό. ὁ δὲ ἐγερθεὶς παρέλαβεν τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς καὶ ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον,

LXX Exod 2:15 ἤκουσεν δὲ Φαραω τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο καὶ ἐζήτει ἀνελεῖν Μωυσῆν ἀνεχώρησεν δὲ Μωυσῆς ἀπὸ προσώπου Φαραω καὶ ᾤκησεν ἐν γῇ Μαδιαμ ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς γῆν Μαδιαμ ἐκάθισεν ἐπὶ τοῦ φρέατος



Matthew 2:20 Matt 2:20 λέγων, Ἐγερθεὶς παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ πορεύου εἰς γῆν Ἰσραήλ· τεθνήκασιν γὰρ οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου.

37

LXX Exod 4:19 μετὰ δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας τὰς πολλὰς ἐκείνας ἐτελεύτησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου εἶπεν δὲ κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἐν Μαδιαμ βάδιζε ἄπελθε εἰς Αἴγυπτον τεθνήκασιν γὰρ πάντες οἱ ζητοῦντές σου τὴν ψυχήν

Matthew seems intent on linking his story to the Exodus narrative and on presenting Jesus as the new Moses (see Allison 1993). Caragounis rejects this conclusion, insisting that “the claim that we have here an allusion to or a reproduction of the wording of Ex 4:19 does not solve the problem; it only moves it one stage further back, to the LXX text. These commentators have not explained why Ex 4:19 uses the plural rather than the singular” (242). Instead, he finds the popular, modern Greek idiom, which sometimes employs the plural to refer to the singular as a less direct means of communication, instructive and concludes that “[i]t might then be a case of later developments, in which the NT adumbrates a construction that fully emerged in later Greek” (242–­43). Without rejecting the conclusion that the plural can sometimes stand for the singular in the NT, we should probably not accept Caragounis’ explanation of the use of the plural in 2:20 for two reasons. First, Exodus 4 differs from Matthew 2 in one important respect: in LXX Exod 4:19, πάντες οἱ ζητοῦντές σου τὴν ψυχήν translates the MT ‫ל־ה ֲאנָ ִשים ַה ְמ ַב ְק ִשים‬ ָ ָ‫כ‬ ‫( ֶאת־נַ ְפ ֶשָך‬cf. NET: “because all the men who were seeking your life are dead”). In spite of the clear textual indicators that the Pharaoh’s death was the pivotal event that cleared the way for Moses’ return to Egypt (cf. Exod 2:15, 23), it is not clear that he is the only one seeking Moses’ life (see Stuart, 144–­45). Second, it is difficult to imagine that this could really be an instance of “avoid[ing] pointing a finger at someone,” since Matthew has been absolutely clear about Herod’s intent to destroy the child (2:13), the necessity of flight to Egypt until Herod’s death (2:15), and Herod’s death (2:19) as the event that opened up the possibility of Joseph’s return to Israel. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding imperative. οἱ ζητοῦντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl ζητέω (substantival). Nominative subject of τεθνήκασιν. The imperfective aspect depicts the action internally, as a process. τὴν ψυχὴν. Accusative direct object of ζητοῦντες. τοῦ παιδίου. Possessive genitive or genitive of identification.

38

Matthew 2:19-­23

2:21 ὁ δὲ ἐγερθεὶς παρέλαβεν τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς γῆν Ἰσραήλ. ὁ. Nominative subject of παρέλαβεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐγερθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἐγείρω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. παρέλαβεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg παραλαμβάνω. τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα. Accusative direct objects of παρέλαβεν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. εἰσῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg εἰσέρχομαι. εἰς γῆν. Locative. Ἰσραήλ. Genitive of identification. 2:22 Ἀκούσας δὲ ὅτι Ἀρχέλαος βασιλεύει τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀντὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῴδου ἐφοβήθη ἐκεῖ ἀπελθεῖν· χρηματισθεὶς δὲ κατ᾽ ὄναρ ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὰ μέρη τῆς Γαλιλαίας, Ἀκούσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of Ἀκούσας. Ἀρχέλαος. Nominative subject of βασιλεύει. Fronted as a topical frame. βασιλεύει. Pres act ind 3rd sg βασιλεύω. On the tense of the verb in indirect discourse, see 2:16 on ἐνεπαίχθη. τῆς Ἰουδαίας. Genitive of subordination. ἀντὶ τοῦ πατρὸς. Substitution. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. Ἡρῴδου. Genitive in apposition to πατρὸς. ἐφοβήθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg φοβέομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀπελθεῖν. Aor act inf ἀπέρχομαι (complementary). χρηματισθεὶς. Aor pass ptc masc nom sg χρηματίζω (causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. κατ᾽ ὄναρ. See 1:20.



Matthew 2:21-23

39

ἀνεχώρησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀναχωρέω. On Matthew’s use of ἀναχωρέω, see 4:12. εἰς τὰ μέρη. Locative. μέρος (“part” or “share” [BDAG, 633]) refers here to “the parts (of a geographical area), region, district.” τῆς Γαλιλαίας. Genitive of identification. 2:23 καὶ ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς πόλιν λεγομένην Ναζαρέτ· ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν ὅτι Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται. ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. κατῴκησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κατοικέω. εἰς πόλιν. Locative. Matthew does not often blur the distinction between εἰς and ἐν by using εἰς with verbs of rest, but Caragounis (114 n. 82; sim. Quarles, 30) suggests that this is precisely what he does here. Harris (2012, 85), however, insists that since a verb of motion is explicitly present in the context (κατῴκησεν is modified by ἐλθὼν), Matthew maintains the typical distinction. λεγομένην. Pres pass ptc fem acc sg λέγω (attributive). Ναζαρέτ. Accusative complement to πόλιν in a double accusative subject-­complement construction. A passive sentence like this one is derived from the active τις λέγει τὴν πόλιν Ναζαρέτ. When this sentence is transformed into a passive sentence, the direct object becomes the subject and the accusative complement becomes a nominative complement: ἡ πόλις λέγεται Ναζαρέτ. See 1:16 on Χριστός. Here one further step is required: πόλις is accusative as the object of the preposition εἰς and, as the conceptual subject of the passive verb, it requires a complement in the same case. ὅπως. Introduces a purpose clause. πληρωθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg πληρόω. Subjunctive with ὅπως. τὸ ῥηθὲν. Aor pass ptc neut nom sg λέγω (substantival). Nominative subject of πληρωθῇ. διὰ τῶν προφητῶν. Intermediate agency. The suggestion that τῶν προφητῶν is a generalizing or categorical plural is probably unnecessary (pace Zerwick §7; MHT 3:7). See 2:20 on οἱ ζητοῦντες. Instead, in contrast to the earlier formula quotations (1:22; 2:5, 15, 17), Matthew thinks here generally of the prophets. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (direct [NRSV; LEB] or indirect [ESV; NET; NIV 2011] discourse) of ῥηθὲν (although some have understood the conjunction to be causal; see Zerwick §417). Ναζωραῖος. Nominative complement to the implied subject of κληθήσεται in a double nominative subject-­complement construction;

40

Matthew 3:1-­6

see 1:16 on Χριστός and the discussion of Ναζαρέτ above. Fronted for emphasis. κληθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg καλέω. Matthew 3:1-­6 1 Now in those days John the Baptist comes, preaching in the wilderness of Judea 2and saying, “Repent; for heaven’s kingdom has drawn near.” 3 For this is the one spoken of through Isaiah the prophet, who said, “The voice of one shouting in the wilderness: ‘Prepare the way of the Lord; make his paths straight.’ ” 4John himself had his clothing made from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist, and his food was locusts and wild honey. 5At that time Jerusalem and all Judea and all the region of the Jordan were going out to him, 6and they were baptized by him in the Jordan river, confessing their sins.

3:1 Ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις παραγίνεται Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτιστὴς κηρύσσων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τῆς Ἰουδαίας Ἐν . . . ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις. Temporal. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. The story leaps forward here from Jesus’ infancy to the public arrival of his adult contemporary, John the Baptist. παραγίνεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg παραγίνομαι. Alongside of δέ, the historical present marks the transition in the narrative but also underscores the narrative prominence of John’s arrival and mission. See 2:13 on φαίνεται and contrast Mark 1:4’s aorist ἐγένετο. Ἰωάννης. Nominative subject of παραγίνεται. In John’s first appearance in the narrative, Ἰωάννης is, as expected, anarthrous; cf. 1:2 on Ἰσαὰκ. ὁ βαπτιστὴς. Nominative in apposition to Ἰωάννης. κηρύσσων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg κηρύσσω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. Locative. τῆς Ἰουδαίας. Genitive of place. 3:2 [καὶ] λέγων· μετανοεῖτε· ἤγγικεν γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. [καὶ]. Both Sinaiticus (‫ )א‬and Vaticanus (B), in addition to q and co, omit καὶ here. WH judged the omission original, but both NA28 (in brackets) and SBLGNT include it. The syntax varies slightly if καὶ is omitted (see λέγων below), but the sense differs little.



Matthew 3:1-2

41

λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). Like κηρύσσων (with which it is parallel if καὶ is original), λέγων offers commentary on John’s arrival. If καὶ is omitted, the pleonastic λέγων probably modifies κηρύσσων, signaling the means of the proclamation. On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. μετανοεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl μετανοέω. ἤγγικεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg ἐγγίζω. Elsewhere in Matthew, the word occurs in 4:17, 10:7, 26:45, 46 in the perfect tense and 21:1, 34 in the aorist tense; 4:17 and 10:7 are particularly important parallels, since both of them, like 3:2, announce the dawning of the kingdom. See the fuller discussion at 4:17. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds for the preceding imperative. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἤγγικεν. According to BDAG, βασιλεία can refer either to “the act of ruling . . . esp. of God’s rule, the royal reign of God” (168.1) or to the “territory ruled by a king” (168.2). BDAG rightly places Matt 3:2 in the first category, but we should not think that for Jesus and the evangelists the kingdom refers either to a reign or to a realm. Instead, the former implies the latter, and in some contexts the notion of the kingdom as the realm (over which God reigns) becomes more prominent. τῶν οὐρανῶν. While Jesus comes announcing the imminent dawn of God’s kingdom—­typically, ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ—­in each of the Synoptic Gospels, Matthew prefers to describe this kingdom as ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. There are no extant uses of this expression before Matthew’s Gospel (Pennington 2009, 2–­3); in fact, in the whole of the Greek Bible, ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν is unique to Matthew. Several related issues require consideration. First, what motivates Matthew’s use of ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν? Second, of what significance is his consistent use of the plural τῶν οὐρανῶν in the phrase? Finally, what is the nature of the relationship between the genitive substantive and its head noun, ἡ βασιλεία? Pennington addresses each of these three questions. Most Matthean scholars regard the genitive τῶν οὐρανῶν as a circumlocution designed to avoid the use of God’s name out of reverence. Pennington, however, has now successfully challenged this consensus, demonstrating that Matthew’s use of τῶν οὐρανῶν is not so much reverential (Matthew can occasionally employ the more standard ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ; more tellingly, Matthew’s use of θεός outstrips his use of ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν 51 to 32!) as rhetorical, emphasizing the sovereignty of this (God’s) kingdom over all the kingdoms of the earth (2009, 13–­37). Second, Pennington also demonstrates that Matthew consistently uses

42

Matthew 3:1-­6

the plural οὐρανοί to refer to the invisible, divine realm—­the dwelling place of God—­while typically using the singular οὐρανός for the visible, created realm above the earth—­the sky—­not as a Semitism under the influence of ‫( ָש ַמיִ ם‬contra, e.g., MHT 3:25; the LXX regularly translates ‫ ָש ַמיִ ם‬with the singular οὐρανός) but again as part of his deliberate contrast between the divine and human realms. Finally, he argues that since Matthew’s ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν “makes it inevitable that some sense of a spatial understanding of the kingdom is communicated” (2009, 296), τῶν οὐρανῶν should be understood as a genitive of source, an attributive genitive, or more probably, both (but not subjective): the kingdom is from heaven and heavenly. Here, however, Pennington’s argument should perhaps be qualified. Much of the evidence Pennington cites demonstrates that both its OT antecedents (not least Daniel 2–7) and Matthew’s own use of kingdom language draw attention to the exercise of God’s sovereignty over all earthly kingdoms. If, as seems likely, we should think first of kingship or rule or sovereign reign here at 3:2, then the genitive substantive answers the question “Whose reign?” with the answer “The heavens’, i.e., God’s.” The genitive is subjective. 3:3 οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος· φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ· ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ. οὗτος. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted for emphasis. Anaphoric demonstrative pronouns typically function as subjects in equative clauses and cataphoric demonstratives as predicate nominatives (Culy 2004, 11). γάρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) takes the reader off the narrative mainline to provide the necessary background information, offering support for John’s charge to Israel by insisting that he comes in fulfillment of Isaiah’s prophetic word. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ ῥηθεὶς. Aor pass ptc masc nom sg λέγω (substantival). Predicate nominative. διὰ Ἠσαΐου. Intermediate agency. τοῦ προφήτου. Genitive in apposition to Ἠσαΐου. λέγοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λέγω (attributive). φωνὴ. Both in LXX Isa 40:3 and here, φωνὴ could function either as a nominative subject in a verbless clause (“There is a voice of one shouting . . .”) or as a hanging nominative (“The voice of one shouting . . .”); cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (103). βοῶντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg βοάω (substantival). Possessive genitive.



Matthew 3:3-4

43

ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. Locative. ἑτοιμάσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἑτοιμάζω. τὴν ὁδὸν. Accusative direct object of ἑτοιμάσατε. κυρίου. The genitive κυρίου restricts its head noun by identifying the way: “the way on which the Lord will pass.” εὐθείας. Accusative complement to τὰς τρίβους in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Fronted for emphasis. ποιεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ποιέω. τὰς τρίβους. Accusative direct object of ποιεῖτε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of identification (cf. κυρίου above): “Make the paths on which he will walk straight.” Following Mark, Matthew’s αὐτοῦ replaces LXX Isaiah’s τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν. The antecedent of αὐτοῦ is κυρίου; if the Lord to whom the evangelists refer is Jesus, then their editing of Isaiah is bold and provocative as they apply the text that originally spoke of YHWH to Jesus. 3:4 αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. αὐτὸς . . . ὁ Ἰωάννης. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). αὐτὸς. Adjectival intensive: John himself (cf. BDF §277.3). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰωάννης. Nominative subject of εἶχεν. The article is anaphoric (cf. 3:2). εἶχεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. τὸ ἔνδυμα. Accusative direct object of εἶχεν. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἀπὸ τριχῶν. Source, marking “the substance of which something consists or out of which it is made” (LN 89.142; cf. BDAG, 106.3.b). καμήλου. Genitive of source (Quarles, 33). ζώνην δερματίνην. Accusative direct object of εἶχεν. Cf. LXX 2 Kgs 1:8. περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἡ . . . τροφὴ. Nominative subject of ἦν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. Predicate nominatives. ἀκρίς (“the desert locust” [ΒDAG, 39]), μέλι (“honey” [BDAG, 627]), and ἄγριος

44

Matthew 3:7-­12

(“pert[aining] to being in a natural state or condition, wild” [BDAG, 15.1]) are all Matthean hapax legomena. 3:5 Τότε ἐξεπορεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἱεροσόλυμα καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). ἐξεπορεύετο. Impf mid ind 3rd sg ἐκπορεύομαι. πρὸς αὐτὸν. Spatial (motion toward). Ἱεροσόλυμα καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος. Compound nominative subject of ἐξεπορεύετο. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. τοῦ Ἰορδάνου. Genitive complement of περίχωρος. 3:6 καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν. ἐβαπτίζοντο. Impf pass ind 3rd pl βαπτίζω. ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ. Locative. ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Ultimate agency. ἐξομολογούμενοι. Pres mid ptc masc nom pl ἐξομολογέω (manner or temporal [LEB]). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. τὰς ἁμαρτίας. Accusative direct object of ἐξομολογούμενοι. αὐτῶν. Subjective genitive. Matthew 3:7-­12 7 But when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees coming to his baptism, he said to them, “Offspring of vipers, who warned you to flee from the coming wrath? 8So then, produce fruit worthy of repentance 9 and do not presume to think, ‘We have Abraham as our father.’ For I say to you that God is able from these stones to raise up children for Abraham. 10Already the axe is laid at the root of the trees; so then, every tree that does not produce good fruit is going to be cut down and thrown into the fire. 11I baptize you in water for repentance, but the one who comes after me is stronger than I, whose sandals I am not worthy to carry. He will baptize you in the Holy Spirit and fire. 12His winnowing fork is in his hand and he will clear his threshing floor and gather his wheat into the barn, but the straw he will burn up in a fire that will never go out.”



Matthew 3:5-7

45

3:7 Ἰδὼν δὲ πολλοὺς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς; Ἰδὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὁράω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. πολλοὺς. Accusative direct object of Ἰδὼν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. Partitive genitive. Since these nouns are plural, the Granville-­Sharp rule does not apply (see 7:26 on ποιῶν). Nevertheless, the single article standing over the two substantives binds them together in a conceptual unity. Matthew conceives of the Pharisees and Sadducees as one group here, not because they are identical, but because, together, they feel the sting of John’s indictment. ἐρχομένους. Pres mid ptc masc acc pl ἔρχομαι. Accusative complement to πολλοὺς in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα. Locative. It is possible, in light of John’s response to the arrival of the Jewish leaders (3:7b), to understand ἐπὶ here as “marker of purpose”: the Pharisees and Sadducees come to take part in John’s baptism (BDAG, 366.11; cf. Robertson, 602; Porter [1994, 160] asks, “Is there a sense of purpose here, in which location gives way to intention?”). But we should note (1) that when the same preposition marks Jesus’ arrival at the scene of John’s baptism (3:13), it signals only location and is followed by an infinitive that expresses purpose, and (2) that the parallel to Matt 3:7 in Luke 3:7 (where the subject is the crowds generally rather than the leaders), like Matt 3:13, explicitly includes an infinitive of purpose. Nothing more than location is explicitly marked in this PP, probably because that was all the evangelist intended to signal here (cf. Konradt, 105–­7). αὐτοῦ. Subjective genitive. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. γεννήματα. Vocative. γέννημα, “that which has been produced or born of a living creature—­‘offspring, brood, child’ ” (LN 22.53), is found in the NT only here, in Matt 12:34 and 23:33, and in Luke 3:7. In each instance it is modified by the genitive ἐχιδνῶν. ἐχιδνῶν. Genitive of relationship (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 105). On ἔχιδνα, “snake,” cf. BDAG (419): “[O]ur texts do not permit identification of species, but the term ordinarily suggests a poisonous one.” τίς. Nominative subject of ὑπέδειξεν.

46

Matthew 3:7-­12

ὑπέδειξεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὑποδείκνυμι. The verb ὑποδείκνυμι means “to direct someone’s attention to someth[ing], indicate, point out” (BDAG, 1037.1) or, as here, in a figurative extension of that sense, “to give instruction or moral direction, show, give direction” (BDAG, 1037.2). A Matthean hapax legomenon. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of ὑπέδειξεν. φυγεῖν. Aor act inf φεύγω (indirect discourse). ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς. Separation. μελλούσης. Pres act ptc fem gen sg μέλλω (attributive). 3:8 ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας ποιήσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ποιέω. οὖν. Although left untranslated in most English versions (NRSV; NJB; NLT; ESV; NIV 2011; contrast NET; LEB), the inferential particle (see further 1:17) introduces a charge that flows directly from 3:7: if the Jewish leaders wish to avoid the coming judgment (3:7), then they must embrace the necessary repentance (cf. Davies and Allison, 1:305). καρπὸν. Accusative direct object of ποιήσατε. ἄξιον. Either an attributive adjective, modifying καρπὸν, or, less likely, an accusative complement to καρπὸν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. τῆς μετανοίας. Genitive complement of ἄξιον. 3:9 καὶ μὴ δόξητε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς· πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ. λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν ὅτι δύναται ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. δόξητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl δοκέω (prohibitive subjunctive). λέγειν. Pres act inf λέγω (indirect discourse). ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. Manner. Both in the LXX and in Matthew λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς can refer either to thought (Esth 6:6; Tob 4:2; Wis 2:1; Matt 9:3, 21) or to actual speech (Wis 5:3; Matt 16:7, 8; 21:25, 38). The context is not decisive here but perhaps favors a reference to inward thought. Caragounis (150) notes that already in the classical era the third-­person reflexive pronoun could stand for the first or, as here, the second person; this tendency becomes more common in the postclassical era. πατέρα. Accusative complement to τὸν Ἀβραάμ in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Fronted for emphasis. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (106), however, suggest that, in the parallel at Luke 3:8, πατέρα is accusative in apposition to τὸν Ἀβραάμ.



Matthew 3:8-10

47

ἔχομεν. Pres act ind 1st pl ἔχω. τὸν Ἀβραάμ. Accusative direct object of ἔχομεν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν. Runge (2010, 101) calls these sorts of discourse interruptions, where speakers pause to comment on what they intend to say next, metacomments. Their typical rhetorical function is to highlight what follows immediately in the discourse. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding imperative. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [NET; NIV 2011; LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV] discourse) of λέγω. δύναται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg δύναμαι. ὁ θεὸς. Nominative subject of δύναται. ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων. Source. Fronted for emphasis. ἐγεῖραι. Aor act inf ἐγείρω (complementary). τέκνα. Accusative direct object of ἐγεῖραι. τῷ Ἀβραάμ. Dative of advantage. 3:10 ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται· πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. ἤδη. The temporal adverb, which modifies κεῖται, lends a sense of imminence and urgency. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἡ ἀξίνη. Nominative subject of κεῖται. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν. Locative. Moule (53) refers to a pregnant use of πρός here and elsewhere, where notions of motion (“to the root”) and rest (“at the root”) seem to be combined. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). τῶν δένδρων. Partitive genitive. κεῖται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg κεῖμαι. πᾶν . . . δένδρον. Nominative subject of ἐκκόπτεται and βάλλεται. Fronted as a topical frame. οὖν. Inferential, introducing a conclusion drawn from 3:7-­10a: since only “fruit worthy of repentance” will offer protection in the coming judgment (3:7-­9), and since that judgment is imminent (3:10a), judgment will in fact fall on every unproductive tree (3:10b). μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ποιοῦν. Pres act ptc neut nom sg ποιέω (attributive). καρπὸν καλὸν. Accusative direct object of ποιοῦν.

48

Matthew 3:7-­12

ἐκκόπτεται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg ἐκκόπτω. The two present tense verbs here (cf. βάλλεται below) are futuristic presents, connoting imminence and, especially, certainty. εἰς πῦρ. Locative. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). βάλλεται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg βάλλω; see ἐκκόπτεται above. 3:11 Ἐγὼ μὲν ὑμᾶς βαπτίζω ἐν ὕδατι εἰς μετάνοιαν, ὁ δὲ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος ἰσχυρότερός μού ἐστιν, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι· αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί· Ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of βαπτίζω. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). μὲν. “In spite of a multiplicity of senses claimed, μέν signals the presence of one common constraint: anticipation of a related sentence that follows” (Runge 2010, 75; cf. Fresch 2017). The second point will often prove to be the more important one. Here, then, μέν creates an expectation that John’s statement about his baptism will give way to a second, related statement. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of βαπτίζω. βαπτίζω. Pres act ind 1st sg βαπτίζω. ἐν ὕδατι. Locative. Most find here an instrumental use of ἐν, influenced, presumably, by the ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί that follows. See, however, the comment below. εἰς μετάνοιαν. Purpose (or, less likely, reference [so Young, 93]). Having earlier omitted Mark’s reference to a “baptism of repentance” (Mark 1:4; cf. Matt 3:2), Matthew includes the PP to point explicitly to the purpose of John’s baptism. ὁ . . . ἐρχόμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (substantival). Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δὲ. Development, introducing the statement that μὲν anticipates; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὀπίσω μου. Temporal. Some, however, find here the language of discipleship (cf. Mark 1:20; 8:34 par; Matt 10:38 par; John 12:19). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἰσχυρότερός μού. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἰσχυρότερός. Predicate adjective. μού. Genitive of comparison. As an enclitic, μοῦ surrenders its accent to the preceding ἰσχυρότερος but also receives an accent from the enclitic ἐστίν, which follows immediately. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οὗ. Possessive genitive, modifying ὑποδήματα.



Matthew 3:11-12

49

οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. εἰμὶ. Pres act ind 1st sg εἰμί. ἱκανὸς. Predicate adjective. τὰ ὑποδήματα. Accusative direct object of βαστάσαι. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). βαστάσαι. Aor act inf βαστάζω (epexegetical to ἱκανὸς). αὐτὸς. Nominative subject of βαπτίσει. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of βαπτίσει. βαπτίσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg βαπτίζω. ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί. Locative, in a metaphorical sense. Jesus’ baptism would effect a cleansing to which John’s could only point because it would be a baptism in the Holy Spirit. While ἐν is more commonly understood instrumentally, probably the contrasting parallel (ἐν ὕδατι) suggests that, in this striking metaphor, the Holy Spirit and fire would replace water as that into which women and men would be plunged. The single preposition standing over the two nouns joined by καί suggests some sort of conceptual unity. As such, we should probably think here of one baptism (a messianic, “Holy Spirit-­and-­fire” baptism that would bring both purification and judgment; cf. Isa 4:2-­4; Ezek 36:25-­27; Mal 3:1-­5) rather than two (cf. Harris 2012, 43–­44). 3:12 οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ καὶ συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην, τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ. οὗ. Possessive genitive, modifying τὸ πτύον. τὸ πτύον. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐν τῇ χειρὶ. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. διακαθαριεῖ. Fut act ind 3rd sg διακαθαρίζω. τὴν ἅλωνα. Accusative direct object of διακαθαριεῖ. ἅλων (“a surface for the threshing of grain, threshing floor” [BDAG, 49.1]) is found in the NT only here and in the parallel in Luke 3:17. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. συνάξει. Fut act ind 3rd sg συνάγω. Matthew’s καὶ διακαθαριεῖ . . . καὶ συνάξει leaves implicit what Luke’s infinitives make explicit (cf. Luke 3:17)—­namely, that the purpose for which he grasps the winnowing fork is to clear and to gather. τὸν σῖτον. Accusative direct object of συνάξει. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive.

50

Matthew 3:13-­17

εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην. Locative. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τὸ ἄχυρον. Accusative direct object of κατακαύσει. Fronted as a topical frame. Like ἅλων, ἄχυρον (“the husks of grain, chaff ” [BDAG, 161] or, better, “ ‘straw’ or ‘stubble’ [Hebrew ‫”]קׁש‬ ַ [Reiser, 177]) occurs in the NT only here and in Luke 3:17. κατακαύσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg κατακαίω. πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ. Dative of instrument (NET; NIV; NRSV; NLT) or locative dative (GW; NJB: “in a fire that will never go out”). Matthew 3:13-­17 At that time Jesus comes from Galilee to the Jordan to John to be baptized by him. 14John, however, was preventing him, saying, “I need to be baptized by you, and yet you come to me?” 15But, answering, Jesus said to him, “Permit it now, for in this way it is fitting for us to fulfill all righteousness.” Then John permits him. 16And after he was baptized, immediately Jesus went up from the water; and, behold, heaven was opened and he saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove, coming upon him. 17 And, behold, a voice from heaven, saying, “This is my beloved son, with whom I am well pleased.” 13

3:13 Τότε παραγίνεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰορδάνην πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην τοῦ βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Τότε. Temporal development. The context must determine the precise nature of the temporal connection, but here that connection remains vague: Jesus appears on the scene sometime after John has launched his anticipatory prophetic mission. παραγίνεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg παραγίνομαι. Together with Τότε, the historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) marks a transition in the narrative but also grants prominence to the baptismal account that follows. The repetition of παραγίνεται (cf. 3:1) links Jesus to John. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of παραγίνεται. ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας. Source. ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰορδάνην. Locative. πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην. Spatial (motion toward). The three parallel PPs draw attention to the point of departure (ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας) and destination—­both geographical (ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰορδάνην) and personal (πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην)—­of Jesus’ journey. τοῦ βαπτισθῆναι. Aor pass inf βαπτίζω (purpose). ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Ultimate agency.



Matthew 3:13-14

51

3:14 ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης διεκώλυεν αὐτὸν λέγων· ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με; ὁ . . . Ἰωάννης. Nominative subject of διεκώλυεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. διεκώλυεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg διακωλύω. διακωλύω (“to cause something not to happen—­‘to prevent, to hinder’ ” [LN 13.146]) is a NT hapax legomenon. The imperfective aspect depicts the action internally, as a process. Since John did not in the end prevent Jesus from being baptized, grammarians often refer to διεκώλυεν as a “conative imperfect” (Moule, 9; BDF §326; Zerwick §273; Wallace, 550; Quarles, 37; cf. NET; NIV 2011). It is, however, the context rather than the tense that indicates that John’s resistance was only temporary. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of διεκώλυεν. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of ἔχω. Fronted as a topical frame. χρείαν. Accusative direct object of ἔχω. ἔχω. Pres act ind 1st sg ἔχω. ὑπὸ σοῦ. Ultimate agency. Although it is an enclitic, σοῦ retains its accent because it is emphatic (cf. Carson 1985a, 49–­50). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). βαπτισθῆναι. Aor pass inf βαπτίζω (epexegetical to χρείαν). καὶ. The grammars often find here as an instance of the so-­called adversative καί (e.g., Robertson, 1182–­83; MHT 3:334; Zerwick §445a). However, as a coordinating conjunction, καί simply links the two parallel clauses and the content of the clauses determines the nature of their relationship. Cf. Culy (2004, 15) on 1 John 1:6: “The tendency is to take the conjunction as ‘adversative’. . . . Such an analysis, however, confuses issues of syntax with issues of translation. It is the semantic structure of the verse that points to a state of affairs that goes against the expectation raised by the first part of the protasis, not the conjunction καί, which is simply coordinate (cf. the discussion in Moule, 178).” σὺ. Nominative subject of ἔρχη. Fronted as a topical frame. ἔρχῃ. Pres mid ind 2nd sg ἔρχομαι. πρός με. Spatial (motion toward). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

52

Matthew 3:13-­17

3:15 ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν· ἄφες ἄρτι, οὕτως γὰρ πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην. τότε ἀφίησιν αὐτόν. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Variations of this construction (ἀποκριθεὶς . . . εἶπεν), with its obvious redundancy, appear frequently in Matthew. The fact that it is redundant, however, does not mean that it makes no contribution to the discourse. Runge argues helpfully that these “redundant frames” either mark a change in the direction of the speech or highlight a key assertion that follows immediately (2010, 145–­62). Here it does both as it underscores Jesus’ “programmatic” declaration (so Luz 2001–­2007, 1:142) that follows. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. πρὸς αὐτόν. The prepositional phrase takes the place of the dative case (αὐτῷ) and functions as the indirect object of εἶπεν. ἄφες. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἀφίημι. ἄρτι. Temporal adverb. οὕτως. The adverb refers, anaphorically, to the preceding discussion of baptism (cf. BDAG, 741.1.b). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds for the preceding imperative. πρέπον. Pres act ptc neut nom sg (present periphrastic). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. The enclitic retains its accent as two-­ syllable enclitics typically do when the preceding word has an acute accent on the penult (next-to-last syllable; see Carson 1985a, 48). ἡμῖν. Dative of reference. Infinitives with impersonal verbs sometimes have dative “subjects” and sometimes accusative. Contrast, for example, 1 Cor 11:13, where, in a similar construction, the infinitive has an accusative “subject” (γυναῖκα). πληρῶσαι. Aor act inf πληρόω. The infinitival clause, πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην, functions as the subject of ἐστὶν. πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην. Accusative direct object of πληρῶσαι. While as a general rule πᾶς, when modifying an anarthrous noun, means “every,” this seems to be one of a number of exceptions; here we should probably translate “all righteousness” (see Moule, 93–­94). On δικαιοσύνη in Matthew, see 6:33. τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7).



Matthew 3:15-16

53

ἀφίησιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) both marks the narrative transition (cf. Davies and Allison, 1:327) and highlights what follows immediately. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of ἀφίησιν. 3:16 βαπτισθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὐθὺς ἀνέβη ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος· καὶ ἰδοὺ ἠνεῴχθησαν [αὐτῷ] οἱ οὐρανοί, καὶ εἶδεν [τὸ] πνεῦμα [τοῦ] θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν [καὶ] ἐρχόμενον ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν· Βαπτισθείς. Aor pass ptc masc nom sg βαπτίζω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἀνέβη. ἀνέβη. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀναβαίνω. ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος. Separation. Matthew’s ἀπό replaces Mark’s ἐκ in this PP, but probably with no distinction in sense intended (cf. Zerwick §87). ἰδοὺ. Preceding the verb ἠνεῴχθησαν, the interjection highlights the remarkable action that follows immediately; see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ. ἠνεῴχθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl ἀνοίγω. In Mark’s Gospel, Jesus sees the heavens “ripped apart” (σχιζομένους); in Matthew, the heavens are “opened.” In biblical texts, the opening of the heavens sets the stage for some sort of revelatory speech or act, as if the curtains that veil the divine presence are temporarily pulled back (Ezek 1:1; John 1:51; Acts 7:56; 10:11; Rev 4:1; 19:11; cf. T. Levi 2.6). [αὐτῷ]. Dative of advantage. Probably αὐτῷ should be regarded as a later insertion that makes explicit what is implicit in εἶδεν; it is absent from a “very strong combination” of witnesses (Metzger, 9), including ‫ *א‬and B. οἱ οὐρανοί. Nominative subject of ἠνεῴχθησαν. In typically Matthean fashion, the plural οὐρανός (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν) points to the divine realm. εἶδεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὁράω. [τὸ] πνεῦμα. Accusative direct object of εἶδεν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Although many witnesses include articles before πνεῦμα and θεοῦ, SBLGNT (like WH earlier), probably correctly, regards both articles as later additions. [τοῦ] θεοῦ. Genitive of relationship or genitive of source (see Brookins and Longenecker, 56–­57, on τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ in 1 Cor 2:11). [τὸ] πνεῦμα [τοῦ] θεοῦ offers an interesting illustration of the “Canon of Apollonius,” which states that in genitive phrases the genitive noun and its head noun are either usually both articular or both anarthrous. Here,

54

Matthew 3:13-­17

as Wallace notes, “[t]he MSS vacillate over the presence of the articles before πνεῦμα and θεοῦ. ‫ א‬B bo lack the articles; most other witnesses have them. What is important to note is that the MSS uniformly either have both articles or lack both articles. With or without the articles, the translation and sense are the same” (240; cf. 250–­51). Here both πνεῦμα and θεοῦ are definite: “the Spirit of God.” καταβαῖνον. Pres act ptc neut acc sg καταβαίνω. Accusative complement to πνεῦμα in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ὡσεὶ. Introduces a comparative clause. περιστερὰν. Accusative direct object in an elliptical clause (“as [one sees] a dove”). [καὶ]. According to Metzger, “[n]o transcriptional or dogmatic considerations seem to have been at work here, and the parallels offer no assistance in deciding between the readings with or without καί” (9). But both the fact that the syntax flows more naturally with καί present and its absence from ‫ *א‬B lat Irlat suggest that it was a later addition. ἐρχόμενον. Pres mid ptc neut acc sg ἔρχομαι (attributive). Whether or not the preceding καὶ is original, ἐρχόμενον should probably be regarded as a second accusative complement to πνεῦμα in a double accusative object-­complement construction. LEB appears to understand ἐρχόμενον as the accusative complement to περιστερὰν (“like a dove coming upon him”), but the difference in gender (neuter ἐρχόμενον vs. feminine περιστερὰν) makes this unlikely (Quarles, 38). ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. Goal (BDAG, 364.4.b.γ). 3:17 καὶ ἰδοὺ φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα· οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα. ἰδοὺ. The interjection draws attention to the following annunciation. φωνὴ. As part of a verbless clause, φωνὴ could be understood as (1) a nominative of exclamation (cf. Wallace, 59–­60), (2) a nominative absolute, (3) part of a nominal clause (cf. Porter 1994, 85), or (4) the nominative subject of a verbless equative clause (see Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 238, on the similar construction at Luke 7:34). That ἰδού precedes verbless clauses in Matthew with some regularity perhaps favors (1). ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν. Source. The plural οὐρανός points to the divine realm, from which God speaks; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. λέγουσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg λέγω (attributive). οὗτός. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.



Matthew 3:17

55

ὁ υἱός. Predicate nominative. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ ἀγαπητός. Substantival (“my son, the beloved”) or, more probably, attributive adjective standing in the second attributive position (“my beloved son”). ἐν ᾧ. Reference. εὐδόκησα. Aor act ind 1st sg εὐδοκέω. The force of the aorist tense here is disputed. Robertson (842) is representative of those who consider the aorist ‘timeless’, and perhaps gnomic. Fresch points to a cross-­linguistic tendency for stative verbs in perfective forms to signal a present state (2016, 396–­97). Wallace (565) thinks it possible that εὐδόκησα is an example of what he calls the “immediate past aorist/ dramatic aorist.” Burton (§55) surveys several potential understandings, the last of which he prefers: (1) a historical aorist, with reference to a specific event; (2) a historical aorist, but with global (not specific) reference; (3) an aorist with perfect force (but all the potential parallels “are capable of being explained without resort to so unusual a use of the Aorist”); or (4) an inceptive aorist “referring to some indefinite past time at which God is represented as becoming well pleased with Jesus.” For Decker (2014a, 14), “[t]he temporal reference is unrestricted, i.e., it is a statement that is always true.” Inevitably, one’s basic view of the function of tense in the Greek verb comes into play here. It is worth noting that the fact that “the statement is always true” (the Father takes pleasure in the Son) does not in itself entail the conclusion that the temporal reference here is unrestricted. That said, the parallel use of the verb in 12:18 and, especially, 17:5 makes it difficult to find here heaven’s response to a particular action (i.e., Burton’s [1] and Wallace’s dramatic aorist). Nor is it obvious, contextually, that the verb signals the beginning of an action (pace Burton). While it is possible to understand the aorist globally (Burton’s second option; cf. 1 Cor 1:21), it seems best, in my judgment, to follow Fresch in finding a present reference in the aorist form of the stative verb. How best to signal this in English translation is admittedly something of a puzzle: probably it is difficult to do better than “with whom I am well pleased,” but “with whom I have been pleased” is worth considering. Matthew 4:1-­11 Then Jesus was led up into the wilderness by the Spirit to be tempted by the devil. 2And after fasting for forty days and forty nights, he then became hungry. 3And, approaching, the tempter said to him: “If you are 1

56

Matthew 4:1-­11

the son of God, tell these stones to become bread.” 4But answering, he said, “It is written, ‘Humankind will not live on bread alone, but on every word that comes out of the mouth of God.’ ” 5Then the devil takes him to the holy city and stood him on the highest point of the temple 6and says to him, “If you are the son of God, throw yourself down. For it is written, ‘Because he will command his angels concerning you’ and ‘they will lift you up on their hands, lest you strike your foot against a stone.’ ” 7 Jesus said to him, “On the other hand, it is written, ‘You shall not test the Lord your God.’ ” 8Again the devil takes him to a very high mountain and showed him all the kingdoms of the world and their glory 9and said to him, “All these things I will give you, if, falling down, you worship me.” 10Then Jesus says to him, “Depart, Satan! For it is written, ‘The Lord your God you shall worship and him only shall you serve.’ ” 11Then the devil leaves him and, behold, angels came and were ministering to him. 4:1 Τότε ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου. Τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἀνήχθη. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀνήχθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg ἀνάγω. The verb ἀνάγω (“to lead or bring from a lower to a higher point, lead, bring up” [BDAG, 61.1]) is appropriate, given “the geographically higher level of the surrounding wilderness as compared with the riverbank which had been the setting of 3:1-­17” (France 2007, 124 n. 1). In the LXX, the verb becomes part of a stereotyped description of YHWH’s rescue of Israel from Egypt (ἀνάγειν . . . ἐκ [γῆς] Αἰγύπτου: Lev 11:45; Num 14:13; Josh 24:17; Judg 6:8, 13; 1 Sam 8:8; 10:18; 12:6; 2 Sam 7:6; 1 Kgs 9:9; 12:28; 2 Kgs 17:7, 36; 1 Chr 17:5; 2 Chr 6:5; Ps 77:52 [MT 78:52]; 80:11 [MT 81:10]; Jer 7:22; 11:4; 16:14; 23:7; Hos 12:10, 14 [MT 12:13]; Amos 3:1; 9:7; Mic 6:4), sometimes with explicit reference to the wilderness to which he brought them (cf. Num 16:13; 20:4, 5; Jer 2:6; Hos 13:4; Amos 2:10). εἰς τὴν ἔρημον. Locative. ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος. Ultimate agency. πειρασθῆναι. Aor pass inf πειράζω (purpose). Of the three synoptic evangelists, only Matthew explicitly states the purpose for which Jesus was led into the wilderness. France proposes the translation “to be tested,” in light of the semantic range of πειράζω and the “essential sense of testing which underlies this story” (2007, 124 n. 2). But while both of France’s points are valid, the PP that follows confirms that the testing in view here has a malicious intent. ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου. Ultimate agency.



Matthew 4:1-3

57

4:2 καὶ νηστεύσας ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα, ὕστερον ἐπείνασεν. νηστεύσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg νηστεύω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. Only Matthew uses the terminology of fasting here (cf. Luke 4:2: Καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις), perhaps in anticipation of 6:16-­18 (also unique to Matthew). ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα. Adverbial accusative of measure, indicating extent of time. ὕστερον. Adverbial accusative, functioning temporally (BDAG, 1044.2.a). ἐπείνασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg πεινάω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). 4:3 καὶ προσελθὼν ὁ πειράζων εἶπεν αὐτῷ· εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται. προσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ πειράζων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg πειράζω (substantival). Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Referring to “the devil” (4:1) as “the tempter” (Luke has ὁ διάβολος) maintains the narrative’s focus on the testing/ temptation to which Jesus will be subject. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. υἱὸς. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis. As Wallace points out, anarthrous predicate nominatives that precede the equative verb (as here) are generally either qualitative (most frequently) or definite, and only rarely indefinite (256–­70). Probably the anarthrous υἱὸς does underscore Jesus’ sonship (i.e., is qualitative); in any case, after 3:17, to which the first two temptations apparently respond, the noun can hardly be indefinite. εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. τοῦ θεοῦ. Genitive of relationship. εἰπὲ. Aor act impv 2nd sg λέγω. ἵνα. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of εἰπὲ. οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι. Nominative subject of γένωνται. Fronted as a topical frame. ἄρτοι. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). γένωνται. Aor mid subj 3rd pl γίνομαι. Subjunctive with ἵνα.

58

Matthew 4:1-­11

4:4 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· γέγραπται· οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος θεοῦ. ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν. This typically Matthean formula (Matt: 19×; Mark: 2×; Luke: 6×) introduces Jesus’ response to the tempter. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. γέγραπται. Prf pass ind 3rd sg γράφω. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. οὐκ . . . ἀλλ᾽. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. Following Heckert, Runge (2010, 93) describes ἀλλά as a “global marker of contrast” that introduces the replacement of a mistaken expectation with a corrected one. ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ. Basis for a state of being (BDAG, 364.6; cf. Harris 2012, 138). Fronted for emphasis. ζήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ζάω. It is possible that the future has imperatival force here (so Burton §68; Wallace, 723). ὁ ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of ζήσεται. The use of the article is generic, referring not to any particular person but to humans as a class. ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι. Basis for a state of being (BDAG, 364.6). Fronted for emphasis. ἐκπορευομένῳ. Pres mid ptc neut dat sg ἐκπορεύομαι (attributive). διὰ στόματος. Locative. θεοῦ. Possessive genitive. 4:5 Τότε παραλαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἔστησεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ Τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). παραλαμβάνει. Pres act ind 3rd sg παραλαμβάνω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) joins Τότε in signaling a new narrative development but also grants prominence to the incident it introduces. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of παραλαμβάνει. ὁ διάβολος. Nominative subject of παραλαμβάνει and ἔστησεν. εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν. Locative. ἔστησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἵστημι. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἔστησεν.



Matthew 4:4-6

59

ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύγιον. Locative. πτερύγιον, found in the NT only here and in the parallel in Luke 4:9, refers to “the tip or extremity of anything” (BDAG, 895). τοῦ ἱεροῦ. Partitive genitive. 4:6 καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω· γέγραπται γὰρ ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) grants prominence to the speech that follows. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. υἱὸς. Predicate nominative of εἶ. Fronted for emphasis. See 4:3 on υἱὸς. εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. τοῦ θεοῦ. Genitive of relationship. βάλε. Aor act impv 2nd sg βάλλω. σεαυτὸν. Accusative direct object of βάλε. κάτω. Adverb of place. γέγραπται. Prf pass ind 3rd sg γράφω. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds for the preceding imperative. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. Although most English versions (NRSV; ESV; NET; NIV 2011) understand ὅτι to be introducing the clausal complement (direct discourse) of γέγραπται, as Quarles (40) observes, “Matthew does not elsewhere introduce a Scriptural quotation using γέγραπται and ὅτι.” Since LXX Ps 90:11 is introduced by ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις (“for his angels . . .”), in Matthew ὅτι is probably simply part of the quotation. τοῖς ἀγγέλοις. Dative complement of ἐντελεῖται. Fronted as a topical frame. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἐντελεῖται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ἐντέλλω. περὶ σοῦ. Reference. ἐπὶ χειρῶν. Locative. ἀροῦσίν. Fut act ind 3rd pl αἶρω. σε. Accusative direct object of ἀροῦσίν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. μήποτε. Introduces a negative purpose clause.

60

Matthew 4:1-­11

προσκόψῃς. Aor act subj 2nd sg προσκόπτω. Subjunctive with μήποτε. πρὸς λίθον. The preposition marks “extension toward a goal, involving presumed contact and reaction—­‘against’ ” (LN 84.23). τὸν πόδα. Accusative direct object of προσκόψη. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 4:7 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· πάλιν γέγραπται· οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν σου. ἔφη. Aor/impf act ind 3rd sg φημί. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἔφη. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἔφη. πάλιν. Adverbial, marking a “contrast or an alternative aspect, on the other hand, in turn” (BDAG, 753.4). γέγραπται. Prf pass ind 3rd sg γράφω. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἐκπειράσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg ἐκπειράζω (imperatival future). κύριον. Accusative direct object of ἐκπειράσεις. τὸν θεόν. Accusative in apposition to κύριον. σου. Genitive of subordination. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 4:8 Πάλιν παραλαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν λίαν καὶ δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς βασιλείας τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν Πάλιν. Adverbial, “pert[aining] to repetition in the same (or similar) manner, again, once more, anew of someth[ing] a pers[on] has already done” (BDAG, 752.2). Cf. 4:5. παραλαμβάνει. Pres act ind 3rd sg παραλαμβάνω. In 4:8, Matthew employs the historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) twice more (παραλαμβάνει; δείκνυσιν) where Luke prefers the aorist. Together with Πάλιν, παραλαμβάνει signals a transition within the pericope and, together with δείκνυσιν, highlights the following event. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of παραλαμβάνει. ὁ διάβολος. Nominative subject of παραλαμβάνει. εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν λίαν. Locative. The adjective ὑψηλὸν is modified here by the adverb λίαν (BDAG, 594.b.α). δείκνυσιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg δείκνυμι. See παραλαμβάνει above. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of δείκνυσιν.



Matthew 4:7-10

61

πάσας τὰς βασιλείας. Accusative direct object of δείκνυσιν. τοῦ κόσμου. Partitive genitive. τὴν δόξαν. Accusative direct object of δείκνυσιν. αὐτῶν. The genitive pronoun identifies the glory in view—­either the glory that the kingdoms of the world offer (4:9 might be understood to favor this interpretation; cf. Luke 4:6) or, more probably, the glory that these kingdoms display (δείκνυσιν favors this interpretation). 4:9 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς μοι. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ταῦτά . . . πάντα. Accusative direct object of δώσω. Fronted as a topical frame. σοι. Dative indirect object of δώσω. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. δώσω. Fut act ind 1st sg δίδωμι. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. πεσὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg πίπτω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. προσκυνήσῃς. Aor act subj 2nd sg προσκυνέω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. On Matthew’s use of προσκυνέω, see 18:26 on προσεκύνει. μοι. Dative complement of προσκυνήσῃς. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 4:10 τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· ὕπαγε, σατανᾶ· γέγραπται γάρ· κύριον τὸν θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) joins τότε in signaling a new narrative development but also grants prominence to Jesus’ utterance, which follows immediately. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of λέγει. ὕπαγε. Pres act impv 2nd sg ὑπάγω. Most witnesses add ὀπίσω μου after ὕπαγε, presumably under the influence of the later echo of this incident at Matt 16:23. σατανᾶ. Vocative.

62

Matthew 4:1-­11

γέγραπται. Prf pass ind 3rd sg γράφω. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. γάρ. As at 4:6, the explanatory particle introduces grounds for the preceding imperative: Jesus rejects the devil’s third appeal, because the God of the Scriptures demands exclusive worship. κύριον τὸν θεόν σου. Fronted for emphasis. κύριον. Accusative direct object of προσκυνήσεις. In contrast to 4:9, here προσκυνέω takes an accusative direct object instead of a dative complement. Wallace (72–­73) finds exegetical significance in this distinction. He suggests that since the dative is the case of personal interest, it was natural for it to be used as the complement of προσκυνέω. Moreover, in the NT, the dative is usually used as the complement of προσκυνέω when genuine worship of God is in view. By contrast, worship of false gods or spurious worship of the true God may be expressed by προσκυνέω plus an accusative direct object. With respect to 4:11, he concludes, “He quotes Deut 6:13, which has φοβηθήσῃ for προσκυνήσεις. Thus the use of the acc. with προσκυνέω is not due to the LXX. Rather, it seems that a personal application of this text to the tempter is being made. Although only the Lord God is the true God, the devil will have no chance for a personal relation with him, though he does have an obligation (cf. Phil 2:10 for a similar theme)” (173). It is true that this is the only instance in Matthew’s Gospel where προσκυνέω takes a complement that is not dative (2× [20:20; 28:17] Matthew employs the verb without a complement; elsewhere [10×] it takes a dative complement). For several reasons, however, Wallace’s conclusion about the significance of the accusative here oversteps the evidence. First, it is not obvious that the LXX does not influence Matthew here: while Matthew has προσκυνήσεις where the LXX has φοβηθήσῃ, κύριον τὸν θεόν σου appears to be a direct citation of LXX Deut 6:13. Second, the subject of the imperatival future (προσκυνήσεις) is not the devil but YHWH’s people, Israel. That is, Jesus is not calling the devil to offer worship to YHWH, but explaining why he must only worship YHWH. Third, both in Deuteronomy and in Matthew, the worship envisioned is genuine worship of the God of Israel. Finally (as Wallace himself notes), the biblical writers do not maintain the distinctions he poses consistently. Cf. Luke 24:52, the only use of προσκυνέω outside of the temptation narrative in his Gospel. τὸν θεόν. Accusative in apposition to κύριον. σου. Genitive of subordination. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. προσκυνήσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg προσκυνέω (imperatival future). On Matthew’s use of προσκυνέω, see 18:26 on προσεκύνει.



Matthew 4:12

63

αὐτῷ μόνῳ. Dative complement of λατρεύσεις. μόνῳ is without parallel in either the LXX or MT of Deut 6:13. Fronted for emphasis. λατρεύσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg λατρεύω (imperatival future). 4:11 Τότε ἀφίησιν αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄγγελοι προσῆλθον καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). ἀφίησιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. One last time in this pericope, Matthew employs the historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται), which, together with τότε, marks the final transition in this pericope. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀφίησιν. ὁ διάβολος. Nominative subject of ἀφίησιν. ἰδοὺ. As in 1:20, the interjection introduces, and draws attention to, an angelic appearance. ἄγγελοι. Nominative subject of προσῆλθον. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). προσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. διηκόνουν. Impf act ind 3rd pl διακονέω. The imperfective aspect employed here suggests that Matthew envisions the action internally, as a process, in contrast, for example, to προσῆλθον. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of διηκόνουν. Matthew 4:12-­17 12 Now when he heard that John had been arrested, he withdrew to Galilee. 13Leaving Nazareth, he went and settled in Capernaum, which is beside the sea, in the regions of Zebulun and Naphtali, 14in order that what was spoken through Isaiah the prophet might be fulfilled, who said, 15“Land of Zebulun and land of Naphtali, toward the sea, beyond the Jordan, Gentile Galilee: 16the people who were sitting in darkness have seen a great light and for those who were sitting in the region and shadow of death, a light has dawned.” 17From that time on, Jesus began to preach and to say, “Repent, for heaven’s kingdom has come near.”

4:12 Ἀκούσας δὲ ὅτι Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. Ἀκούσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀκούω (temporal/causal). Learning of John’s arrest serves as both the occasion and the reason for Jesus’ withdrawal to Galilee. On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ.

64

Matthew 4:12-­17

ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of Ἀκούσας. Ἰωάννης. Nominative subject of παρεδόθη. Fronted as a topical frame. παρεδόθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg παραδίδωμι. ἀνεχώρησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀναχωρέω. Unlike Mark, who says only that Jesus “came” (ἦλθεν) to Galilee, Matthew says that Jesus “withdrew” (ἀνεχώρησεν) to Galilee; moreover, it is not merely after John’s arrest, as in Mark, but after he learns of John’s arrest (ἀκούσας) that Jesus heads north. Although the point is disputed (contrast, e.g., Meier 1980, 399–­400 n. 59), since the earlier occurrences of ἀνωχωρέω in this narrative have described first the magi’s (2:12, 13) and then Joseph’s (2:14, 22) strategic withdrawal in the face of danger, and since Matthew explicitly connects Jesus’ move with the news of John’s arrest, probably we are to understand this withdrawal in similar manner—­John’s arrest prompts Jesus to retreat, presumably because he prefers to launch his mission in the comparative quiet of Galilee. εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. Locative. 4:13 καὶ καταλιπὼν τὴν Ναζαρὰ ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ τὴν παραθαλασσίαν ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλίμ· καταλιπὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg καταλείπω (attendant circumstance or temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὴν Ναζαρὰ. Accusative direct object of καταλιπὼν. ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). See καταλιπὼν above. κατῴκησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κατοικέω. εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ τὴν παραθαλασσίαν. Locative. On whether Matthew blurs the distinction between εἰς and ἐν by using εἰς with verbs of rest, see 2:23 on εἰς πόλιν (cf. Robertson, 591–­94). Παραθαλασσίαν stands in the third attributive position (cf. Wallace, 307). ἐν ὁρίοις. Locative. Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλίμ. Possessive genitive, referring to the tribal inheritances (Quarles, 42). 4:14 ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος· ἵνα. Introduces a purpose or, less likely, a result clause. See 1:22 on ἵνα. πληρωθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg πληρόω. Subjunctive with ἵνα.



Matthew 4:13-16

65

τὸ ῥηθὲν. Aor pass ptc neut nom sg λέγω (substantival). Nominative subject of πληρωθῇ. διὰ Ἠσαΐου. Intermediate agency. τοῦ προφήτου. Genitive in apposition to Ἠσαΐου. λέγοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λέγω (attributive). 4:15 γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλίμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν, γῆ. Vocative. Ζαβουλὼν. Possessive genitive. γῆ. Vocative. Νεφθαλίμ. Possessive genitive. ὁδὸν θαλάσσης. Locative. Although Matthew’s citation does not follow the exact form of either the LXX or the MT (cf. Gundry 1967, 105–­8), ὁδὸν θαλάσσης appears to come from LXX Isa 8:23 (Eng. 9:1), where it translates ‫ד ֶרְך ַהיָ ם‬.ֶ The syntax, however, is puzzling. In the MT, “the way of the sea” (‫ ֶ)ד ֶרְך ַהיָ ם‬serves as the object of the verb “he will honor” (‫)הכְ ִביד‬, ִ but neither the LXX nor Matthew retains the verb. Instead, as Robertson (469) notes, “In Mt. 4:15 ὁδὸν θαλάσσης has no verb of motion and comes in the midst of vocatives in a way quite startling.” Probably, as BDAG (691.1) suggests, Matthew employs ὁδὸν here as a preposition meaning “toward”; cf. the important parallels at 1 Kgs 8:48 ֶ If so, the “sea” and 18:43 (where ὁδὸν τῆς θαλάσσης translates ‫)ד ֶרְך־יָ ם‬. may be either the Mediterranean (Blomberg, 18) or the “Sea” of Galilee (Gundry 1994, 60). πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου. Locative. Γαλιλαία. Vocative in apposition to γῆ. τῶν ἐθνῶν. Attributive genitive (“Gentile Galilee”; cf. NEB). 4:16 ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκότει φῶς εἶδεν μέγα, καὶ τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς. ὁ λαὸς. Nominative subject of εἶδεν. Fronted as a topical frame. ὁ καθήμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg κάθημαι (attributive). ἐν σκότει. Locative (used metaphorically). φῶς . . . μέγα. Accusative direct object of εἶδεν. Fronted for emphasis. εἶδεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὁράω. τοῖς καθημένοις. Pres mid ptc masc dat pl κάθημαι (substantival). Dative of advantage. The substantival participle introduces a clause that serves as the topic of what follows, which is then picked up by the resumptive αὐτοῖς. “In a topic construction, the referent that is in focus

66

Matthew 4:12-­17

is placed at the beginning of the sentence. If the topic has a syntactic relationship to the clause that follows, it is generally placed in the case it would bear in that clause and then picked up with a resumptive demonstrative pronoun within that clause” (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 34). ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ. Locative. θανάτου. The genitive qualifies both dative nouns but in slightly different ways. The sense seems to be “in the region where death dwells and the shadow that death casts.” φῶς. Nominative subject of ἀνέτειλεν. Fronted for emphasis. ἀνέτειλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀνατέλλω. αὐτοῖς. Dative of advantage. Resumptive (cf. τοῖς καθημένοις above). 4:17 Ἀπὸ τότε ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς κηρύσσειν καὶ λέγειν· μετανοεῖτε· ἤγγικεν γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. Ἀπὸ τότε. Temporal, marking an important turning point in the narrative. ἤρξατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἄρχω. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἤρξατο. κηρύσσειν. Pres act inf (complementary). λέγειν. Pres act inf (complementary). μετανοεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl μετανοέω. ἤγγικεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg ἐγγίζω. The semantics of the Greek perfect tense continue to be debated. On a traditional understanding, the perfect tense “combines in itself, so to speak, the present and the aorist in that it denotes the continuance of completed action” (BDF §340). It signals, that is, completed action with existing results. In a rejection of this model, Porter (1989, 245–­90; see now 2015, 195–­215) insists that the perfect tense is stative in aspect (i.e., that the speaker/author envisions the process as a state) and is doubly marked—­nonperfective as opposed to perfective and stative over against imperfect. It thus serves to depict “frontground”—­ that is, especially prominent—­ material. Campbell (2007, 161–­211), by contrast, argues distinctively that the perfect tense is imperfective in aspect but differs from the present and imperfect (both also imperfective) in signaling heightened proximity. More promising, in my view, is Buth’s refinement of the traditional view (2016b, 416–­29). He argues that the semantic complexity of the perfect tense mirrors the complexity of its morphology, which features both perfective (kappa tense sign) and imperfective (reduplication) markers. Corresponding to its morphology, the perfect often combines perfective (completed action) and imperfective (ongoing relevance) aspects so that, for example, “πεποίηκα, ‘I have done it,’ is a perfective that marks an on-­going



Matthew 4:17

67

relevance” (422). Nevertheless, not all perfects are created equal. Buth cites Crellin’s Cambridge dissertation: “The aspect of the perfect active [is] dependent on whether the subject participant can be presented as being either in or having entered a state: if it can, the perfect active stem will not necessarily carry past time reference, whereas if it cannot, it will in almost all circumstances do so” (2012, 3). Beyond these generalizations, Buth urges, the nuances of the perfect must be learned by repeated exposure to actual usage, which sometimes defies expectation (cf. Allan, 100–­114, who suggests that “the perfect is best analyzed as a chain of related meanings . . . , a complex layering of variant meanings that resulted from a long historical process of semantic extensions” [113]). In this context, the perfect tense is well suited to highlight the ongoing relevance of the completed action—­the approach of heaven’s kingdom. ἐγγίζω means to “draw near” either spatially or temporally (BDAG, 270.1,2) and can refer to the approach of various people and events. At issue in this text is whether or not the kingdom that Jesus announces is “near” but not yet present or already arrived. Although the matter continues to be debated, two factors suggest that Jesus is here signaling the presence and not merely the imminent arrival of God’s reign. First, the note of fulfillment that the context strikes so clearly (4:14, 16) suggests that Matthew thinks the dominion that the prophet foresaw (LXX Isa 8:23–­9:6) has in fact been inaugurated. Second, Mark’s parallel sounds the note of fulfillment equally clearly: ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ λέγων ὅτι πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ (1:14b-­15). Matthew’s narrative will of course make it clear that there remains a future element of God’s reign to anticipate but, if this reading is correct, then here, as Jesus launches his mission, he insists that the long-­awaited intervention of Israel’s God to rule his world has now become a reality. γὰρ. As in 3:2, which this text echoes, the explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds for the preceding imperative. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἤγγικεν. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. Matthew 4:18-­22 As he was walking alongside the lake of Galilee, he saw two brothers—­Simon, called Peter, and Andrew his brother—­casting a net into the lake (for they were fishermen). 19And he says to them, “Come after me, and I will make you fishers of people.” 20And immediately, leaving their nets, they followed him. 21And as he went on from there, he saw two other brothers—­James the son of Zebedee and John his brother—­in the boat 18

68

Matthew 4:18-­22

with Zebedee their father, mending their nets, and he called them. 22And immediately, leaving the boat and their father, they followed him. 4:18 Περιπατῶν δὲ παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶδεν δύο ἀδελφούς, Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον Πέτρον καὶ Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν· ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς. Περιπατῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg περιπατέω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν. Locative. παρά is a “marker of a position viewed as extended” (BDAG, 757.C.1). θάλασσα can refer either to a sea or, as here, to a lake (cf. BDAG, 442.1, 2). τῆς Γαλιλαίας. Genitive of identification. εἶδεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὁράω. δύο ἀδελφούς. Accusative direct object of εἶδεν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Σίμωνα. Accusative in apposition to ἀδελφούς. τὸν λεγόμενον. Pres pass ptc masc acc sg λέγω (attributive). Πέτρον. Accusative complement to Σίμωνα in a double accusative subject-­complement construction (see 2:23 on Ναζαρέτ). Ἀνδρέαν. Accusative in apposition to ἀδελφούς. τὸν ἀδελφὸν. Accusative in apposition to Ἀνδρέαν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. βάλλοντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl βάλλω. Accusative complecomplement ment to δύο ἀδελφούς in a double accusative object-­ construction. ἀμφίβληστρον. Accusative direct object of βάλλοντας. εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. Locative. Matthew’s εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν replaces Mark’s ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, presumably because the PP modifies a verb of motion. On whether Matthew ever blurs the distinction between local εἰς and ἐν, see 2:23 on εἰς πόλιν. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) takes the reader from the narrative mainline to provide the necessary context for their action. ἦσαν. Impf act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. ἁλιεῖς. Predicate nominative of ἦσαν.



Matthew 4:18-20

69

4:19 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου, καὶ ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται), which Matthew prefers here to Mark’s εἶπεν, does not draw attention to a transition in the discourse (the preceding καὶ signals continuity rather than a new narrative development), but it does grant prominence to the utterance that follows. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. δεῦτε. An adverb (“[come] here”) that, in the NT, “serves mostly as a hortatory particle” (BDAG, 220), followed by a verb in the imperative (25:34; 28:6; John 4:29; 21:12; Rev 19:17) or subjunctive (21:38//Mark 12:7) mood or used absolutely, as here (4:19//Mark 1:17; 11:28; 22:4; Mark 6:31). Cf. LN 84.24 n. 10: “δεῦρο and δεῦτε may be regarded (particularly in their absolute usage) as semantic hybrids in that they are adverbial in form, but in certain contexts they involve not only extension toward a goal near the speaker but actual movement.” Six of the twelve NT occurrences of the word are found in Matthew. ὀπίσω μου. Locative, extended metaphorically. Jesus employs discipleship language here, ὀπίσω being a “marker of one who is followed as a leader” (LN 36.35). For Simon and Andrew, “coming after Jesus” entailed both literally following him and embracing the mission he would entrust to them (4:19b). Cf. 10:38; 16:24. On the pronoun’s loss of its accent, see 1:20 on σου. καὶ. Introduces the consequences of the preceding clause (see 11:28). ποιήσω. Fut act ind 1st sg ποιέω. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ποιήσω in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. ἁλιεῖς. Accusative complement to ὑμᾶς in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Influenced by the parallel at Mark 1:17, a number of witnesses (‫א‬1 D et al.) insert γενέσθαι before ἁλιεῖς, turning ἁλιεῖς into a predicate adjective but not changing the sense of the expression. ἀνθρώπων. Objective genitive. 4:20 οἱ δὲ εὐθέως ἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. οἱ. Nominative subject of ἠκολούθησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εὐθέως. Temporal adverb, marking the brothers’ ready response to Jesus’ call. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT).

70

Matthew 4:18-­22

ἀφέντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀφίημι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. On ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. τὰ δίκτυα. Accusative direct object of ἀφέντες. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see further Robertson, 684, 769–­70; Wallace, 215). τὰ δίκτυα reappears in 4:22, where, by contrast, the genitive personal pronoun αὐτῶν makes the idea of possession explicit. A few witnesses also include αὐτῶν here, perhaps influenced by 4:22 but probably also to make the notion of possession explicit. ἠκολούθησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀκολουθέω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἠκολούθησαν. 4:21 καὶ προβὰς ἐκεῖθεν εἶδεν ἄλλους δύο ἀδελφούς, Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ μετὰ Ζεβεδαίου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς. προβὰς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προβαίνω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐκεῖθεν. Adverb of place. εἶδεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὁράω. ἄλλους δύο ἀδελφούς. Accusative direct object of εἶδεν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Ἰάκωβον. Accusative in apposition to ἀδελφούς. Unlike 1:2, where Ἰακώβ is indeclinable, Ἰάκωβον is an accusative form (Robertson, 263). τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the genitive τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου into an accusative noun phrase that stands in apposition to Ἰάκωβον. τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου. Genitive of relationship. Ἰωάννην. Accusative in apposition to ἀδελφούς. τὸν ἀδελφὸν. Accusative in apposition to Ἰωάννην. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ. Locative. μετὰ Ζεβεδαίου. Association/accompaniment. τοῦ πατρὸς. Genitive in apposition to Ζεβεδαίου. αὐτῶν. Genitive of relationship. καταρτίζοντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl καταρτίζω. Accusative complement to ἄλλους δύο ἀδελφούς in a double accusative object-­complement construction. τὰ δίκτυα. Accusative direct object of καταρτίζοντας.



Matthew 4:21-23

71

αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. ἐκάλεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg καλέω. αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of ἐκάλεσεν. 4:22 οἱ δὲ εὐθέως ἀφέντες τὸ πλοῖον καὶ τὸν πατέρα αὐτῶν ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. οἱ. Nominative subject of ἠκολούθησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εὐθέως. Temporal adverb. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀφέντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀφίημι (attendant circumstance). τὸ πλοῖον καὶ τὸν πατέρα. Accusative direct objects of ἀφέντες. αὐτῶν. Genitive of relationship. ἠκολούθησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀκολουθέω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἠκολούθησαν. Matthew 4:23-­25 And he travelled around in all of Galilee teaching in their synagogues, proclaiming the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every disease and every sickness among the people. 24So the news about him spread throughout all of Syria; and they brought to him all those who were ill with various diseases and afflicted with torments—­the demon-­possessed and those suffering from seizures and the paralytics—­and he healed them. 25And large crowds followed him from Galilee, Decapolis, Jerusalem, Judea, and beyond the Jordan. 23

4:23 Καὶ περιῆγεν ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν καὶ κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας καὶ θεραπεύων πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν ἐν τῷ λαῷ. περιῆγεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg περιάγω. Each of the verbs in this programmatic Matthean summary (cf. 9:35) is imperfective in aspect, depicting the action internally, as a process. ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ. Locative. Most witnesses (‫א‬1 D ƒ1 33 et al.) omit the preposition and have the accusative ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν instead of the dative. Probably this is a later “correction,” the scribes preferring the accusative with περιῆγεν, a verb of motion. But perhaps Matthew has not blurred the distinction between εἰς and ἐν here (see 2:23 on εἰς πόλιν). Instead, the evangelist views the whole of Galilee as the location in which Jesus carries out his mission.

72

Matthew 4:23-­25

διδάσκων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg διδάσκω (manner). The first of three adverbial participles in this verse that follow περιῆγεν, explaining what Jesus’ travel throughout Galilee entailed (see 1:20 on λέγων). ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς. Locative. αὐτῶν. The genitive is loosely possessive or, perhaps better, simply a genitive of identification (“their synagogues”—­i.e., the synagogues in which the Galileans gathered). Although the pronoun does not have an explicit antecedent, the sense is clear enough. κηρύσσων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg κηρύσσω (manner). See διδάσκων above. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. Accusative direct object of κηρύσσων. τῆς βασιλείας. The genitive substantive is loosely objective (“the good news about the kingdom”). In this context, this Gospel is chiefly that heaven’s long-­awaited kingdom has arrived (3:2; 4:17). See 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. θεραπεύων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg θεραπεύω (manner). See διδάσκων above. πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν. Accusative direct object of θεραπεύων. ἐν τῷ λαῷ. Locative (cf. BDAG, 327.1.d). 4:24 Καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν· καὶ προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας ποικίλαις νόσοις καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους [καὶ] δαιμονιζομένους καὶ σεληνιαζομένους καὶ παραλυτικούς, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτούς. ἀπῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀπέρχομαι. ἡ ἀκοὴ. Nominative subject of ἀπῆλθεν. Ἀκοή, which can also refer to “the faculty of hearing” (BDAG, 36.1), “the act of hearing” (BDAG, 36.2), and “the organ w[ith] which one hears” (BDAG, 36.3), here denotes “that which is heard” (BDAG, 36.4). αὐτοῦ. Objective genitive (“the news about Jesus”). εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν. Locative. προσήνεγκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσφέρω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of προσήνεγκαν. πάντας τοὺς . . . ἔχοντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl ἔχω (substantival). Accusative direct object of προσήνεγκαν. τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας. An idiom (lit. “those having badly”) for being ill (LN 23.148). ποικίλαις νόσοις. Dative of reference (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall on Luke 4:40), modifying either the preceding (“all those who were ill with various diseases”; so NIV; TNIV; Davies and Allison, 1:417;



Matthew 4:24-25

73

Nolland, 181; France 2007, 148–49) or the following participle (“afflicted with various diseases”; so RSV; NRSV; ESV; Turner 2008, 138). The parallel construction at Mark 1:34 offers support for the former alternative. βασάνοις. Dative of reference, modifying συνεχομένους. συνεχομένους. Pres pass ptc masc acc pl συνέχω (substantival). Accusative direct object of προσήνεγκαν. Alternatively, but less likely, if we think that both of the preceding datives (ποικίλαις νόσοις καὶ βασάνοις) modify συνεχομένους, συνεχομένους could be the first of four substantives that stands in apposition to τοὺς . . . ἔχοντας. [καὶ]. While the majority of the ancient witnesses include it, καὶ is absent from a several notable MSS (B C* [Δ] ƒ13 892 pc; Eus). If καὶ is original and if συνεχομένους functions as a direct object of προσήνεγκαν (see above), then the three accusative substantives that follow continue the series of direct objects (France 2007, 148–­49). If καὶ is omitted, then the following accusative substantives stand in apposition either to συνεχομένους (see the translation above) or to both of the preceding objects (NET; NRSV). France thinks that the omission of καὶ was probably “a stylistic ‘improvement’: three particular afflictions now stand in apposition to the preceding general categories. Most interpreters retain the καί, which has the effect of distinguishing demon-­ possession from purely physical ailments, in accordance with general (though not universal) NT usage” (2007, 149 n. 4). But it is equally possible that καὶ was added as a stylistic improvement. δαιμονιζομένους. Pres pass ptc masc acc pl δαιμονίζομαι (substantival). Accusative in apposition to συνεχομένους or accusative direct object of προσήνεγκαν (see the note on [καὶ] above). σεληνιαζομένους. Pres pass ptc masc acc pl σεληνιάζομαι (substantival): “to suffer epileptic seizures” (LN 23.169). Accusative in apposition to συνεχομένους or accusative direct object of προσήνεγκαν (see the note on [καὶ] above). παραλυτικούς. Accusative in apposition to συνεχομένους or accusative direct object of προσήνεγκαν (see the note on [καὶ] above). ἐθεράπευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg θεραπεύω. αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of ἐθεράπευσεν. 4:25 καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ Δεκαπόλεως καὶ Ἱεροσολύμων καὶ Ἰουδαίας καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου. ἠκολούθησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀκολουθέω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἠκολούθησαν. ὄχλοι πολλοὶ. Nominative subject of ἠκολούθησαν.

74

Matthew 5:1-­12

ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ Δεκαπόλεως καὶ Ἱεροσολύμων καὶ Ἰουδαίας καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου. Source. πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου. Locative. Matthew 5:1-­12 1 When Jesus saw the crowds, he went up the mountain and, after he sat down, his disciples came to him. 2And, opening his mouth, he began to teach them, saying, 3“Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is heaven’s kingdom. 4Blessed are those who mourn, for they will be comforted. 5 Blessed are the gentle, for they will inherit the earth. 6Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness, for they will be satisfied. 7 Blessed are the merciful, for they will be shown mercy. 8Blessed are the pure in heart, for they will see God. 9Blessed are the peacemakers, for they will be called children of God. 10Blessed are those who are persecuted because of righteousness, for theirs is heaven’s kingdom. 11Blessed are you when people insult you and persecute you and say all kinds of evil against you, falsely, because of me. 12Rejoice and be glad, for your reward will be great in heaven, for in the same way they persecuted the prophets who were before you.”

5:1 Ἰδὼν δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος, καὶ καθίσαντος αὐτοῦ προσῆλθαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ· Ἰδὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὁράω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τοὺς ὄχλους. Accusative direct object of Ἰδὼν. ἀνέβη. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀναβαίνω. εἰς τὸ ὄρος. Locative. ὄρος refers to “a relatively high elevation of land that projects higher than a βοῦνος (‘a minor elevation, hill’), mountain, mount, hill (in Eng. diction what is considered a ‘mountain’ in one locality may be called a ‘hill’ by someone from an area with extremely high mountain ranges; similar flexibility prevails in the use of ὄρος, and the Eng. glosses merely suggest a comparative perspective . . .)” (BDAG, 725). While it is possible that the presence of the article suggests a specific mountain (Robertson, 756), given the use of the expression elsewhere (cf. Matt 14:23; 15:29), it seems equally possible that we meet here a stereotyped phrase that means “into the hills” (cf. Zerwick §167; France 2007, 156–­57). However, we should probably not remove the word “mountain” from our translation in light of the potential typological parallel to the Moses tradition (cf. Allison 1993, 172–­80). “The



Matthew 5:1-3

75

clause ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος appears three times in the LXX and always describes Moses’ ascent of Sinai (Exod 19:3; 24:18; 34:4; cf. Exod 24:15)” (Quarles, 49). καθίσαντος. Aor act ptc masc gen sg καθίζω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of καθίσαντος. προσῆλθαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσῆλθαν. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of προσῆλθαν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. 5:2 καὶ ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς λέγων· ἀνοίξας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀνοίγω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. This participle forms part of a stereotyped expression that, typically, introduces particularly important pronouncements (cf. Job 3:1; 33:2; Ps 78:2 [cited in Matt 13:35]; Dan 10:16; Acts 8:35; 10:34; see Zerwick §363). τὸ στόμα. Accusative direct object of ἀνοίξας. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἐδίδασκεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg διδάσκω. The imperfective aspect depicts Jesus’ teaching internally, as a process. ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ seems to suggests that the beginning of that teaching is especially in view (the so-­called ingressive imperfect; cf. Robertson, 885; Wallace, 585; Campbell 2008a, 77). αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἐδίδασκεν. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). 5:3 Μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. Μακάριοι. Predicate adjective. Although it is difficult to find an English gloss that captures the precise nuance of μακάριος here, the word refers to “being esp[ecially] favored, blessed, fortunate, happy, privileged” (BDAG, 611.2), with “the implication of enjoying favorable circumstances” (LN 25.119). In the beatitudes that follow Jesus explains why, in spite of present appearances, his followers have chosen the good life and are the most fortunate of all. Like each of the following beatitudes, there is no connective linking 5:3 to what precedes; there is instead asyndeton throughout.

76

Matthew 5:1-­12

οἱ πτωχοὶ. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. The article is generic, distinguishing one particular group from others (so in each of the beatitudes in 5:3-­10). τῷ πνεύματι. Dative of reference (Zerwick §53; Young, 46) or a metaphorical extension of the locative dative (Wallace, 155: “dative of sphere”). Τῷ πνεύματι distinguishes Matthew’s beatitude from Luke’s Μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοί (Luke 6:20b), but Luke’s version of this saying nevertheless offers an important clue in understanding the poverty in spirit that Matthew’s Jesus commends. Probably the key, as Guelich suggests, is to understand how the poor sometimes function in Israel’s Scriptures: “The poor in Judaism referred to those in desperate need (socioeconomic element) whose helplessness drove them to a dependent relationship with God (religious element) for the supplying of their needs and vindication” (69; cf. Davies and Allison, 1:443). Cf., for example, Ps 72:4. The poor that Jesus commends are the humble who know that God is their only hope (cf. NEB: “How blest are those who know they are poor”), those who cast themselves on his mercy—­they are the poor in spirit. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding assertion of blessing. αὐτῶν. The genitive pronoun modifies an implied predicate nominative (βασιλεία). Fronted for emphasis. While “theirs” is a reasonable English gloss and we might consider the genitive loosely possessive, in this case the pronoun does not signal ownership as much as participation—­they share in (the God of) heaven’s reign; so too France: “To say that it is to such people that the kingdom of heaven belongs means (not, of course, that they themselves hold royal authority but) that they are the one who gladly accept God’s rule and who therefore enjoy the benefits which come to his subjects” (2007, 165). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἐστιν; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. 5:4 μακάριοι οἱ πενθοῦντες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται. μακάριοι. Predicate adjective. οἱ πενθοῦντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl πενθέω (substantival). Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding assertion of blessing.



Matthew 5:4-6

77

αὐτοὶ. Nominative subject of παρακληθήσονται. Fronted as a topical frame. παρακληθήσονται. Fut pass ind 3rd pl παρακαλέω. As will be true of χορτασθήσονται (5:6), ἐλεηθήσονται (5:7), and κληθήσονται (5:9), the implied agent of the passive verb is God himself. Grammarians often refer to verbs like these as “divine” or “theological passives” and suggest that they are reverential circumlocutions, designed to avoid the use of God’s name (e.g., Zerwick §236). But as Porter notes, “the relatively frequent mention of God in the Gospels minimizes this rationale” (1994, 65). Probably the passive is chosen because of the focus on the subject and because the agent, while implicit, remains clear. 5:5 μακάριοι οἱ πραεῖς, ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσιν τὴν γῆν. μακάριοι. Predicate adjective. οἱ πραεῖς. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. This adjective (πραΰς) reappears twice in other contexts in Matthew (11:29 and 21:5)—­both times describing Jesus. As these texts indicate, “meekness” or “gentleness” is closely related to the humility of the poor in spirit. Cf. BDAG (861): “pert[aining] to not being overly impressed by a sense of one’s self-­importance, gentle, humble, considerate, meek in the older, favorable sense.” ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding assertion of blessing. αὐτοὶ. Nominative subject of κληρονομήσουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. κληρονομήσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl κληρονομέω. τὴν γῆν. Accusative direct object of κληρονομήσουσιν. Cf. Ps 37:11. 5:6 μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται. μακάριοι. Predicate adjective. οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. οἱ πεινῶντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl πεινάω (substantival). διψῶντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl διψάω (substantival). τὴν δικαιοσύνην. Accusative direct object of πεινῶντες and διψῶντες. Elsewhere in the NT, πεινάω and διψάω are consistently intransitive (Robertson, 474). The meaning of δικαιοσύνη here is hotly disputed. Should we think of δικαιοσύνη as God’s gift (Hagner 1993, 93) or God’s demand (Przybylski, 96–­98) in this context? Should we think of the

78

Matthew 5:1-­12

justice (BDAG, 247.1) that will characterize heaven’s reign, or of God’s saving activity (BDAG, 247.2), or of the human conduct that conforms to God’s standards (BDAG, 247.3)? Because neither gift nor demand sits uncomfortably in this context, some find both senses present. More probably, however, because of Matthew’s consistent use of the term elsewhere and because in the other beatitudes in 5:3-­10 God’s gracious response is introduced in the second half of the verse (by ὅτι), the term should be understood ethically—­that is, of the right behavior that God requires of his people. See the fuller discussion of δικαιοσύνη at 6:33. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding assertion of blessing. αὐτοὶ. Nominative subject of χορτασθήσονται. Fronted as a topical frame. χορτασθήσονται. Fut pass ind 3rd pl χορτάζω; on the passive voice, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. 5:7 μακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται. μακάριοι. Predicate adjective. οἱ ἐλεήμονες. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. Like each of the beatitudes in this second group of four (5:7-­10), this beatitude, with its focus on “mercy,” is unique to this Gospel (ἐλεήμων occurs in the NT only here and in Heb 2:17). For other uniquely Matthean developments of this motif, cf. Matt 9:13; 12:7; 18:23-­35; 23:23. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding assertion of blessing. αὐτοὶ. Nominative subject of ἐλεηθήσονται. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐλεηθήσονται. Fut pass ind 3rd pl ἐλεέω; on the passive voice, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. 5:8 μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται. μακάριοι. Predicate adjective. οἱ καθαροὶ. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. τῇ καρδίᾳ. Dative of reference or locative dative (extended metaphorically). For the biblical writers, the heart does not merely describe the emotional center of human life but also the center of human thinking and the human will—­the core of one’s being (cf., in the first few chapters of Proverbs: Prov 2:2; 4:23; 5:12; 15:11). Moreover, pure hearts are sometimes coupled with clean hands (cf., e.g., Gen 20:2-­6; Ps 24:3-­4). In these contexts, clean hands point outward to innocence in action, while pure hearts point



Matthew 5:7-10

79

inward to intent and motivation and speak of integrity of character. The purity of heart, then, of which Jesus and the biblical writers speak, is an integrity out of which lives of devotion to YHWH may be expected to flow. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding assertion of blessing. αὐτοὶ. Nominative subject of ὄψονται. Fronted as a topical frame. τὸν θεὸν. Accusative direct object of ὄψονται. Fronted for emphasis. ὄψονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ὁράω. 5:9 μακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί, ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ θεοῦ κληθήσονται. μακάριοι. Predicate adjective. οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding assertion of blessing. αὐτοὶ. Nominative subject of κληθήσονται. Fronted as a topical frame. υἱοὶ θεοῦ. Fronted for emphasis. υἱοὶ. Nominative complement to the implied subject of κληθήσονται in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). θεοῦ. Genitive of relationship. We meet here an idiom (υἱοὶ θεοῦ; lit. “sons of God”) that refers to family likeness (cf. LXX Ps 88:23; 2 Sam 7:10; 1 Macc 2:47; 4:2). In Matt 23:30-­31, Jesus indicts the Jewish leaders: “You say: ‘If we had lived in the days of our fathers, we would not have shared in the blood of the prophets.’ So you testify against yourselves that you are sons of those who murdered the prophets.” That is, Jewish leaders act just like their forefathers. We meet this same idiom in Matt 5:43-­48. Those who love their enemies and pray for their persecutors become “sons of their Father” because he causes his sun to rise on the evil and the good. That is, those who love their enemies imitate their Father in his indiscriminate kindness. Jesus’ followers act like their Father when they make peace (see further Zerwick §42; MHT 3:208). κληθήσονται. Fut pass ind 3rd pl καλέω; on the passive voice, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. 5:10 μακάριοι οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης, ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. μακάριοι. Predicate adjective. οἱ δεδιωγμένοι. Prf pass ptc masc pl nom διώκω (substantival). Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν.

80

Matthew 5:1-­12

ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης. Cause (cf. LN 89.31). Here, δικαιοσύνη refers to ethical righteousness, the kind of loyalty to Israel’s God that elicits opposition (see further 6:33). ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding assertion of blessing. αὐτῶν. See 5:3. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. In the promised blessings of the second half of the beatitudes, only here and in 5:3 (with which this blessing forms an inclusio that marks these beatitudes as blessings that accompany heaven’s kingdom) do we meet present tense verbs. There may be a hint here, in keeping with the present reality of heaven’s reign, that Jesus’ followers already begin to share in these blessings now; alternatively, the present tense may emphasize the certainty of the promised blessing. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἐστιν; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. 5:11 μακάριοί ἐστε ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ διώξωσιν καὶ εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ᾽ ὑμῶν [ψευδόμενοι] ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ. μακάριοί. Predicate adjective. ἐστε. Pres act ind 2nd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. ὀνειδίσωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl ὀνειδίζω. Subjunctive with ὅταν. Decker argues that “[t]he predominant pattern in Mark is the use of ὅταν with an aorist subjunctive to describe singular (not repeated) events that precede the event described in the main clause (‘when’). The perfective aspect of the aorist form is appropriately used to refer to such events in summary fashion” (2001, 87). Culy, Parsons, and Stigall add that “[t]he present subjunctive, on the other hand, may or may not refer to multiple possible events (‘whenever’) depending on the context. The same pattern holds true for Luke” (196). With respect to Matthew, however, one can at most speak of this as a tendency and not as a predominant pattern. There are no contextual indicators here that suggest the mistreatment of which Jesus speaks refers to a singular, nonrepeated event. Instead, the aorist tense simply describes this opposition globally, without any focus on the repetition or nonrepetition of these incidents. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ὀνειδίσωσιν. διώξωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl διώκω. Subjunctive with ὅταν. εἴπωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl λέγω. Subjunctive with ὅταν. πᾶν πονηρὸν. Accusative direct object of εἴπωσιν.



Matthew 5:11-12

81

καθ᾽ ὑμῶν. Opposition. [ψευδόμενοι]. Pres mid ptc masc nom pl ψεύδομαι (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ψευδόμενοι is omitted by some witnesses (D it sys; Tert), and its addition could be explained as a natural scribal clarification (cf. Metzger, 11). Nevertheless, it might equally have been omitted deliberately either under the influence of the parallel in Luke 6:22 or because it was considered redundant alongside ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ. But if transcriptional probabilities are not decisive, the strength of the support that the participle receives in the MS tradition favors its originality. ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ. Cause. 5:12 χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς· οὕτως γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν. χαίρετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl χαίρω. ἀγαλλιᾶσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl ἀγαλλιάω. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding imperatives. ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν. Fronted as a topical frame. ὁ μισθὸς. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. ὑμῶν. Objective or possessive genitive (so Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 197, on ὑμῶν in Luke 6:23). πολὺς. Predicate adjective. ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Locative. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the plural οὐρανός refers to the invisible, divine realm (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). οὕτως. The adverb is anaphoric, pointing back to persecution described in 5:11. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding ὅτι clause. ἐδίωξαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl διώκω. τοὺς προφήτας. Accusative direct object of ἐδίωξαν. τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase πρὸ ὑμῶν into an attributive modifier of τοὺς προφήτας. πρὸ ὑμῶν. Temporal. Matthew 5:13-­16 “You are the salt of the earth; but if the salt becomes tasteless, with what shall it be made salty? It is no longer good for anything but to be thrown out and trampled under foot by people. 14You are the light of the 13

82

Matthew 5:13-­16

world. A city that is on a hill cannot be hidden; 15nor do people light a lamp and place it under a bowl but on a lampstand, and it gives light to everyone in the house. 16In the same way, let your light shine before people, that they may see the good works you do and give glory to your Father in heaven.” 5:13 Ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς· ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται; εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of ἐστε. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐστε. Pres act ind 2nd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τὸ ἅλας. Predicate nominative. τῆς γῆς. Objective genitive. By metonymy, “the earth” stands for it human inhabitants (Young, 238). ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τὸ ἅλας. Nominative subject of μωρανθῇ. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). μωρανθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg μωραίνω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). Elsewhere, μωραίνω seems to mean “to be foolish, to act foolishly” (cf. 2 Sam 24:10; Isa 19:11; Jer 10:14; 28:17 [Eng. 51.17]; Sir 23:14; Rom 1:22) or “to make foolish, to cause to become nonsense” (so LN 32.59; cf. 1 Cor 1:20). The closest biblical parallels to the use of μωραίνω here come in Jer 10:14 and 28:17 (Eng. 51:17), where ἐμωράνθη πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ἀπὸ γνώσεως (lit. “became foolish from knowledge”) seems to refer to the loss or improper functioning of knowledge. Perhaps it is the thought of salt as wisdom (as sometimes in the rabbinic writings and, perhaps, in Col 4:6; see Davies and Allison, 1:473) that informs the metaphor here. In Jesus’ saying, the verb seems to describe the loss of salt’s ability to season. Like wisdom that has become foolishness, this salt has lost its reason for being. ἐν τίνι. Instrumental. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἁλισθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg ἁλίζω. εἰς οὐδὲν. Goal (“it is good for nothing”) or reference (so BDAG, 291.5). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἰσχύει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἰσχύω. ἔτι. Temporal adverb. εἰ μὴ. Unlike ἀλλά, which also corrects (see 4:4), εἰ μή typically corrects by introducing an exception (see 11:27). Here, however, the exception is more rhetorical than real, since the evangelist is not envisioning



Matthew 5:13-15

83

another profitable use for salt (“to be thrown out and trampled”) but instead insisting this salt is no longer good for anything and so is thrown out and trampled underfoot. βληθὲν. Aor pass ptc neut nom sg βάλλω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. καταπατεῖσθαι. Pres pass inf καταπατέω (complementary, with an implied ἰσχύει). The verb καταπατέω (“to tread so heavily as to injure, trample under foot” [BDAG, 523.1]) occurs elsewhere, in Matthew, only in 7:6 and, in the NT, in Luke 8:5; 12:1; Heb 10:29. ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Ultimate agency. 5:14 Ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου. οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη· Ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of ἐστε. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐστε. Pres act ind 2nd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τὸ φῶς. Predicate nominative. Cf. Isa 49:6. τοῦ κόσμου. Objective genitive. Τοῦ κόσμου refers, by metonymy, to the people of the world. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. δύναται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg δύναται. πόλις. Nominative subject of δύναται. κρυβῆναι. Aor pass inf κρύπτω (complementary). ἐπάνω ὄρους. Locative. Fronted for emphasis. κειμένη. Pres mid ptc fem nom sg κεῖμαι (attributive or conditional [Quarles, 53]). 5:15 οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον καὶ τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, καὶ λάμπει πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. οὐδὲ . . . ἀλλ᾽. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. καίουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl καίω. Like τιθέασιν, which follows, the plural καίουσιν is indefinite (i.e., has no expressed subject; see Moule, 28; Wallace, 402–­3). λύχνον. Accusative direct object of καίουσιν. τιθέασιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl τίθημι. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of τιθέασιν. ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον. Locative. μόδιος, a Latin loanword (BDF §5.1), is “a container for dry matter with a capacity of about eight liters” (LN 6.151).

84

Matthew 5:17-­20

ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν. Locative. λάμπει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λάμπω. πᾶσιν. The adjective could be understood as substantival (in which case the following article would serve as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ into an attributive modifier of πᾶσιν) or, more probably, adjectival, modifying τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. The article probably (see πᾶσιν above) functions as a nominalizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ into the dative of advantage. ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. Locative. 5:16 οὕτως λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὅπως ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα καὶ δοξάσωσιν τὸν πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. οὕτως. The adverb is anaphoric, here looking back to 5:15. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). λαμψάτω. Aor act impv 3rd sg λάμπω. τὸ φῶς. Nominative subject of λαμψάτω. ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive or genitive of producer (cf. Wallace, 104–­6). ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Locative (cf. BDAG, 325.1.b.γ). ὅπως. Introduces a purpose clause. ἴδωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl ὁράω. Subjunctive with ὅπως. ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive. Levinsohn observes that the pronoun is “sometimes . . . preposed [i.e., stands before its head noun] when the referent of the pronoun is thematically salient (i.e., center of attention)” (64). τὰ καλὰ ἔργα. Accusative direct object of ἴδωσιν. δοξάσωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl δοξάζω. Subjunctive with ὅπως. τὸν πατέρα. Accusative direct object of δοξάσωσιν. ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς into an attributive modifier of πατέρα. ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Locative. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the plural οὐρανοῖς refers to the invisible, divine realm (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). Matthew 5:17-­20 “Do not think that I have come to abolish the law or the prophets; I have not come to abolish but to fulfill. 18For, I am telling you the truth, until heaven and earth pass away, one letter or one part of a letter will 17



Matthew 5:16-17

85

surely not pass away from the law until everything is accomplished. 19 Therefore, whoever breaks one of the least of these commandments and teaches people to do the same will be called least in heaven’s kingdom; but whoever does and teaches them will be called greatest in heaven’s kingdom. 20For I say to you that unless your righteousness greatly surpasses the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, you will surely not enter heaven’s kingdom.” 5:17 Μὴ νομίσητε ὅτι ἦλθον καταλῦσαι τὸν νόμον ἢ τοὺς προφήτας· οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι. Μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. νομίσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl νομίζω (prohibitive subjunctive). Cf. 2 Macc 7:19; 4 Macc 2:14; 9:7; Matt 10:34. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of νομίσητε. ἦλθον. Aor act ind 1st sg ἔρχομαι. In indirect discourse Greek (unlike English) usually retains the tense of the verb from the direct discourse (Wallace, 457). καταλῦσαι. Aor act inf καταλύω (purpose). The verb means “to completely invalidate something which has been in force” (LN 76.23). For the use of καταλύω in similar contexts, see 2 Macc 2:22; 4:11; 4 Macc 5:33. Elsewhere in Matthew, καταλύω appears three times (24:2; 26:61; 27:40), each time in reference to the destruction of the temple. τὸν νόμον . . . τοὺς προφήτας. Accusative direct objects of καταλῦσαι. Together, “the law or the prophets” make up all of Israel’s scriptures (cf. 7:12; 11:13; 22:40; Acts 24:14; 28:23; Rom 3:21). οὐκ . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. ἦλθον. Aor act ind 1st sg ἔρχομαι. καταλῦσαι. Aor act inf καταλύω (purpose). πληρῶσαι. Aor act inf πληρόω (purpose). Suggestions abound about the precise force of πληρόω in this context. Perhaps the most likely are that πληρόω refers to (1) accomplishing the law fully or obeying the law completely (Luz 2001–­2007, 1:214–­17; Snodgrass, 111–­15) or (2) answering the expectations of the law and the prophets, “to bring to a designed end” (BDAG, 828.4; so, with variations, Banks, 207–­10; Meier 1976, 75–­85; Moo, 24–­30; Davies and Allison, 1:485–­87). Conclusions about meaning of πληρῶσαι here must take into account Matthew’s use of the term elsewhere and the force of both this paragraph (5:17-­20) and the extended discussion that follows (5:21-­48, the so-called anti­ theses). To anticipate, these lines of evidence suggest that both the law

86

Matthew 5:17-­20

and the prophets find their fulfillment, the answer to their expectations, in Jesus’ mission (5:17) and teaching (5:21-­48; see further Olmstead 2016, 44–­52). 5:18 ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν· ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ, ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κεραία οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου, ἕως ἂν πάντα γένηται. ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν. The clause ἀμὴν . . . λέγω ὑμῖν/σοι introduces pronouncements that Jesus makes in Matthew thirty-­one times (Mark: 13×; Luke: 6×). Apart from the so-­called shorter ending of Mark’s Gospel (16:8b), which is almost certainly secondary, in the synoptic tradition ἀμήν only occurs as part of this formula and always on the lips of Jesus. λέγω ὑμῖν functions rhetorically as a metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν), granting special prominence to the saying it introduces; ἀμήν places an exclamation point over the metacomment. ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). γὰρ. The explanatory particle γὰρ (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the assertion in 5:17: Jesus did not come to abolish the law or the prophets because the law remains binding. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἕως ἂν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. παρέλθῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg παρέρχομαι. Subjunctive with ἄν. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ. Compound nominative subject of παρέλθῃ. “In the OT, the phrase ‘heaven and earth’ occurs frequently, and as a merism, is the regular way of referring to the created, visible universe. ‘Heaven and earth’ can also be used in a contrastive sense, demarcating heaven as the place of God’s dwelling versus earth as the realm of humanity” (Pennington 2009, 3–­4). Here the reference is to the whole created order. ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κεραία. Nominative subjects of παρέλθῃ. Fronted as a topical frame. In this context, ἰῶτα and κεραία (“anything that projects like a horn, projection, hook” [BDAG, 540]) probably refer, respectively, to “the smallest letter of the Greek alphabet (corresponding to the ‘yod’ of the Hebrew alphabet)” (LN 33.36) and to “a part of a letter of the alphabet—­‘stroke, short mark, short line of a letter, part of a letter’ ” (LN 33.37). παρέλθῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg παρέρχομαι. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου. Separation. ἕως ἂν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause.



Matthew 5:18-19

87

πάντα. Nominative subject of γένηται. Fronted for emphasis. γένηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg γίνομαι. Subjunctive with ἄν. 5:19 ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων καὶ διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν· ὃς δ᾽ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. ὃς ἐὰν. Together with the particle ἐάν, the relative ὅς forms an indefinite relative pronoun (see Culy 2004, 27–­28). Here, ὃς ἐὰν introduces a headless relative clause (i.e., a relative clause with no expressed antecedent) that, in its entirety (ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων καὶ διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους), serves as the subject of κληθήσεται. Within its clause, ὃς ἐὰν is the nominative subject of λύσῃ and διδάξῃ. Fronted as a topical frame. οὖν. Inferential, introducing a conclusion drawn from 5:18: since the law remains valid, the one who breaks one of the least of its commands will be called least (see further 1:17 on οὖν). λύσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg λύω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. Cf. the use of λύω in John 5:18. μίαν. Accusative direct object of λύσῃ. τῶν ἐντολῶν . . . τῶν ἐλαχίστων. Partitive genitive. τούτων. Since οὖν, which introduces this clause, points the reader back to what precedes (cf. Runge 2010, 43–­48) and not forward to what follows, the antecedent of the demonstrative must be the commands of the law (cf. 5:17-­18) and not (contra Banks, 220–­23; Schweizer, 108) the commands of Jesus that follow in 5:21-­48. See further Carson (1984, 146), who argues that elsewhere in Matthew, οὗτος is never cataphoric. διδάξῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg διδάσκω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. οὕτως. The adverb is anaphoric, pointing back to the earlier reference to breaking the commandments. τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. Accusative direct object of διδάξῃ. ἐλάχιστος. Nominative complement to the headless relative clause (ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων καὶ διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους) in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). Fronted for emphasis. κληθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg καλέω. The implied agent of the passive verb is Israel’s God; on the so-­called divine passive, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ. Locative; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν.

88

Matthew 5:17-­20

ὃς δ᾽ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. Some witnesses (‫ *א‬D W 579 boms) omit this final portion of v. 19 (5:19c), probably accidentally by homoeoteleuton: both 5:19b and 5:19c conclude with κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. ὃς . . . ἂν. The indefinite relative pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (see ὃς ἐὰν above) that identifies the topic of what follows and is picked up by the resumptive pronoun οὗτος. Within its clause, ὃς . . . ἂν is the nominative subject of ποιήσῃ and διδάξῃ. δ᾽. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ποιήσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ποιέω. Subjunctive with ἄν. διδάξῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg διδάσκω. Subjunctive with ἄν. The implied object of the two verbs is μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων (5:19a). οὗτος. Nominative subject of κληθήσεται. Fronted as a topical frame. μέγας. Nominative complement to οὗτος in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). Fronted for emphasis. Turner (MHT 3:31) finds here an example of the use of the positive adjective (μέγας; “great”) for the superlative (μέγιστος; “greatest”). Since the superlative form appears only once in the NT (2 Pet 1.4) and since here μέγας stands in contrast to the superlative ἐλάχιστος, he is probably right (see, however, Nolland, 223). κληθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg καλέω. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ. Locative; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. 5:20 Λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. Λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). Λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. γὰρ. As the explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) in 5:18 introduces grounds in support of the assertion in 5:17, so here γὰρ introduces grounds for 5:19 (pace Nolland, 223, who maintains that “[t]he primary link is likely to be with v. 17”). The precise nature of the relationship between 5:19 and 5:20, however, is disputed. At issue, in part, is how we understand ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν in 5:19. If, as some (e.g., Chrysostom, Hom. 16.106; Luther, 71; Schweizer, 105; Moo, 28) think, those called “least” are actually excluded from the kingdom, the relationship can be expressed as follows: Deliberate neglect of the least of these OT commands (breaking and teaching others to do the same) excludes one from the kingdom because a righteousness



Matthew 5:20

89

that exceeds that of the scribes and Pharisees is required of those who enter. If, with the majority of Matthean scholars, we think that the least are instead assigned a lower rank in the kingdom, perhaps the relationship can be expressed thus: Neglect of the least of these OT commands relegates one to a lesser position in the kingdom because entrance to the kingdom itself demands a lofty righteousness—­one greater than that of the scribes and Pharisees. The theology that emerges from the Sermon on the Mount (e.g., 7:21-­27) and the wider Gospel (e.g., 28:18-­20) suggests that the minority view is probably to be preferred. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [NIV 2011; LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV; NET] discourse) of λέγω. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. περισσεύσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg περισσεύω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). ἡ δικαιοσύνη. Nominative subject of περισσεύσῃ. πλεῖον. Probably the comparative adjective πλεῖον functions adverbially here: “unless your righteousness greatly exceeds that of the scribes and Pharisees . . .” Similarly, BDAG (805): “unless your righteousness far surpasses that of the scribes” (cf. BDF §246: “The comparative is heightened as in classical by the addition of πολύ, πολλῷ: e.g. . . . and περισσεύσῃ πλεῖον τῶν . . . Mt 5:20.)” τῶν γραμματέων καί Φαρισαίων. Both Porter (1994, 96) and Quarles (54–­55) classify these two nouns as genitives of comparison. More probably (since the sentence is elliptical, it is impossible to be certain), however, both γραμματέων and Φαρισαίων modify the implied direct object of περισσεύσῃ—­τὴν δικαιοσύνην—­in which case, like ὑμῶν, the two genitive substantives are subjective. On the force of the single article standing over the two substantives, see 3:7 on τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. εἰσέλθητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl εἰσέρχομαι. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν. Locative; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. Matthew 5:21-­26 “You have heard that it was said to the people of old, ‘You shall not murder’; and ‘whoever murders will liable to judgment.’ 22But I say to you that everyone who is angry with his brother will be liable to judgment; 21

90

Matthew 5:21-­26

whoever says to his brother, ‘Raca’, will be liable to the council; and whoever says ‘You fool’ will be liable to the fiery Gehenna. 23So then, if you are offering your gift at the altar and there remember that your brother has something against you, 24leave your gift there before the altar and go; first be reconciled to your brother, and then, coming, offer your gift. 25 Settle matters quickly with your accuser while you are still with him on the way, lest your accuser hand you over to the judge and the judge to his servant and you be thrown into prison. 26I am telling you the truth, you will surely not get out of there until you have paid the last penny.” 5:21 Ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις· οὐ φονεύσεις· ὃς δ᾽ ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει. Ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις. While this formula, or its near equivalent, introduces each of the six so-called antitheses, only here introducing the first triad and in 5:33 at the head of the second triad do we meet the full formula, with the indirect object included. Ἠκούσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἀκούω. As Caragounis (401) notes, “Jesus’ repeated ‘You have heard that it was said to the men of old . . .’ (Mt 5:21, etc.) reflects the factual circumstances that in his day the ordinary Jew’s knowledge of the OT was limited to what he had heard read out in the synagogue, not to his own private reading—­which must have been practically non-­existent.” ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of Ἠκούσατε. ἐρρέθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg λέγω. τοῖς ἀρχαίοις. Dative indirect object of ἐρρέθη, identifying the hearers—­presumably the people of Moses’ generation who first received the law. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. φονεύσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg φονεύω (imperatival future). ὃς . . . ἂν. The indefinite pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὃς δ᾽ ἂν φονεύσῃ), serves as the subject of ἔσται. Within its clause, ὃς . . . ἂν is the nominative subject of φονεύσῃ. Fronted as a topical frame. δ᾽. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. φονεύσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg φονεύω. Subjunctive with ἄν. ἔνοχος. Predicate adjective. In contexts like this one, ἔνοχος refers to “being required to give an account for someth[ing] held against one” (BDAG, 338.2). Fronted for emphasis. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. τῇ κρίσει. Dative complement of ἔνοχος.



Matthew 5:21-22

91

5:22 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει· ὃς δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ· ῥακά, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῷ συνεδρίῳ· ὃς δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ· μωρέ, ἔνοχος ἔσται εἰς τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυρός. ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). This formula, or its near equivalent, introduces each of Jesus’ contrasting statements in the six so-­called antitheses. The statements in the first triad include the full formula; the members of the second triad omit the ὅτι. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of λέγω. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of λέγω. πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος. Nominative subject of ἔσται. Fronted as a topical frame. ὁ ὀργιζόμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg ὀργίζομαι (substantival or attributive). “In constructions where πᾶς is followed by an articular participle one could take either πᾶς or the participle as substantival. If πᾶς is viewed as substantival, the participle will be attributive. Since the nominative singular πᾶς does not require the article to make it substantival, and indeed is never articular, either analysis is acceptable (cf. BDF §413[2]; Robertson, 772–­73). Rhetorically, the use of the πᾶς with an articular participle is more forceful than the simple substantival construction” (Culy 2004, 56). τῷ ἀδελφῷ. Dative complement of ὀργιζόμενος. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. After αὐτοῦ, most witnesses include the adverb εἰκῇ (“without good reason”), but this is almost certainly a later insertion designed to qualify Jesus’ teaching. ἔνοχος. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. τῇ κρίσει. Dative complement of ἔνοχος. The parallel use of τῷ συνεδρίῳ may suggest that here κρίσις stands for a local court (cf. BDAG, 569.2, and LN 56.1), but the concluding reference to γέεννα makes it difficult once more to rule out a more general reference to judgment. ὃς . . . ἂν. The indefinite relative pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν), which, in its entirety (ὃς δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ· ῥακά), serves as the subject of ἔσται. Within its clause, ὃς . . . ἂν is the nominative subject of εἴπῃ. Fronted as a topical frame. δ᾽. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἴπῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg λέγω. Subjunctive with ἄν.

92

Matthew 5:21-­26

τῷ ἀδελφῷ. Dative indirect object of εἴπῃ. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ῥακά. Like the vocative μωρέ below, this vocative serves as the clausal complement of εἴπῃ. Perhaps an Aramaic loanword (so LN 32.61), ῥακά was apparently a term of contempt “relating to lack of intelligence” (BDAG, 903). ἔνοχος. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. τῷ συνεδρίῳ. Dative complement of ἔνοχος. ὃς . . . ἂν. The indefinite relative pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν), which, in its entirety (ὃς δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ· μωρέ), serves as the subject of ἔσται. Within its clause, ὃς . . . ἂν is the nominative subject of εἴπῃ. Fronted as a topical frame. δ᾽. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἴπῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg λέγω. Subjunctive with ἄν. μωρέ. See ῥακά above. ἔνοχος. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. εἰς τὴν γέενναν. Locative. Probably, as BDAG (339.2.c) suggests, εἰς τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυρός “is to be explained as brachylogy”—that is, as a condensed expression that means “guilty enough to go into the Gehenna of fire,” but this may simply be case of εἰς + accusative beginning to encroach upon the dative, here taking the place of the dative complement (cf. Robertson, 535). Seven of the twelve NT uses of the word γέεννα are found in this Gospel. “Originally simply a topographical name for a valley south of Jerusalem (either the ‘valley of the son(s) of Hinnom’ [Josh 15:8; Josh 18:16; 2 Kgs 23:10] or the ‘valley of Hinnom’ [Heb. gê-­hinnōm; Josh 15:8; Josh 18:16]), in Second Temple literature this valley became associated with the place of final judgment (Sib. Or. 1:103-­104; 2:292-­306; 4:186; 2 Bar. 59:10; 85:13; 4 Ezra 7:36; Apoc. Ab. 15:6, cf. 1 En. 27:1-­3; 54:1-­6; 56:3; see Böcher, 239–­40), presumably because of the evil associated with the valley (Jer 7:31-­32; cf. 2 Kgs 23:10; Jer 19:1-­15)” (Olmstead 2013, 458–­59). Here, qualified as it is by τοῦ πυρός and standing parallel to τῇ κρίσει and τῷ συνεδρίῳ, Gehenna is a place of judgment. This is consistent with its use elsewhere in Matthew (and in the NT). See also Matt 5:29, 30; 10:28; 18:8-­9; 23:15, 33. τοῦ πυρός. Attributive genitive.



Matthew 5:23-24

93

5:23 Ἐὰν οὖν προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ, Ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. οὖν. Inferential, introducing an exhortation drawn from Jesus’ teaching in 5:22: since Jesus’ followers will answer to God not only for murder but also for anger, lingering offenses must be addressed. προσφέρῃς. Pres act subj 2nd sg προσφέρω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. τὸ δῶρόν. Accusative direct object of προσφέρῃς. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον. Locative. κἀκεῖ. By crasis (cf. 2:8 on κἀγὼ), καὶ ἐκεῖ (conjunction + adverb of place) becomes κἀκεῖ. μνησθῇς. Aor mid subj 2nd sg μιμνῄσκομαι. Subjunctive with ἐάν. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of μνησθῇς. ὁ ἀδελφός. Nominative subject of ἔχει. Fronted as a topical frame. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. τι. Accusative direct object of ἔχει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κατὰ σοῦ. Opposition. 5:24 ἄφες ἐκεῖ τὸ δῶρόν σου ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου καὶ ὕπαγε πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν σου. ἄφες. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἀφίημι. ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place. τὸ δῶρόν. Accusative direct object of ἄφες. σου. Subjective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου. Locative. ὕπαγε. Pres act impv 2nd sg ὑπάγω. πρῶτον. Adverbial accusative. Fronted for emphasis. διαλλάγηθι. Aor pass impv 2nd sg διαλλάσσομαι. The verb διαλλάσσομαι (“to be restored to normal relations or harmony w[ith] someone, become reconciled τινί to someone” [BDAG, 232]) is a NT hapax legomenon. τῷ ἀδελφῷ. Dative complement of διαλλάγηθι.

94

Matthew 5:21-­26

σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τότε. Temporal adverb. ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. πρόσφερε. Pres act impv 2nd sg προσφέρω. τὸ δῶρόν. Accusative direct object of πρόσφερε. σου. Subjective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 5:25 Ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχύ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ· Ἴσθι. Pres act impv 2nd sg εἰμί. εὐνοῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg εὐνοέω (present periphrastic). The verb εὐνοέω means to “be well-­disposed, make friends τινί to or with someone” (BDAG, 409). τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ. Dative complement of εὐνοῶν. σου. Genitive of relationship or objective genitive (Quarles, 56). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ταχύ. Adverbial accusative: temporal (cf. BDAG, 993.1.b). ἕως ὅτου. “This PP with a genitive relative pronoun (from ὅστις) as the object of the preposition . . . is one of several temporal relative phrases that functions as a fixed expression to denote ‘the continuous extent of time up to a point’ (LN 67.119; cf. BDAG 730.6; and McKay 1994, §20.5–­6, who calls them relative adverbial conjunctions)” (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 443). Cf. BDAG, 423.2.c. εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Association/accompaniment. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. Locative or, perhaps better, temporal, with ὁδός referring not to the road per se, but to “the action of traveling” (BDAG, 691.2; cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 447). μήποτέ. Introduces a negative purpose clause. σε. Accusative direct object of παραδῷ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Fronted as a topical frame. παραδῷ. Aor act subj 3rd sg παραδίδωμι. Subjunctive with μήποτε. ὁ ἀντίδικος. Nominative subject of παραδῷ. τῷ κριτῇ. Dative indirect object of παραδῷ. ὁ κριτὴς. Nominative subject of an implied παραδῷ. τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ. Dative indirect object of an implied παραδῷ. εἰς φυλακὴν. Locative. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT).



Matthew 5:25-27

95

βληθήσῃ. Fut pass ind 2nd sg βάλλω. A subjunctive verb typically follows when μήποτε introduces a negative purpose clause. Occasionally, as here, the following verb is future indicative (Heb 3:14 and, perhaps, Matt 7:6 and Mark 14:2, where there are variant readings). BDF (§369.3) suggests that where, as here, μήποτε is followed first by a subjunctive and then a future indicative, the consequence signaled by the future verb may have “a kind of independence.” Cf. Luke 12:58; John 15:8 (‫ א‬A K Γ et al.). 5:26 ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, οὐ μὴ ἐξέλθῃς ἐκεῖθεν, ἕως ἂν ἀποδῷς τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην. ἀμὴν λέγω σοι. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. σοι. Dative indirect object of λέγω. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐξέλθῃς. Aor act subj 2nd sg ἐξέρχομαι. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. ἕως ἂν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. ἀποδῷς. Aor act subj 2nd sg ἀποδίδωμι. Subjunctive with ἄν. τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην. Accusative direct object of ἀποδῷς. κοδράντης, a Latin loanword (BDF §5.1), refers to “a Roman copper coin worth 1/4 of an assarion or 1/64 of a denarius” (LN 6.78). Matthew 5:27-­30 “You have heard that it was said, ‘You shall not commit adultery.’ 28But I say to you that everyone who looks at a woman to lust for her has already committed adultery with her in his heart. 29If your right eye causes you to sin, tear it out and throw it away; for it is better for you that one of your members be destroyed than to have your whole body thrown into Gehenna. 30And if your right hand causes you to sin, cut if off and throw it away; for it is better for you that one of your members be destroyed than to have your whole body go into Gehenna.” 27

5:27 Ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐρρέθη· οὐ μοιχεύσεις. Ἠκούσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἀκούω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of Ἠκούσατε. ἐρρέθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg λέγω. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. μοιχεύσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg μοιχεύω (imperatival future).

96

Matthew 5:27-­30

5:28 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ. ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι. See 5:22. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of λέγω. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of λέγω. πᾶς ὁ βλέπων. Nominative subject of ἐμοίχευσεν. On πᾶς + art. participle, see 5:22 on ὁ ὀργιζόμενος. Fronted as a topical frame. ὁ βλέπων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg βλέπω (substantival or attributive). γυναῖκα. Accusative direct object of βλέπων. ἐπιθυμῆσαι. Aor act inf ἐπιθυμέω. Used with πρὸς τό to denote purpose. ἐπιθυμέω, which can denote intense desire more generally (cf. BDAG, 371.1), refers here to sexual desire (cf. BDAG. 372.2). Although “[t]he construction πρὸς τὸ + infinitive almost always expresses purpose” (Young, 169), grammarians often cite this text as a possible exception (cf., e.g., Zerwick §391; MHT 3:144; BDF §402.3). But the usual sense suits the context well and need not be abandoned (cf. LEB: “everyone who looks at a woman to lust for her”). αὐτὴν. Accusative direct object of ἐπιθυμῆσαι. Since ἐπιθυμέω typically takes a genitive object (e.g., 1 Macc 11:11; 1 Tim 3:1), Carson (1984, 151–­52) argues that we should understand αὐτὴν as the accusative subject of the infinitive ἐπιθυμῆσαι (“so that she lusts”). But ἐπιθυμέω can take an accusative object (cf., e.g., LXX Exod 20:17; Deut 5:21; 7.25; 4 Macc 2:5), and taking αὐτὴν as the object of ἐπιθυμῆσαι respects the contextual focus on the man who commits adultery. ἤδη. Although probably simply a temporal adverb (“already, at this point”), it is possible that ἤδη serves as a “marker of logical proximity and immediateness, in fact” (BDAG, 434.3) or as a “marker of intensification” (BDAG, 434.4). ἐμοίχευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg μοιχεύω. BDAG (657.a–­b) points out that μοιχεύω can be used intransitively to refer to the activity of both sexes (as in 5:27) or to the action of the male in committing adultery with someone (as here), in which case it will take an “object” in the accusative case (cf. Lev 20:10; Jer 3:9; T. Ab. B 12.2; Plato, Rep. 2.360b; Lucian, Dial. d. 63; Aristophanes, Av. 558; so too μοιχάομαι: Jer 36:23; Ezek 23:27; Pss. Sol. 8:10). While this distinction between genders does seem to hold true in classical Greek (Plümacher, 437), in Hellenistic Greek, at



Matthew 5:28-29

97

least occasionally, a woman can serve as the subject of the verb and take an accusative object (e.g., T. Ab B 10:13). αὐτὴν. Accusative direct object of ἐμοίχευσεν. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 5:29 Εἰ δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ· συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς γέενναν. Εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ ὀφθαλμός . . . ὁ δεξιὸς. Nominative subject of σκανδαλίζει. Fronted as a topical frame. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. σκανδαλίζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg σκανδαλίζω. σκανδαλίζω (“to cause to stumble”) is here extended figuratively to mean “to cause to sin, with the probable implication of providing some special circumstances which contribute to such behavior” (LN 88.304). σε. Accusative direct object of σκανδαλίζει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔξελε. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἐξαιρέω. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἔξελε. βάλε. Aor act impv 2nd sg βάλλω. ἀπὸ σοῦ. Separation. συμφέρει. Pres act ind 3rd sg συμφέρω. γάρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding imperatives. σοι. Dative of advantage (Quarles, 57). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἵνα. Introduces two conjoined noun clauses that serve as the subject of συμφέρει. ἀπόληται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg ἀπόλλυμι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. ἓν. Nominative subject of ἀπόληται. τῶν μελῶν. Partitive genitive. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. μὴ. As usual, the negative particle μή is used with a nonindicative verb; here it negates the whole clause but calls particular attention to the noun it immediately precedes. ὅλον τὸ σῶμά. Nominative subject of βληθῇ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

98

Matthew 5:31-­32

βληθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg βάλλω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. εἰς γέενναν. Locative. As it is throughout this Gospel, Gehenna is the place of final judgment (see 5:22 on γεέννα). 5:30 καὶ εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ· συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. ἡ δεξιά . . . χεὶρ. Nominative subject of σκανδαλίζει. Fronted as a topical frame. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. σκανδαλίζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg σκανδαλίζω. See 5:29 on σκανδαλίζει. σε. Accusative direct object of σκανδαλίζει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔκκοψον. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἐκκόπτω. αὐτὴν. Accusative direct object of ἔκκοψον. βάλε. Aor act impv 2nd sg βάλλω. ἀπὸ σοῦ. Separation. συμφέρει. Pres act ind 3rd sg συμφέρω. γάρ. As in 5:29, the explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding imperatives. σοι. Dative of advantage. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἵνα. Introduces two conjoined noun clauses that serve as the subject of συμφέρει. ἀπόληται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg ἀπόλλυμι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. ἓν. Nominative subject of ἀπόληται. τῶν μελῶν. Partitive genitive. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. μὴ. See 5:29. ὅλον τὸ σῶμά. Nominative subject of βληθῇ. Fronted as a topical frame. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. βληθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg βάλλω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. εἰς γέενναν. Locative. See 5:22 on γέεννα. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀπέλθῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἀπέρχομαι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. Matthew 5:31-­32 31 “And it was said, ‘Whoever divorces his wife must give her a certificate of divorce.’ 32But I say to you that everyone who divorces his wife—­except



Matthew 5:30-32

99

in the case of sexual immorality—­causes her to commit adultery, and everyone who marries a divorced woman commits adultery.” 5:31 Ἐρρέθη δέ· ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, δότω αὐτῇ ἀποστάσιον. Ἐρρέθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg λέγω. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὃς ἂν. The indefinite relative pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ), serves as the subject of δότω. Within its clause, ὃς ἂν is the nominative subject of ἀπολύσῃ. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀπολύσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἀπολύω. Subjunctive with ἄν. ἀπολύω, which can mean more generally “to release” (BDAG, 117.1) or “to send away” (BDAG, 117.3), means, in this context, “to dissolve a marriage relationship, to divorce” (BDAG, 118.5; cf. LN 34.78). τὴν γυναῖκα. Accusative direct object of ἀπολύσῃ. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. δότω. Aor act impv 3rd sg δίδωμι. αὐτῇ. Dative indirect object of δότω. ἀποστάσιον. Accusative direct object of δότω. Cf. Deut 24:1, where βιβλίον ἀποστασίου translates ‫ ֵס ֶפר כְ ִר ֻיתת‬and refers to a document of divorce. 5:32 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι, καὶ ὃς ἐὰν ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσῃ, μοιχᾶται. ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι. See 5:22. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of λέγω. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of λέγω. πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων. Nominative subject of ποιεῖ. On πᾶς + art. participle, see 5:22 on ὁ ὀργιζόμενος. Fronted as a topical frame. ὁ ἀπολύων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἀπολύω (substantival or attributive). τὴν γυναῖκα. Accusative direct object of ἀπολύων. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. παρεκτὸς λόγου. The preposition introduces an exception (“apart from,” “except for”; see further BDAG, 774.2). In this context, λόγος

100

Matthew 5:33-­37

means either “the subject under discussion” (BDAG, 6001.a.ε) or, more probably, the “reason” (BDAG, 601.2.d). The genitive noun that follows (πορνείας) identifies that reason. Thus “everyone who divorces his wife except for the reason . . .” See further Matt 19:9. πορνείας. Epexegetical genitive. Although in this context πορνεία has been understood to carry one of several specific senses (incest, fornication, etc.), probably both its semantic range and the absence of any obvious limiting factors suggest that it refers here more generally to “engag[ing] in sexual immorality of any kind” (LN 88.271). ποιεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. αὐτὴν. Accusative subject of the infinitive μοιχευθῆναι. μοιχευθῆναι. Aor mid inf μοιχεύω. The infinitival clause, αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι, functions as the direct object of ποιεῖ. As noted above (see 5:28 on ἐμοίχευσεν), μοιχεύω can be used transitively to refer to the action (especially) of the male in committing adultery with someone. It is just possible, then, that the infinitive is passive and suggests that Matthew envisions the woman as being on the receiving end of the adultery: “[E]veryone who divorces his wife . . . makes adultery to be committed with her (if she enters another marriage).” See the discussion in BDAG, 657.b.β. More probably, however, μοιχευθῆναι is middle and not passive in voice (see further “Deponency” in the Series Introduction). αὐτὴν is then simply, as suggested above, the accusative subject of the infinitive. The subject focus of the middle voice is well suited to the context both here and in a number of other texts (cf., e.g., Sir 23:23; Ant. 3.270; 7.131; Philo, Decal. 124; Cher. 14; Spec. 3:57). ὃς ἐὰν. The indefinite relative pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὃς ἐὰν ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσῃ), serves as the subject of μοιχᾶται. Within its clause, ὃς ἐὰν is the nominative subject of γαμήσῃ. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀπολελυμένην. Prf pass ptc fem acc sg ἀπολύω (substantival). Accusative direct object of γαμήσῃ. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. γαμήσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg γαμέω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. μοιχᾶται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg μοιχάω. Matthew 5:33-­37 33 “Again, you have heard that it was said to the people of old, ‘You shall not commit perjury,’ and ‘you shall fulfill the vows you make to the Lord.’ 34 But I say to you not to take an oath at all, either by heaven, because it is God’s throne, 35or by the earth, because it is the footstool for his feet, or by Jerusalem, because it is the city of the great King; 36and do not swear by your head, because you are not able to make one hair white or black.



Matthew 5:33-34

101

Instead, let your word be a clear ‘Yes’ or a clear ‘No’; anything more than this comes from the evil one.” 37

5:33 Πάλιν ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις· οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου. Πάλιν ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις. The full version of the formula introduces the first “antithesis” in the second triad just as it did in the first (cf. 5:21); the only distinguishing feature is the presence of the adverb πάλιν, which signals the repetition (cf. BDAG, 752.2). ἠκούσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἀκούω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of ἠκούσατε. ἐρρέθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg λέγω. τοῖς ἀρχαίοις. Dative indirect object of ἐρρέθη. See 5:21 on τοῖς ἀρχαίοις. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἐπιορκήσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg ἐπιορκέω (imperatival future). It is difficult to know whether here ἐπιορκέω means “to swear that someth[ing] is true when one knows it is false” (BDAG, 376.1) or “to fail to do what one has promised under oath” (BDAG, 376.2). Neither sense can be ruled out contextually. Probably, however, the use of this word (1 Esd 1:46; Wis 14:28; Aristotle, Pol. 1268b.121; Demosthenes, Con. 41.7; 42.1; cf. LSJ, 16774) and its cognates (Wis 14:25; Zech 5:3; 1 Tim 1:10) elsewhere favor the former sense (NRSV; ESV; NLT; NET; and NIV all opt for the latter sense). If so, then 5:33 takes up two OT ideas: a prohibition of perjury (e.g., Lev 19:12; Zech 8:17) is followed by a command to fulfill one’s vows (e.g., Num 30:3; LXX Deut 23:22). ἀποδώσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg ἀποδίδωμι (imperatival future). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τῷ κυρίῳ. Dative indirect object of ἀποδώσεις. τοὺς ὅρκους. Accusative direct object of ἀποδώσεις. σου. Subjective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 5:34 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως· μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν. The formula, familiar to readers from the first triad of antitheses, introduces each of Jesus’ responses in the second triad as well, but without the conjunction ὅτι that was present in the first triad. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of λέγω. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ.

102

Matthew 5:33-­37

λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ὀμόσαι. Aor act inf ὀμνύω (indirect discourse). ὅλως. An adverb that marks the “highest degree on a scale of extent”— that is, “completely, wholly, everywhere”—ὅλως is often negated (as here) and means “not at all” (BDAG, 704.1). μήτε. The first of four correlative negative particles: “neither . . . nor” (BDAG, 649). ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. Three times in 5:34b-­36, as Jesus turns to illustrate emphatically the categorical prohibition of 5:34a, the preposition ἐν introduces things by which one must not swear an oath. The construction (ὀμνύσαι + ἔν τινι) is quite common in the LXX (e.g., Judg 21:7; 2 Sam 19:8; 1 Kgs 1:17, 30; 1 Kgs 2:8; 2 Chr 5:14; Ps 62:12; 88:36; Dan [Θ]12:7; cf. Rev 10:6); in each instance, ἐν translates the Hebrew ‫ב‬.ְ Probably, one can detect Semitic influence here (Moule, 183; cf. BDAG, 328.5). As Pennington (2009) has shown, although Matthew typically employs plural forms of οὐρανός when referring to God’s dwelling place, in “heaven and earth” pairings, οὐρανός is singular whether the reference is to the visible realm above the earth or, as here, to the invisible, divine realm. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. θρόνος. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. τοῦ θεοῦ. Possessive genitive. 5:35 μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ, ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ, μήτε εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως, μήτε . . . μήτε. The second and third of four correlative negative particles. See 5:34. ἐν τῇ γῇ. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. ὑποπόδιόν. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τῶν ποδῶν. Genitive of reference. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. Unlike the other examples in this series, here εἰς introduces things by which one must not swear an oath. If this is not merely stylistic variation, it may be that εἰς (“toward”) refers here “to orientation rather than merely the use of the



Matthew 5:35-37

103

name” (France 2007, 193 n. 53). See m. Ned 1:3 and T. Ned 1:2-­3 for discussion of the use of Jerusalem in binding oath formulas. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. πόλις. Predicate nominative of ἐστὶν. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως. Genitive of identification (“the city of the great king”—­i.e., “the city from which the great king reigns”). 5:36 μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν. μήτε. The fourth of four correlative negative particles. See 5:34. ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ. See 5:34 on ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. Fronted for emphasis. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὀμόσῃς. Aor act subj 2nd sg ὀμνύω (prohibitive subjunctive). ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. δύνασαι. Pres mid ind 2nd sg δύναμαι. μίαν τρίχα. Accusative direct object of ποιῆσαι in a double accusative object-­complement construction. λευκὴν. Accusative complement to μίαν τρίχα in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ποιῆσαι. Aor act inf ποιέω (complementary). ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). μέλαιναν. Accusative complement to μίαν τρίχα in a double accusative object-­complement construction. The adjective (μέλας, μέλαινα, μέλαν, “black” [BDAG, 626.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 6×). 5:37 ἔστω δὲ ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ· τὸ δὲ περισσὸν τούτων ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἐστιν. ἔστω. Pres act impv 3rd sg εἰμί. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ λόγος. Nominative subject of ἔστω. ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive. ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ. An idiom (lit. “yes, yes; no, no”) that seems to mean “Let your speech be filled with integrity” (cf. BDAG, 665.e: Let your word be “a clear ‘yes’, a clear ‘no’ and nothing more”). See 2 Cor 1:17 and, esp., Jas 5:12. BDF (§432.1) thinks that “[i]n Mt 5:37 ἔστω δὲ ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ is a corrupt variant for the well-­attested ἔστω δὲ ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ ναί καὶ τὸ οὒ οὔ (Θ al.).” This latter reading, however, is

104

Matthew 5:38-­42

weakly attested and probably arose, under the influence of Jas 5:12, as a scribal clarification of the more difficult reading accepted by NA28 and SBLGNT. τὸ . . . περισσὸν. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted as a topical frame. The adjective (περισσός, ή, όν, “exceeding the usual number or size” [BDAG, 805]) occurs in Matthew only here and in 5:47. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τούτων. Genitive of comparison. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ. Source. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Matthew 5:38-­42 “You have heard that it was said, ‘An eye for an eye’ and ‘a tooth for a tooth.’ 39But I say to you, Do not resist an evil person. Instead, if someone strikes you on the right cheek, turn to him the other also. 40And to the one who wishes to go to court with you and to take your tunic, give to him your coat also; 41and whoever presses you into service for one mile, go with him two. 42Give to the one who asks you, and do not turn away from the one who wants to borrow from you.” 38

5:38 Ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐρρέθη· ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος. Ἠκούσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἀκούω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of Ἠκούσατε. ἐρρέθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg λέγω. ὀφθαλμὸν. Accusative direct object in an elliptical clause. Jesus cites part of a legal prescription that appears three times in the Pentateuch (Exod 21:24; Lev 24:20; Deut 19:21). In LXX Exod 21, ὀφθαλμὸν is one of a series of accusative direct objects of δώσει (21:23); in LXX Lev 24 and LXX Deut 19, the clauses in which ὀφθαλμὸν stands are already elliptical. ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ. Equivalence (Harris 2012, 49). ὀδόντα. Accusative direct object in an elliptical clause. See ὀφθαλμὸν above. ἀντὶ ὀδόντος. Equivalence.



Matthew 5:38-39

105

5:39 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ἀντιστῆναι τῷ πονηρῷ· ἀλλ᾽ ὅστις σε ῥαπίζει εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα [σου], στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην· ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν. See 5:22. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of λέγω. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. μὴ . . . ἀλλ᾽. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. ἀντιστῆναι. Aor act inf ἀνθίστημι (indirect discourse). τῷ πονηρῷ. Dative complement of ἀντιστῆναι. πονηρῷ could be neuter, but the correction that follows (ἀλλ᾽) suggests it is more probably masculine and its article generic. ὅστις σε ῥαπίζει εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα [σου]. ὅστις introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that serves as the topic of what follows and that is picked up by the resumptive αὐτῷ. On the conditional force of this relative clause (and the one that follows in 5:41), see Caragounis, 198–­200. ὅστις. Nominative subject of ῥαπίζει. Fronted as a topical frame. σε. Accusative direct object of ῥαπίζει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ῥαπίζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ῥαπίζω. Since ῥαπίζω can refer to “strik[ing] with the open hand” (LN 19.4), since “to slap the right cheek required (if the assailant was right-­handed) a slap with the back of the hand” (France 2007, 220), and since “striking the cheek with the open hand [was] a gross insult” (Davies and Allison, 1:543; cf. m. B. Qam 8:6; Job 16:10; Ps 3:7; 1 Esd 4:20), it may be that “[t]his is more a matter of honor than of physical injury” (France 2007, 220). But while Matthean scholarship has largely embraced this conclusion, there are at least grounds for caution: first, ῥαπίζω does not always mean “slap” but can also refer to striking with “the fist, or an instrument (for example, club, rod, or whip)” (LN 19.4); second, Matthew’s reference to the right cheek may merely reflect his stylistic preference (cf. his earlier references to the right hand and right eye at 5:29, 30); finally, Luke’s version of the saying (Luke 6:29) uses τύπτω instead of ῥαπίζω and makes no reference to the right cheek. εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα. Locative (cf. BDAG, 289.1.a.γ). δεξιὰν σιαγόνα [σου]. A number of witnesses (‫ א‬W ƒ1 33 et al.) omit the pronoun entirely. The many that do include it are divided over whether it should precede (K L Δ Θ et al.) or follow (B D k sys.c; Eus) σιαγόνα. The omission may well be original (so SBLGNT) and its

106

Matthew 5:38-­42

presence in a large swath of witnesses the result of an early (and correct) scribal clarification. In witnesses that include it, the genitive is possessive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. στρέψον. Aor act impv 2nd sg στρέφω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of στρέψον. καὶ. Adjunctive (“also”). καὶ does not have its common coordinating function here. Instead, it functions as an additive, either highlighting the parallelism already present in the text (= the adjunctive use of καί: “also”; cf. BDAG, 495.2.a) or (less likely here) intensifying, offering confirmation of a previous proposition or assumption (= the ascensive use of καί: “even”; cf. BDAG, 495.2.b; Runge 2010, 340). τὴν ἄλλην. Accusative direct object of στρέψον. 5:40 καὶ τῷ θέλοντί σοι κριθῆναι καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον· τῷ θέλοντί. Pres act ptc masc dat sg θέλω (substantival). Dative indirect object of ἄφες. Introduces a clause that serves as the topic of the sentence and is picked up by the resumptive αὐτῷ; see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις. σοι. Dative complement of κριθῆναι (cf. LXX Job 9:3; 13:19; Isa 50:8; Barn. 6:1). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κριθῆναι. Aor mid inf κρίνω (complementary). Here κρίνω means “to engage in a judicial process” (BDAG, 568.5). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. τὸν χιτῶνά. Accusative direct object of λαβεῖν. χιτών refers to “a garment worn under the ἱμάτιον ‘cloak’—­‘tunic, shirt’ ” (LN 6.176). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. λαβεῖν. Aor act inf λαμβάνω (complementary). ἄφες. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἀφίημι. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἄφες. καὶ. Adjunctive (“also”); see 5:39. τὸ ἱμάτιον. Accusative direct object of ἄφες. 5:41 καὶ ὅστις σε ἀγγαρεύσει μίλιον ἕν, ὕπαγε μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ δύο. ὅστις. Introduces a headless relative clause that serves as the topic of the sentence and is picked up by the resumptive αὐτοῦ; see 2:6 on ὅστις, 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις, and 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν. Within its clause, ὅστις is the nominative subject of ἀγγαρεύσει. σε. Accusative direct object of ἀγγαρεύσει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.



Matthew 5:40-42

107

ἀγγαρεύσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀγγαρεύω. The verb, which occurs in the NT only here and in Matt 27:32 par. Mark 15:21, denotes “forc[ing] civilians to carry a load for some distance (in NT times Roman soldiers had the authority to enforce such service)—­‘to compel someone to carry a load, to press someone into service’ ” (LN 37.34). μίλιον ἕν. Adverbial accusative, indicating extent: “whoever presses you into service for one mile.” ὕπαγε. Pres act impv 2nd sg ὑπάγω. μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Association/accompaniment. δύο. Adverbial accusative, indicating extent. 5:42 τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε δός, καὶ τὸν θέλοντα ἀπὸ σοῦ δανίσασθαι μὴ ἀποστραφῇς. τῷ αἰτοῦντί. Pres act ptc masc dat sg αἰτέω (substantival). Dative indirect object of δός. Fronted as a topical frame. σε. Accusative direct object of αἰτοῦντί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. δός. Aor act impv 2nd sg δίδωμι. τὸν θέλοντα. Pres act ptc masc acc sg θέλω (substantival). Accusative direct object of ἀποστραφῇς. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀπὸ σοῦ. Source. δανίσασθαι. Aor mid inf δανείζω (complementary). When, as here, δανείζω is middle in voice, it refers to borrowing (BDAG, 212.2); when it is active, to lending (BDAG, 212.1; cf. Luke 6:34-­35). μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. ἀποστραφῇς. Aor mid subj 2nd sg ἀποστρέφω (prohibitive subjunctive). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Matthew 5:43-­48 “You have heard that it was said, ‘You shall love your neighbor and hate your enemy.’ 44But I say to you, Love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you, 45in order that you may be children of your Father who is in heaven, for he causes his sun to rise on both evil and good and sends rain on both righteous and unrighteous. 46For if you love those who love you, what reward will you have? Even the tax collectors do the same, do they not? 47And if you only greet your brothers, what more are you doing? Even the pagans do the same, do they not? 48You, therefore, shall be perfect as your heavenly Father is perfect.” 43

108

Matthew 5:43-­48

5:43 Ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐρρέθη· ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου καὶ μισήσεις τὸν ἐχθρόν σου. Ἠκούσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἀκούω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of Ἠκούσατε. ἐρρέθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἀγαπήσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg ἀγαπάω (imperatival future). τὸν πλησίον. Accusative direct object of ἀγαπήσεις. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the adverb πλησίον (“near”) into a substantive (“neighbor”; but cf. Luke 10:29, 36, where πλησίον functions as a substantive without the article). As Robertson (547) notes, apart from John 4:5, where πλησίον is used as a preposition, in the NT it is always used substantivally. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. μισήσεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg μισέω (imperatival future, pace Zerwick §279, who suggests that the future here functions “modally” to denote what is permissible: “you may hate”). τὸν ἐχθρόν. Accusative direct object of μισήσεις. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 5:44 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν· ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν καὶ προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν διωκόντων ὑμᾶς, ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν. See 5:22. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of λέγω. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἀγαπᾶτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ἀγαπάω. τοὺς ἐχθρούς. Accusative direct object of ἀγαπᾶτε. ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. προσεύχεσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl προσεύχομαι. ὑπέρ τῶν διωκόντων. Benefaction (cf. LN 90.36; similarly, Robertson, 630). τῶν διωκόντων. Pres act ptc masc gen pl διώκω (substantival). ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of διωκόντων.



Matthew 5:43-46

109

5:45 ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ὅτι τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους. ὅπως. Introduces a purpose clause. γένησθε. Aor mid subj 2nd pl γίνομαι. Subjunctive with ὅπως. υἱοὶ. Predicate nominative. τοῦ πατρὸς. Genitive of relationship. On the idiom employed here (υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς), see 5:9 on θεοῦ. ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν οὐρανοῖς into an attributive modifier of τοῦ πατρὸς. ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Locative. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the plural οὐρανοῖς refers to the invisible, divine realm (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding clause: loving their enemies marks people as υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς because, in imitating God’s indiscriminate goodness, they demonstrate the family likeness. τὸν ἥλιον. Accusative direct object of ἀνατέλλει. Fronted as a topical frame. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἀνατέλλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἀνατέλλω. The verb, which is often intransitive (BDAG, 73.2), is causative here (BDAG, 73.1; BDF §309.1; Caragounis, 152). ἐπὶ πονηρούς καὶ ἀγαθούς. Locative. βρέχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg βρέχω. Like ἀνατέλλω, βρέχω is causative (BDAG, 184.2) here. ἐπί δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους. Locative. 5:46 ἐὰν γὰρ ἀγαπήσητε τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας ὑμᾶς, τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε; οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν; ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. γὰρ. The explanatory particle γὰρ (see 1:20 on γὰρ) binds 5:46-­47 to 5:44-­45 by introducing a series of rhetorical questions (5:46-­47) that grounds the imperatives of 5:44: Jesus’ followers must love their enemies because love that only responds in kind fails to distinguish them from the tax gatherers and pagans and brings no reward from God. ἀγαπήσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl ἀγαπάω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl ἀγαπάω (substantival). Accusative direct object of ἀγαπήσητε. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ἀγαπῶντας.

110

Matthew 5:43-­48

τίνα μισθὸν. Accusative direct object of ἔχετε. Fronted for emphasis. ἔχετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ἔχω. The present tense probably has future force here (so Zerwick §278; see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). οὐχὶ. The negative particle οὐ (as opposed to μή), or one of its compounds, indicates that the rhetorical question expects an affirmative answer (cf. Mathewson and Emig, 232–­33; BDF §440; McKay 1994, §11.2.5). LN (69.12) suggest that οὐχί functions as a marker of “a somewhat more emphatic affirmative response.” καὶ. Ascensive (“even”); see 5:39 on καὶ. οἱ τελῶναι. Nominative subject of ποιοῦσιν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). τὸ αὐτὸ. Accusative direct object of ποιοῦσιν. Here the article functions as a nominalizer and αὐτός as an identical adjective—­“the same [thing]” (cf. Moule, 121–­22). ποιοῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ποιέω. 5:47 καὶ ἐὰν ἀσπάσησθε τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὑμῶν μόνον, τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν; ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. ἀσπάσησθε. Aor mid subj 2nd pl ἀσπάζομαι. τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἀσπάσησθε. ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. μόνον. Adverbial accusative. τί περισσὸν. Accusative direct object of ποιεῖτε. τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε recalls ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον, forming an inclusio with 5:20. The surpassing righteousness for which Jesus calls in the Sermon is marked, in imitation of the Father, by a love that embraces both neighbor and enemy, by a welcome that greets both brother and persecutor. Fronted for emphasis. ποιεῖτε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ποιέω. οὐχὶ. See 5:46. καὶ. Ascensive (“even”); see 5:39 on καὶ. οἱ ἐθνικοὶ. Nominative subject of ποιοῦσιν. Some later witnesses substitute τελῶναι for ἐθνικοὶ, perhaps to increase the parallelism with 5:46 (so Metzger, 12), but perhaps also because of a scribal exegetical decision that Jesus’ point was not principally an ethnic one. In this, the later scribal decision is probably correct, even though the reading is clearly secondary. The word denotes “one who is not a Jew” (LN 11.38) but connotes “one who does not know Israel’s God.” Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). τὸ αὐτὸ. Accusative direct object of ποιοῦσιν. See 5:46. ποιοῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ποιέω.



Matthew 5:47-48

111

5:48 ἔσεσθε οὖν ὑμεῖς τέλειοι ὡς ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος τέλειός ἐστιν. ἔσεσθε. Fut act ind 2nd pl εἰμί (imperatival future). οὖν. Looking back at least to 5:44-­45, where the imitatio Dei motif is already explicit, the inferential οὖν introduces the command that draws 5:43-­48 to conclusion. But 5:48 was probably designed to serve as the climactic conclusion to this whole series of antitheses (5:21-­48): the surpassing righteousness that marks the followers of Jesus is not patterned after Israel’s religious elite (5:20) but after Israel’s God. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of ἔσεσθε. τέλειοι. Predicate adjective. LN offer the following glosses for τέλειος: perfect (moral; 88.36), genuine (73.6), perfect (physical; 79.129), complete (68.23), mature (88.100), adult (9.10), initiated (11.18). In this context “perfection” includes something more—­more than the tax collectors (5:46), more than the Gentiles (5:47), and more than the scribes and Pharisees (5:20). This more is focused upon obedience to the teaching of Jesus—­who came in fulfillment of the law and the prophets (5:17)—­ and, in particular, upon obedience to Jesus’ call to a love that imitates the indiscriminate love and care that God showers upon his creation. Finally, Jesus’ call to perfection is a call to imitation. ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause (cf. BDAG, 1104.2): “[B]e perfect as your heavenly Father is perfect.” But perhaps, in view of the imitatio Dei motif on which Jesus draws (e.g., Deut 18:13; Lev 19:2), comparison also shades over into basis (cf. BDAG, 1105.3.a.β) here: be perfect because your heavenly Father is perfect. ὁ πατὴρ . . . ὁ οὐράνιος. Nominative subject of ἐστίν. Fronted as a topical frame. ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. τέλειός. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Matthew 6:1-­4 “Be careful not to practice your righteousness in front of people, to be noticed by them; otherwise, you have no reward with your Father who is in heaven. 2So, whenever you are giving to the poor, do not sound a trumpet before you, as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets, in order that they might be honored by people. I am telling you the truth: they have their reward. 3But when you are giving to the poor, do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing, 4in order 1

112

Matthew 6:1-­4

that your giving to the poor might be done in secret; and your Father, who sees what is done in secret, will reward you.” 6:1 Προσέχετε [δὲ] τὴν δικαιοσύνην ὑμῶν μὴ ποιεῖν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς· εἰ δὲ μή γε, μισθὸν οὐκ ἔχετε παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ ὑμῶν τῷ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Προσέχετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl προσέχω. [δὲ]. If δὲ is original—­and the evidence in favor of its presence or absence is remarkably evenly balanced—­it marks a new development in the discourse as Jesus turns from the what of the surpassing righteousness (5:21-­48) to the why (6:1-­18)—­from conduct to motive. τὴν δικαιοσύνην. Accusative direct object of ποιεῖν. Here, δικαιοσύνη is something that Jesus exhorts his hearers to do (ποιεῖν) in a particular way; it is an ethical righteousness that is illustrated in the three actions that follow. See further 6:33 on δικαιοσύνην. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ποιεῖν. Pres act inf ποιέω (complementary). ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Locative (cf. BDAG, 325.1.b.γ). θεαθῆναι. Aor pass inf θεάομαι. Used with πρὸς τό to denote purpose. “The passive [of θεάομαι] means either—­α. be seen ὑπό τινος by someone Mk 16:11, or—­β. be noticed, attract attention τινί by or of someone Mt 6:1” (BDAG, 445.1.b). αὐτοῖς. The dative may be understood here as a (rare) dative of agency (so Young, 50; Quarles, 62; Robertson, 542, thinks Luke 23:15 is the only clear NT example, but he notes that Matt 6:1 and 23:5 are similar) or as the dative complement of θεαθῆναι. εἰ δὲ μή γε. BDAG (190b.β.‫ )א‬offers the gloss “otherwise” for εἰ δὲ μή γε when, as here, it follows affirmative clauses. While each of the particles retains its typical force (εἰ introduces the protasis of a conditional sentence; δὲ signals a new development in the discourse; μή negates the condition; γε is a marker of emphasis), as Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (346) note, εἰ δὲ μή γε has become “a fixed expression” (cf. Robertson, 394) so that it appears even in contexts where we might have expected the conditional particle ἐάν instead of εἰ. μισθὸν. Accusative direct object of ἔχετε. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔχετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ἔχω. The present tense verb should probably be understood as a futuristic present, emphasizing certainty, in light of the future ἀποδώσει in 6:4, 6, and 18 (cf. France 2007, 229 n. 1).



Matthew 6:1-2

113

παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ. Locative (“with [of spatial proximity] the Father” [BDAG, 757B.1.b.γ]). ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. τῷ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς into an attributive modifier of πατρί. ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Locative. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the plural οὐρανοῖς refers to the invisible, divine realm (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). 6:2 Ὅταν οὖν ποιῇς ἐλεημοσύνην, μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου, ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς ῥύμαις, ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν. Ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. οὖν. Inferential, introducing three illustrations (6:2-­4, 5-­6, 16-­18) of 6:1’s prohibition. ποιῇς. Pres act subj 2nd sg ποιέω. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). The imperfective aspect depicts the action internally and is well suited to portray the repeated action envisioned here. ἐλεημοσύνην. Accusative direct object of ποιῇς. ἐλεημοσύνην refers to “giv[ing] to those in need as an act of mercy” (LN 57.111). μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. σαλπίσῃς. Aor act subj 2nd sg σαλπίζω (prohibitive subjunctive). ἔμπροσθέν σου. Locative. The personal pronoun has reflexive force here (see Robertson, 687). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὥσπερ. Introduces a comparative clause. οἱ ὑποκριταὶ. Nominative subject of ποιοῦσιν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ποιοῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ποιέω. ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς ῥύμαις. Locative. ὅπως. Introduces a purpose clause. δοξασθῶσιν. Aor pass subj 3rd pl δοξάζω. Subjunctive with ὅπως. ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Ultimate agency. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἀπέχουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἀπέχω. The verb means “to receive something in full, with the implication that all that is due has been paid” (LN 57.137). Jesus’ affirmation thus functions as an ironic indictment:

114

Matthew 6:1-­4

the hypocrites get what they aim for (human approval), but this is their only reward. τὸν μισθὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀπέχουσιν. αὐτῶν. Possessive or objective genitive. 6:3 σοῦ δὲ ποιοῦντος ἐλεημοσύνην μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου, σοῦ. Genitive subject of ποιοῦντος. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ποιοῦντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg ποιέω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. ἐλεημοσύνην. Accusative direct object of ποιοῦντος. See 6:2. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. γνώτω. Aor act impv 3rd sg γινώσκω. “Μή with the aor. impv. . . . is rare in the NT but occurs three times in Matthew” (Quarles, 63). Cf. Matt 24:17, 18. ἡ ἀριστερά. Nominative subject of γνώτω. ἡ ἀριστερά is elliptical, referring to ἡ ἀριστερὰ χείρ. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τί. The interrogative pronoun introduces an indirect question that serves as the direct object of γνώτω. Within its clause, τί is the accusative direct object of ποιεῖ. ποιεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. ἡ δεξιά. Nominative subject of ποιεῖ. As with ἡ ἀριστερά above, ἡ χείρ is to be supplied. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 6:4 ὅπως ᾖ σου ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ· καὶ ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ ἀποδώσει σοι. ὅπως. Introduces a purpose clause. ᾖ. Pres act subj 3rd sg εἰμί. Subjunctive with ὅπως. σου. Subjective genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη. Nominative subject of ᾖ. See 6:2. ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ. Manner. While we might regard the preposition simply as a marker of location (Quarles, 63), more fundamentally, ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ seems to address how one gives—­that is, secretly (cf. Robertson, 589). ὁ πατήρ. Nominative subject of ἀποδώσει. Fronted as a topical frame. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. βλέπων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg βλέπω (attributive).



Matthew 6:3-5

115

ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ. Manner (see above on ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ). The PP is part of a larger, elliptical construction: “and your Father, who sees (what is done) secretly, will reward you.” ἀποδώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀποδίδωμι. σοι. Dative indirect object of ἀποδώσει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. After σοι, a number of witnesses (L W Δ Θ et al.) include ἐν τῷ φανερῷ—­a scribal addition that acts as a natural complement to ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ. Matthew 6:5-­6 “And whenever you pray, you shall not be like the hypocrites, because they love to pray standing in the synagogues and at the corners of the streets, to make an appearance to people. I am telling you the truth: they have their reward. 6But you, whenever you pray, enter into your room and, shutting your door, pray to your Father who is in secret; and your Father, who sees in secret, will reward you.” 5

6:5 Καὶ ὅταν προσεύχησθε, οὐκ ἔσεσθε ὡς οἱ ὑποκριταί, ὅτι φιλοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν ἑστῶτες προσεύχεσθαι, ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν. ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. προσεύχησθε. Pres mid subj 2nd pl προσεύχομαι. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). As at 6:2, the imperfective aspect depicts the action internally (cf. 6:2 on ποιῇς). οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔσεσθε. Fut act ind 2nd pl εἰμί (imperatival future). ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause. οἱ ὑποκριταί. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause (“as the hypocrites [are]”). ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. φιλοῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl φιλέω. ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις. Locative. Fronted for emphasis. τῶν πλατειῶν. Partitive genitive. ἑστῶτες. Prf act ptc masc nom pl ἵστημι (manner). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. προσεύχεσθαι. Pres mid inf προσεύχομαι (direct object of φιλοῦσιν). ὅπως. Introduces a purpose clause.

116

Matthew 6:5-­6

φανῶσιν. Aor mid subj 3rd pl φαίνω. Subjunctive with ὅπως. BDAG (1047.2) suggests that passive forms of φαίνω sometimes occur with an active, intransitive sense. While it is certainly correct that φαίνω can be used intransitively, “Greek does not in fact distinguish morphologically the middle and passive meanings” (Conrad, 13). These verbs are instead subject-­focused and can be employed in intransitive, middle, or passive senses, depending on contextual factors (Conrad, 11–­12; see further “Deponency” in the Series Introduction). With respect to this particular verb, Conrad adds, “ἐφάνην may be intransitive or passive, depending on its syntactic relationships” (11, cf. 5). At issue here, then, is not whether the passive form bears an intransitive sense but whether the sense is intransitive (“appear”) or passive (“be revealed”). Neither sense is impossible in this context, but both the verb’s common intransitive use elsewhere and the fact that the passive sense would require us to understand τοῖς ἀνθρώποις as a rare dative of agency make the intransitive force more likely here. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. Dative complement of φανῶσιν (or, if φανῶσιν is passive, dative of agency). ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἀπέχουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἀπέχω; see 6:2 on ἀπέχουσιν. τὸν μισθὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀπέχουσιν. αὐτῶν. Possessive or objective genitive. 6:6 σὺ δὲ ὅταν προσεύχῃ, εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου καὶ κλείσας τὴν θύραν σου πρόσευξαι τῷ πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ· καὶ ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ ἀποδώσει σοι. σὺ. Nominative subject of προσεύχῃ. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. προσεύχῃ. Pres mid subj 2nd sg προσεύχομαι. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). εἴσελθε. Aor act impv 2nd sg εἰσέρχομαι. εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν. Locative. ταμεῖον, which can also refer to a storeroom (BDAG, 988.1), refers more generally here and in Matt 24:26 to “a room in the interior of a house, inner room” (BDAG, 988.2). It occurs elsewhere in the NT in Luke 12:3, 24. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.



Matthew 6:6

117

κλείσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg κλείω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὴν θύραν. Accusative direct object of κλείσας. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. πρόσευξαι. Aor mid impv 2nd sg προσεύχομαι. τῷ πατρί. Dative indirect object of πρόσευξαι. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ into an attributive modifier of τῷ πατρί. ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ. Locative. καὶ. Introduces the consequences of the preceding clause (see 11:28). ὁ πατήρ. Nominative subject of ἀποδώσει. Fronted as a topical frame. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ βλέπων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg βλέπω (attributive). ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ. Manner (see 6:4 on ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ). ἀποδώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀποδίδωμι. σοι. Dative indirect object of ἀποδώσει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. As in 6:4, a number of witnesses include ἐν τῷ φανερῷ after σοι. Matthew 6:7-­15 “And when you pray, do not multiply your words endlessly as the Gentiles do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words. 8So do not be like them, for your Father knows what you need before you ask him. 9So then, pray in this way: Our Father who is in heaven, may your name be hallowed; 10may your kingdom come; may your will be done on earth as it is in heaven. 11Give us today our bread for the coming day; 12and forgive us our debts, as we also have forgiven our debtors; 13and do not lead us into temptation, but deliver us from the evil one. 14For if you forgive people their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you; 15but if you do not forgive people, neither will your Father will forgive your trespasses.” 7

118

Matthew 6:7-­15

6:7 Προσευχόμενοι δὲ μὴ βατταλογήσητε ὥσπερ οἱ ἐθνικοί, δοκοῦσιν γὰρ ὅτι ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν εἰσακουσθήσονται. Προσευχόμενοι. Pres mid ptc masc nom pl προσεύχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. If Jesus’ disciples are to learn from the errors of the hypocrites (6:5-­6), they are also to learn from the failings of the Gentiles (6:7-­8). μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. βατταλογήσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl βατταλογέω (prohibitive subjunctive). The verb βατταλογέω occurs only here in the Greek Bible and “[e]xcept for writers dependent on the NT the word has been found only in Vi. Aesopi W 109” (BDAG, 172). As such, its precise sense is elusive. LN suggest as alternatives “to speak much or extensively, with a possible added implication of meaningless words” (33.88) and “to utter senseless sounds or to speak indistinctly and incoherently” (33.89). Of these, the former is more firmly rooted in the context (cf. 6:7b). ὥσπερ. Introduces a comparative clause. οἱ ἐθνικοί. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause (“as the Gentiles [do]”). δοκοῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl δοκέω. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding prohibition. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of δοκοῦσιν. ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ. Cause (so also BDAG, 329.9.a; Moule, 77, finds here the more common instrumental use of ἐν). Fronted for emphasis. αὐτῶν. Subjective genitive. εἰσακουσθήσονται. Fut pass ind 3rd pl εἰσακούω. 6:8 μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς· οἶδεν γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὧν χρείαν ἔχετε πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. οὖν. Inferential, introducing a prohibition drawn from 6:7b; see further 1:17 on οὖν. ὁμοιωθῆτε. Aor mid subj 2nd pl ὁμοιόω (prohibitive subjunctive). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. αὐτοῖς. Dative complement of ὁμοιωθῆτε. οἶδεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg οἶδα. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. Citing Campbell (2007, 188), Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (145)



Matthew 6:7-9

119

note that “[e]fforts to use οἶδα to argue for the stative aspect of the perfect tense miss the fact that ‘οἶδα is already stative simply because of its lexical meaning, and irrespective of its expression as a perfect indicative.’ ” γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding prohibition. Jesus’ followers must not, like the Gentiles, treat prayer as an occasion to force God’s hand (6:7b). Not only will all attempts to manipulate fail, but more fundamentally, they have no need for such an attempt, because the God of Israel knows what Jesus’ followers need before they ask. ὁ πατὴρ. Nominative subject of οἶδεν. ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. ὧν. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) and modifies χρείαν as an objective genitive. χρείαν. Accusative direct object of ἔχετε. ἔχετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ἔχω. ὑμᾶς. Accusative subject of the infinitive αἰτῆσαι. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). αἰτῆσαι. Aor act inf αἰτέω. Used with πρὸ τοῦ to denote subsequent time (i.e., action that takes place after the action of the controlling verb [here οἶδεν]). αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of αἰτῆσαι. 6:9 Οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς· Πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς· ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου· Οὕτως. The adverb is cataphoric, pointing forward and drawing attention to the model prayer that follows (cf. Runge 2010, 68). οὖν. Inferential: avoiding the models of the hypocrites (6:5-­6) and of the Gentiles (6:7-­8), Jesus’ disciples are to embrace the pattern of prayer he sets out in 6:9-­13; see further 1:17 on οὖν. προσεύχεσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl προσεύχομαι. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of προσεύχεσθε. The pronoun marks the contrast between Jesus’ followers and those whose pattern of prayer he rejects (6:5-­8; cf. BDF §277.1). Πάτερ. Vocative, echoing Jesus’ description of God as “your Father” (ὁ πατήρ σου/ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν) in 6:5-­8. ἡμῶν. Genitive of relationship. ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς into an attributive modifier of Πάτερ. Since there is no vocative form of the article, the nominative form is used (Robertson, 459; cf. 464).

120

Matthew 6:7-­15

ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Locative. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the plural οὐρανοῖς refers to the invisible, divine realm (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). ἁγιασθήτω. Aor pass impv 3rd sg ἁγιάζω. Judging by its OT antecedents (e.g., Isa 29:17-­24; Ezek 36:19-­23), a prayer that God’s name be hallowed is a prayer for the honor of God’s name (cf. BDAG, 10.3) and, ultimately, for the universal acknowledgement of Israel’s God. τὸ ὄνομά. Nominative subject of ἁγιασθήτω. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 6:10 ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου· γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς· ἐλθέτω. Aor act impv 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἐλθέτω. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. σου. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. γενηθήτω. Aor mid impv 3rd sg γίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. τὸ θέλημά. Nominative subject of γενηθήτω. σου. Subjective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Matthew’s reference to “the will of the Father” elsewhere (7:21; 12:50; 18:14; 21:32; cf. 26:4) suggests that there is a hortatory motif present here. ὡς. The comparative particle introduces an elliptical clause (“as [it is done] in heaven”) that modifies the preceding imperatival clause (γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου). ἐν οὐρανῷ. Locative. While typically in this Gospel, singular forms of οὐρανός refer to the visible, created realm (“the sky, the heavens”), οὐρανός is singular in “heaven and earth” pairings even when, as here, the reference is to the dwelling place of God, where his will is accomplished perfectly (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν and Pennington 2009, 136). καὶ. Adjunctive (“also”). ἐπὶ γῆς. Locative. 6:11 τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δὸς ἡμῖν σήμερον· τὸν ἄρτον. Accusative direct object of δὸς. “Bread” refers, by synecdoche, to food (see Young, 238–­39). Fronted as a topical frame.



Matthew 6:10-12

121

ἡμῶν. Loosely possessive genitive (“our bread”—­i.e., “the bread that we need”). The exact nature of this bread remains the center of a dispute that turns, in part, on the interpretation of τὸν ἐπιούσιον. τὸν ἐπιούσιον. “One of the great unresolved puzzles of NT lexicography is the derivation and meaning of ἐπιούσιος, upon which hinges the interpretation of the present verse” (Davies and Allison, 1:607). Perhaps the most likely solution is that ἐπιούσιος is an adjective derived from ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (the coming day; Luz 2001–­2007, 1:321). Cf. LXX Prov 3:28; 27:1; Acts 7:26; 16:11; 20:15; 21.18; Josephus, J.W. 2.441; Ant. 10.170. For an outline of interpretive options, see Davies and Allison, 1:607–­8. δὸς. Aor act impv 2nd sg δίδωμι. ἡμῖν. Dative indirect object of δὸς. σήμερον. Matthew’s temporal adverb (“today”) stands in contrast to Luke’s τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν (“each day”) and, rhetorically, seems to lend an urgency to the request. Not surprisingly, then, Luke employs the present tense imperative δίδου—­the imperfective aspect being well suited to depict the repeated gift Luke envisions—­where Matthew simply has the aorist δός. 6:12 καὶ ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν· ἄφες. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἀφίημι. ἡμῖν. Dative of advantage (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 375). τὰ ὀφειλήματα. Accusative direct object of ἄφες. The language of debt/debtors in the prayer points metaphorically to the debt that sin incurs (cf. τὰς ἁμαρτίας in Luke 11:4 and the supporting comment in Matt 6:14-­15). ἡμῶν. Subjective genitive. ὡς. The conjunction introduces a startling clause: “as we also have forgiven our debtors.” While it is possible, as both Robertson (963, 967) and BDF (§453.2; cf. BDAG, 1105.3.a.β) suggest, that ὡς approaches a causal sense here (cf. Luke 11:4: καὶ γὰρ αὐτοὶ ἀφίομεν), probably its comparative sense (“just as”) remains primary (cf. BDAG, 1104.2.d.α). In either case, in this prayer Jesus invites the petitioner to pray for forgiveness from a posture of forgiveness. See further 6:14-­15; 18:21-­35. καὶ ἡμεῖς. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). καὶ. Adjunctive (“also”). ἡμεῖς. Nominative subject of ἀφήκαμεν. ἀφήκαμεν. Aor act ind 1st pl ἀφίημι. τοῖς ὀφειλέταις. Dative of advantage. ἡμῶν. Objective genitive.

122

Matthew 6:7-­15

6:13 καὶ μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ. μὴ . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the latter, corrected element receives emphasis. εἰσενέγκῃς. Aor act subj 2nd sg εἰσφέρω (prohibitive subjunctive). ἡμᾶς. Accusative direct object of εἰσενέγκῃς. εἰς πειρασμόν. Goal (cf. BDAG, 289.4.a). Like its cognate πειράζω (see 4:1), πειρασμός can denote either testing or temptation. The conviction that God can neither be tempted with evil nor tempt anyone (Jas 1:13) leads many to prefer the more general sense here—­“testing” or “trial” (Nolland, 292). Moreover, the striking eschatological note sounded earlier in the prayer (ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου) leads some to find here reference to the final great trial—­that time of intense tribulation that would precede the final dawning of the kingdom (cf. NRSV: “And do not bring us to the time of trial”). But as Luz notes, “[n]either in Jewish apocalypticism nor in the New Testament is πειρασμός an apocalyptical technical term” (2001–­2007, 1:322). More probably, the reference here is to temptation. Like Jesus himself (cf. 4:1), Jesus’ followers are sometimes led (by God) into temptation. The point is not that God himself tempts his children with evil but that, in Jesus’ worldview, God’s sovereignty is such that, ultimately, he stands behind any such encounter. Cf. 26:41. ῥῦσαι. Aor mid impv 2nd sg ῥύομαι. ἡμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ῥῦσαι. ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ. Separation. That from which the petitioner is rescued is either evil in general (KJV; NASB; ESV) or, more probably, the evil one (NIV; NRSV; NLT; NET; NJB; Robertson, 652–­53, “most likely”; Wallace, 233, 294). Both the more common use of ἐκ (instead of ἀπό) with ῥύομαι when nonpersonal objects are in view (Zerwick §89) and, especially, the equation of τοῦ πονηροῦ with ὁ διάβολος in Matt 13:38-­39 (Young, 82) favor the latter conclusion. Although 6:13 almost certainly originally ended at πονηροῦ, later witnesses offer various conclusions to the prayer, including the ending well known to English readers from the KJV (cf. 1 Chr 29:11-­13), perhaps aiming to provide a conclusion more suitable for liturgical purposes (see Metzger, 13–­14).



Matthew 6:13-15

123

6:14 Ἐὰν γὰρ ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν, ἀφήσει καὶ ὑμῖν ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος· Ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see further 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for what precedes, here looking back specifically to the fifth petition of the prayer in 6:12. Cf. 18:23-­35, which illuminates 6:14-­15. ἀφῆτε. Aor act subj 2nd pl ἀφίημι. Subjunctive with ἐάν. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. Dative of advantage. τὰ παραπτώματα. Accusative direct object of ἀφῆτε. αὐτῶν. Subjective genitive. ἀφήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. καὶ. Adjunctive (“also”). ὑμῖν. Dative of advantage. ὁ πατὴρ . . . ὁ οὐράνιος. Nominative subject of ἀφήσει. ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. 6:15 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, οὐδὲ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἀφήσει τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ἀφῆτε. Aor act subj 2nd pl ἀφίημι. Subjunctive with ἐάν. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. Dative of advantage. οὐδὲ. Negation + development: a combination of the negative particle “οὐ . . . and the postpositive conjunction δέ” (LN 69.7). ὁ πατὴρ. Nominative subject of ἀφήσει. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. ἀφήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. τὰ παραπτώματα. Accusative direct object of ἀφήσει. ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive. Matthew 6:16-­18 “And whenever you fast, do not be sullen like the hypocrites, for they hide their faces in order to make an appearance fasting to people. I am telling you the truth: they have their reward. 17But you, when you fast, anoint your head and wash your face, 18in order not to make an 16

124

Matthew 6:16-­18

appearance fasting to people, but to your Father who is in secret; and your Father, who sees in secret will reward you.” 6:16 Ὅταν δὲ νηστεύητε, μὴ γίνεσθε ὡς οἱ ὑποκριταὶ σκυθρωποί, ἀφανίζουσιν γὰρ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν. Ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. Unlike the second of Jesus’ three illustrations of 6:1, this third illustration is introduced by δὲ and not καὶ (6:5), perhaps because, after the digression at 6:7-­15, 6:16 signals the transition to a new development rather than the continuity appropriately marked at 6:5. νηστεύητε. Pres act subj 2nd pl νηστεύω. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). As in 6:2, the imperfective aspect depicts the action internally (cf. 6:2 on ποιῇς). μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. γίνεσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl γίνομαι. ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause. οἱ ὑποκριταὶ. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause (“as the hypocrites [are]”). σκυθρωποί. Predicate adjective. σκυθρωπός, which appears only here and in Luke 24:17 in the NT, refers to “having a look suggestive of gloom or sadness, sad, gloomy, sullen, dark” (BDAG, 933). ἀφανίζουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἀφανίζω. After the preceding prohibition, ἀφανίζω may mean “to cause something to be unattractive or unsightly” (LN 79.17). But the more basic sense of the word is “to render invisible” (BDAG, 154.2) and the obvious play on words with φανῶσιν suggests that “hide” is a more helpful translation (cf. France 2007, 231 n. 17). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding imperative. τὰ πρόσωπα. Accusative direct object of ἀφανίζουσιν. αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. ὅπως. Introduces a purpose clause. φανῶσιν. Aor mid subj 3rd pl φαίνω. See 6:5 on φανῶσιν. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. Dative complement of φανῶσιν (of, if φανῶσιν is passive, dative of agency). νηστεύοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl νηστεύω. If φανῶσιν is intransitive (see 6:5), the participle is complementary (cf. Wallace, 646). If φανῶσιν is passive, the participle functions as a complement



Matthew 6:16-18

125

in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἀπέχουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἀπέχω; see 6:2 on ἀπέχουσιν. τὸν μισθὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀπέχουσιν. αὐτῶν. Objective or possessive genitive. 6:17 σὺ δὲ νηστεύων ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι, σὺ. Nominative subject of ἄλειψαί. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. νηστεύων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg νηστεύω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἄλειψαί. Aor mid impv 2nd sg ἀλείφω. σου. Possessive genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τὴν κεφαλὴν. Accusative direct object of ἄλειψαί. τὸ πρόσωπόν. Accusative direct object of νίψαι. Fronted as a topical frame. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. νίψαι. Aor mid impv 2nd sg νίπτω. 6:18 ὅπως μὴ φανῇς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύων ἀλλὰ τῷ πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ· καὶ ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ ἀποδώσει σοι. ὅπως. Introduces a purpose clause. μὴ . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the latter, corrected element receives emphasis. φανῇς. Aor mid subj 2nd sg φαίνω. Subjunctive with ὅπως. See 6:5 on φανῶσιν. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. Dative complement of φανῇς (or, if φανῇς is passive, dative of agency). νηστεύων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg νηστεύω. If φανῇς is intransitive (see 6:5), the participle is complementary (cf. Wallace, 646). If φανῇς is passive, the participle functions as a complement in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός).

126

Matthew 6:19-­24

τῷ πατρί. Dative complement of an implied φανῇς (or, if the implied φανῇς is passive, dative of agency). σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ into an attributive modifier of τῷ πατρί. ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ. Locative. καὶ. Introduces the consequences of the preceding imperatival clause in 6:17 (see 11:28). ὁ πατήρ. Nominative subject of ἀποδώσει. Fronted as a topical frame. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. βλέπων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg βλέπω (attributive). ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ. Manner (see 6:4 on ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ). The prepositional phrase is part of a larger, elliptical construction: “and your Father, who sees (what is done) secretly, will reward you.” ἀποδώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀποδίδωμι. σοι. Dative indirect object of ἀποδώσει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. As in 6:4, a number of witnesses include ἐν τῷ φανερῷ after σοι. Matthew 6:19-­24 “Do not store up for yourselves treasures on earth, where moth and vermin destroy and where thieves break in and steal. 20Instead, store up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor vermin destroys and where thieves neither break in nor steal. 21For where your treasure is, there your heart will be also. 22The eye is the lamp of the body. So, if your eye is sound, your whole body will be full of light. 23But if your eye is evil, your whole body will be dark. If, then, the light that is in you is darkness, how great is that darkness! 24No one can serve two masters; either he will hate one and love the other, or he will be devoted to one and despise the other. You cannot serve God and possessions.” 19

6:19 Μὴ θησαυρίζετε ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει καὶ ὅπου κλέπται διορύσσουσιν καὶ κλέπτουσιν· Μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. θησαυρίζετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl θησαυρίζω. Although grammarians have often suggested that the use of the present imperative here prohibits action already begun (MHT 3:76: “Mt 619 stop laying up”;



Matthew 6:19-20

127

sim. Robertson, 853), nothing in the context supports this conclusion. Moreover, few make the same case for the contrasting present imperative (θησαυρίζετε) that follows in 6:20. Instead, we should probably simply say that the imperfective aspect depicts the action internally, as a process. ὑμῖν. Dative of advantage. θησαυροὺς. Accusative direct object of θησαυρίζετε. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Locative. ὅπου. A “marker of a position in space, where” (BDAG, 717.1). σὴς καὶ βρῶσις. Compound nominative subject of ἀφανίζει. σής refers to “the moth, whose larvae eat clothing” (BDAG, 922). βρῶσις, often translated “rust” in English versions (KJV; NASB; NRSV; ESV; NET), frequently denotes “the act of partaking in food, eating” (BDAG, 184.1) and can also refer to “that which one eats, food” (BDAG, 185.3). Here, however, it seems to refer to “the process of causing deterioration by consuming” (BDAG, 185.2). “β[ρῶσις] is used as a general term for consuming, which could be done by a variety of insects. . . . The interpretation corrosion, rust finds no support outside this passage. . . . The balanced structure of the passage implies garments as victims of ‘moth and eating’, and other possessions as plunder of thieves” (BDAG, 185.2; cf. NIV 2011: “where moths and vermin destroy”). ἀφανίζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἀφανίζω. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. ὅπου. See above. κλέπται. Nominative subject of διορύσσουσιν and κλέπτουσιν. διορύσσουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl διορύσσω. The verb means “to break through a wall or barrier, normally by the process of digging through” (LN 19.41). Apart from Matt 6:19, 20, in the NT the word occurs only in Matt 24:43//Luke 12:39. κλέπτουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl κλέπτω. 6:20 θησαυρίζετε δὲ ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ, ὅπου οὔτε σὴς οὔτε βρῶσις ἀφανίζει καὶ ὅπου κλέπται οὐ διορύσσουσιν οὐδὲ κλέπτουσιν· θησαυρίζετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl θησαυρίζω. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὑμῖν. Dative of advantage. θησαυροὺς. Accusative direct object of θησαυρίζετε. ἐν οὐρανῷ. Locative. The singular οὐρανός refers to God’s dwelling place. While Matthew prefers plural forms of οὐρανός when referring to God’s abode, in “heaven and earth” pairings (cf. 6:10), he always employs

128

Matthew 6:19-­24

singular forms of οὐρανός, regardless of whether οὐρανός refers to the visible realm above the earth or to the invisible, divine realm. ὅπου. A “marker of a position in space, where” (BDAG, 717.1). οὔτε . . . οὔτε. “Neither . . . nor” σὴς . . . βρῶσις. Compound nominative subject of ἀφανίζει. See 6:19 on σὴς καὶ βρῶσις. ἀφανίζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἀφανίζω. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. ὅπου. See above. κλέπται. Nominative subject of διορύσσουσιν and κλέπτουσιν. οὐ . . . οὐδὲ. “Neither . . . nor.” διορύσσουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl διορύσσω. κλέπτουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl κλέπτω. 6:21 ὅπου γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός σου, ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου. ὅπου. The locative adverb introduces the topic of the sentence that is picked up by the resumptive ἐκεῖ. Within its clause, ὅπου serves as the predicate of ἐστιν (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 431–­32). γάρ. The local clauses in 6:19 and 20 probably supply preliminary grounds for the prohibition (6:19) and command (6:20) issued there. Here the explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a further, and more fundamental, ground for both of the preceding imperatives: Jesus’ followers must store up treasures in heaven and not on earth because people’s treasures capture their allegiance (“where your treasure is, there will your heart be also”). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ θησαυρός. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. After the plural verbs (θησαυρίζετε) and pronouns (ὑμῖν) in 6:19-­20, and unlike their Lukan parallels, the possessive pronouns in 6:21 are both singular, perhaps underscoring the impact of an individual’s treasures on her heart. ἐκεῖ. “The locative adverb serves as the predicate of ἔσται” (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 432). ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. καὶ. Adjunctive (“also”); see 5:39. ἡ καρδία. Nominative subject of ἔσται. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.



Matthew 6:21-23

129

6:22 Ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός. ἐὰν οὖν ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται· Ὁ λύχνος. Predicate nominative. English translations are divided over which of the two articular nominative nouns serves as the subject and which the predicate nominative in this sentence. Among those that take λύχνος as the subject are KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB (1977), NJB, and NKJV. On the other hand, most of the recent translations (RSV; NRSV; NASB [1995]; NLT; ESV; NIV 2011; LEB) treat ὀφθαλμός as the subject. Wallace identifies three “tags” that may distinguish the subject from the predicate nominative—­pronouns, articles, and proper nouns. The problem here is that both nouns have tags, since both are articular. Even more basic than these markers, however, is Wallace’s contention (following McGaughy) that “[t]he general principle for distinguishing S from PN is that the S is the known entity” (42). Probably, then, the recent translations correctly identify ὀφθαλμός as the subject. τοῦ σώματός. Possessive genitive. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ ὀφθαλμός. Nominative subject of ἐστιν (see λύχνος above). ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν), introducing two conclusions to be drawn (6:22b; 6:23a) from 6:22a. ᾖ. Pres act subj 3rd sg εἰμί. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ὁ ὀφθαλμός. Nominative subject of ᾖ. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἁπλοῦς. Predicate adjective. On the force of this idiomatic expression (lit. “if your eye is single”), see 6:23 on πονηρός. ὅλον τὸ σῶμά. Nominative subject of ἔσται. Fronted as a topical frame. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. φωτεινὸν. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. 6:23 ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν, τὸ σκότος πόσον. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ ὀφθαλμός. Nominative subject of ᾖ. Fronted as a topical frame. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

130

Matthew 6:19-­24

πονηρὸς. Predicate adjective. Like the “single eye” of 6:22, the “evil eye” is idiomatic. Cf. Deut 15:9; Prov 22:9; 23:6; 28:22; Matt 20:15; LXX Sir 30:7. As these texts demonstrate, an “evil eye” had become idiomatic for stinginess, envy, miserliness, or greed. By contrast, a “sound” or “good eye” pointed idiomatically to generosity. It is also possible that the choice of ἁπλοῦς—­“pert[aining] to being motivated by singleness of purpose so as to be open and aboveboard, single, without guile, sincere” (BDAG, 104)—­over, for example, ἀγαθός, suggests a further nuance: “[T]his rather obscure little saying seems to be using a wordplay which the English translator cannot reproduce without extensive paraphrase in order to commend either single-­mindedness (in pursuing the values of the kingdom of heaven) or generosity, or more likely both, as a key to the effective life of a disciple” (France 2007, 262). Fronted for emphasis. ᾖ. Pres act subj 3rd sg εἰμί. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ὅλον τὸ σῶμά. Nominative subject of ἔσται. Fronted as a topical frame. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. σκοτεινὸν. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν), introducing a third conclusion, this one drawn principally from 6:23a. τὸ φῶς. Nominative subject of ἐστίν. τὸ ἐν σοὶ. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν σοί into an attributive modifier of τὸ φῶς. ἐν σοὶ. Locative. σκότος. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστίν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. τὸ σκότος. Nominative subject of an implied ἐστίν. πόσον. The correlative pronoun serves as the predicate of the equative verb, probably in an exclamation (BDAG, 855.1) rather than in a simple question. 6:24 Οὐδεὶς δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν· ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει. οὐ δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ. Οὐδεὶς. Nominative subject of δύναται. Fronted as a topical frame. δύναται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg δύναμαι. δυσὶ κυρίοις. Dative complement of δουλεύειν. Fronted for emphasis. δουλεύειν. Pres act inf δουλεύω (complementary).



Matthew 6:24

131

ἢ . . . ἢ. “Either . . . or.” γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding assertion. τὸν ἕνα. Accusative direct object of μισήσει. μισήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg μισέω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). τὸν ἕτερον. Accusative direct object of ἀγαπήσει. ἀγαπήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀγαπάω. ἑνός. Genitive complement of ἀνθέξεται. ἀνθέξεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ἀντέχω. τοῦ ἑτέρου. Genitive complement of καταφρονήσει. καταφρονήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg καταφρονέω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. δύνασθε. Pres mid ind 2nd pl δύναμαι. θεῷ. Dative complement of δουλεύειν. Fronted for emphasis. δουλεύειν. Pres act inf δουλεύω (complementary). μαμωνᾷ. Dative complement of δουλεύειν. A Matthean hapax legomenon, μαμωνᾶς refers to “wealth and riches, with a strongly negative connotation” (LN 57.34). Matthew 6:25-­34 “Because of this, I say to you: Do not worry about your life, what you will eat, or about your body, what you will wear. Is not life more than food and the body more than clothes? 26Consider the birds in the sky: they neither sow nor harvest nor gather into barns and yet your heavenly Father feeds them; you are worth much more than they are, are you not? 27And who among you, by worrying, is able to add one cubit to your height? 28And why do you worry about clothes? Think about the flowers of the field, how they grow. They neither labor nor spin, 29but I say to you that not even Solomon in all his splendor dressed like one of these. 30But if God so clothes the grass of the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the furnace, will he not much more (clothe) you, O you of little faith? 31Therefore do not worry, saying, ‘What will we eat?’ or ‘What will we drink?’ or ‘What will we wear?’ 32For the Gentiles seek all these things, and your heavenly Father knows that you need them all. 33Instead, seek first his kingdom and righteousness, and all these things will be added to you. 34So do not worry about tomorrow, for tomorrow will worry about itself; each day has enough trouble of its own.” 25

132

Matthew 6:25-­34

6:25 Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν· μὴ μεριμνᾶτε τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν τί φάγητε [ἢ τί πίητε], μηδὲ τῷ σώματι ὑμῶν τί ἐνδύσησθε. οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος; Διὰ τοῦτο. Causal. Runge observes that “Διὰ τοῦτο is not a conjunction from the standpoint of morphology, yet as a set expression it has come to function as a connective in Koiné Greek. . . . The preposition διά contributes a causal sense in most cases, ‘the reason why someth[ing] happens, results, exists: because of, for the sake of.’ The demonstrative pronoun τοῦτο reiterates a proposition from the preceding context. Thus, the clause introduced by διὰ τοῦτο is constrained to have a causal relation with the preceding discourse” (2010, 48). Here τοῦτο probably looks back chiefly to 6:24 (although since 6:24 draws 6:19-­24 to its conclusion, one might argue that διὰ τοῦτο has in view the entire pericope). Because Jesus’ followers cannot serve both God and mammon, they must not even serve mammon in pursuit of life’s necessities. λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. μὴ . . . μηδὲ. Both negative particles introduce prohibitions, with μηδὲ also signaling development: “neither . . . nor.” μεριμνᾶτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl μεριμνάω (prohibition). τῇ ψυχῇ. Dative of reference or advantage (Robertson, 539). ὑμῶν. Subjective or possessive genitive. τί. Introduces an indirect question that serves as the clausal complement of μεριμνᾶτε. Within its clause, τί is the accusative direct object of φάγητε. φάγητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl ἐσθίω (deliberative subjunctive). [ἢ τί πίητε]. If the clause is original, the interrogative pronoun introduces an indirect question that forms part of a conjoined clausal complement of μεριμνᾶτε. Its support in the textual tradition is impressive (B W ƒ13 33 et al.; καὶ τί πίητε: L Δ Θ 0233 et al.), and it might have fallen out either accidentally (by homoeoteleuton after φάγητε) or deliberately, under the influence of the parallel in Luke 12:22. But the clause is omitted by a number of witnesses (including ‫ א‬ƒ1 892, some early versions and some patristic citations) and may be regarded as a scribal addition inserted as a natural complement to τί φάγητε (especially given the presence of τί πίωμεν in 6:31). On balance, I think it more likely to be an early expansion of the text (SBLGNT also judges the omission original; see further Metzger, 15).



Matthew 6:25-26

133

τί. Introduces an indirect question that forms part of a conjoined clausal complement of μεριμνᾶτε. Within its clause, τί is the accusative direct object of πίητε. πίητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl πίνω (deliberative subjunctive). τῷ σώματι. Dative of reference or advantage. ὑμῶν. Possessive genitive. τί. Introduces an indirect question that forms part of a conjoined clausal complement of μεριμνᾶτε. Within its clause, τί is the accusative direct object of ἐνδύσησθε. ἐνδύσησθε. Aor mid subj 2nd pl ἐνδύω (deliberative subjunctive). οὐχὶ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. ἡ ψυχὴ. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted as a topical frame. πλεῖόν. Predicate adjective. On the gender, see 6:34 on ἀρκετὸν. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τῆς τροφῆς. Genitive of comparison. τὸ σῶμα. Nominative subject of an implied ἐστίν. Fronted as a topical frame. τοῦ ἐνδύματος. Genitive of comparison (after an implied πλεῖον). 6:26 ἐμβλέψατε εἰς τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν οὐδὲ συνάγουσιν εἰς ἀποθήκας, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος τρέφει αὐτά· οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν; ἐμβλέψατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἐμβλέπω. εἰς τὰ πετεινὰ. As it does several times in the LXX, εἰς (which in these passages usually translates the Hebrew ‫)אל‬ ֶ introduces a prepositional phrase that modifies ἐμβλέπω. Sometimes ἐμβλέπω εἰς is used quite literally for looking at a particular object (e.g., Isa 5:30; 8:22; 51:6?); in other instances, its function is more idiomatic, describing those who “look to” (i.e., turn to) YHWH in trust for help (e.g., Isa 17:7; 22:11) or inviting people to “look to” (i.e., consider) a particular object or matter (e.g., Isa 51:1, 2; Sir 2:10; 33:15). In each case, we find either a basic locative use of the preposition or, as here, a metaphorical extension of this locative use. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Genitive of place (“the birds of the air” [NRSV; NIV] or “the birds in the sky” [NJB; NET]). The singular οὐρανοῦ refers to the visible, created realm above the earth (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). ὅτι. Introduces a clause that is epexegetical to τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 426).

134

Matthew 6:25-­34

οὐ . . . οὐδὲ . . . οὐδὲ. “Neither . . . nor . . . nor.” σπείρουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl σπείρω. θερίζουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl θερίζω. συνάγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl συνάγω. εἰς ἀποθήκας. Locative. καὶ. Connective. On the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. ὁ πατὴρ . . . ὁ οὐράνιος. Nominative subject of τρέφει. Fronted as a topical frame. ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. τρέφει. Pres act ind 3rd sg τρέφω. αὐτά. Accusative direct object of τρέφει. οὐχ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of διαφέρετε. Fronted as a topical frame. μᾶλλον. Comparative of adverb μάλα. διαφέρετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl διαφέρω. In this context, διαφέρω means to “differ to one’s advantage fr[om] someone or someth[ing], be worth more than, be superior to” (BDAG, 239.4). With the adverb μᾶλλον: “you are worth much more than . . .” (cf. BDF §246). αὐτῶν. Genitive of comparison. 6:27 τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα; τίς. Nominative subject of δύναται. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐξ ὑμῶν. Partitive. μεριμνῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg μεριμνάω (means). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δύναται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg δύναται. προσθεῖναι. Aor act inf προστίθημι (complementary). ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν. The preposition serves as a “marker of addition to what is already in existence” (BDAG, 365.7). ἡλικία can refer to “the period of time that one’s life continues, age, time of life” (BDAG, 435.1; e.g., Job 29:18), to “the age which is sufficient or requisite for certain things, maturity” (BDAG, 436.2; e.g., John 9:21, 23), or to “bodily stature” (BDAG, 436.3; e.g., Luke 19:3). Not surprisingly, then, two quite different interpretations of the phrase have emerged: what cannot be added is either “a single hour to your life” (NIV 2011; cf. NRSV; NLT; NET; ESV; LEB; Porter 1994, 161) or “one cubit to his stature” (KJV; cf. NKJV; HCSB; Robertson, 733). There is, however, much less ambiguity



Matthew 6:27-28

135

surrounding πῆχυς, which elsewhere is typically a unit for measuring distance (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 1:344). We should, then, probably prefer the interpretation adopted by the KJV against most contemporary English translations. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. πῆχυν ἕνα. Accusative direct object of προσθεῖναι. 6:28 Καὶ περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε; καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ πῶς αὐξάνουσιν· οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν· περὶ ἐνδύματος. Reference. Fronted as a topical frame. τί. Adverbial: an “interrogative expression of reason for, why?” (BDAG, 1007.2). μεριμνᾶτε. Pres act ind 2nd pl μεριμνάω. καταμάθετε. Aor act impv 2nd pl καταμανθάνω. The verb καταμανθάνω (“observe [well], notice, learn” [BDAG, 522]) is a NT hapax legomenon. τὰ κρίνα. Accusative direct object of καταμάθετε. τοῦ ἀγροῦ. Genitive of place (“the flowers of the field” [NRSV; NET; NIV] or “the flowers in the field” [NJB]). πῶς. Introduces an indirect question that is epexegetical to τὰ κρίνα (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 428). αὐξάνουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl αὐξάνω. Influenced by the parallel in Luke 12:27, or the expectation that neuter plural subjects (here the implied τὰ κρίνα) should take singular verbs, or both, in many witnesses (K L Nvid W et al.) the three verbs that follow πῶς are singular (cf. Metzger, 15). But as Turner reminds us, this sort of departure from the classical norm was not unusual in Hellenistic Greek: “On many occasions the NT (and Hermas), LXX, and Koine break the classical rule of the ‘schema Atticum’, whereby a neut. plur. subject has a sing. verb. MGr does not follow it at all. . . . The NT usually keeps the rule when the subject is used in a non-­personal sense (πρόβατα, σώματα), especially with abstracts, or unless the subject is a pronoun” (MHT 3:312–­13). For Robertson, “the only rule on the matter that is true for N. T. Greek is the rule of liberty” (404). In Matthew, personal neuter plural subjects consistently take plural verbs (e.g., 6:32; 10:21; 11:17; 12:21) and impersonal neuter plural subjects typically take singular verbs (e.g., 5:18; 6:33; 10:2, 29; 11:27; 12:45), but there are exceptions, 6:28 and 27:52 (τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν) being the clearest. οὐ . . . οὐδὲ. “Neither . . . nor.” κοπιῶσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl κοπιάω. νήθουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl νήθω.

136

Matthew 6:25-­34

6:29 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων. λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [NET; NIV 2011; LEB] or direct [NEB; NRSV; ESV] discourse) of λέγω. οὐδὲ. “Not even” (BDAG, 735.3; cf. Young, 203). Σολομὼν. Nominative subject of περιεβάλετο. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξη.ͺ The preposition functions as a “marker of a state or condition” (BDAG, 327.2). αὐτοῦ. Subjective genitive (“the glory that he displayed”). περιεβάλετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg περιβάλλω. ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause. ἓν. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause (“as one of these [dresses]”). τούτων. Partitive genitive. 6:30 εἰ δὲ τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ σήμερον ὄντα καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι; εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. τὸν χόρτον. Accusative direct object of ἀμφιέννυσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. τοῦ ἀγροῦ. Genitive of place (“the grass of the field” [NRSV; NIV] or “the grass in the field” [NJB]). σήμερον. Temporal adverb. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ὄντα. Pres act ptc masc acc sg εἰμί (attributive or, less likely, concessive [LEB]). αὔριον. Temporal adverb. εἰς κλίβανον. Locative. Fronted for emphasis. βαλλόμενον. Pres pass ptc masc acc sg βάλλω (attributive). ὁ θεὸς. Nominative subject of ἀμφιέννυσιν. οὕτως. The adverb is anaphoric. Fronted for emphasis. ἀμφιέννυσιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἀμφιέννυμι. Elsewhere in the NT, ἀμφιέννυμι (“clothe, dress” [BDAG, 55]) occurs only in Matt 11:8 and Luke 7:25. οὐ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer.



Matthew 6:29-32

137

πολλῷ μᾶλλον. “The comparative is heightened as in classical by the addition of πολύ, πολλῷ: e.g. . . . Mt 6:26” (BDF §246): “how much more?” Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object in an elliptical clause (“Will he not much more [clothe] you?”). ὀλιγόπιστοι. Vocative. 6:31 Μὴ οὖν μεριμνήσητε λέγοντες· τί φάγωμεν; ἤ· τί πίωμεν; ἤ· τί περιβαλώμεθα; Mὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν), introducing the conclusion to be drawn from 6:25-­30. μεριμνήσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl μεριμνάω (prohibitive subjunctive). λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. τί. Accusative direct object of φάγωμεν. φάγωμεν. Aor act subj 1st pl ἐσθίω (deliberative subjunctive). ἤ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). τί. Accusative direct object of πίωμεν. πίωμεν. Aor act subj 1st pl πίνω (deliberative subjunctive). τί. Accusative direct object of περιβαλώμεθα. περιβαλώμεθα. Aor mid subj 1st pl περιβάλλω (deliberative subjunctive). 6:32 πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητοῦσιν· οἶδεν γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων ἁπάντων. πάντα . . . ταῦτα. Accusative direct object of ἐπιζητοῦσιν. See Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (429) for discussion of the (probably) distinct function of πάντα in Luke’s ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the prohibition of 6:31: Jesus’ followers must not worry about food and drink and clothing because such concerns are characteristic of the Gentiles (but not of those who serve the God of Israel). τὰ ἔθνη. Nominative subject of ἐπιζητοῦσιν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐπιζητοῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἐπιζητέω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. οἶδεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg οἶδα. On the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8.

138

Matthew 6:25-­34

γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a second clause that grounds the prohibition of 6:31: Jesus’ followers must not worry about food and drink and clothing because their Father knows their need for all of these. ὁ πατὴρ . . . ὁ οὐράνιος. Nominative subject of οἶδεν. ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of οἶδεν. χρῄζετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl χρῄζω. τούτων ἁπάντων. Genitive complement of χρῄζετε. 6:33 ζητεῖτε δὲ πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν [τοῦ θεοῦ] καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν. ζητεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ζητέω. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. πρῶτον. Adverbial accusative. τὴν βασιλείαν. Accusative direct object of ζητεῖτε. [τοῦ θεοῦ]. Subjective genitive. As the square brackets suggest, the authenticity of τοῦ θεοῦ is disputed. On the one hand, its presence in a diverse group of witnesses (K L N W et al.) in spite of the fact that Matthew typically prefers ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν may suggest its originality. (The common argument that τοῦ θεοῦ is likely to be original, since ἡ βασιλεία, except where it serves as a genitive modifier, is regularly followed by a modifying genitive [Davies and Allison, 1:660 n. 25; France 2007, 264 n. 8], probably holds little weight, since, if τοῦ θεοῦ is a later addition, ἡ βασιλεία is still modified by αὐτοῦ [contra Luz 2001–­2007, 1:339: “the kingdom and his righteousness”] as in the Lukan parallel [12:31] and, e.g., in Matt 13:41.) On the other hand, its absence from both ‫ א‬and B is striking, and it is not difficult to conceive of τοῦ θεοῦ as a scribal addition. In my view, intrinsic, transcriptional, and external probabilities all suggest (even if none of them decisively so) that SBLGNT rightly considers τοῦ θεοῦ a later addition. See further 12:28 on the atypical ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ in Matthew. τὴν δικαιοσύνην. Accusative direct object of ζητεῖτε. In this final occurrence of δικαιοσύνη in the Sermon on the Mount, there is once more some question (cf. 5:6 on τὴν δικαιοσύνην) about whether Matthew refers to human or to divine action. For Gundry, δικαιοσύνη points to “the right conduct of the father when he finally imposes his kingdom with full force—­i.e., divine justice with consequent vindication of Jesus’ disciples” (1994, 118; cf. Schweizer, 55). The most obvious supporting evidence for this view—­that righteousness is God’s gift—­comes



Matthew 6:33-34

139

from the modifying genitive (αὐτοῦ) that follows immediately (but cf. Jas 1:20). For several reasons, however, we should probably conclude that δικαιοσύνη refers to the righteous conduct that God requires of his people. First, a pattern emerges in this Gospel: where only one sense of δικαιοσύνη fits the context, human, behavioral righteousness is consistently in view. This is, for example, certainly what righteousness means in 5:10, 20 (note that in both of these instances, δικαιοσύνη is also closely linked to the kingdom), and 6:1; 5:20; and 6:1 are especially significant because they have set the tone for the discussion of “surpassing righteousness” that Matthew continues here. Second, in the context of the Sermon, with its intense ethical focus, an ethical interpretation of righteousness seems apt. Third, the additions of “your will be done” to “your kingdom come” (6:10), and “and his righteousness” to “seek first his kingdom” (6:33) seem to be parallel and probably also support an ethical reading. As in the Lord’s Prayer, so here the second, uniquely Matthean line helps to interpret the first: one seeks the kingdom by seeking his righteousness. Cf. 7:21. αὐτοῦ. If, as I suggest above, τοῦ θεοῦ is a later, scribal addition, αὐτοῦ probably modifies both τὴν βασιλείαν (as in the parallel at Luke 12:31) and τὴν δικαιοσύνην. It qualifies the former as a subjective genitive. If δικαιοσύνη refers to the human conduct that flows from repentance in response to the dawn of the kingdom, then “his righteousness” means “the righteousness that he requires” (cf. δικαιοσύνην θεοῦ in Jas 1:20). Quarles (69), by contrast, finds here a genitive of source (“righteousness that comes from God”). καὶ. Introduces the consequences of the preceding imperatival clause (see 11:28). ταῦτα πάντα. Nominative subject of προστεθήσεται. Like πάντα ταῦτα in 6:32, ταῦτα πάντα refers to food, drink, and clothing. Fronted as a topical frame. προστεθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg προστίθημι. In contrast to 6:28, 32, the neuter plural subject takes a singular verb here (see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν). ὑμῖν. Dative of advantage. 6:34 Μὴ οὖν μεριμνήσητε εἰς τὴν αὔριον, ἡ γὰρ αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς· ἀρκετὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς. Mὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν), introducing the prohibition that is based on 6:25-­33 (and perhaps especially 6:33b). μεριμνήσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl μεριμνάω (prohibitive subjunctive).

140

Matthew 7:1-­6

εἰς τὴν αὔριον. Reference. ἡ . . . αὔριον. Nominative subject of μεριμνήσει. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the adverb into a (personified) substantive (cf. Young, 239). Fronted as a topical frame. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding prohibition. μεριμνήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg μεριμνάω. ἑαυτῆς. Genitive complement of μεριμνήσει. Wallace (131; cf. BDF §176.2) observes that verbs of emotion are often followed by genitive substantives. ἀρκετὸν. Predicate adjective. BDF (§131) notes that “[w]hen the predicate stands for the subject conceived as a class and in the abstract, not as an individual instance or example, then classical usage puts the adjectival predicate in the neuter sing., even with subjects of another gender.” Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. Dative of reference. ἡ κακία. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb. The noun probably denotes here not evil (cf. BDAG, 500.1) but “a state involving difficult circumstances, trouble, misfortune” (BDAG, 500.3). αὐτῆς. The genitive might be described as loosely possessive (“each day’s trouble”—­i.e., “that trouble that comes with the day”). Matthew 7:1-­6 “Do not condemn, lest you be condemned. 2For with the very standard of judgement that you judge, you will be judged, and with the very measure you measure, it will be measured to you. 3Why do you see the splinter that is in your brother’s eye, but fail to perceive the beam that is in your own eye? 4Or how can you say to your brother: ‘Let me take the splinter from your eye,’ when, behold, (there is) a beam in your own eye? 5You hypocrite! First cast the beam from your own eye, and then you will see clearly to remove the splinter from your brother’s eye. 6Do not give what is holy to dogs or throw your pearls before pigs, lest they trample them with their feet and, turning, tear you to pieces.” 1

7:1 Μὴ κρίνετε, ἵνα μὴ κριθῆτε· Μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. κρίνετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl κρίνω. When κρίνω refers to the act of judging, like the English word “judge,” it can be used either neutrally,



Matthew 7:1-3

141

“to assess,” or negatively, “to condemn” (see further BDAG, 567–­69). Although the matter is disputed, since 7:2 insists that God’s judgment will respond to the standards employed by being judged, and since the divine judgment in 7:1b responds to the human judgment in 7:1a, κρίνω is probably used in the same way in 7:1a as it is in 7:1b. In 7:1b (see below), it can refer only to passing a negative verdict. ἵνα. Introduces a purpose clause. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. κριθῆτε. Aor pass subj 2nd pl κρίνω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. Since Matthew expects a universal judgment before which all will appear (e.g., Matt 11:20-­24; 12:38-­42; 16:27; 25:31-­32), he is not exhorting his readers to avoid God’s judgment but instead his condemnation. 7:2 ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι κρίνετε κριθήσεσθε, καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν. ἐν ᾧ . . . κρίματι. Instrumental. Introduces an internally headed relative clause, in which the noun that the relative clause modifies (κρίματι) has been placed in the middle of the relative clause. We might have expected the following instead: ἐν γὰρ τῷ κρίματι ᾧ κρίνετε κριθήσεσθε. The result is probably an intensification of the semantics of the relative clause (see further Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 115): “by means of the very judgment with which you judge.” γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding prohibition: Jesus’ followers must not condemn, because God will take up the standards of judgment that they exercise when he judges them. κρίνετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl κρίνω. κριθήσεσθε. Fut pass ind 2nd pl κρίνω. ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ. Instrumental. Introduces an internally headed relative clause (see ἐν ᾧ . . . κρίματι above). μετρεῖτε. Pres act ind 2nd pl μετρέω. μετρηθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg μετρέω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of μετρηθήσεται. 7:3 Τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς; Τί. Adverbial: an “interrogative expression of reason for, why?” (BDAG, 1007.2). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ.

142

Matthew 7:1-­6

βλέπεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg βλέπω. τὸ κάρφος. Accusative direct object of βλέπεις. In the NT, κάρφος (“a small piece of straw, chaff, or wood, to denote someth[ing] quite insignificant, speck, splinter, chip” [BDAG, 511]) is found only in this pericope and its parallel in Luke 6:37-­42. τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ. The article acts as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ into an attributive modifier of τὸ κάρφος. ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ. Locative. τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ. Possessive genitive. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τὴν . . . ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν. Accusative direct object of κατανοεῖς. Fronted as a topical frame. The prepositional phrase stands in the first attributive position and functions as an attributive modifier of δοκὸν. ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ. Locative. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. κατανοεῖς. Pres act ind 2nd sg κατανοέω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). 7:4 ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου· ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ; ἢ. A disjunctive particle, ἤ frequently introduces rhetorical questions (BDAG, 432.1.d.α) and questions linked to prior questions (BDAG, 432.1.d.β). Here it does both. πῶς. Introduces a direct rhetorical question. ἐρεῖς. Fut act ind 2nd pl λέγω. τῷ ἀδελφῷ. Dative indirect object of ἐρεῖς. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἄφες. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἀφίημι. Caragounis (164) points out that when in the NT ἄφες occurs alone, it retains its usual verbal force: “allow, permit.” But “where ἄφες occurs with an aorist subjunctive of the first person, it has lost its verbal force and is reduced to a mere hortative particle taking the place of classical ἄγε and φέρε. Thus, ἄφες in Mt 7:4: ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου does not have its usual verbal force of ‘allow’, ‘permit’, etc., but is merely a hortative particle like the English ‘let.’ Hence, we do not



Matthew 7:4-5

143

have two verbal ideas, sc. ‘allow’ and ‘cast’ but only one verbal idea, s.c. ‘cast’ (ἐκβάλω).” ἐκβάλω. Aor act subj 1st sg (hortatory subjunctive). Only rarely in the NT do we find a hortatory subjunctive in the first-­person singular, but it is sometimes used with δεῦρο or, as here, with ἄφες (Burton §161; cf. Robertson, 329–­30, 430, 931; Porter 1994, 58). τὸ κάρφος. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλω. ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ. Separation. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἰδοὺ. As often, the interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) is unique to Matthew’s account; it draws attention to the already hyperbolic “unperceived beam” in the eye of the critic. ἡ δοκὸς. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb or a nominative used in an exclamation (cf. Wallace, 59–­60). ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ. Locative. σοῦ. Possessive genitive. 7:5 ὑποκριτά, ἔκβαλε πρῶτον ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σοῦ τὴν δοκόν, καὶ τότε διαβλέψεις ἐκβαλεῖν τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου. ὑποκριτά. Vocative. ἔκβαλε. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἐκβάλλω. πρῶτον. Adverbial accusative. ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ. Separation. σοῦ. Possessive genitive. τὴν δοκόν. Accusative direct object of ἔκβαλε. τότε. Together with καὶ, the temporal adverb introduces the envisioned consequence of the preceding, imperatival clause: “and, at that point, you will see clearly.” διαβλέψεις. Fut act ind 2nd sg διαβλέπω. ἐκβαλεῖν. Aor act inf ἐκβάλλω (purpose). τὸ κάρφος. Accusative direct object of ἐκβαλεῖν. ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ. Separation. τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ. Possessive genitive. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

144

Matthew 7:1-­6

7:6 Μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσὶν μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς. As many have noted, 7:6 is structured chiastically. A

Μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσὶν

B

μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων,

B’

μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν

A’ καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς.

Mὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. δῶτε. Aor act subj 2nd pl δίδωμι (prohibitive subjunctive). τὸ ἅγιον. Accusative direct object of δῶτε. τοῖς κυσὶν. Dative indirect object of δῶτε. μηδὲ. Negation and development. βάλητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl βάλλω (prohibitive subjunctive). τοὺς μαργαρίτας. Accusative direct object of βάλητε. ὑμῶν. Possessive genitive. ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων. Locative. μήποτε. Introduces a negative purpose clause. καταπατήσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl καταπατέω. On the use of the future indicative instead of the aorist subjunctive (in fact, a number of witnesses “correct” the future indicative to aorist subjunctive) here, cf. Burton (§199): “The Future Indicative occurs in pure final clauses in classical Greek chiefly after ὅπως, rarely after μή, ὡς, and ὄφρα, never after ἵνα. . . . The New Testament instances are chiefly after ἵνα; a few instances occur after μή (μήποτε) and one after ὅπως. The manuscripts show not a few variations between Subjunctive and Future Indicative, and both forms are sometimes found together, after the same conjunction.” αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of καταπατήσουσιν. ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν. Instrumental (cf. BDAG, 328.5.b). αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. στραφέντες. Aor mid ptc masc nom pl στρέφω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ῥήξωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl ῥήσσω (a secondary form of ῥήγνυμι). Subjunctive with μήποτε. ῥήγνυμι means “to cause to come apart or be



Matthew 7:6-8

145

in pieces by means of internal or external force, tear in pieces, break, burst” (BDAG, 904.1). ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ῥήξωσιν. Matthew 7:7-­12 “Ask, and it will be given to you; seek, and you will find; knock, and the door will be opened for you. 8For everyone who asks receives, and the one who seeks finds, and for the one who knocks the door will be opened. 9Which one of you, whose son will ask for bread, will give him a stone? 10Or also if he will ask for a fish, will give him a snake? 11So then, if you, who are evil, know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your Father who is in heaven give good things to those who ask him? 12Therefore, all things—­whatever you wish people to do to you—­do also the same to them; for this is the law and the prophets.” 7

7:7 Αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν, ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε, κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν· Αἰτεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl αἰτέω. The imperfective aspect of the three imperative verbs in 7:7 portrays the action internally, as a process. καὶ. Three times in 7:7, καὶ introduces the consequences of the preceding imperatival clause (see 11:28). The construction has conditional force (cf. Caragounis, 189–­90): “If you ask, it will be given to you.” δοθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. On the so-­called divine passive, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of δοθήσεται. ζητεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ζητέω. εὑρήσετε. Fut act ind 2nd pl εὑρίσκω. κρούετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl κρούω. ἀνοιγήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg ἀνοίγω. ὑμῖν. Dative of advantage. 7:8 πᾶς γὰρ ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει καὶ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει καὶ τῷ κρούοντι ἀνοιγήσεται. πᾶς . . . ὁ αἰτῶν. Nominative subject of λαμβάνει. Fronted as a topical frame. ὁ αἰτῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg αἰτέω (substantival). Although the participle could be understood as either attributive or substantival (on πᾶς + art. participle, see 5:22 on ὁ ὀργιζόμενος), the substantival

146

Matthew 7:7-­12

participles in the parallel clauses that follow suggest that ὁ αἰτῶν is substantival. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces three clauses that ground the three imperatives of 7:7. λαμβάνει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λαμβάνω. Like the finite verbs that follow, λαμβάνει stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). ὁ ζητῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ζητέω (substantival). Nominative subject of εὑρίσκει. Fronted as a topical frame. εὑρίσκει. Pres act ind 3rd sg εὑρίσκω. τῷ κρούοντι. Pres act ptc masc dat sg κρούω (substantival). Dative of advantage. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀνοιγήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg ἀνοίγω. 7:9 ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; ἢ. The disjunctive particle introduces a rhetorical question (cf. BDAG, 432.1.d.α). τίς . . . ἄνθρωπος. τίς either functions (1) as a substantive (cf. BDAG, 1006.1.a), in which case it is the nominative subject of ἐστιν and ἄνθρωπος the predicate nominative (“Who is the person . . .”; so Nolland, 324), or (2) as an adjective (cf. BDAG, 1007.1.b), in which case it modifies ἄνθρωπος, the nominative subject of ἐστιν (“Which ­person . . .”). Cf. the nearly identical construction in Matt 12:11. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐξ ὑμῶν. Partitive. ὃν. We might have expected Matthew to introduce this relative clause with a genitive pronoun: οὗ αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἄρτον. But the evangelist prefers to employ two accusatives (ὃν, ἄρτον) with αἰτήσει. This is, however, probably not a case of a double direct object (one personal, one impersonal) as comparable texts have traditionally been explained (cf. Wallace, 181–­82; Quarles, 72) but instead an instance of oblique (here source; cf. Matt 20:20: αἰτοῦσά τι ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ) to direct object advancement (see Culy 2009, 92–­96, and the discussion of ἄρτον below). αἰτήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg αἰτέω. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of αἰτήσει. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἄρτον. With the accusative relative pronoun ὃν (see above) advancing from oblique to direct object position, ἄρτον has been displaced as



Matthew 7:9-11

147

the direct object of αἰτήσει and is now a chômeur (i.e., has been demoted syntactically). μὴ. Unlike οὐ and its compounds (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ), μή and its compounds introduce questions that expect or fear negative answers (cf. Mathewson and Emig, 232–­33; BDF §440; McKay 1994, §11.2.6). BDF (§469) finds an instance of anacoluthon here when the interrogative clause follows the relative clause. Cf. also 7:10. λίθον. Accusative direct object of ἐπιδώσει. Fronted for emphasis (cf. Runge 2010, 276). ἐπιδώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἐπιδίδωμι. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἐπιδώσει. 7:10 ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; ἢ. The disjunctive particle introduces a second, parallel, rhetorical question (cf. BDAG, 432.1.d.β). καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), “explicitly link[ing] ‘fish’ with its counterpart ‘bread’ from the preceding clause” (Runge 2010, 276). ἰχθὺν. Accusative direct object of αἰτήσει. Like λίθον in 7:9, both ἰχθὺν and ὄφιν are fronted for emphasis (Runge 2010, 276). αἰτήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg αἰτέω. μὴ. Unlike οὐ, the negative particle μὴ (see 7:9) introduces a question that expects a negative answer. ὄφιν. Accusative direct object of ἐπιδώσει. ἐπιδώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἐπιδίδωμι. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἐπιδώσει. 7:11 εἰ οὖν ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὄντες οἴδατε δόματα ἀγαθὰ διδόναι τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν), introducing a conclusion drawn from rhetorical questions of 7:9-­10 and the conviction that, unlike the best human parents, God is not tainted by evil (7:11a). ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of οἴδατε. Fronted as a topical frame. πονηροὶ. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ὄντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl εἰμί (attributive [NRSV; ESV] or concessive [NET; NIV 2011, LEB]). οἴδατε. Prf act ind 2nd pl οἶδα. On the use of the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8.

148

Matthew 7:7-­12

δόματα ἀγαθὰ. Accusative direct object of διδόναι. Fronted for emphasis. διδόναι. Pres act inf δίδωμι (complementary). Followed by an infinitive, οἶδα can mean “to know how,” “to be able” (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 381; cf. BDAG, 694.3). τοῖς τέκνοις. Dative indirect object of διδόναι. ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. πόσῳ μᾶλλον. μᾶλλον is a comparative adverb, here pointing to something that is more certain: “εἰ . . . πόσῳ μᾶλλον = if . . . how much more” (BDAG, 614.2.b; cf. 856.1). Fronted for emphasis. ὁ πατὴρ. Nominative subject of δώσει. ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς into an attributive modifier of ὁ πατὴρ. ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Locative. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the plural οὐρανοῖς (contrast Luke 11:13: ἐξ οὐρανοῦ) refers to the invisible, divine realm (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). δώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. ἀγαθὰ. Accusative direct object of δώσει. τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν. Pres act ptc masc dat pl αἰτέω (substantival). Dative indirect object of δώσει. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of αἰτοῦσιν. 7:12 Πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς· οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται. Πάντα. Introduces a clause that serves as the topic (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) of what follows and is picked up by the anaphoric οὕτως. Within its clause, Πάντα is the accusative direct object of ποιεῖτε. οὖν. The conjunction apparently functions inferentially (see 1:17 on οὖν), but it is difficult to be certain what it is in the preceding discourse that serves as the basis for the conclusion drawn here. Runge suggests that “[v]erse 12 provides an application about asking and receiving, introduced by the inferential particle οὖν” (2010, 276). Perhaps instead, the inclusio that 7:12 forms with 5:17 (“Do not think that I came to abolish the law and the prophets”) suggests that the particle looks back over the entire Sermon and draws the summary statement that follows from it. The Sermon has explained what it means to be faithful to the law and the prophets after the Messiah, to whom they pointed, has arrived. ὅσα ἐὰν. Accusative direct object of θέλητε. After its antecedent Πάντα, the relative pronoun is emphatic.



Matthew 7:12-13

149

θέλητε. Pres act subj 2nd pl θέλω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἵνα. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of θέλητε. ποιῶσιν. Pres act subj 3rd pl ποιέω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of ποιῶσιν. οἱ ἄνθρωποι. Nominative subject of ποιῶσιν. οὕτως. The adverb is anaphoric, looking back to 7:12a. καὶ. Adjunctive (“also”); see 5:39. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of ποιεῖτε. Fronted for emphasis (cf. Runge 2010, 277). ποιεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ποιέω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ποιεῖτε. οὗτος. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). The gender of the demonstrative has in this instance been attracted to that of the predicate nominatives, both of which are masculine (Wallace, 334 n. 52). γάρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding imperative. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται. Predicate nominative. See 5:17 on τὸν νόμον ἢ τοὺς προφήτας. Matthew 7:13-­14 “Enter through the narrow gate, because wide is the gate and spacious the way that leads to destruction, and many are those who enter through it, 14because narrow is the gate and restricted the way that leads to life, and few are those who find it.” 13

7:13 Εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης· ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι᾽ αὐτῆς· Εἰσέλθατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl εἰσέρχομαι. διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης. Locative. The adjective στενός (“pertaining to being narrow or restricted” [LN 81.19]), occurs in the NT only in Matt 7:13, 14, and the parallel in Luke 13:24. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding imperative. πλατεῖα. Predicate adjective. πλατύς (“pertaining to being wide” [LN 81.16]) is a NT hapax legomenon. Fronted for emphasis. ἡ πύλη. Nominative subject of an implied ἐστίν. ἡ πύλη is absent from ‫ *א‬as well as some versions and a number of patristic citations (it

150

Matthew 7:13-­14

is also absent from 7:14 in the Diatessaron and some patristic citations), and it may be a later addition (so WH) influenced by 7:13a and 7:14, but it is probably original given both its widespread support and Matthew’s fondness for parallelism. εὐρύχωρος. Predicate adjective. Like πλατεῖα, εὐρύχωρος (“pertaining to being broad and spacious, with the implication of agreeable and pleasant” [LN 81.18]) occurs only here in the NT. Fronted for emphasis. ἡ ὁδὸς. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb. ἡ ἀπάγουσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg ἀπάγω (attributive). εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν. Goal. πολλοί. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. εἰσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι. Pres mid ptc masc nom pl εἰσέρχομαι (substantival). Nominative subject of εἰσιν. δι᾽ αὐτῆς. Locative. 7:14 τί στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωὴν καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν. τί. Introduces a causal clause that further grounds the imperative in 7:13a. A decision between τί (NA28) and ὅτι (WH and SBLGNT) is difficult. On the one hand, τί enjoys widespread support in the MS tradition and, if we have here an exclamatory use of τί = “how” (cf. 2 Sam 6:20; Song 7:6, both of which translate the Hebrew ‫ ָ;מה‬and perhaps Luke 12:49; so BDF §299.4), then one could explain the rise of the variant ὅτι as an assimilation to 7:13 on the part of “copyists who did not perceive the underlying Semitism” (Metzger, 16–­17; but see also Horsley, 71, who argues on the basis of modern demotic parallels that τί means “because” [= ὅτι] here). On the other hand, (1) ὅτι is supported by both ‫ *א‬and B*, and (2) a second ὅτι (cf. 7:13b) would certainly be consistent with Matthew’s preference for parallelism (Gundry 1994, 128). On the basis of intrinsic probabilities and the strong support of ‫ *א‬and B*, I am inclined to follow WH and SBLGNT in preferring ὅτι (against NA28). στενὴ. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἡ πύλη. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb. τεθλιμμένη. Prf pass ptc fem nom sg θλίβω (predicate). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. Fronted for emphasis. ἡ ὁδὸς. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb. ἡ ἀπάγουσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg ἀπάγω (attributive). εἰς τὴν ζωὴν. Goal. ὀλίγοι. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis.



Matthew 7:14-15

151

εἰσὶν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. οἱ εὑρίσκοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl εὑρίσκω (substantival). Nominative subject of εἰσιν. αὐτήν. Accusative direct object of εὑρίσκοντες. Matthew 7:15-­20 “Watch out for false prophets, who come to you in sheep’s clothing but inwardly are vicious wolves. 16By their fruits you will recognize them. They do not gather grapes from thorn bushes or figs from thistles, do they? 17In the same way, every good tree produces good fruits, and a bad tree produces bad fruits. 18A good tree is not able to produce bad fruit, nor a bad tree to produce good fruit. 19Every tree that does not produce good fruit is going to be cut down and thrown into the fire. 20So then, by their fruits you will recognize them.” 15

7:15 Προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν, οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασιν προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες. Προσέχετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl προσέχω. ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν. “[V]erbs meaning be on guard, be ashamed, etc., take ἀπό to express the occasion or object of their caution, shame, or fear” (BDAG, 105.1.c). οἵτινες. Nominative subject of ἔρχονται. The relative clause not only points back to the false prophets but also grounds the preceding imperative (cf. Robertson, 727, 966). On the so-­called indefinite relative pronoun, see 2:6 on ὅστις. ἔρχονται. Pres mid ind 3rd pl ἔρχομαι. πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Spatial. ἐν ἐνδύμασιν. State or condition (cf. BDAG, 327.2; note 327.2.a: “of being clothed and metaphors assoc[iated] with such condition in, with”). προβάτων. Possessive genitive. ἔσωθεν. Adverb of place. δέ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἰσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. λύκοι ἅρπαγες. Predicate nominative. ἅρπαξ (“pertaining to being destructively vicious” [LN 20.4]), is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×).

152

Matthew 7:15-­20

7:16 ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς. μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα; ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν. Means or source (of perception; so BDAG, 106.3.d). Fronted for emphasis. αὐτῶν. Genitive of source or producer (“the fruits that false prophets produce”; cf. Quarles, 74). ἐπιγνώσεσθε. Fut mid ind 2nd pl ἐπιγινώσκω. αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of ἐπιγνώσεσθε. μήτι. Unlike οὐ, the negative particle μήτι (see 7:9) introduces a question that expects a negative answer. It is “somewhat more emphatic than the simple μή” (BDAG, 649). συλλέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl συλλέγω. ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν. Source. σταφυλὰς. Accusative direct object of συλλέγουσιν. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). ἀπὸ τριβόλων. Source. τρίβολος (“any kind of thorny plant—­‘thorn plant, thistle, brier’ ” [LN 3.17]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon found elsewhere in the NT only in Heb 6:8. σῦκα. Accusative direct object of συλλέγουσιν. 7:17 Οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ, τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ. Οὕτως. The adverb is anaphoric, pointing back to 7:16 and making the comparison explicit. πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν. Nominative subject of ποιεῖ. Fronted as a topical frame. καρποὺς καλοὺς. Accusative direct object of ποιεῖ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ποιεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. τὸ . . . σαπρὸν δένδρον. Nominative subject of ποιεῖ. σαπρός means “of such poor quality as to be of little or no value, bad, not good” (BDAG, 913.1). Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. καρποὺς πονηροὺς. Accusative direct object of ποιεῖ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ποιεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg ποιέω.



Matthew 7:16-20

153

7:18 οὐ δύναται δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖν οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖν. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. δύναται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg δύναμαι. This verb, which is absent from the Lukan parallel (6:43), introduces the focal information in 7:18. δένδρον ἀγαθὸν. Nominative subject of δύναται. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). καρποὺς πονηροὺς. Accusative direct object of ποιεῖν. Fronted for emphasis. ποιεῖν. Pres act inf ποιέω (complementary). δένδρον σαπρὸν. Nominative subject of an implied δύναται. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). καρποὺς καλοὺς. Accusative direct object of ποιεῖν. Fronted for emphasis. ποιεῖν. Pres act inf ποιέω (complementary, in an elliptical clause, with δύναται implied). 7:19 πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. πᾶν δένδρον. Nominative subject of ἐκκόπτεται and βάλλεται. Fronted as a topical frame. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ποιοῦν. Pres act ptc neut nom sg ποιέω (attributive). καρπὸν καλὸν. Accusative direct object of ποιοῦν. ἐκκόπτεται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg ἐκκόπτω. As at 3:10, which this verse echoes, ἐκκόπτεται and βάλλεται are futuristic presents, connoting both imminence and certainty. The verb stands in final, emphatic position. εἰς πῦρ. Locative. Fronted for emphasis. βάλλεται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg βάλλω; see ἐκκόπτεται above. 7:20 ἄρα γε ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς. ἄρα. Inferential, introducing the conclusion (with its echo of 7:16a) drawn from 7:16b-­18. γε. A marker of emphasis (LN 91.6) that strengthens the inferential particle (BDAG, 127.2.b; cf. Robertson, 1148; Moule, 164). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν. Means or source (of perception; so BDAG, 106.3.d). Fronted for emphasis.

154

Matthew 7:21-­23

αὐτῶν. Genitive of source or producer (cf. 7:16). ἐπιγνώσεσθε. Fut mid ind 2nd pl ἐπιγινώσκω. αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of ἐπιγνώσεσθε. Matthew 7:21-­23 “Not everyone who says to me, ‘Lord, Lord,’ will enter heaven’s kingdom, but only the one who does the will of my Father who is in heaven. 22 Many will say to me on that day: ‘Lord, Lord, did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name do many powerful works?’ 23And then I will declare to them, ‘I never knew you. Depart from me, you who practice lawlessness.’ ” 21

7:21 Οὐ πᾶς ὁ λέγων μοι· κύριε κύριε, εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Οὐ . . . ἀλλ᾽. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. As Matthew envisions it, not (merely) professing but demonstrating allegiance to Jesus is the criterion that determines entrance to heaven’s kingdom. πᾶς ὁ λέγων. Nominative subject of εἰσελεύσεται. ὁ λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (substantival). Although the participle could be understood as either attributive or substantival (on πᾶς + art. participle, see 5:22 on ὁ ὀργιζόμενος), as in 7:8 the substantival participle in the parallel clause that follows suggest that ὁ λέγων is substantival. μοι. Dative indirect object of λέγων. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κύριε κύριε. Vocative. Quarles (75) observes that “[t]he d[ou]bl[e] voc. κύριε κύριε appears eighteen times in the LXX always in refer[ence] to Yahweh and normally as a tr[anslation] for the divine name and title Adonai Yahweh.” εἰσελεύσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰσέρχομαι. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν. Locative. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. ὁ ποιῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ποιέω (substantival). Nominative subject in an elliptical clause: “the one who does the will of my Father who is in heaven (will enter heaven’s kingdom).” τὸ θέλημα. Accusative direct object of ποιῶν. τοῦ πατρός. Subjective genitive.



Matthew 7:21-23

155

μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς into an attributive modifier of τοῦ πατρός. ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Locative. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the plural οὐρανοῖς refers to the invisible, divine realm (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). 7:22 πολλοὶ ἐροῦσίν μοι ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ· κύριε κύριε, οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν; πολλοὶ. Nominative subject of ἐροῦσίν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐροῦσίν. Fut act ind 3rd pl λέγω. μοι. Dative indirect object of ἐροῦσίν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. Temporal. κύριε κύριε. Vocative (see 7:21). οὐ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι. Dative of instrument. Fronted for emphasis. ἐπροφητεύσαμεν. Aor act ind 1st pl προφητεύω. τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι. Dative of instrument. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δαιμόνια. Accusative direct object of ἐξεβάλομεν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐξεβάλομεν. Aor act ind 1st pl ἐκβάλλω. τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι. Dative of instrument. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δυνάμεις πολλὰς. Accusative direct object of ἐποιήσαμεν. δύναμις, which often denotes, more generally, power or capacity, refers here to “a deed that exhibits ability to function powerfully, deed of power, miracle, wonder” (BDAG, 263.3). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐποιήσαμεν. Aor act ind 1st pl ποιέω. 7:23 καὶ τότε ὁμολογήσω αὐτοῖς ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς· ἀποχωρεῖτε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν. τότε. Temporal adverb. ὁμολογήσω. Fut act ind 1st sg ὁμολογέω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ὁμολογήσω.

156

Matthew 7:24-­27

ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (direct discourse) of ὁμολογήσω. οὐδέποτε. Temporal adverb, signifying “an indefinite negated point of time—­‘never, not ever, at no time’ ” (LN 67.10). Fronted for emphasis. ἔγνων. Aor act ind 1st sg γινώσκω. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ἔγνων. ἀποχωρεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ἀποχωρέω. ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ. Separation. οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι. Pres mid ptc masc nom pl ἐργάζομαι (substantival). Nominative for vocative (cf. Wallace, 56–­59). Alternatively, as Turner (MHT 3:153) suggests, the participle may be attributive, modifying a vocative pronoun that must be supplied. τὴν ἀνομίαν. Accusative direct object of ἐργαζόμενοι. Matthew 7:24-­27 24 “Therefore, everyone who hears these words of mine and does them will be like a wise man who built his house on rock. 25And the rain fell, and the floods came, and the winds blew and beat against that house, and yet it did not fall, because it had been established on rock. 26 And everyone who hears these words of mine and does not do them will be like a foolish man who built his house on sand. 27And the rain fell, and the floods came, and the winds blew and struck that house, and it fell, and its collapse was great.”

7:24 Πᾶς οὖν ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους καὶ ποιεῖ αὐτούς, ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν· Πᾶς οὖν ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους καὶ ποιεῖ αὐτούς. Fronted as a topical frame. Πᾶς. Nominative subject of ὁμοιωθήσεται. οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν), introducing the conclusion that Jesus draws from 7:21-­23: because only those who do the will of the Father enter the kingdom “on that day,” the wise person secures her destiny by “hearing and doing” the words of Jesus. Since this conclusion only follows if “hearing and doing these words of [Jesus]” is equated with “doing the will of the Father” (7:21), we find here confirmation that doing the will of the Father is to be understood as obeying Jesus’ teaching, as revealed in the Sermon (see τοὺς λόγους τούτους below). ὅστις. Nominative subject of ἀκούει. On the so-­called indefinite relative pronoun, see 2:6 on ὅστις.



Matthew 7:24

157

ἀκούει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἀκούω. μου. Subjective genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τοὺς λόγους τούτους. Accusative direct object of ἀκούει. The same phrase (τοὺς λόγους τούτους) occurs in 7:28, at the conclusion of the Sermon, and helps to secure its sense here. “These words” are the words just rehearsed in the Sermon. ποιεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of ποιεῖ. ὁμοιωθήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ὁμοιόω. Although one might consider the verb to be passive, probably it is a θη–­middle (see further “Deponency” in the Series Introduction). France (2007, 522 n. 1) thinks the distinction that Carson draws is too rigid, but probably Carson (1985b, 277–­82) is right to argue that the future tense here (and in 7:26) points the reader to the eschatological future. Elsewhere in Matthew, the indicative form of the verb appears in 11:16, 13:24, 18:23, 22:2, and 25:1. Of these texts, only in 11:16 does ὁμοιόω not introduce parabolic teaching about the kingdom. Matt 13:24, 18:23, and 22:2 all employ aorist forms of ὁμοιόω (ὡμοιώθη) to introduce Jesus’ parable; without exception, these parables at least include teaching about what is already true of the kingdom. By contrast, like 7:24, 26, 25:1 employs the future tense (ὁμοιωθήσεται). Matt 25:1-­13 tells a story about the arrival of the bridegroom and concludes with words that echo portions of 7:21-­23 (ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς. γρηγορεῖτε οὖν, ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν [25:12-­13]). Like 25:1-­13, 7:24-­27 points to the eschatological future, and probably more specifically to the judgment. The context in which this parable is set (cf. 7:13-­23) seems to secure this reading. ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ. Dative complement of ὁμοιωθήσεται. ὅστις. Nominative subject of ᾠκοδόμησεν; see 2:6 on ὅστις. ᾠκοδόμησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg οἰκοδομέω. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. As μου was above, the preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). τὴν οἰκίαν. Accusative direct object of ᾠκοδόμησεν. ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν. Locative. Although several specific identifications for this “rock” have been proposed (including Peter [cf. 16:18], the Temple Mount, Jesus himself, and God), probably the parable intends no such specification, the foundation upon which the house is built simply forming part of the parabolic analogy.

158

Matthew 7:24-­27

7:25 καὶ κατέβη ἡ βροχὴ καὶ ἦλθον οἱ ποταμοὶ καὶ ἔπνευσαν οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ προσέπεσαν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνῃ, καὶ οὐκ ἔπεσεν, τεθεμελίωτο γὰρ ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν. κατέβη. Aor act ind 3rd sg καταβαίνω. ἡ βροχὴ. Nominative subject of κατέβη. In the NT, βροχή (“rain”) occurs only here and in 7:27. ἦλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἔρχομαι. οἱ ποταμοὶ. Nominative subject of ἦλθον. ποταμοὶ (“rivers”) probably refers here to “the mountain torrents or winter torrents which arise in ravines after a heavy rain and carry everything before them” (BDAG, 856.a). ἔπνευσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl πνέω. οἱ ἄνεμοι. Nominative subject of ἔπνευσαν and προσέπεσαν. προσέπεσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσπίπτω. τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνῃ. Dative complement of προσέπεσαν. καὶ. Connective. On the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔπεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg πίπτω. τεθεμελίωτο. Plprf pass ind 3rd sg θεμελιόω. As often in narrative contexts, the pluperfect “provide[s] offline material that supplements, describes, or explicates mainline action” (Campbell 2007, 213). If we follow Buth in thinking that the perfect tense often signals completed action with ongoing relevance (see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν), then the pluperfect tense marks completed action with ongoing relevance, now also complete from the vantage of the speaker or writer. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) takes the reader offline (see τεθεμελίωτο above) to provide the necessary clarification, here explaining why the house did not collapse. ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν. Locative. 7:26 Καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀκούων μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους καὶ μὴ ποιῶν αὐτοὺς ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον· πᾶς ὁ ἀκούων μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους καὶ μὴ ποιῶν αὐτοὺς. Fronted as a topical frame. Jesus turns in 7:26 to the contrasting example of the one whose hearing of his teaching is not accompanied by obedient practice. πᾶς ὁ ἀκούων . . . καὶ μὴ ποιῶν. Nominative subject of ὁμοιωθήσεται. On πᾶς + art. participle, see 5:22 on ὁ ὀργιζόμενος. According to the Granville-­Sharp rule, which applies here, two substantives linked by καί and governed by a single article will consistently refer to the same



Matthew 7:25-27

159

person, provided the substantives are not plural, impersonal, or proper nouns (see Wallace, 270–­90). ὁ ἀκούων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἀκούω (substantival). μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ποιῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ποιέω (substantival). μου. Subjective genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τοὺς λόγους τούτους. Accusative direct object of ἀκούων. See 7:24. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ποιῶν. ὁμοιωθήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ὁμοιόω. See 7:24 on ὁμοιωθήσεται. ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ. Dative complement of ὁμοιωθήσεται. ὅστις. Nominative subject of ᾠκοδόμησεν. On the so-­called indefinite relative pronoun, see 2:6 on ὅστις. ᾠκοδόμησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg οἰκοδομέω. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. Once more, the preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). τὴν οἰκίαν. Accusative direct object of ᾠκοδόμησεν. ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον. Locative. ἄμμος, a Matthean hapax legomenon that refers to “a sandy subsoil” (BDAG, 54), refers, elsewhere in the NT (Rom 9:27; Heb 11:12; Rev 12:19; 20:8), to the sand of a seashore. 7:27 καὶ κατέβη ἡ βροχὴ καὶ ἦλθον οἱ ποταμοὶ καὶ ἔπνευσαν οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ προσέκοψαν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνῃ, καὶ ἔπεσεν καὶ ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη. κατέβη. Aor act ind 3rd sg καταβαίνω. ἡ βροχὴ. Nominative subject of κατέβη. See 7:25. ἦλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἔρχομαι. οἱ ποταμοὶ. Nominative subject of ἦλθον. See 7:25. ἔπνευσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl πνέω. οἱ ἄνεμοι. Nominative subject of ἔπνευσαν and προσέκοψαν. προσέκοψαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσκόπτω. τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐκείνῃ. Dative complement of προσέπεσαν. ἔπεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg πίπτω. ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ἡ πτῶσις. Nominative subject of ἦν. αὐτῆς. Subjective genitive. μεγάλη. Predicate adjective.

160

Matthew 7:28-­29

Matthew 7:28-­29 And it happened that when Jesus had finished these words, the crowds were amazed at his teaching, 29because he was teaching them as someone who had authority and not as their scribes. 28

7:28 Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους, ἐξεπλήσσοντο οἱ ὄχλοι ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ· Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Although καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε occurs occasionally across the LXX, in the NT only Matthew employs this construction and always as part of the literary signal that marks the conclusion of each of his five main discourses (καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. . . ; see, in addition to 7:28, 11:1; 13:53; 19:1; 26:1). See Zerwick (§389). ἐγένετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. ὅτε. Introduces a temporal clause. ἐτέλεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg τελέω. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐτέλεσεν. τοὺς λόγους τούτους. Accusative direct object of ἐτέλεσεν. ἐξεπλήσσοντο. Impf mid/pass ind 3rd pl ἐκπλήσσω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. οἱ ὄχλοι. Nominative subject of ἐξεπλήσσοντο. ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ. Cause. ἐπὶ functions here a “marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result” (BDAG, 364.6) that occurs “after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of” (BDAG, 365.6.c). αὐτοῦ. Subjective genitive. 7:29 ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς αὐτῶν. ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) takes the reader from the narrative mainline to provide the necessary background for 7:28b. διδάσκων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg διδάσκω (imperfect periphrastic). αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of διδάσκων. ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause. ἐξουσίαν. Accusative direct object of ἔχων. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἔχων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἔχω (substantival [Quarles, 77]). ἦν διδάσκων ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων is equivalent to ἦν διδάσκων ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων διδάσκει (“he was teaching as the one who has authority teaches”; cf. Burton §446). Here, then, Matthew makes a point about the manner



Matthew 7:28–8:2

161

of Jesus teaching by means of ὡς + a substantival participle. Alternatively, we might understand ἔχων, introduced by ὡς, to be an adverbial participle of manner (cf. Robertson, 1127). οὐχ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs but used here in an elliptical clause negating an implied participle (διδάσκων). In this Gospel, the participle is negated by οὐ only in 22:11. Burton (§485) finds seventeen such examples in the NT. ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause. οἱ γραμματεῖς. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause: “and not as their scribes (taught).” αὐτῶν. Genitive of relationship. Matthew 8:1-­4 1 When he had come down from the mountain, great crowds followed him. 2And behold, a leper, having approached Jesus, was bowing before him, saying, “Lord, if you are willing, you are able to make me clean.” 3 And stretching out his hand, he touched him, saying, “I am willing; be clean.” And immediately his leprosy was cleansed. 4Then Jesus says to him, “See that you don’t tell anyone, but instead go, show yourself to the priest and offer the gift that Moses prescribed, to bear testimony to them.”

8:1 Καταβάντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί. Καταβάντος. Aor act ptc masc gen sg καταβαίνω (genitive absolute, temporal). As usual (see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης), the genitive absolute establishes the frame through which the reader interprets the subsequent narrative. Here, it recalls 4:25-­5:1, so marking the resumption of the narrative after Matthew’s first major discourse. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of Καταβάντος. ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους. Separation. ἠκολούθησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀκολουθέω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἠκολούθησαν. ὄχλοι πολλοί. Nominative subject of ἠκολούθησαν. 8:2 καὶ ἰδοὺ λεπρὸς προσελθὼν προσεκύνει αὐτῷ λέγων· κύριε, ἐὰν θέλῃς δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces and draws attention to a leper, who will become a major participant in this scene.

162

Matthew 8:1-­4

λεπρὸς. Nominative subject of προσεκύνει. On the nature of the man’s disease, cf. LN (23.161): “a dreaded condition of the skin, including what is now regarded as leprosy, as well as certain other types of infectious skin diseases, resulting in a person’s being regarded as ceremonially unclean and thus excluded from normal relations with other people.” Fronted for emphasis. προσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. προσεκύνει. Impf act ind 3rd sg προσκυνέω. On Matthew’s use of the ambiguous verb προσκυνέω, which is unique to his account and which also featured prominently in the visit of the magi (2:2, 8, 11), see 18:26 on προσεκύνει. Here the leper respectfully bows before Jesus. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσεκύνει. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. κύριε. Vocative. Supplicants in Matthew often address Jesus as κύριος (cf. 8:6, 25; 9:28; 14:30; 15:22, 25, 27; 17:15; 20:30, 31, 33). Like προσκυνέω, κύριος is an ambiguous term. Matthew probably intends to exploit the ambiguity: without suggesting that the leper was either addressing Jesus in an exalted sense as “Lord” or worshipping him, the evangelist probably invites the reader to do both (pace Held, 265: “Many individual observations point to the fact that in the Jesus of the Matthaean miracle stories the risen Lord of the Church is intended. That is seen already in the term of address κύριε which the evangelist uses in numerous places. The frequent occurrence of προσκυνεῖν must be understood in the same sense”). See 18:26 on προσεκύνει. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. θέλῃς. Pres act subj 2nd sg θέλω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. δύνασαί. Pres mid ind 2nd sg δύναμαι. με. Accusative direct object of δύνασαι. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. καθαρίσαι. Aor act inf καθαρίζω (complementary). The infinitive stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). 8:3 καὶ ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἥψατο αὐτοῦ λέγων· θέλω, καθαρίσθητι· καὶ εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα. ἐκτείνας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐκτείνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων.



Matthew 8:3-4

163

τὴν χεῖρα. Accusative direct object of ἐκτείνας. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). ἥψατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἅπτω. αὐτοῦ. Genitive complement of ἥψατο. In Mark the pronoun follows τὴν χεῖρα and precedes ἥψατο; Matthew’s reordering removes the ambiguity—­αὐτοῦ does not signal possession (“his hand”) but is the genitive complement of the verb (“touched him”; cf. BDF §170.1). Elsewhere in Matthew, see 8:15; 9:20, 21, 29; 14:36; 17:7; 20:34. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. θέλω. Pres act ind 1st sg θέλω. καθαρίσθητι. Aor pass impv 2nd sg καθαρίζω. εὐθέως. The temporal adverb highlights the immediate efficacy of Jesus’ word. ἐκαθαρίσθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg καθαρίζω. αὐτοῦ. The genitive is loosely possessive (“his skin disease”—­i.e., “the skin disease from which he suffered”). The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). ἡ λέπρα. Nominative subject of ἐκαθαρίσθη. 8:4 καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς, ἀλλὰ ὕπαγε σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ καὶ προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) draws attention to the pronouncement that follows. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of λέγει. ὅρα. Pres act impv 2nd sg ὁράω. Here ὁράω means “to be alert or on guard, pay attention, see to it that” (BDAG, 720.2). μηδενὶ. Dative indirect object of εἴπῃς. Fronted for emphasis. εἴπῃς. Aor act subj 2nd sg λέγω. On the subjunctive, which can be understood either as a prohibitive subjunctive or as part of the clausal complement of ὅρα, see 18:10 on μὴ καταφρονήσητε. ἀλλὰ. As a marker of contrast (see 4:4 on ἀλλ᾽), it introduces the correction to the action prohibited in the preceding clause. ὕπαγε. Pres act impv 2nd sg ὑπάγω. σεαυτὸν. Accusative direct object of δεῖξον. Fronted as a topical frame. δεῖξον. Aor act impv 2nd sg δείκνυμι. τῷ ἱερεῖ. Dative indirect object of δεῖξον.

164

Matthew 8:5-­13

προσένεγκον. Aor act impv 2nd sg προσφέρω. τὸ δῶρον. Accusative direct object of προσένεγκον. ὅ. Accusative direct object of προσέταξεν. προσέταξεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg προστάσσω. Μωϋσῆς. Nominative subject of προσέταξεν. εἰς μαρτύριον. Purpose. αὐτοῖς. Following the verbal noun, the dative probably serves as an indirect object of the verbal notion embedded in the noun (or perhaps as dative of advantage; cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 163). The antecedent of the pronoun is not immediately obvious. If the antecedent is τῷ ἱερεῖ, then the plural pronoun is a constructio ad sensum—­the evangelist envisioning more than one priest (cf. MHT 3:40). Alternatively, the antecedent may be more general (and unexpressed): “for a proof to the people” (RSV); “so everyone will have proof of your healing” (NLT). Matthew 8:5-­13 When he had entered Capernaum, a centurion came to him, pleading with him, 6saying, “Lord, my slave is lying at home paralyzed, suffering terribly.” 7And he responds to him, “Shall I come and heal him?” 8 The centurion answered, “Lord, I am not worthy to have you come under my roof, but only give the command with a word, and my slave will be healed. 9For I also am a man under authority, who has soldiers under me, and I say to this one, ‘Go,’ and he goes, and to another, ‘Come,’ and he comes, and to my slave, ‘Do this,’ and he does it.” 10Now when Jesus heard this, he was amazed, and he said to those who were following him, “I am telling you the truth, I have not found such great faith in one person in Israel. 11But I say to you that many will come from east and west and recline at table with Abraham and Isaac and Jacob in heaven’s kingdom, 12but the heirs of the kingdom will be thrown out into outer darkness; there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” 13And Jesus said to the centurion: “Go! As you have believed, let it be done for you.” And his slave was healed at that hour. 5

8:5 Εἰσελθόντος δὲ αὐτοῦ εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἑκατόνταρχος παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν Εἰσελθόντος. Aor act ptc masc gen sg εἰσέρχομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of Εἰσελθόντος. εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ. Locative.



Matthew 8:5-6

165

προσῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσῆλθεν. ἑκατόνταρχος. Nominative subject of προσῆλθεν. παρακαλῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg παρακαλέω (manner). While it is not impossible, as Quarles (79) points out, that the participle is attributive, more probably it is adverbial and, following its finite verb (see 1:20 on λέγων), it offers elaboration: the centurion approached Jesus with a pressing request. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of παρακαλῶν. 8:6 καὶ λέγων· κύριε, ὁ παῖς μου βέβληται ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ παραλυτικός, δεινῶς βασανιζόμενος. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). Like παρακαλῶν, λέγων elaborates the action of προσῆλθεν (see 1:20 on λέγων) but is redundant after παρακαλῶν. κύριε. Vocative. On the use of κύριε by supplicants to address Jesus, see 8:2. ὁ παῖς. Nominative subject of βέβληται. While παῖς can denote “a young person, normally below the age of puberty” (LN 9.41; cf. Matt 2:16; 21:15) or “one’s immediate offspring” (LN 10.36; cf. Matt 17:18), here it probably refers instead to “a slave, possibly serving as a personal servant and thus with the implication of kindly regard” (LN 87.77). Certainly this is the case in the Lukan parallel, where the boy is described as both παῖς (Luke 7:7) and δοῦλος (Luke 7:2, 3, 10). Fronted as a topical frame. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. βέβληται. Prf pass ind 3rd sg βάλλω. France explains that “[t]he use of βάλλομαι, ‘to be thrown,’ here, in v. 14 and in 9:2 is an idiom for lying down in connection with illness or recovery (cf. Mark 7:30; Rev 2:22; similarly Luke 16:20). There is no necessary nuance of violence, but rather of the person’s inability to get up” (2007, 303 n. 9). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. Locative. παραλυτικός. Nominative complement to ὁ παῖς in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). δεινῶς. An adverb of measure denoting “an extreme point on a scale involving negative values” (LN 78.24). It occurs in Matthew only here and, elsewhere in the NT, only in Luke 11:53. Fronted for emphasis. βασανιζόμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg βασανίζω (manner). Following its finite verb (see 1:20 on λέγων), the adverbial participle offers elaboration: the centurion’s servant is lying at home suffering.

166

Matthew 8:5-­13

8:7 καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν θεραπεύσω αὐτόν. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγει. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) highlights the utterance that follows. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of θεραπεύσω. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. θεραπεύσω. Fut act ind 1st sg θεραπεύω. Since our earliest NT MSS do not include punctuation, 8:7b can be read either as an affirmation (“I will come and heal him”) or as a question, perhaps even an indignant one (“Shall I come and heal him?”). While the immediate context is not decisive, the developing Matthean narrative (esp. 15:21-­28) strongly suggests that this should be read as a question (against the near unanimity of English translations; but see now NIV 2011). αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of θεραπεύσω. 8:8 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος ἔφη· κύριε, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς ἵνα μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέλθῃς, ἀλλὰ μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ, καὶ ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. The redundant frame (see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς) highlights the centurion’s remarkable response to Jesus, which follows immediately. ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος. Nominative subject of ἔφη. ἔφη. Aor/impf act ind 3rd sg φημί. κύριε. Vocative. On the use of κύριε by supplicants to address Jesus, see 8:2. οὐκ . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. εἰμὶ. Pres act ind 1st sg εἰμί. Enclitics retain their accents (see 1:20 on σου) when preceded by οὐ (Carson 1985a, 49). ἱκανὸς. Predicate adjective. ἵνα. Introduces a clause that is epexegetical to ἱκανὸς. Caragounis (218–­19 n. 286), however, thinks that ἵνα introduces a result clause in this context. μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). μου. Possessive. The preposed pronoun (contrast Luke 7:6) is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.



Matthew 8:7-9

167

ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην. Locative. εἰσέλθῃς. Aor act subj 2nd sg εἰσέρχομαι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. μόνον. The adverbial accusative, which is unique to Matthew, underlines the centurion’s confidence in Jesus’ word. εἰπὲ. Aor act impv 2nd sg λέγω. λόγῳ. Dative of instrument. καὶ. Introduces the consequences of the preceding imperatival clause (see 11:28). The construction has conditional force: “If you only command with a word, my servant will be healed.” Cf. BDF (§442.2). ἰαθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg ἰάομαι. Matthew’s future indicative (Luke has an aorist imperative) once more places an accent on the confidence of the centurion. ὁ παῖς. Nominative subject of ἰαθήσεται. On παῖς, see 8:6. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 8:9 καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, ἔχων ὑπ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας, καὶ λέγω τούτῳ· πορεύθητι, καὶ πορεύεται, καὶ ἄλλῳ· ἔρχου, καὶ ἔρχεται, καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου· ποίησον τοῦτο, καὶ ποιεῖ. καὶ. The meaning of the centurion’s response turns, in part, on the adjunctive use of καὶ (“I also am a man under authority”; see 5:39), occasionally neglected in English translations (e.g., RSV: “For I am a man under authority”; cf. CEB; NLT). The centurion compares himself to Jesus. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a sentence that supports 8:8b. Since, like Jesus, the centurion lives under authority, he understands that Jesus need not be present to heal his servant. When the centurion speaks, Rome speaks; when Jesus speaks, the God of Israel speaks. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of εἰμι. Fronted as a topical frame. ἄνθρωπός. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis. The anarthrous preverbal predicate nominative (see Wallace, 256–­62), modified by ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, is probably qualitative: “I also am a person under authority.” εἰμι. Pres act ind 1st sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν. Subordination. ἔχων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἔχω (attributive). ὑπ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν. Subordination. στρατιώτας. Accusative direct object of ἔχων. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. τούτῳ. Dative indirect object of λέγω.

168

Matthew 8:5-­13

πορεύθητι. Aor mid impv 2nd sg πορεύομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. πορεύεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg πορεύομαι. ἄλλῳ. Dative indirect object of an implied λέγω. ἔρχου. Pres mid impv 2nd sg ἔρχομαι. ἔρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. τῷ δούλῳ. Dative indirect object of an implied λέγω. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ποίησον. Aor act impv 2nd sg ποιέω. τοῦτο. Accusative direct object of ποίησον. ποιεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. 8:10 ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐθαύμασεν καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς ἀκολουθοῦσιν· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, παρ᾽ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον. ἀκούσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀκούω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐθαύμασεν. ἐθαύμασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg θαυμάζω. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τοῖς ἀκολουθοῦσιν. Pres act ptc masc dat pl ἀκολουθέω (substantival). Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. παρ᾽ οὐδενὶ . . . ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). παρ᾽ οὐδενὶ. παρά functions here as a “marker of connection of a quality or characteristic w[ith] a person” (BDAG, 757.4). Although most witnesses read οὐδὲ (in assimilation to the parallel in Luke 7:9), NA28 and SBLGNT rightly regard παρ᾽ οὐδενὶ as original. Matthew puts a slightly sharper edge on Jesus’ polemical point: “I have not found such great faith in one person in Israel.” τοσαύτην πίστιν. Accusative direct object of εὗρον. ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ. Locative. εὗρον. Aor act ind 1st sg εὑρίσκω.



Matthew 8:10-12

169

8:11 Λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ὅτι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν ἥξουσιν καὶ ἀνακλιθήσονται μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν, Λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ὅτι. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). Λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of Λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [NIV 2011; LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV; NET] discourse) of Λέγω. πολλοὶ. Nominative subject of ἥξουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν. Source. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἥξουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl ἥκω. ἀνακλιθήσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ἀνακλίνω. Alternatively, we might find a passive sense in the verb (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 469, with reference to Luke 13:29), but already Robertson (334, 357) noted that a passive sense was not obvious. See further “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. μετὰ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ. Association/accompaniment. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ. Locative; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. 8:12 οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον· ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. οἱ . . . υἱοὶ. Nominative subject of ἐκβληθήσονται. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τῆς βασιλείας. Genitive of identification (“the heirs of the kingdom”). ἐκβληθήσονται. Fut pass ind 3rd pl ἐκβάλλω. εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον. Locative. ἐκεῖ. Predicate adverb of place. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς. Compound nominative subject of ἔσται. τῶν ὀδόντων. The genitive is probably objective but some take it to be subjective (e.g., Quarles, 81).

170

Matthew 8:14-­17

8:13 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ ἑκατοντάρχῃ· ὕπαγε, ὡς ἐπίστευσας γενηθήτω σοι. καὶ ἰάθη ὁ παῖς [αὐτοῦ] ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. τῷ ἑκατοντάρχῃ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ὕπαγε. Pres act impv 2nd sg ὑπάγω. ὡς. “A comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth[ing] proceeds” (BDAG, 1103.1). ἐπίστευσας. Aor act ind 2nd sg πιστεύω. γενηθήτω. Aor mid impv 3rd sg γίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. σοι. Dative of advantage. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἰάθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg ἰάομαι. ὁ παῖς. Nominative subject of ἰάθη. On παῖς, see 8:6. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). [αὐτοῦ]. Possessive genitive. In spite of its presence in most witnesses, the pronoun was probably a later, scribal addition (note its absence in ‫ א‬B 0281 ƒ1 et al.) that makes explicit what is already obvious in the narrative. SBLGNT rightly omits it. ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ. Temporal. Matthew 8:14-­17 14 And when Jesus entered Peter’s house, he saw Peter’s mother-­in-­law lying down and suffering from a fever; 15he touched her hand, and the fever left her, and she got up and began waiting on him. 16Now when evening had come, they brought to him many who were demon possessed; and he cast out the spirits with a word and healed all who were sick, 17 in order that what was spoken through Isaiah, the prophet, might be fulfilled, who said, “He took up our infirmities and carried our diseases.”

8:14 Καὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Πέτρου εἶδεν τὴν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ βεβλημένην καὶ πυρέσσουσαν· ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶδεν. εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. Locative. Πέτρου. Possessive genitive. Levinsohn (151) finds in the parallel in Luke 4:38 (εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Σίμωνος) a counterexample to the Canon of



Matthew 8:13-15

171

Apollonius, arguing that the key factor in the retention of the article is not whether the head noun is articular but whether the reference to the person is anaphoric (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 148). Matt 8:14 offers another such counterexample. With respect to Matthew’s Gospel, Levinsohn points out that “Simon is introduced for the first time in 4:18 and reactivated in 8:14 with an anarthrous reference at the beginning of the episode. However, once the apostles have been called (10:2ff.), the first reference to Peter in each episode in which he has an individual part to play is normally articular (e.g., 14:28 [UBS text], 15:15, 16:22, 17:1, 17:24)” (154). εἶδεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὁράω. τὴν πενθερὰν. Accusative direct object of εἶδεν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. βεβλημένην. Prf pass ptc fem acc sg βάλλω (attributive). The first accusative complement to τὴν πενθερὰν in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν; on the use of βάλλω here, see 8:6 on βέβληται. πυρέσσουσαν. Pres act ptc fem acc sg πυρέσσω (attributive). The second accusative complement to τὴν πενθερὰν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. πυρέσσω (“suffer with a fever” [BDAG, 899]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon that occurs elsewhere in the NT only in the parallel in Mark 1:30. 8:15 καὶ ἥψατο τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός, καὶ ἠγέρθη καὶ διηκόνει αὐτῷ. ἥψατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἅπτω. τῆς χειρὸς. Genitive complement of ἥψατο. αὐτῆς. Possessive genitive. ἀφῆκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. αὐτὴν. Accusative direct object of ἀφῆκεν. ὁ πυρετός. Nominative subject of ἀφῆκεν. ἠγέρθη. Aor mid/pass ind 3rd sg ἐγείρω. The voice of the verb could be either middle (as in the translation above) or passive (“she was raised”); see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. διηκόνει. Impf act ind 3rd sg διακονέω. While it is potentially misleading to describe this verb as an ingressive imperfect (see the discussion of tense labels in the Series Introduction) the context does make it plain that Peter’s mother-­in-­law was beginning to serve at this point. Moreover, “[c]onjoining an imperfect active verb to an aorist active verb that has the same subject using καί . . . or using an imperfect verb that

172

Matthew 8:14-­17

is modified by a preceding aorist participle . . . appears to be a common means of pointing to (but not emphasizing) the onset of an event that is portrayed as a process, though it does not always function in this manner. When it does, an ingressive translation is appropriate. . . . The same is true when an imperfect verb follows an aorist temporal clause” (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 50). αὐτῷ. Dative complement of διηκόνει. 8:16 Ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς· καὶ ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ καὶ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας ἐθεράπευσεν, Ὀψίας. Genitive subject of γενομένης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γενομένης. Aor mid ptc fem gen sg γίνομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. προσήνεγκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσφέρω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of προσήνεγκαν. δαιμονιζομένους. Pres pass ptc masc acc pl δαιμονίζομαι (substantival). δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς. Accusative direct object of προσήνεγκαν. ἐξέβαλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐκβάλλω. τὰ πνεύματα. Accusative direct object of ἐξέβαλεν. λόγῳ. Dative of instrument. πάντας τοὺς . . . ἔχοντας. Accusative direct object of ἐθεράπευσεν. On πᾶς + art. participle, see 5:22 on ὁ ὀργιζόμενος. τοὺς . . . ἔχοντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl ἔχω (substantival). τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας. An idiom (lit. “those having badly”) for being ill (LN 23.148); cf. 4:24. ἐθεράπευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg θεραπεύω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). 8:17 ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος· αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν. ὅπως. Introduces a purpose clause. πληρωθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg πληρόω. Subjunctive with ὅπως. τὸ ῥηθὲν. Aor pass ptc neut nom sg λέγω (substantival). Nominative subject of πληρωθῇ. διὰ Ἠσαΐου. Intermediate agency. τοῦ προφήτου. Genitive in apposition to Ἠσαΐου. λέγοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λέγω (attributive). αὐτὸς. Nominative subject of ἔλαβεν. Fronted as a topical frame.



Matthew 8:16-18

173

τὰς ἀσθενείας. Accusative direct object of ἔλαβεν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἡμῶν. The genitive is loosely possessive (“the illnesses that were ours”—­i.e., “the illnesses from which we suffered”). ἔλαβεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λαμβάνω. τὰς νόσους. Accusative direct object of ἐβάστασεν. ἐβάστασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg βαστάζω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position. Matthew 8:18-­22 Now when Jesus saw the crowd around him, he issued the command to cross over to the other side (of the lake). 19And a scribe, approaching, said to him, “Teacher, I will follow you wherever you go.” 20And Jesus says to him, “Foxes have dens and the birds of the air nests, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.” 21Another of the disciples said to him, “Master, permit me first to go and to bury my father.” 22But Jesus says to him, “Follow me, and let the dead bury their own dead.” 18

8:18 Ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὄχλον περὶ αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν. Ἰδὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὁράω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐκέλευσεν. ὄχλον. Accusative direct object of ἰδὼν. πολλοὺς ὄχλους receives widespread support and is adopted by SBLGNT. But the singular οχλον (with important but very limited support: B samss) best explains the rise of the other variants (cf. Metzger, 17: “the other readings are to be explained as amplifications made in order to emphasize the size of the crowd around Jesus”) and probably is to be preferred (so WH, NA28). περὶ αὐτὸν. Locative. ἐκέλευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κελεύω. ἀπελθεῖν. Aor act inf ἀπέρχομαι (indirect discourse). εἰς τὸ πέραν. Locative. τὸ πέραν. The article acts as a nominalizer, changing the adverb (“beyond”) into a noun phrase (“the other side”).

174

Matthew 8:18-­22

8:19 καὶ προσελθὼν εἷς γραμματεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ· διδάσκαλε, ἀκολουθήσω σοι ὅπου ἐὰν ἀπέρχῃ. προσελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἷς γραμματεὺς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. We might have expected τις instead εἷς here (cf. Luke 9:57, where τις is the only introduction to the man that Luke offers), but as Caragounis (113) notes, “[i]n the NT the cardinal numerals εἷς, μία, ἕν, are losing their numerical value and are being reduced to an indefinite pronoun. Thus, Mt 8:19: προσελθὼν εἷς γραμματεὺς . . . Although older examples are not lacking, this development gains in incidence during P[ostclassical] times, and has since led to the total substitution in N[eohellenic] Demotic of the indefinite pronoun τις, τις, τι by the cardinals ἕνας, μία, ἕνα.” Cf. BDF (§247.2). εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. διδάσκαλε. Vocative. Only Matthew includes the vocative, which helps to characterize the scribe (γραμματεὺς is also uniquely Matthean), since, as Kingsbury (1988b, 51) has pointed out, elsewhere in Matthew only those who are not Jesus’ followers address him as “teacher.” ἀκολουθήσω. Fut act ind 1st sg ἀκολουθέω. σοι. Dative complement of ἀκολουθήσω. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὅπου ἐὰν. Introduces an indefinite locative clause (cf. BDAG, 717.1.a.δ). ἀπέρχῃ. Pres mid subj 2nd sg ἀπέρχομαι. Subjunctive with ἐάν. 8:20 καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις, ὁ δὲ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται, and contrast εἶπεν in Luke 9:58) highlights the utterance that follows. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of λέγει. αἱ ἀλώπεκες. Nominative subject of ἔχουσιν. The article is generic. Fronted as a topical frame. φωλεοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἔχουσιν. Fronted for emphasis. ἔχουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἔχω.



Matthew 8:19-21

175

τὰ πετεινὰ. Nominative subject of an implied ἔχει. The article is again generic. Fronted as a topical frame. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Genitive of place (“birds of the air”). As usual in this Gospel, the singular οὐρανός denotes the visible, created realm above the earth—­the sky (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). κατασκηνώσεις. Accusative direct object of an implied ἔχει. ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. For the first time in this narrative, Jesus employs this title as a self-­designation. Although the significance of the phrase, which is not idiomatic Greek and must be explained by appeal to Semitic antecedents (Collins, 341), remains a matter of contention (cf. Davies and Allison, 2:43: “Study of the mysterious synoptic title, ‘Son of man’, has become a specialized field wherein scholarly discord reigns supreme”), there is good reason to think that, for both Jesus and the evangelists, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου identifies Jesus with the figure introduced in Daniel 7. In Matthew’s Gospel, the allusions to Daniel 7 become more obvious as the narrative moves to its climax. For an introduction to recent discussion of the term, see Davies and Allison (2:43–­52) and Bock (2013, 894–­900). Fronted as a topical frame. ὁ . . . υἱὸς. Nominative subject of ἔχει. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. ποῦ. The adverb introduces an indirect question that serves as the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of ἔχει. τὴν κεφαλὴν. Accusative direct object of κλίνῃ. κλίνῃ. Aor or pres act subj 3rd sg κλίνω (deliberative subjunctive; cf. McKay 1994, §13.4.1). 8:21 ἕτερος δὲ τῶν μαθητῶν [αὐτοῦ] εἶπεν αὐτῷ· κύριε, ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου. ἕτερος δὲ τῶν μαθητῶν [αὐτοῦ]. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἕτερος. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τῶν μαθητῶν. Partitive genitive. Like εἷς γραμματεὺς in 8:19, τῶν μαθητῶν is uniquely Matthean. Given the obvious contrasts in Matthew’s presentation of the two characters who approach Jesus in 8:18-­22 (see further κύριε below), it seems likely that he thinks their situations quite distinct. The first comes to Jesus as a would-­be disciple, while the second approaches Jesus as someone who had already begun to follow him (Kingsbury 1988b, 45–­59; Luz 2001–­2007, 2:18; contra Carson

176

Matthew 8:18-­22

1984, 207–­8; Barton, 144–­46). NJB attempts to make this distinction clearer by translating ἕτερος δὲ τῶν μαθητῶν [αὐτοῦ] as “Another man, one of the disciples . . .” It must be admitted, however, that even if (as I think) this is what Matthew means, it is not quite what he says. A more natural translation of the syntax is simply “Another of the disciples . . .” [αὐτοῦ]. Genitive of relationship. Although the pronoun has widespread support, its absence from both ‫ א‬and B (as well as 33 it sa) is striking. Moreover, the later addition of αὐτοῦ as a natural complement is perfectly understandable. Metzger (17–­18; cf. France 2007, 323 n. 5) discusses the possibility that αὐτοῦ was original and omitted intentionally in order to avoid giving the impression that the scribe of 8:18-­19 was also one of Jesus’ disciples but, as he also notes, it is ἕτερος and not αὐτοῦ that naturally (if incorrectly) leads to that inference. SBLGNT rightly omits the pronoun, as WH had earlier. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. κύριε. Vocative. In contrast to the scribe in 8:19-­20 who calls Jesus “teacher,” this man addresses him as “master.” On the use of κύριε by supplicants to address Jesus, see 8:2. ἐπίτρεψόν. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἐπιτρέπω. μοι. Dative complement of ἐπίτρεψόν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. πρῶτον. Adverbial accusative. ἀπελθεῖν. Aor act inf ἀπέρχομαι (complementary). Whereas Luke employs an attributive participle here (ἀπελθόντι; see Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 338), so placing the emphasis squarely on the following infinitive (θάψαι), the Matthean construction makes the two actions parallel: the man asks permission to leave and to bury. θάψαι. Aor act inf θάπτω (complementary). τὸν πατέρα. Accusative direct object of θάψαι. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 8:22 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτῷ· ἀκολούθει μοι καὶ ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς. ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of λέγει. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. As in 8:20, the historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) highlights the utterance that follows. Luke (9:60) again prefers the aorist εἶπεν. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει.



Matthew 8:22

177

ἀκολούθει. Pres act impv 2nd sg ἀκολουθέω. μοι. Dative complement of ἀκολούθει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἄφες. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἀφίημι. Probably, as Caragounis (166) suggests, the imperative followed by the infinitive does not, in this context, express two verbal ideas but one (“let them bury”). See further τοὺς νεκροὺς and θάψαι below. τοὺς νεκροὺς. If ἄφες . . . θάψαι expresses only one verbal idea (see ἄφες above), then τοὺς νεκροὺς functions as the accusative subject of the infinitive θάψαι. If the imperative retains full verbal force (“leave”; “allow”), then τοὺς νεκροὺς is the accusative direct object of ἄφες. Most interpreters have understood τοὺς νεκροὺς metaphorically: the spiritually dead, those who have not embraced the life of discipleship (e.g., Davies and Allison, 2:56). Against this majority interpretation, Luz (2001–­2007, 2:19) argues that “[t]he logion is an oxymoron, not a metaphorical riddle. It does not invite us to discover a hidden meaning of ‘dead’; it is intended to shock and alienate. The ‘dead’ gravediggers are presumably not ‘spiritually’ dead but really dead.” Probably the majority interpretation is correct. θάψαι. Aor act inf θάπτω. If ἄφες . . . θάψαι expresses only one verbal idea (see ἄφες above), the infinitive is complementary. If the imperative retains full verbal force (“leave”; “allow”), the infinitive probably expresses purpose: “[L]eave the dead so that they can bury their own dead.” τοὺς . . . νεκρούς. Accusative direct object of θάψαι. ἑαυτῶν. Genitive of relationship. Matthew 8:23-­27 And as he got into the boat, his disciples followed him. 24And, behold, a violent storm arose on the lake, so that the boat was being hidden because of the waves; but he was sleeping. 25And, coming, they woke him, saying, “Master, save! We are perishing!” 26He says to them, “Why are you afraid, O you of little faith?” Then, getting up, he rebuked the winds and the lake, and there was a great calm. 27But the men were amazed, saying, “What sort of person is this, because even the winds and the lake obey him?” 23

178

Matthew 8:23-­27

8:23 Καὶ ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ πλοῖον. A topic or cleft construction—­that is, “a focusing device that highlights information at the beginning of a sentence that is repeated later in the same sentence” (Young, 15; cf. Runge 2010, 287–­313, on what he calls “left-­dislocations”). ἐμβάντι. Aor act ptc masc dat sg ἐμβαίνω (attributive). The participle should not be regarded as temporal (LEB) or as a “dative absolute” (Quarles, 85), since, as Culy (2003) has demonstrated, adverbial participles are nominative in case, agreeing with the subject of the verb. The only exceptions to this are genitive absolutes (which explicitly signal that their subject is not the subject of the main verb) and participles that modify infinitives whose “subjects” are in the accusative case. While, in this instance, English may demand a temporal construction in translation, this does not mean that syntactically the participle is adverbial. As an attributive modifier of αὐτῷ, the participle focuses attention on αὐτῷ, whose antecedent is Jesus (lit. “And he who was getting into the boat, his disciples followed him”). αὐτῷ. The pronoun forms part of the cleft construction and is picked up by the resumptive αὐτῷ in the next clause. εἰς τὸ πλοῖον. Locative. ἠκολούθησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀκολουθέω. αὐτῷ. The pronoun is resumptive, picking up the earlier αὐτῷ, and serves as the dative complement of ἠκολούθησαν. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἠκολούθησαν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. 8:24 καὶ ἰδοὺ σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐκάθευδεν. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and draws attention to, the great storm that arose on the lake, presumably unexpectedly. Although I have opted to translate the interjection “behold,” perhaps “suddenly” would approximate the force of ἰδοὺ in more idiomatic English (so CEV). σεισμὸς μέγας. Nominative subject of ἐγένετο. What Mark describes as a λαῖλαψ (“sudden and violent gusts of winds” [LN 14.6]), Matthew refers to as a σεισμὸς, which more commonly denotes the violent shaking of an earthquake (cf. BDAG, 918.a) but here describes a “storm . . . w[ith] waves caused by high winds” (BDAG, 918.b). Fronted for emphasis.



Matthew 8:23-25

179

ἐγένετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ. Locative. ὥστε. Introduces a result clause. τὸ πλοῖον. Accusative subject of the infinitive καλύπτεσθαι. καλύπτεσθαι. Pres pass inf καλύπτω. Used with ὥστε to indicate result. As Caragounis (183) observes, in contrast to classical Greek, “the NT occurrences of ὥστε with infinitive seldom express a consequent possibility; they are used mostly to express actual result.” Here “the infinitive construction has encroached on the classical indicative construction” (Caragounis, 184). καλύπτω means “to cause to be covered in some physical way” (BDAG, 505.1). The imperfective aspect depicts the action internally, as a process. ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων. Cause. While ὑπό + genitive typically signals agency, Harris (2012, 220) notes that in both classical and NT Greek ὑπό + genitive of a thing (instead of a person) personifies the thing and denotes causation (cf. Robertson, 820). αὐτὸς. Nominative subject of ἐκάθευδεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐκάθευδεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg καθεύδω. The imperfect shifts the reader’s attention from the narrative mainline (for which Matthew uses the aorist ἐγένετο) to introduce background or supplementary information about what Jesus was doing in the midst of the action before continuing the narrative. 8:25 καὶ προσελθόντες ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες· κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα. προσελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἤγειραν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐγείρω. The verb ἐγείρω means “to cause someone to wake from sleep, wake, rouse” (BDAG, 271.1). αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἤγειραν. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner or means [Quarles, 86]). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. κύριε. Vocative. On the use of κύριε by supplicants to address Jesus, see 8:2. σῶσον. Aor act impv 2nd sg σῴζω. Unless we follow K L W Γ et al., which include ἡμᾶς after σῶσον—­almost certainly a later, predictable scribal expansion—­σῶσον has no expressed object but is instead followed by another verb that helps to express the urgency of the request.

180

Matthew 8:23-­27

Virtually all English translations make the implied object explicit (cf. France 2007, 331 n. 4: “The staccato original is dramatically effective but perhaps too stark in English”). My translation, by contrast, attempts to capture the urgency of the request and so follows Matthew in omitting the object. ἀπολλύμεθα. Pres mid ind 1st pl ἀπόλλυμι. This indicative verb grounds the preceding imperative. 8:26 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι; τότε ἐγερθεὶς ἐπετίμησεν τοῖς ἀνέμοις καὶ τῇ θαλάσσῃ, καὶ ἐγένετο γαλήνη μεγάλη. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) highlights the utterance that follows. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. τί. Adverbial: an “interrogative expression of reason for, why?” (BDAG, 1007.2). Here the interrogative introduces a rhetorical question. δειλοί. Predicate adjective. In the NT, δειλός (“cowardly, timid” [BDAG, 215]) appears only here, in the parallel at Mark 4:40, and in Rev 21:8. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστε. Pres act ind 2nd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὀλιγόπιστοι. Vocative. Since the vocative, which is unique to Matthew, does not play a necessary role in identifying the addressees, its function is rhetorical, characterizing the addressees (see Runge 2010, 349–­63). τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). ἐγερθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἐγείρω (attendant circumstance). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐπετίμησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐπιτιμάω. τοῖς ἀνέμοις καὶ τῇ θαλάσσῃ. Dative complement of ἐπετίμησεν. ἐγένετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. γαλήνη μεγάλη. Nominative subject of ἐγένετο. In the NT, γαλήνη (“an unruffled surface on a body of water, a calm, on a lake” [BDAG, 187]) occurs only here and in the parallels in Mark 4:39 and Luke 8:24.



Matthew 8:26-27

181

8:27 οἱ δὲ ἄνθρωποι ἐθαύμασαν λέγοντες· ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν; οἱ . . . ἄνθρωποι. Nominative subject of ἐθαύμασαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐθαύμασαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl θαυμάζω. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. After θαυμάζω sometimes “the expr[ession] of amazement is added w[ith] λέγων, λέγοντες” (BDAG, 444.1.a.α). Cf. Matt 9:33; 21:20; Luke 8:25; John 7:15; Acts 2:7. ποταπός. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οὗτος. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). ὅτι. ὅτι could be (1) causal, introducing the reason for the disciples’ astonishment and, so, for their question (Zerwick §420; cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 272); (2) consecutive, introducing the actions that result from the sort of person Jesus is (Robertson, 1001; MHT 3:318; Caragounis, 184); or (3) epexegetical, explaining its antecedent οὗτος (Wallace, 460, 678; cf. Decker 2014a, 115). I think a causal sense is most likely, but however one understands the precise force of ὅτι here, on each of these readings the ὅτι clause explains the disciples’ astonishment. καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). καὶ. Ascensive (“even”); see 5:39. οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα. Compound nominative subject of ὑπακούουσιν. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ὑπακούουσιν. ὑπακούουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ὑπακούω. Whereas Mark has a 3rd sg verb, Matthew’s (and Luke’s) verb is plural, agreeing with the compound subject (on compound subjects with singular verbs in Matthew, see 2:5 on ἐταράχθη). Matthew 8:28-­34 28 And when he had come to the other side, to the region of the Gadarenes, two demon-­possessed men, who were coming out from the tombs, met him, so violent that no one was able to pass by through that route. 29And behold, they cried out, “What have we to do with you, Son of God? Have you come here before the appointed time to torment us?”

182

Matthew 8:28-­34

Now there was, at some distance from them, a herd of many pigs feeding. 31And the demons were imploring him, “If you cast us out, send us into the herd of pigs.” 32He said to them, “Go.” So, going out, they went away into the pigs; and, behold, the whole herd of pigs rushed down the cliff into the lake and died in the waters. 33And those tending the pigs fled and, going away to the town, reported everything, including what had happened to the demon-­possessed men. 34And behold, the whole town went out to meet Jesus and, when they saw him, they implored him to leave their region. 30

8:28 Καὶ ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ πέραν εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν ὑπήντησαν αὐτῷ δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἐξερχόμενοι, χαλεποὶ λίαν, ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης. ἐλθόντος. Aor act ptc masc gen sg ἔρχομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. The adverbial clause introduced by the genitive absolute links this pericope to the preceding narrative (cf. 8:18, 23-­27) and sets the stage for this pericope. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of ἐλθόντος. εἰς τὸ πέραν. Locative. τὸ πέραν. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the adverb (“beyond”) into a noun phrase (“the other side”). εἰς τὴν χώραν. Locative. This second PP introduced by εἰς restricts the first, offering more specific geographical information (Decker 2014a, 116). τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν. Genitive of identification (“the region where the Gadarenes lived”). Together, the support that it receives (‫[ *א‬Γαζαρηνων] B C [Δ] Θ sys.p.h; Epiph) and the fact that the alternative readings seem to have emerged in assimilation to the synoptic parallels (Mark 5:1; Luke 8:26) make Γαδαρηνῶν the preferred reading here (so both NA28 and SBLGNT). See the helpful discussion by Metzger (18–­19). ὑπήντησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ὑπαντάω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ὑπήντησαν. δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι . . . χαλεποὶ λίαν. Nominative subject of ὑπήντησαν. In the NT, the adjective χαλεπός, modified here by the adverb λίαν (BDAG, 594.b.α), appears only here and 2 Tim 3:1. It describes things that are “troublesome, hard, difficult” and can, as here, have connotations of violence (BDAG, 1075). δαιμονιζόμενοι. Pres mid ptc masc nom pl δαιμονίζομαι (substantival). Alternatively, δύο could be substantival and modified by an attributive participle, δαιμονιζόμενοι (so Quarles, 87). ἐκ τῶν μνημείων. Separation. Fronted for emphasis.



Matthew 8:28-29

183

ἐξερχόμενοι. Pres mid ptc masc nom pl ἐξέρχομαι. While the participle could be adverbial (so, apparently, NJB: “[T]wo demoniacs came towards him out of the tombs”; cf. ESV), the word order suggests that it is more likely attributive (so NET: “[T]wo demon-­possessed men coming from the tombs met him”). ὥστε. Introduces a result clause. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ἰσχύειν. Pres act inf ἰσχύω. Used with ὥστε to express result (see 8:24 on καλύπτεσθαι). τινὰ. Accusative subject of the infinitive ἰσχύειν. παρελθεῖν. Aor act inf παρέρχομαι (complementary). διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης. Locative. 8:29 καὶ ἰδοὺ ἔκραξαν λέγοντες· τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, υἱὲ τοῦ θεοῦ; ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς; ἰδοὺ. Preceding a verb of speech, the interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) draws attention to the startling utterance that follows immediately. ἔκραξαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl κράζω. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί. An idiom (lit. “What [is] to us and to you?”) that asks, rhetorically, “What have we to do with you?”—­that is, “What business it is of yours to interfere with us?” or, as NET translates, “Leave us alone!” In the NT, the idiom occurs only here, in the parallel texts in Mark 5:7 and Luke 8:28, in Mark 1:24 and its parallel in Luke 4:34, and in John 2:4 (cf. Matt 27:19). In the LXX, we find the same idiom in Judg 11:12, 2 Sam 16:10; 19:23; 1 Kgs 17:18, 2 Kgs 3:13, and 2 Chr 35:21 (cf. Josh 22:24). The expression is always abrupt, is often harsh, and consistently introduces distance between the speaker and hearer. τί. Nominative subject in a verbless equative clause. ἡμῖν . . . σοί. Datives of reference (so Young, 47) or possession (cf. Wallace, 150–­51). υἱὲ. Vocative. τοῦ θεοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἦλθες. Aor act ind 2nd sg ἔρχομαι. ὧδε. Adverb of place. πρὸ καιροῦ. Temporal. The uniquely Matthean PP places on the lips of the demons an admission of ultimate defeat. While καιρός can refer quite generally to time (BDAG, 497.1), it can also refer to a “definite, fixed time” (BDAG, 498.2), including the time of crisis envisioned at the

184

Matthew 8:28-­34

end of the age (BDAG, 498.3). Here the preposition suggests a particular time, presumably the final judgment. Fronted for emphasis. βασανίσαι. Aor act inf βασανίζω (purpose). ἡμᾶς. Accusative direct object of βασανίσαι. 8:30 ἦν δὲ μακρὰν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀγέλη χοίρων πολλῶν βοσκομένη. ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μακρὰν. Adverb of place (BDAG, 612.1.a.α). ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν. Separation. ἀγέλη. Nominative subject of ἦν. χοίρων πολλῶν. Genitive of identification (“a herd of many pigs”). βοσκομένη. Pres mid ptc fem nom sg βόσκω (attributive). The participle either forms an imperfect periphrastic together with ἦν (so most English versions [NRSV; ESV; NET; NIV 2011]; Quarles, 87) or is attributive (so NJB). But both the distance between the finite verb and the participle (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 279) and contextual factors—­while the periphrastic construction places the focus on the herd’s feeding, taking ἦν independently puts the focus on their presence (Decker 2014a, 122)—­make an attributive sense more likely. 8:31 οἱ δὲ δαίμονες παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν λέγοντες· εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς, ἀπόστειλον ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοίρων. οἱ . . . δαίμονες. Nominative subject of παρεκάλουν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. παρεκάλουν. Impf act ind 3rd pl παρακαλέω. The imperfective aspect depicts the action internally, as a process. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of παρεκάλουν. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. ἐκβάλλεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg ἐκβάλλω. ἡμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλλεις. ἀπόστειλον. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἀποστέλλω. ἡμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ἀπόστειλον. εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην. Locative. τῶν χοίρων. Genitive of identification.



Matthew 8:30-33

185

8:32 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ὑπάγετε. οἱ δὲ ἐξελθόντες ἀπῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους· καὶ ἰδοὺ ὥρμησεν πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ἀπέθανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ὑπάγετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ὑπάγω. οἱ. Nominative subject of ἀπῆλθον. On ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐξελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἐξέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). Alternatively, but much less likely, the participle could be substantival (so Quarles, 87); see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἀπῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀπέρχομαι. εἰς τοὺς χοίρους. Locative. ἰδοὺ. Immediately preceding the verb ὥρμησεν, the interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and places an accent over, the startling, headlong rush of the herd of pigs down the bank and into the water. ὥρμησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὁρμάω. A Matthean hapax legomenon, ὁρμάω (“to make a rapid movement from one place to another, rush” [BDAG, 724]) occurs elsewhere in the NT only in the synoptic parallels to this account (Mark 5:13; Luke 8:33) and in Acts 7:57 and 19:29. πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη. Nominative subject of ὥρμησεν. κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ. Locative. εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. Locative. ἀπέθανον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀποθνῄσκω. ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν. Locative. 8:33 οἱ δὲ βόσκοντες ἔφυγον, καὶ ἀπελθόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἀπήγγειλαν πάντα καὶ τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων. οἱ . . . βόσκοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl (substantival). Nominative subject of ἔφυγον. On ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔφυγον. Aor act ind 3rd pl φεύγω. ἀπελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀπέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἰς τὴν πόλιν. Locative. ἀπήγγειλαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀπαγγέλλω.

186

Matthew 8:28-­34

πάντα. Accusative direct object of ἀπήγγειλαν. καὶ. Links the two direct objects of ἀπήγγειλαν, the second of which is a subset of the first, with the resulting sense: “reported all that had happened, including what had happened to the demon-­possessed men.” Both Young (188) and Quarles (88) suggest that καὶ is ascensive (see 5:39) here. τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the genitive participle into the accusative direct object of ἀπήγγειλαν. τῶν δαιμονιζομένων. Pres mid ptc masc gen pl δαιμονίζομαι (substantival). Genitive of identification or genitive of reference. 8:34 καὶ ἰδοὺ πᾶσα ἡ πόλις ἐξῆλθεν εἰς ὑπάντησιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν παρεκάλεσαν ὅπως μεταβῇ ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and draws attention to, another surprising turn in the narrative as the whole town responds to the swineherds’ report. πᾶσα ἡ πόλις. Nominative subject of ἐξῆλθεν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἐξῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐξέρχομαι. εἰς ὑπάντησιν. Purpose (cf. BDAG, 290.4.f). τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Dative complement of the verbal notion embedded in ὑπάντησιν: they went out for a meeting with Jesus—­that is, to meet Jesus. Cf. ὑπήντησαν αὐτῷ in 8:28. ἰδόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ὁράω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἰδόντες. παρεκάλεσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl παρακαλέω. ὅπως. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of παρεκάλεσαν. Turner suggests that “ὅπως seems to be preferred [over ἵνα] with verbs of beseeching: Mt 834 παρεκάλεσαν” (MHT 3:106). μεταβῇ. Aor act subj 3rd sg μεταβαίνω. Subjunctive with ὅπως. ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων. Separation. BDAG (723) notes that ὅριον (“boundary”) is “mostly, in our lit[erature] exclusively, plural. boundaries = region, district.” αὐτῶν. Genitive of identification (“the region in which they lived”).



Matthew 8:34–9:2

187

Matthew 9:1-­8 And, getting into a boat, he crossed over and came to his own town. And behold, they were bringing to him a paralyzed man, lying on a mat. And Jesus, upon seeing their faith, said to the paralytic, “Take courage, child, your sins are forgiven.” 3And, behold, some of the scribes said to themselves, “This man is blaspheming!” 4And Jesus, seeing what they were thinking, said, “Why do you think evil thoughts in your hearts?” 5 For which is easier: to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’? 6But in order that you may know that the Son of Man has authority on the earth to forgive sins—­then he says to the paralyzed man—­ “Getting up, pick up your mat and go to your home.” 7So, getting up, he went away to his home. 8And when the crowds saw this, they were afraid and gave glory to God who had given such authority to human beings. 1 2

9:1 Καὶ ἐμβὰς εἰς πλοῖον διεπέρασεν καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν. ἐμβὰς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐμβαίνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἰς πλοῖον. Locative. διεπέρασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg διαπεράω. The verb means “to move from one side to another of some geographical object (for example, body of water, chasm, valley, etc.)” (LN 15.31). ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν. Locative. Cf. Matt 4:13. 9:2 καὶ ἰδοὺ προσέφερον αὐτῷ παραλυτικὸν ἐπὶ κλίνης βεβλημένον. καὶ ἰδὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν εἶπεν τῷ παραλυτικῷ· θάρσει, τέκνον, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. ἰδοὺ. As occasionally earlier in this Gospel (3:16; 8:29, 32), the interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) immediately precedes a verb and draws attention to the action that follows. προσέφερον. Impf act ind 3rd pl προσφέρω. For the only time in his Gospel, Matthew employs the imperfect tense of προσφέρω to depict the action of those bringing someone to Jesus for healing (for the more typical use of the aorist προσήνεγκα[ν] in similar contexts, see 4:24; 8:16; 9:32; 14:35; 17:16 [to Jesus’ disciples]). The imperfective aspect depicts the action internally, as a process. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of προσέφερον. παραλυτικὸν. Accusative direct object of προσέφερον. ἐπὶ κλίνης. Locative. Fronted for emphasis.

188

Matthew 9:1-­8

βεβλημένον. Prf pass ptc masc acc sg βάλλω (attributive). On the use of βάλλω here, see 8:6 on βέβληται and, on the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἰδὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὁράω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. τὴν πίστιν. Accusative direct object of ἰδὼν. αὐτῶν. Subjective genitive. The pronoun points back to the embedded subject of προσέφερον. While the paralyzed man is presumably not excluded (since “it is not implied that the lame man was being carried to Jesus against his will” [Davies and Allison, 2:88]), the plural αὐτῶν must include his helpers: Jesus sees their faith as they carry the paralyzed man to him. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τῷ παραλυτικῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. θάρσει. Pres act impv 2nd sg θαρσέω. The verb means “to be firm or resolute in the face of danger or adverse circumstances, be enheartened, be courageous” (BDAG, 444). In the NT, θαρσέω is only found in the imperative mood (LN 25.156). τέκνον. Vocative. ἀφίενταί. Pres pass ind 3rd pl ἀφίημι. σου. Subjective genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. Nominative subject of ἀφίενταί. 9:3 Καὶ ἰδού τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς· οὗτος βλασφημεῖ. ἰδού. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces and draws attention to the scribes whose (private) accusation against Jesus sets the stage for the remainder of the pericope. τινες τῶν γραμματέων. Fronted as a topical frame. τινες. Nominative subject of εἶπαν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τῶν γραμματέων. Partitive genitive. εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. Manner. Matthew uses an idiom (lit. “they said in themselves”) that can refer either to thought or to actual speech (see 3:9 on ἐν ἑαυτοῖς), but 9:4 suggests that here it refers to what the scribes were thinking (but not actually saying).



Matthew 9:3-4

189

οὗτος. Nominative subject of βλασφημεῖ. In this context, the demonstrative probably connotes contempt (cf. BDAG, 740.1.a.α; Runge 2010, 365–­84). Fronted as a topical frame. βλασφημεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg βλασφημέω. 9:4 καὶ ἰδὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν εἶπεν· ἱνατί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν; ἰδὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὁράω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. Where NA28 reads ἰδὼν (following ‫ א‬C D K et al.), SBLGNT, like WH earlier, prefers εἰδὼς (so B [Θ] ƒ1 565 et al.). A decision is difficult. Since elsewhere in Matthew participial forms of ὁράω (25×) are much more common than of οἶδα (2×), it is not impossible that we see here a scribal assimilation to the more familiar term. But since it is unusual to talk of “seeing” someone’s thoughts, in this context ἰδὼν is the more difficult reading and probably to be preferred (cf. Metzger, 19). If this is so, perhaps we should think that Jesus “saw” their thoughts by observing their actions (similarly France 2007, 332–­33 n. 16). ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις. Accusative direct object of ἰδὼν. ἐνθύμησις, which occurs in the NT only here and in Matt 12:25, Acts 17:29, and Heb 4:12, refers to “the process of considering someth[ing], thought, reflection, idea” (BDAG, 346). αὐτῶν. Subjective genitive. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἱνατί. An interrogative expression of reason: “why?” (LN 89.38). Since the early MSS typically feature “[t]he continuous writing of words without any space between them,” it is difficult to be certain whether ἱνατί should be written as one word or two. WH “prefer ἵνα τί” (Robertson, 243–­44). Robertson finds an elliptical construction here: “[I]n ἵνα τί . . . τί is really the subject of γένηται (ellipsis)” (739, cf. 395). ἐνθυμεῖσθε. Pres mid ind 2nd pl ἐνθυμέομαι. In the NT, ἐνθυμέομαι (“to process information by thinking about it carefully, reflect [on], consider, think” [BDAG, 336]) occurs only here and in Matt 1:20. πονηρὰ. Accusative direct object of ἐνθυμεῖσθε. Both the verb (ἐνθυμεῖσθε) and its object are unique to Matthew’s version of the account and explicitly characterize the response of the scribes. ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις. Locative. ὑμῶν. Possessive genitive.

190

Matthew 9:1-­8

9:5 τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν· ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν· ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει; τί. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. As Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (169–­70) note, interrogative pronouns more typically function as predicate nominatives in equative clauses. γάρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ), unique to Matthew here, introduces a question that offers support for the implicit charge Jesus has just laid at the feet of the scribes (9:4b) and so also for his earlier pronouncement (9:2). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. εὐκοπώτερον. Predicate adjective. Here, as in each of its seven NT occurrences, εὔκοπος (“easy” [BDAG, 407]) is found in its comparative form. εἰπεῖν. Aor act inf λέγω. “The entire conjoined infinitival clause (εἰπεῖν . . . ἢ εἰπεῖν) stands in apposition to τί” (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 171). ἀφίενταί. Pres pass ind 3rd pl ἀφίημι. σου. Subjective genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. Nominative subject of ἀφίενταί. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle, introducing a second, parallel question (BDAG, 432 1.d.β). εἰπεῖν. See above. ἔγειρε. Pres act impv 2nd sg ἐγείρω. περιπάτει. Pres act impv 2nd sg περιπατέω. 9:6 ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας—­τότε λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ· ἐγερθεὶς ἆρόν σου τὴν κλίνην καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου. ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας. BDF (§483) finds here an instance of brachylogy, “the omission, for the sake of brevity, of an element which is not necessary for the grammatical structure but for the thought. The abbreviated form of a train of thought is conventional in the clauses which are put ahead of the main clause and state the purpose of the subsequent clause: Mt 9:6 ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε.” What is omitted, of course, is that Jesus will heal the man, an omission that is filled in what Jesus does. ἵνα. Introduces a purpose clause.



Matthew 9:5-6

191

εἰδῆτε. Prf act subj 2nd pl οἶδα. Subjunctive with ἵνα. On the use of the perfect tense with οἶδα, see 6:8 on οἶδεν. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of εἰδῆτε. ἐξουσίαν. Accusative direct object of ἔχει. Fronted for emphasis. ἔχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of ἔχει. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. Locative. The PP is adverbial, modifying ἔχει: “[H]e has authority on the earth to forgive sins.” In Mark, where the PP follows ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, it is possible to read the PP adjectivally: “[H]e has authority to forgive sins committed on the earth” (Cranfield, 101). ἀφιέναι. Pres act inf ἀφίημι (epexegetical to ἐξουσίαν). ἁμαρτίας. Accusative direct object of ἀφιέναι. τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7), introducing a parenthetical note addressing Matthew’s audience. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) both marks the minor transition, as Jesus turns from addressing the scribes to speak once more to the paralyzed man, and highlights what he will say. τῷ παραλυτικῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ἐγερθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἐγείρω (attendant circumstance). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. Somewhat surprisingly, “rising” is backgrounded against the imperative verb that follows. A few important witnesses have the present imperative (ἔγειρε [+ καί D] B D 0281 sy) instead of the aorist participle, and WH thought the imperative original. That is certainly possible, but it is perhaps more likely that the imperative is a scribal “correction,” under the influence of 9:5 or the synoptic parallels in Mark 2:11 and Luke 5:24, or both. ἆρόν. Aor act impv 2nd sg αἴρω. σου. Possessive genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τὴν κλίνην. Accusative direct object of ἆρόν. ὕπαγε. Pres act impv 2nd sg ὑπάγω. εἰς τὸν οἶκόν. Locative. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

192

Matthew 9:1-­8

9:7 καὶ ἐγερθεὶς ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ. ἐγερθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἐγείρω (attendant circumstance). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἀπῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀπέρχομαι. εἰς τὸν οἶκον. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 9:8 ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι ἐφοβήθησαν καὶ ἐδόξασαν τὸν θεὸν τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. ἰδόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οἱ ὄχλοι. Nominative subject of ἐφοβήθησαν and ἐδόξασαν. ἐφοβήθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl φοβέομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ἐδόξασαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl δοξάζω. τὸν θεὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐδόξασαν. δόντα. Aor act ptc masc acc sg δίδωμι (attributive). ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην. Accusative direct object of δόντα. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. Dative indirect object of δόντα. The NIV 2011’s “who had given such authority to man” obscures the fact that ἀνθρώποις is plural. Davies and Allison (2:96) find special significance in the plural: “Whereas the ending in Mark stresses the miracle, in our gospel the emphasis comes down upon the authority given to Jesus and (implicitly) to his followers (τοῖς ἀνθρώποις is plural . . .). We are probably to see in Matthew’s conclusion an assertion of the right of Christian authorities to pronounce absolution.” Caragounis objects: “This embarrassingly brief comment on the plural in an otherwise exhaustive commentary has led the authors to an even more problematic interpretation: the absolution. Here the plural ἀνθρώποις has been taken at face value, i.e. to refer to more than one person. Thus, tradition-­historical and redactional concerns take precedence over the syntactical aspects of the passage, determining its import, not by means of the text’s communication on the literary level, but by means of hypothetical reconstructions” (241). Instead, he argues, “The author is trying to depict the depth of the spontaneous reaction of the multitudes springing from their great astonishment at Jesus’ miracle. To have written ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι ἐφοβήθησαν καὶ ἐδόξασαν τὸν θεὸν τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην τῷ Ἰησοῦ would



Matthew 9:7-9

193

have completely taken away the edge of it. By substituting τῷ Ἰησοῦ with τοῖς ἀνθρώποις he has succeeded in creating a beautiful and effective dénouement. To them Jesus was a mere man (even if extraordinary), and since God had given this authority to a representative of the human race, it appeared, he had given it ‘to men’, i.e. to one of them! The plural ‘men’ is used to signify category” (245–­46). Caragounis’ reading makes fine sense of the narrative and deserves careful consideration. But we may wonder if we have to choose between these readings. A writer of Matthew’s sophistication may well have intended a secondary allusion to the authority that Jesus would grant to his followers to pronounce forgiveness (18:15-­18; cf. 16:19). Matthew 9:9-­13 As Jesus moved on from there, he saw a man named Matthew sitting at the tax booth, and he says to him, “Follow me.” And, getting up, he followed him. 10And it happened as he was reclining at table in the house that, behold, many tax collectors and sinners, having come, were reclining with Jesus and his disciples. 11And when the Pharisees saw this, they were saying to his disciples, “Why does you teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners?” 12And when he heard this, he said, “It is not the healthy who need a physician but those who are sick. 13Go and learn what this means: ‘Mercy I desire and not sacrifice.’ For I did not come to call the righteous but sinners.” 9

9:9 Καὶ παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον, Μαθθαῖον λεγόμενον, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· ἀκολούθει μοι. καὶ ἀναστὰς ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ. παράγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg παράγω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶδεν. ἐκεῖθεν. Adverb of place. εἶδεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὁράω. ἄνθρωπον. Accusative direct object of εἶδεν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. καθήμενον. Pres mid ptc masc acc sg κάθημαι. Accusative complement to ἄνθρωπον in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον. Locative. Μαθθαῖον. Accusative complement to ἄνθρωπον in a double accusative subject-­complement construction (see 2:23 on Ναζαρέτ). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT).

194

Matthew 9:9-­13

λεγόμενον. Pres pass ptc masc acc sg λέγω (attributive). λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) grants prominence to the utterance that follows immediately as Jesus calls Matthew to discipleship. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ἀκολούθει. Pres act impv 2nd sg ἀκολουθέω. μοι. Dative complement of ἀκολούθει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἀναστὰς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀνίστημι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἠκολούθησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀκολουθέω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἀκολούθει. 9:10 καὶ ἐγένετο αὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, καὶ ἰδοὺ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἐλθόντες συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ. ἐγένετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of ἀνακειμένου. ἀνακειμένου. Pres mid ptc masc gen sg ἀνάκειμαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. Locative. καὶ. Several MSS (‫ א‬D 892 lat co; 700 omits both καὶ and ἰδοὺ) omit καὶ here, probably because it seemed superfluous, the preceding clause already being linked to the principal clause that follows by a temporal participle. καὶ ἐγένετο . . . καὶ is, however, apparently influenced by the common Hebrew transitional formula ְ‫ו‬ . . . ‫“( וַ יְ ִהי‬And it happened . . . that”). Although this is the only occurrence of the καὶ ἐγένετο καί construction in Matthew, it appears eleven times in Luke (Robertson, 1042–­43; cf. Zerwick and Grosvenor, 26). For καὶ ἐγένετο + gen. abs. + καί, see 2 Sam 6:16; 13:30; 1 Kgs 13:20; 2 Kgs 8:5, 21; 13:21 (καὶ ἰδού); 19:37; Jer 33:8 (Eng. 26:8). ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces and draws attention to the tax gatherers and sinners who feature prominently in the pericope. πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοί. Nominative subjects of συνανέκειντο. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐλθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων.



Matthew 9:10-12

195

συνανέκειντο. Impf mid ind 3rd pl συνανάκειμαι. The verb συνανάκειμαι means “to recline at table with for the purpose of dining, eat with” (BDAG, 965). τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative complement of συνανέκειντο. Verbs with a συν-­prefix typically take dative complements (cf. Culy and Parsons, 189). Contrast, however, Matt 3:12; 22:10; 25:19, 35, 43. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. 9:11 καὶ ἰδόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἔλεγον τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ· διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν; ἰδόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ὁράω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ Φαρισαῖοι. Nominative subject of ἔλεγον. ἔλεγον. Impf act ind 3rd pl λέγω. τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of ἔλεγον. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. διὰ τί. Causal. In direct questions, διὰ τί asks the question “Why?” (lit. “because of what?”; BDAG, 225.2.b). Like Luke, Matthew replaces Mark’s atypical interrogative ὅτι (see Moule, 159; Decker 2014a, 57–­58) with διὰ τί. μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν. Association/accompaniment. Fronted for emphasis. One article stands over the two genitive objects of the preposition μετὰ. Since the nouns are plural, the Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) does not apply; the tax gatherers and sinners form two distinct groups. Nevertheless, linked as they are by the καὶ and governed by one article, the two groups form a conceptual unity (the first forming a subgroup of the second; so Young, 63; Wallace, 280)—­together, they form a group disdained by the Jewish leadership but embraced by Jesus. ἐσθίει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἐσθίω. ὁ διδάσκαλος. Nominative subject of ἐσθίει. ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship or objective genitive. 9:12 Ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας εἶπεν· οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ ἀλλ᾽ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. Ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ.

196

Matthew 9:9-­13

ἀκούσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀκούω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. On ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. οὐ . . . ἀλλ᾽. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. χρείαν. Accusative direct object of ἔχουσιν. ἔχουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἔχω. οἱ ἰσχύοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl ἰσχύω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἔχουσιν. ἰατροῦ. Objective genitive, modifying χρείαν. οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. An idiom (lit. “those having badly”) for being ill (LN 23.148); cf. 4:24; 8:16. οἱ . . . ἔχοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl ἔχω (substantival). Nominative subject in an elliptical clause: “[T]hose who are sick (need a physician).” 9:13 πορευθέντες δὲ μάθετε τί ἐστιν· ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν· οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους ἀλλ’ ἁμαρτωλούς. πορευθέντες. Aor mid ptc masc nom pl πορεύομαι (attendant circumstance). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μάθετε. Aor act impv 2nd pl μανθάνω. τί. The interrogative pronoun introduces an indirect question that serves as the clausal complement of μάθετε. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔλεος. Accusative direct object of θέλω. As it often does in the LXX, ἔλεος in Hos 6:6, which is quoted here, translates ‫ח ֶסד‬.ֶ For the argument that both in Hosea and in Matthew ἔλεος denotes not merely kindness extended to other humans but also faithful covenant love for YHWH himself that expresses itself in human relationships and is rooted in the character of the covenant God, see Olmstead (2016, 52–­58). Fronted for emphasis. θέλω. Pres act ind 1st sg θέλω. οὐ. Although οὐ is normally used with indicative verbs, here it negates a single noun (Robertson, 1163). θυσίαν. Accusative direct object of θέλω.



Matthew 9:13-14

197

γὰρ. France (2007, 349) apparently thinks γὰρ is inferential here, translating as “That is why I came . . .” γὰρ, he suggests, “explains the Hosea quotation as providing the justification for Jesus’ mission” (349 n. 4). BDAG (190.3) does propose that γάρ can act as a “marker of inference,” but Runge is probably right to conclude that, in contrast to material introduced by οὖν, “the information introduced [by γάρ] does not advance the discourse but adds background information that strengthens or supports what precedes” (2010, 52). Here the explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) probably introduces the grounds for the preceding imperative (instead of the content of the Hosea citation): go and learn what Hosea said, for my mission (calling sinners) is entirely consistent with that program (desiring faithful covenant love). οὐ . . . ἀλλ’. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. ἦλθον. Aor act ind 1st sg ἔρχομαι. καλέσαι. Aor act inf καλέω (purpose). δικαίους. Accusative direct object of καλέσαι. ἁμαρτωλούς. Accusative direct object of an implied καλέσαι. Matthew 9:14-­17 14 Then the disciples of John approach him, saying, “Why do we and the Pharisees fast, but your disciples do not fast?” 15And Jesus said to them, “The friends of the bridegroom cannot mourn as long as he is with them, can they? But the days will come when the bridegroom is taken from them, and then they will fast. 16No one puts a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment, for the patch pulls away from the garment, and a worse tear is made. 17Nor do they put new wine into old wineskins; otherwise, the wineskins burst, the wine is spilled, and the wineskins are ruined; instead they put new wine into new wineskins, and both are preserved.”

9:14 Τότε προσέρχονται αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου λέγοντες· διὰ τί ἡμεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύομεν [πολλά], οἱ δὲ μαθηταί σου οὐ νηστεύουσιν; Τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). προσέρχονται. Pres mid ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) is perhaps designed to help mark the transition in the narrative. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσέρχονται. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of προσέρχονται. Ἰωάννου. Genitive of relationship.

198

Matthew 9:14-­17

λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). Following its finite verb (see 1:20 on λέγων), the adverbial participle elaborates: they approached Jesus with a question. διὰ τί. Causal. In direct questions, διὰ τί asks the question “Why?” (lit. “because of what?”; BDAG, 225.2.b). ἡμεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι. Nominative subject of νηστεύομεν. Fronted as a topical frame. νηστεύομεν. Pres act ind 1st pl νηστεύω. [πολλά]. Adverbial accusative. Both πολλά (in spite of its widespread support: ‫א‬2 C D K et al.) and πυκνά (‫א‬1 lat?) should probably be regarded as later additions, the latter under the influence of the parallel in Luke 5:33. Some (e.g., France 2007, 349) think that πολλά was deliberately omitted as inappropriate, since the contrast between the groups is not over the relative frequency of fasting but whether they fasted at all. But it seems equally likely that πολλά was a later addition, designed to temper the contrast (so Nolland, 388; see further Metzger, 20). οἱ . . . μαθηταί. Nominative subject of νηστεύουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. νηστεύουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl νηστεύω. 9:15 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν ἐφ᾽ ὅσον μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος; ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νηστεύσουσιν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. μὴ. Unlike οὐ, the negative particle μὴ (see 7:9) introduces a question that expects a negative answer. δύνανται. Pres mid ind 3rd pl δύναμαι. οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος. An idiom (lit. “the sons of the wedding hall”) for “guests at a wedding, or more specifically, friends of the bridegroom participating in wedding festivities” (LN 11.7). οἱ υἱοὶ. Nominative subject of δύνανται. τοῦ νυμφῶνος. Genitive of relationship. πενθεῖν. Pres act inf πενθέω (complementary). Matthew’s πενθεῖν (Mark and Luke have νηστεύειν and νηστεῦσαι, respectively) makes



Matthew 9:15-16

199

explicit why they cannot fast: the presence of the bridegroom is not compatible with mourning. ἐφ᾽ ὅσον. Temporal. The PP is elliptical: “for as much (time)” (ἐφ᾽ ὅσον [χρόνον]). μετ᾽ αὐτῶν. Association/accompaniment. Fronted for emphasis (in contrast to the parallels in Mark 2:19 and Luke 5:34). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ νυμφίος. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. ἐλεύσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ἔρχομαι. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἡμέραι. Nominative subject of ἐλεύσονται. ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. ἀπαρθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg ἀπαίρω. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν. Separation. ὁ νυμφίος. Nominative subject of ἀπαρθῇ. τότε. Temporal adverb. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). νηστεύσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl νηστεύω. 9:16 οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ· αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται. οὐδεὶς. Nominative subject of ἐπιβάλλει. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐπιβάλλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἐπιβάλλω. ἐπίβλημα. Accusative direct object of ἐπιβάλλει. ῥάκους ἀγνάφου. Genitive of material. Both ῥάκος (here “piece of cloth, patch” [BDAG, 903.2]) and ἄγναφος (“pert[aining] to cloth fresh from the weaver’s loom, not fulled, unshrunken, unsized, new” [BDAG, 12]) are Matthean hapax legomena that appear elsewhere in the NT only in the parallel in Mark 2:21. ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ. Locative. αἴρει. Pres act ind 3rd sg αἴρω. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a clause that supports the assertion of 9:16a by explaining why people do not put patches of new cloth on old garments. τὸ πλήρωμα. Nominative subject of αἴρει. In this context, πλήρωμα seems to mean “that which makes someth[ing] full/complete” (BDAG, 829.1.b); it refers to the patch used to mend the garment. αὐτοῦ. Objective genitive (Quarles, 93).

200

Matthew 9:18-­26

ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου. Separation. χεῖρον σχίσμα. Nominative subject of γίνεται. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). Alternatively, one could understand χεῖρον as a predicate adjective. γίνεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. 9:17 οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς· εἰ δὲ μή γε, ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοὶ καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται· ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς, καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται. οὐδὲ . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. Οὐδέ “joins neg[ative] sentences or clauses to others of the same kind” (BDAG, 734.1). Thus the negative particle (οὐ) and the conjunction (δέ) both retain their force; the conjunction signals the next step in Jesus’ response to John’s disciples. βάλλουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl βάλλω. οἶνον νέον. Accusative direct object of βάλλουσιν. εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς. Locative. εἰ δὲ μή γε. Burton (§279) notes that, having become a fixed phrase, εἰ δὲ μή γε is “used even when the preceding sentence is negative.” Cf. BDAG (190.b.β.‫ )ב‬and see 6:1 on εἰ δὲ μή γε. ῥήγνυνται. Pres mid/pass ind 3rd pl ῥήγνυμι. The verb ῥήγνυμι means “to cause to come apart or be in pieces by means of internal or external force, tear in pieces, break, burst” (BDAG, 904.1). οἱ ἀσκοὶ. Nominative subject of ῥήγνυνται. ὁ οἶνος. Nominative subject of ἐκχεῖται. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐκχεῖται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg ἐκχέω. οἱ ἀσκοὶ. Nominative subject of ἀπόλλυνται. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀπόλλυνται. Pres pass ind 3rd pl ἀπόλλυμι. βάλλουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl βάλλω. οἶνον νέον. Accusative direct object of βάλλουσιν. εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς. Locative. ἀμφότεροι. Nominative subject of συντηροῦνται. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). συντηροῦνται. Pres pass ind 3rd pl συντηρέω. Matthew 9:18-­26 As he was saying these things to them, behold, a certain ruler, approaching, was bowing before him, saying, “My daughter has just died; but,

18



Matthew 9:17-18

201

coming, place your hand on her and she will live.” 19And, getting up, Jesus followed him, along with his disciples. 20And, behold, a woman who had been suffering a hemorrhage for twelve years, approaching him from behind, touched the tassel on his robe; 21for she was saying to herself: “If I only touch his cloak, I will be saved.” 22But Jesus, turning and seeing her, said, “Take courage, daughter; your faith has saved you.” And she was saved from that hour. 23And when Jesus entered the ruler’s house and saw the flutists and the crowd in a state of agitation, 24he was saying, “Go away, because the girl has not died but is sleeping.” But they were ridiculing him. 25 But when the crowd had been sent out, he entered and took hold of her hand, and the girl got up. 26And this report went out into that whole region. 9:18 Ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς, ἰδοὺ ἄρχων εἷς ἐλθὼν προσεκύνει αὐτῷ λέγων ὅτι ἡ θυγάτηρ μου ἄρτι ἐτελεύτησεν· ἀλλ’ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν, καὶ ζήσεται. Ταῦτα. Accusative direct object of λαλοῦντος. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of λαλοῦντος. λαλοῦντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λαλέω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. It links this pericope to the preceding one (cf. Runge 2010, 163–­77). αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λαλοῦντος. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces and draws attention to a ruler who will feature prominently in the pericope. ἄρχων εἷς. Nominative subject of προσεκύνει. On the use of εἷς with the force of the indefinite pronoun τις, see 8:19 on εἷς γραμματεὺς. BDF (§247.2) finds Semitic influence when, as here, εἷς follows its substantive. See ἐλθὼν below on the textual problem here. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. The textual history is complicated here: 1. A number of MSS read εἰς instead of εἷς and make it part of the participle (εἰσελθών: ƒ1 700 1424, and perhaps ‫א‬2 C* D N W Θ, ΕΙΣΕΛ-­, depending on how the words are divided). 2. Others prefer the common Matthean προσελθών over ἐλθών and/or τις instead of εἷς: εἷς προσελθών (‫א‬1 B lat); τις προσελθών (C3 L ƒ13 g1); προσελθών (‫ ;)*א‬τις ἐλθών (Γ [h] k). 3. NA28 and SBLGNT both print εἷς ἐλθὼν, which is supported by K Δ 33 565 579 892 𝔐 d f and perhaps by ‫א‬2 C* D N W Θ (cf. 1 above).

202

Matthew 9:18-­26

Α few observations: (1) τις seems likely to be a later “correction” of εἷς; (2) similarly, the confusion of εἰς and εἷς probably led to the variants that make εἰς part of the participle (cf., e.g., the corrections of ‫ ;)א‬and (3) since προσέρχομαι appears with προσκυνέω quite regularly in this Gospel (cf., elsewhere, 8:2; 20:20; 28:9), Matthew’s style favors the originality of προσελθών, which appears in the original hand of both B and ‫א‬. I am inclined, then, cautiously to side with NA25 and WH (against NA28 and SBLGNT) in preferring εἷς προσελθών. προσεκύνει. Impf act ind 3rd sg προσκυνέω. Matthew’s preference for προσκυνέω (see 18:26 on προσεκύνει) becomes apparent again here, where Mark’s parallel has πίπτει and παρακαλεῖ, and Luke has πεσὼν . . . παρεκάλει. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσεκύνει. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). Following its finite verb the adverbial participle elaborates (see 1:20 on λέγων): The ruler bowed before Jesus with a request. ὅτι. Introduces a clausal complement (direct discourse) of λέγων. ἡ θυγάτηρ. Nominative subject of ἐτελεύτησεν. Fronted as a topical frame. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἄρτι. Temporal adverb, supplying important background information: the ruler’s daughter has just died. ἐτελεύτησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg τελευτάω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position. ἀλλ’. MHT (3:330) find consecutive force in ἀλλ’ here. Similarly, BDAG (45.5) notes that ἀλλά can be used “w[ith] an impv. to strengthen the command: now, then.” But probably ἀλλά retains its typical force as a “global marker of contrast” (see 4:4 on ἀλλ᾽), here introducing the correction that the ruler envisions—­not to an assertion but to the disastrous situation. In spite of the fact that his daughter has just died, the ruler invites Jesus to act, confident that he can restore her. ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐπίθες. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἐπιτίθημι. τὴν χεῖρά. Accusative direct object of ἐπίθες. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν. Spatial. καὶ. Introduces the consequence of the preceding imperatival clause (see 11:28). The construction has conditional force: “If you place your



Matthew 9:19-20

203

hand on her, she will live” (contrast the clause in Mark 5:23, which expresses purpose). ζήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ζάω. 9:19 καὶ ἐγερθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. ἐγερθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἐγείρω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ Ἰησοῦς . . . καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ. Compound nominative subject of ἠκολούθησεν. ἠκολούθησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀκολουθέω. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἠκολούθησεν. ἀκολουθέω appears twenty-­five times in this Gospel, but only here is Jesus himself the subject and not the dative complement (in 8:10 and 21:9, there are no dative complements, but Jesus is nevertheless the one followed). αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. 9:20 Καὶ ἰδοὺ γυνὴ αἱμορροοῦσα δώδεκα ἔτη προσελθοῦσα ὄπισθεν ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ· ἰδοὺ. As at 9:18, the interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces and draws attention to a character—­here, a suffering woman—­who will become a major participant in the pericope. γυνὴ. Nominative subject of ἥψατο. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). αἱμορροοῦσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg αἱμορροέω (attributive). A NT hapax legomenon (which only appears elsewhere in the biblical text in LXX Lev 15:33, where it refers to the loss of blood in a menstrual period), αἱμορροέω means “to experience or suffer a loss of blood” (LN 23.181). δώδεκα ἔτη. Adverbial accusative, indicating extent of time. προσελθοῦσα. Aor act ptc fem nom sg προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὄπισθεν. Spatial adverb, “pert[aining] to extension that is behind, from behind, to the rear, after” (BDAG, 715.1). ἥψατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἅπτω. τοῦ κρασπέδου. Genitive complement of ἥψατο; see 8:3 on αὐτοῦ. As LN (6.180) note, κράσπεδον refers either to “the border of a garment” or, as in Matt 23:5, to the tassels on the corners of a garment. It may, however, be the case that in references to Jesus’ clothing, the word

204

Matthew 9:18-­26

always denotes these tassels (cf. Num 15:38-­40; Deut 22:12), and not merely the edge of the garment. τοῦ ἱματίου. Partitive genitive. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 9:21 ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ· ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ σωθήσομαι. ἔλεγεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg λέγω. As often, the imperfect tense is employed to describe events off the narrative mainline. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) takes the reader off the narrative mainline, introducing a clause that explains why the woman touched Jesus’ garment. ἐν ἑαυτῇ. Manner. Matthew uses an idiom (lit. “she was saying in herself ”) that can refer either (as here) to thought or to actual speech (see 3:9 on ἐν ἑαυτοῖς). ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. ἅψωμαι. Aor mid subj 1st sg ἅπτω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. μόνον. Adverbial accusative indicating extent. As in 8:8, μόνον is uniquely Matthean and emphasizes the supplicant’s confidence in Jesus. τοῦ ἱματίου. Genitive complement of ἥψατο; see 8:3 on αὐτοῦ. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. σωθήσομαι. Fut pass ind 1st sg σῴζω. 9:22 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς στραφεὶς καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὴν εἶπεν· θάρσει, θύγατερ· ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε. καὶ ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης. ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. στραφεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg στρέφω (attendant circumstance). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἰδὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὁράω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτὴν. Accusative direct object of ἰδών. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. θάρσει. Pres act impv 2nd sg θαρσέω. See 9:2. θύγατερ. Vocative. ἡ πίστις. Nominative subject of σέσωκέν. Fronted as a topical frame. σου. Subjective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.



Matthew 9:21-24

205

σέσωκέν. Prf act ind 3rd sg σῴζω. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. σε. Accusative direct object of σέσωκέν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐσώθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg σῴζω. In this context, σῴζω clearly refers to the woman’s deliverance from her chronic hemorrhage. But the threefold repetition of the verb (the third uniquely Matthean) in 9:21-­22 and the explicit link to the woman’s faith (ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε) may also imply a more fundamental deliverance. ἡ γυνὴ. Nominative subject of ἐσώθη. ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης. Temporal. 9:23 Καὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἄρχοντος καὶ ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἔλεγεν (9:24). εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. Locative. τοῦ ἄρχοντος. Possessive genitive. ἰδὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὁράω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τοὺς αὐλητὰς. Accusative direct object of ἰδὼν. αὐλητής (“flutist” [BDAG, 150]) occurs elsewhere in the NT only in Rev 18:22. τὸν ὄχλον. Accusative direct object of ἰδὼν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. θορυβούμενον. Pres mid ptc masc acc sg θορυβέω. Accusative complement to τὸν ὄχλον in a double accusative object-­complement construction. θορυβέω (“to cause emotional disturbance, disturb, agitate” [BDAG, 458.2]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (elsewhere in the NT: Mark 5:39; Acts 17:5; 20:10). 9:24 ἔλεγεν· ἀναχωρεῖτε, οὐ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον ἀλλὰ καθεύδει. καὶ κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ. ἔλεγεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg λέγω. In an assimilation to Mark 5:39, most witnesses have λέγει αὐτοῖς instead of ἔλεγεν here. The imperfect, which receives impressive support (‫ א‬B D ƒ1.13 et al.), is clearly to be preferred. ἀναχωρεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ἀναχωρέω. οὐ . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis.

206

Matthew 9:18-­26

γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding imperative. ἀπέθανεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποθνῄσκω. τὸ κοράσιον. Nominative subject of ἀπέθανεν. καθεύδει. Pres act ind 3rd sg καθεύδω. καὶ. Connective. On the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. κατεγέλων. Impf act ind 3rd pl καταγελάω. The verb καταγελάω (“laugh at, ridicule” [BDAG, 515]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon that appears elsewhere in the NT only in the parallels in Mark 5:40 and Luke 8:53. αὐτοῦ. Genitive complement of κατεγέλων. 9:25 ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος εἰσελθὼν ἐκράτησεν τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον. ὅτε. Introduces a temporal clause. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐξεβλήθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg ἐκβάλλω. ὁ ὄχλος. Nominative subject of ἐξεβλήθη. εἰσελθών. Aor act ptc masc nom sg εἰσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐκράτησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κρατέω. τῆς χειρὸς. Genitive complement of ἐκράτησεν. αὐτῆς. Possessive genitive. ἠγέρθη. Aor mid/pass ind 3rd sg ἐγείρω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. The voice is probably middle, but it may be passive (France 2007, 358 n. 7; Quarles, 95). For comparable uses of ἐγείρω in Matthew, see 1:24; 2:13, 14, 20, 21; 8:15, 26; 9:6, 7, 19; 12:42; 14:2; 16:21; 17:7, 9, 23; 20:19; 24:7, 11, 24; 25:7; 26:32; 27:52, 63, 64; 28:6, 7. τὸ κοράσιον. Nominative subject of ἠγέρθη. 9:26 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην. ἐξῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐξέρχομαι. ἡ φήμη αὕτη. Nominative subject of ἐξῆλθεν. A few witnesses (L Γ 579 ℓ 2211) take αυτη as the personal pronoun, αὔτη. Two other groups prefer the personal pronoun to the demonstrative here, either one group αὐτῆς (“her story”: ‫ א‬C(*).1 Θ ƒ1 et al.) or αὐτοῦ (“news of it”: D 1424 sa boms), but these are probably scribal “corrections,” perhaps responding “to the lack of a proper antecedent of ‘this’ ” (Nolland, 393).



Matthew 9:25-27

207

εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην. Locative. γῆ, which can refer to “the earth” (BDAG, 196.1) or to “dry land as opposed to sea” (BDAG, 196.4) can also, as here, refer to “portions or regions of the earth” (BDAG, 196.3). Matthew 9:27-­31 27 And as Jesus moved on from there, two blind men followed him, crying out and saying, “Have mercy on us, Son of David.” 28And when he had entered the house, the blind men came to him, and Jesus says to them, “Do you believe that I am able do this?” They say, “Yes, master.” 29 Then he touched their eyes, saying, “According to your faith may it happen for you.” 30And their eyes were opened. And Jesus warned them sternly: “Be careful! Let no one know.” 31But they, going out, spread the news about him in that whole region.

9:27 Καὶ παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἠκολούθησαν [αὐτῷ] δύο τυφλοὶ κράζοντες καὶ λέγοντες· ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, υἱὸς Δαυίδ. Καὶ παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ. The cleft construction or “left-­ dislocation” (see 8:23) that allows the evangelist to introduce a new development in the narrative while maintaining the narrative focus on Jesus. παράγοντι. Pres act ptc masc dat sg παράγω (attributive). See 8:23 on ἐμβάντι. ἐκεῖθεν. Adverb of place. τῷ Ἰησοῦ. The dative noun forms part of the cleft construction that is picked up by the resumptive αὐτῷ. ἠκολούθησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀκολουθέω. [αὐτῷ]. The pronoun is resumptive, picking up the earlier τῷ Ἰησοῦ, and serves as the dative complement of ἠκολούθησαν. Both NA25 and WH (tentatively, listing the pronoun in a marginal reading of equal value) follow B D 892 (k) in omitting αὐτῷ. But the presence of the earlier dative noun (τῷ Ἰησοῦ) may have prompted the omission in an attempt to streamline the syntax. δύο τυφλοὶ. Nominative subject of ἠκολούθησαν. κράζοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl κράζω (manner). It is possible that κράζοντες and λέγοντες are attributive (so Quarles, 96). More probably, they are adverbial and, following ἠκολούθησαν, they explain more fully the nature of that action (see 1:20 on λέγων). λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). ἐλέησον. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἐλεέω. ἡμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ἐλέησον.

208

Matthew 9:27-­31

υἱὸς. The extant witnesses are divided here, some reading υἱὸς and others υἱὲ. If υἱὸς is original, then the nominative is employed in place of the vocative. As BDF (§147) notes, “[e]ven where the nominative is still formally distinguished from the vocative, there is still a tendency for the nominative to usurp the place of the vocative (a tendency observable already in Homer)” (cf. Robertson, 463). Matthew’s own preference remains elusive. Υἱός appears six times as part of an address in this Gospel. In 1:20, on the lips of the angelic messenger, the nominative case is employed ( Ἰωσὴφ υἱὸς Δαυίδ); in 8:29, we meet the vocative case when the demon-­possessed men address Jesus (υἱὲ τοῦ θεοῦ). Each of the four remaining instances features variant readings. Text

Vocative

Nominative

9:27

υἱὲ Δαυίδ: ‫ א‬C D K L Γ Δ Θ ƒ1 579 892* 1424 pm [κύριε υἱὲ Δαυίδ: N ƒ13 892c]

υἱὸς Δαυίδ: B W 565 (700) ℓ 844. ℓ 2211 pm

15:22

κύριε υἱὲ Δαυίδ: ‫ א‬C K L Z Γ Δ 0106 ƒ1.13 579 892 1241 1424 ℓ 844 ℓ 2211 𝔐

κύριε υἱὸς Δαυίδ: B D W Θ 565 700

20:30

[κύριε] υἱὲ Δαυίδ: 𝔓45 C D 085 0281 ƒ1 33 565 579 1241 1424 pm [ Ἰησοῦ υἱὲ Δαυίδ: ‫ א‬L N Θ ƒ13 700 892 c e h n samss mae bo]

[κύριε] υἱὸς Δαυίδ: B K W Z Γ Δ pm

20:31

[κύριε] υἱὲ Δαυίδ: ‫)*(א‬.1 C D L N 085 0281 33 579 892 1241 1424

[κύριε] υἱὸς Δαυίδ: B K W Z Γ Δ Θ ƒ1.13 565 700 𝔐

Some patterns emerge upon even a cursory analysis. In all four texts, both ‫ א‬and C bear witness to the vocative reading. On the other hand, B and W opt for the nominative in each instance. Probably this consistency suggests that, whichever forms were original, the variants were introduced deliberately. We might follow the authority of B, W, et al. in support of the nominative readings, thinking it likely that later scribes preferred the vocative in these addresses and made the natural corrections. On the other hand, it does seem that the opposite tendency can be observed in Mark 10:47-­48 and Luke 18:39, where an original vocative is replaced by the nominative in some MSS (so Davies and Allison, 2:135 n. 34). SBLGNT follows WH in preferring the vocative here and the nominative in the remaining three instances. Δαυίδ. Genitive of relationship.



Matthew 9:28-29

209

9:28 ἐλθόντι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ τυφλοί, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· πιστεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· ναὶ κύριε. ἐλθόντι. Aor act ptc masc dat sg ἔρχομαι (attributive). The attributive participle maintains the narrative focus on Jesus (see 8:23 on ἐμβάντι). εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. Locative. προσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσῆλθον. οἱ τυφλοί. Nominative subject of προσῆλθον. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition as Jesus turns to address the blind men and highlights what he says. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of λέγει. πιστεύετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl πιστεύετε. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of πιστεύετε. δύναμαι. Pres mid ind 1st sg δύναμαι. τοῦτο. Accusative direct object of ποιῆσαι. ποιῆσαι. Aor act inf ποιέω (complementary). The infinitive stands in final, emphatic, position (LDGNT). λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) again helps the reader process the transition, as the blind men speak once more, and draws attention to what they say. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγουσιν. κύριε. Vocative. On the use of κύριε by supplicants to address Jesus, see 8:2. 9:29 τότε ἥψατο τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν λέγων· κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν. τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). ἥψατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἅπτω. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν. Genitive complement of ἥψατο; see 8:3 on αὐτοῦ. αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. κατὰ τὴν πίστιν. Standard. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive.

210

Matthew 9:27-­31

γενηθήτω. Aor mid impv 3rd sg γίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ὑμῖν. Dative of advantage. 9:30 καὶ ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί. καὶ ἐνεβριμήθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων· ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω. ἠνεῴχθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl ἀνοίγω. αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). οἱ ὀφθαλμοί. Nominative subject of ἠνεῴχθησαν. ἐνεβριμήθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἐμβριμάομαι. Ἐμβριμάομαι, which can also be used intransitively to express deep emotion (cf. John 11:38), takes a dative complement here and means “to state something with sternness” (LN 33.320). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Although a number of witnesses (B2 C D K et al.) read ἐνεβριμήσατο instead of ἐνεβριμήθη (thus replacing a form that could be either middle or passive with one that can only be middle), NA28 and SBLGNT rightly prefer ἐνεβριμήθη. αὐτοῖς. Dative complement of ἐνεβριμήθη. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐνεβριμήθη. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ὁρᾶτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ὁράω. μηδεὶς. Nominative subject of γινωσκέτω. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). γινωσκέτω. Pres act impv 3rd sg γινώσκω. Although Dana and Mantey (295) regard μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω as an object clause (and most English versions translate it as such: NRSV; NJB; ESV; NET; NIV 2011), that would have required an indicative rather than an imperative verb. Instead, as both Burton (§209) and Robertson (430, 932, 949; cf. McKay 1994, §9.3.2) argue, ὁρᾶτε . . . γινωσκέτω forms a paratactic construction with asyndeton. 9:31 οἱ δὲ ἐξελθόντες διεφήμισαν αὐτὸν ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ γῇ ἐκείνῃ. οἱ. Nominative subject of διεφήμισαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐξελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἐξέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες; on adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων.



Matthew 9:30-33

211

διεφήμισαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl διαφημίζω. Elsewhere in the NT, διαφημίζω (“make extensively known by word of mouth, make generally known, spread abroad” [BDAG, 239]) occurs only in Matt 28:15 and Mark 1:45. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of διεφήμισαν. The antecedent of the masculine pronoun is ὁ Ἰησοῦς. ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ γῇ ἐκείνῃ. Locative. Matthew 9:32-­34 As they were going out, behold, they brought to him a demon-­ possessed man who could not speak. 33And when the demon had been thrown out, the mute man spoke. And the crowds marveled, saying, “Nothing like this has ever been seen in Israel.” 34But the Pharisees were saying, “By the ruler of demons he casts out demons.” 32

9:32 Αὐτῶν δὲ ἐξερχομένων ἰδοὺ προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον. Αὐτῶν. Genitive subject of ἐξερχομένων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐξερχομένων. Pres mid ptc masc gen pl ἐξέρχομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. It links this pericope to the preceding one (see Runge 2010, 163–­77). ἰδοὺ. As it does earlier in this Gospel when it immediately precedes a verb (3:16; 8:29, 32; 9:2), the interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) draws attention to the action that follows. We learn little about the man himself except that, having been freed from demon possession, he stands at the center of a dispute in Israel (9:33b-­34). προσήνεγκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσφέρω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of προσήνεγκαν. ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν. Accusative direct object of προσήνεγκαν. κωφός, which can denote the inability either to speak or to hear (cf. BDAG, 580), refers here at least to the former (cf. 9:33). δαιμονιζόμενον. Pres pass ptc masc acc sg δαιμονίζομαι (attributive). 9:33 καὶ ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός. καὶ ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι λέγοντες· οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ. ἐκβληθέντος. Aor pass ptc neut gen sg ἐκβάλλω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. τοῦ δαιμονίου. Genitive subject of ἐκβληθέντος. ἐλάλησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λαλέω.

212

Matthew 9:35-­38

ὁ κωφός. Nominative subject of ἐλάλησεν. ἐθαύμασαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl θαυμάζω. οἱ ὄχλοι. Nominative subject of ἐθαύμασαν. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων; on ἐθαύμασαν λέγοντες, see 8:27. οὐδέποτε. Temporal adverb. See 7:23. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐφάνη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg φαίνω. οὕτως. The adverb is anaphoric, referring back to the delivery of the demon-­possessed man. ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ. Locative. 9:34 οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι ἔλεγον· ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια. This verse, in its entirety, is missing in some witnesses. But the MS support for 9:34 is impressive, and it differs from its parallels in both Matthew (10:25; 12:24, 27) and Mark (3:22), thus making it difficult to dismiss it as a harmonizing corruption (Stanton, 175). “One additional feature of Matthew’s Gospel should be noted, which also favors the inclusion of 9.34. . . . [T]he evangelist characteristically draws a sharp contrast between the crowds and the Jewish leaders, especially in response to the deeds of Jesus; 9.34 fits this pattern” (Olmstead 2003, 192 n. 18). See further Metzger (20–­21) and the fuller discussion by Olmstead (2003, 192 n. 18). οἱ . . . Φαρισαῖοι. Nominati-ve subject of ἔλεγον. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔλεγον. Impf act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The imperfect verb introduces “offline reported speech” (Runge 2009, 9). ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι. Agency (cf. BDF §219.1; BDAG, 329.6). Fronted for emphasis. τῷ ἄρχοντι. Pres act ptc masc dat sg ἄρχω (substantival). τῶν δαιμονίων. Genitive of subordination. ἐκβάλλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἐκβάλλω. τὰ δαιμόνια. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλλει. Matthew 9:35-­38 And Jesus was travelling around all the towns and villages, teaching in their synagogues, and proclaiming the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every kind of disease and sickness. 36And when he saw the crowds, he 35



Matthew 9:34-35

213

had compassion for them, because they were harassed and distressed, like sheep that do not have a shepherd. 37Then he says to his disciples, “The harvest is abundant, but the workers are few. 38Therefore, ask the Lord of the harvest to send out workers into his harvest.” 9:35 Καὶ περιῆγεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς πόλεις πάσας καὶ τὰς κώμας διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν καὶ κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας καὶ θεραπεύων πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν. περιῆγεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg περιάγω. Each of the verbs in this programmatic Matthean summary (cf. 4:23!) is imperfective in aspect: the action is depicted internally, as an unfolding process. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of περιῆγεν. τὰς πόλεις πάσας καὶ τὰς κώμας. Adverbial accusatives. περιάγω can be transitive (cf. 1 Cor 9:5), but as in Matt 4:23, it is intransitive here (BDF §150; BDAG, 798.2). διδάσκων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg διδάσκω (manner). The first of three adverbial participles in this verse that follow περιῆγεν and so explain what Jesus’ travel throughout Galilee entailed (see 1:20 on λέγων). ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς. Locative. αὐτῶν. The genitive is loosely possessive or, perhaps better, simply a genitive of identification (“their synagogues”—­i.e., the synagogues in which the Galileans gathered). Although the pronoun does not have an explicit antecedent, the sense is clear enough. κηρύσσων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg κηρύσσω (manner). See διδάσκων above. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. Accusative direct object of κηρύσσων. τῆς βασιλείας. Objective genitive (“the good news about the kingdom”). In this context, this Gospel is chiefly that heaven’s long-­awaited kingdom has arrived; see 3:2 and 4:17. θεραπεύων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg θεραπεύω (manner). See διδάσκων above. πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν. Accusative direct objects of θεραπεύων. Under the influence of the important parallel in 4:23, a number of witnesses add ἐν τῷ λαῷ after μαλακίαν, while a few add the complementary clause καὶ πολλοὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. A final group (‫ *א‬L ƒ13 1424 g1) offers a conflation: ἐν τῷ λαῷ καὶ πολλοὶ (-­‫)*א‬ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. But all of these are natural scribal additions and the shorter reading, adopted by both NA28 and SBLGNT, is to be preferred.

214

Matthew 9:35-­38

9:36 Ἰδὼν δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους ἐσπλαγχνίσθη περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἦσαν ἐσκυλμένοι καὶ ἐρριμμένοι ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα. Ἰδὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὁράω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τοὺς ὄχλους. Accusative direct object of Ἰδὼν. ἐσπλαγχνίσθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg σλαγχνίζομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. περὶ αὐτῶν. Reference. On περί + gen. with verbs of emotion, see BDF (§229.2). ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that provides the grounds for Jesus’ compassion (9:36a). ἦσαν. Impf act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. ἐσκυλμένοι. Prf pass ptc masc nom pl σκύλλω (pluperfect periphrastic). A Matthean hapax legomenon, σκύλλω (to “weary, harass” [BDAG, 933.1] or to “trouble, bother, annoy τινά someone” [BDAG, 933.2]) occurs elsewhere in the NT only in Mark 5:35; Luke 7:6; 8:49. ἐρριμμένοι. Prf pass ptc masc nom pl ῥίπτω (pluperfect periphrastic). Most find here “a figurative extension of meaning of ῥίπτω ‘to throw,’ . . . to be or to become dejected, with a possible implication of loss of hope” (LN 25.294; cf. BDAG, 906.2) ὡσεὶ. Introduces a comparative clause: “lit. ‘as if ’ ” (BDAG, 1106.1). πρόβατα. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause: “like sheep that have no shepherd (are harassed).” μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ἔχοντα. Pres act ptc neut nom pl ἔχω (attributive). ποιμένα. Accusative direct object of ἔχοντα. 9:37 τότε λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ· ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι· τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition (as Jesus turns to address his disciples) and highlights what he says. τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of λέγει. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ὁ . . . θερισμὸς. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. Fronted as a topical frame. μὲν. Anticipation (see further 3:11), here introducing a counterpoint and pointing forward to the (more important) element introduced by δὲ.



Matthew 9:36–10:1

215

πολύς. Predicate adjective. οἱ . . . ἐργάται. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development (see 1:2 on δὲ). ὀλίγοι. Predicate adjective. 9:38 δεήθητε οὖν τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ ὅπως ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ. δεήθητε. Aor mid impv 2nd pl δέομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν): “Since the harvest is plentiful but the workers are few, ask for workers.” τοῦ κυρίου. Genitive complement of δεήθητε. τοῦ θερισμοῦ. Genitive of subordination. ὅπως. Introduces either a purpose clause or, more probably, the clausal complement of δεήθητε. See further McKay (1994, §14.3.2–­3). ἐκβάλῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἐκβάλλω. Subjunctive with ὅπως. ἐργάτας. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλῃ. εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν. Locative or, less likely, purpose (so Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 344, on the parallel in Luke 10:2). αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. Matthew 10:1-­4 1 And summoning his twelve disciples, he gave them authority over unclean spirits, so that they could cast them out and could heal every kind of disease and sickness. 2Now the names of the twelve apostles are these: Simon who is called Peter, being first, and Andrew his brother, and James the son of Zebedee and John, his brother, 3Philip and Bartholomew, Thomas and Matthew the tax collector, James the son of Alphaeus and Thaddaeus, 4Simon the zealot and Judas Iscariot, the one who also betrayed him.

10:1 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων ὥστε ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὰ καὶ θεραπεύειν πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν. προσκαλεσάμενος. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg προσκαλέω (attendant circumstance or temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς. Accusative direct object of προσκαλεσάμενος. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship.

216

Matthew 10:1-­4

ἔδωκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἔδωκεν. ἐξουσίαν. Accusative direct object of ἔδωκεν. πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων. Genitive of subordination (Quarles, 99; cf. Decker 2014a, 148). The genitive substantive specifies the nature of the authority granted to the disciples: authority over unclean spirits (cf. Luke 9:1: ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια). ὥστε. Introduces a purpose clause (see ἐκβάλλειν below). ἐκβάλλειν. Pres act inf ἐκβάλλω. Used with ὥστε to indicate purpose. The use of the infinitive with ὥστε to express purpose is rare in the NT; more typically it expresses result, as Burton (§371) thinks it does here. Boyer explains the use of the construction here by suggesting that “the results intended were actually realized later; this was known at the time when the record was written and may be reflected in the choice to use ὥστε or ὡς” (1985, 11). But Muraoka demonstrates that in the LXX, in Epictetus, in the papyri, and in the NT (e.g., Luke 4:29), ὥστε + the infinitive can express purpose. It probably should be so understood here (so Robertson, 990, 1089; Moule, 140 [“perhaps”]; Zerwick §352; MHT 3:136; BDF §390.3; McKay 1994, §16.2.1). If so, Moule (144) probably rightly detects a tendency toward ellipsis in the use of ὥστε here: ὥστε [δύνασθαι] ἐκβάλλειν. Cf. 1 Cor 13:2; 2 Cor 2:6-­7; Heb 13:6. Alternatively, it is just possible that here, as perhaps in 1 Cor 5:1 (cf. Moule, 140) and Matt 27:1 (cf. Robertson, 1089), the infinitive introduced by ὥστε is epexegetical, defining the nature of the authority granted to the disciples (cf. θεραπεύειν in the parallel at Luke 9:1). αὐτὰ. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλλειν. θεραπεύειν. Pres act inf θεραπεύω. Used with ὥστε to express purpose. Alternatively, the infinitive may be epexegetical to ἐξουσίαν (see ἐκβάλλειν above). πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν. Accusative direct object of θεραπεύειν. θεραπεύειν πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν echoes 4:23 and 9:35: granted authority by Jesus, the Twelve do what Jesus did. 10:2 Τῶν δὲ δώδεκα ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα· πρῶτος Σίμων ὁ λεγόμενος Πέτρος καὶ Ἀνδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου καὶ Ἰωάννης ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ, Τῶν . . . δώδεκα ἀποστόλων. Possessive genitive. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τὰ ὀνόματά. Nominative subject of ἐστιν.



Matthew 10:2-3

217

ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ταῦτα. Predicate nominative (see 3:3 on οὗτος: here the demonstrative is cataphoric). πρῶτος. Predicate adjective (cf. Robertson, 657). Simon appears first in the parallel lists that Mark and Luke record, but only Matthew underscores this with the use of πρῶτος. Since πρῶτος does not function either adverbially (as the accusative, πρῶτον, sometimes does; e.g., 6:33) or as an attributive adjective in this context, and since Σίμων appears simply to be the first in a list of nominatives in apposition to ταῦτα, πρῶτος should probably be regarded as a predicate adjective, completing an implied ὤν (pres act ptc masc nom sg εἰμί): “Simon, who is called Peter, being first, and Andrew . . .” Σίμων . . . καὶ Ἀνδρέας . . . καὶ Ἰάκωβος . . . καὶ Ἰωάννης. Nominatives in apposition to ταῦτα. ὁ λεγόμενος. Pres pass ptc masc nom sg λέγω (attributive). Πέτρος. Nominative complement to Σίμων in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). ὁ ἀδελφὸς. Nominative in apposition to Ἀνδρέας. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. καὶ. Against NA28, SBLGNT follows the many witnesses (‫א‬c C D K et al.) that omit καὶ before Ἰάκωβος. Its presence in important early witnesses (‫ *א‬B d syh) may suggest that it was omitted by later scribes as a stylistic improvement, aligning it with the name-­καί-­name pattern that marks the remainder of the list. But it is possible that the original pattern was interrupted by the scribal insertion of καὶ here (so Davies and Allison, 2:155 n. 42). Although a firm decision is difficult, I have followed NA28 in judging καὶ original. ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the genitive τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου into a nominative noun phrase that stands in apposition to Ἰάκωβος. τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου. Genitive of relationship. ὁ ἀδελφὸς. Nominative in apposition to Ἰωάννης. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. 10:3 Φίλιππος καὶ Βαρθολομαῖος, Θωμᾶς καὶ Μαθθαῖος ὁ τελώνης, Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ἁλφαίου καὶ Θαδδαῖος, Φίλιππος καὶ Βαρθολομαῖος, Θωμᾶς καὶ Μαθθαῖος . . . Ἰάκωβος . . . καὶ Θαδδαῖος. Nominatives in apposition to ταῦτα (10:2).

218

Matthew 10:5-­15

ὁ τελώνης. Nominative in apposition to Μαθθαῖος. Only in ­Matthew’s Gospel is the apostle Matthew called ὁ τελώνης, and only in Matthew’s Gospel is Levi, the tax collector, called Matthew (cf. 9:9-­13). ὁ τοῦ Ἁλφαίου. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the genitive τοῦ Ἁλφαίου into a nominative noun phrase that stands in apposition to Ἰάκωβος. τοῦ Ἁλφαίου. Genitive of relationship. Θαδδαῖος. The MS tradition exhibits considerable diversity here. Instead of Θαδδαῖος, one group of witnesses reads Λεββαῖος. Two other variants conflate the two: Θαδδαῖος ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Λεββαῖος (13) or, more frequently, Λεββαῖος ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Θαδδαῖος (C2 K L N et al.). Finally, perhaps influenced by Luke 6:15, some versions (notably, it) read “Judas Zelotes.” If we set aside this final variant and the conflated readings, the weight of external support suggest that Θαδδαῖος (‫ א‬B ƒ13 892 et al.) instead of Λεββαῖος (D k μ; Orlat) is to be preferred (see further Metzger, 21). France speculates that “Λεββαῖος may have originated in an attempt to find a place among the Twelve for the Levi whose call story in Mark and Luke corresponds to that of Matthew in Matthew” (2007, 374 n. 1). 10:4 Σίμων ὁ Καναναῖος καὶ Ἰούδας ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν. Σίμων . . . καὶ Ἰούδας. Nominatives in apposition to ταῦτα (10:2). ὁ Καναναῖος. Nominative in apposition to Σίμων. According to BDAG (507), Καναναῖος is “[n]ot a toponym from Cana (Jerome) nor Canaanite, but fr[om] Aram[aic] ‫‘ ַקנְ ָאן‬enthusiast, zealot’ (cf. Lk 6:15; Acts 1:13, where he is called ζηλωτής).” ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης. Nominative in apposition to Ἰούδας. The name is “usu[ally] taken to refer to the place of [Judas’] origin, from Kerioth (in southern Judea)” (BDAG, 480). ὁ . . . παραδοὺς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg παραδίδωμι (substantival). Nominative in apposition to Ἰούδας. Alternatively, the participle may simply be attributive. καὶ. Adjunctive (“also”); see 5:39. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of παραδοὺς. Matthew 10:5-­15 These twelve Jesus sent out with these commands: “Do not take a road that leads to the Gentiles and do not enter any Samaritan town; 6but go rather to the lost sheep—­that is, to the house of Israel. 7And as you go, preach, saying ‘Heaven’s kingdom has come near.’ 8Heal the sick, raise 5



Matthew 10:4-5

219

the dead, cleanse lepers, cast out demons. Freely you have received; freely give. 9Do not acquire gold or silver or copper (to put) into your money-­belts, 10no bag for the way, or two tunics, or sandals, or a staff; for the worker deserves his food. 11And whatever town or village you enter, find out who in it is worthy, and stay there until you leave. 12When you enter the house, greet it; 13and if the house is worthy, let your peace come upon it, but if it is not worthy, let your peace return to you. 14And whoever does not welcome you or listen to your words—­as you are leaving that house or town, shake the dust off your feet. 15I am telling you the truth, it will be more tolerable for the region of Sodom and Gomorrah on the day of judgment than for that town.” 10:5 Τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων· εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν μὴ ἀπέλθητε καὶ εἰς πόλιν Σαμαριτῶν μὴ εἰσέλθητε· Τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα. Accusative direct object of ἀπέστειλεν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀπέστειλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποστέλλω. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἀπέστειλεν. παραγγείλας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg παραγγέλλω (manner). Following its finite verb, the adverbial participle elaborates (see further 1:20 on λέγων): Jesus sent them out in this way—­that is, with these commands. αὐτοῖς. Dative complement of παραγγείλας. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). Since it is not linked to παραγγείλας with a coordinating conjunction (except in D it vgs.st.ww sys.p: καὶ λέγων; ‫ *א‬1424 Or omit λέγων), λέγων probably modifies παραγγείλας and not ἀπέστειλεν. εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). εἰς ὁδὸν. Locative. εἰς indicates “extension toward, in the direction of, a specific place to be reached” (BDAG, 289.1.a.α). ἐθνῶν. The genitive substantive specifies the way (ὁδὸν) the Twelve are not to go—­namely, the way that leads to the Gentiles. Wallace (101) and Quarles (100) describe it as a genitive of destination; others prefer to call it objective (e.g., Robertson, 495, 500; MHT 3:212) or even adjectival/attributive genitive (“to Gentile parts” [Moule, 38]). μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. ἀπέλθητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl ἀπέρχομαι (prohibitive subjunctive). εἰς πόλιν Σαμαριτῶν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). εἰς πόλιν. Locative; cf. εἰς ὁδὸν above.

220

Matthew 10:5-­15

Σαμαριτῶν. Genitive of identification (“the town[s] where the Samaritans live”). μὴ. See above. εἰσέλθητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl εἰσέρχομαι (prohibitive subjunctive). 10:6 πορεύεσθε δὲ μᾶλλον πρὸς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ. πορεύεσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl πορεύομαι. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μᾶλλον. The adverb marks the alternative to the preceding prohibitions: “rather” (cf. BDAG, 614.3.a.α). πρὸς τὰ πρόβατα. Spatial (movement or orientation toward; cf. BDAG, 874.3). τὰ ἀπολωλότα. Prf act ptc neut acc pl ἀπόλλυμι (attributive). On the perfect tense, see 1:22 on γέγονεν. οἴκου. The genitive is either partitive (Saldarini, 28) or epexegetical (Luz 2001–­2007, 2:73). One might find support for a partitive reading in the preceding distinction of the sheep (= the crowds) from the shepherds (9:36; see esp. Konradt, 33–­39, 74–­85) and in Jesus’ missional focus on the marginalized throughout the wider narrative; but the immediate context, which defines the lost sheep over against both Gentiles and Samaritans (10:5), offers decisive support for an epexegetical reading: “the lost sheep who are the house of Israel.” Ἰσραήλ. Epexegetical genitive, modifying οἴκου (so NIV 2011: “to the lost sheep of Israel”) or, more probably, genitive of relationship (so Quarles, 101; cf. BDAG, 481.1: “to the lost sheep of the house [= descendants] of the patriarch Israel”). 10:7 πορευόμενοι δὲ κηρύσσετε λέγοντες ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. πορευόμενοι. Pres mid ptc masc nom pl πορεύομαι (attendant circumstance or, as translated above, temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. κηρύσσετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl κηρύσσω. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (direct discourse) of λέγοντες.



Matthew 10:6-8

221

ἤγγικεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg ἐγγίζω. On both the perfect tense and this proclamation, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἤγγικεν. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. 10:8 ἀσθενοῦντας θεραπεύετε, νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε, λεπροὺς καθαρίζετε, δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλετε· δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε. ἀσθενοῦντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl ἀσθενέω (substantival). Accusative direct object of θεραπεύετε. θεραπεύετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl θεραπεύω. Each of the four imperative verbs in this series stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT) and is imperfective in aspect, depicting the action internally, as a process. νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε, λεπροὺς καθαρίζετε, δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλετε. These six words appear in various arrangements in the extant traditions, but νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε stand at the center of the textual problem. Three variant readings agree in omitting them, perhaps because later scribes deemed it inconceivable that Jesus would include a command to raise the dead in his commission to the Twelve (although the similar endings could have led to an accidental omission). A fourth variant understandably places νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε in the final, climactic position within the series. On the grounds both that it receives impressive support (‫ א‬B C* N et al.) and that it best explains the rise of the other variants, the reading adopted by both NA28 and SBLGNT is decisively to be be preferred (see further Metzger, 22). νεκροὺς. Accusative direct object of ἐγείρετε. ἐγείρετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ἐγείρω. λεπροὺς. Accusative direct object of καθαρίζετε. See 8:2. καθαρίζετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl καθαρίζω. δαιμόνια. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλλετε. ἐκβάλλετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl ἐκβάλλω. δωρεὰν. Adverbial accusative of manner. Fronted for emphasis. ἐλάβετε. Aor act ind 2nd pl λαμβάνω. δωρεὰν. Adverbial accusative of manner. δότε. Aor act impv 2nd pl δίδωμι. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). Although not signaled by any conjunction (the link is instead asyndetic), the imperative is nevertheless drawn inferentially from the preceding clause.

222

Matthew 10:5-­15

10:9 Μὴ κτήσησθε χρυσὸν μηδὲ ἄργυρον μηδὲ χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν, Μὴ . . . μηδὲ . . . μηδὲ. BDAG (647.1) notes that μηδέ “continu[es] a preceding negation (almost always w[ith] μή).” κτήσησθε. Aor mid subj 2nd pl κτάομαι (prohibitive subjunctive). The verb is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 7×) and means “to gain possession of, procure for oneself, acquire” (BDAG, 572.1). χρυσὸν . . . ἄργυρον . . . χαλκὸν. Accusative direct objects of κτήσησθε. For the only time in his Gospel (NT: 5×), Matthew employs ἄργυρος (“money made of silver, silver money, silver” [BDAG, 129.2]) instead of the more common ἀργύριον (Matt: 9×; NT: 20×). εἰς τὰς ζώνας. Locative. The PP is part of an elliptical construction: “acquire gold (in order to put it) into your (money-­) belts” (BDAG, 572.1). Elsewhere, BDAG (291.10.d) suggests that the use of εἰς is pregnant (see further Zerwick §99): presumably, “gold . . . to put into and keep in your belts.” ζώνη refers to “a band of leather or cloth worn around the waist outside of one’s clothing—­‘belt, girdle.’ . . . A ζώνη was normally quite wide and could be readily folded. As such, it was often used to carry money (see Mt 10.9)” (LN 6.178). ὑμῶν. Possessive genitive. 10:10 μὴ πήραν εἰς ὁδὸν μηδὲ δύο χιτῶνας μηδὲ ὑποδήματα μηδὲ ῥάβδον· ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ. μὴ . . . μηδὲ . . . μηδὲ . . . μηδὲ. See 10:9. πήραν . . . δύο χιτῶνας . . . ὑποδήματα . . . ῥάβδον. Accusative direct objects of an implied κτήσησθε. Both BDAG (811) and LN (6.145) note the possibility that πήραν refers here to a beggar’s bag, but probably the word is used in its more general sense: “a leather pouch used by travellers” (BDAG, 811). On χιτών, cf. LN (6.176): “a garment worn under the ἱμάτιον . . .—­‘tunic, shirt.’ ” On the grounds that “it is not likely that Jesus intended [the apostles] to go barefoot (and v. 14 indicates that they had some footwear which could collect dust),” France argues that δύο “is probably to be understood at least with ‘sandals’ ” even though it is not repeated (2007, 379–­80 n. 4). Presumably influenced by the parallel at Mark 6:8 (εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον), many witnesses replace the singular ῥάβδον with the plural ῥάβδους. εἰς ὁδὸν. Unlike 10:5, where we meet the same PP, here ὁδός refers not to a road per se (cf. BDAG, 691.1) but rather to “the action of traveling, way, trip, journey” (BDAG, 691.2) and the PP means “for the journey.” In this idiom, the use of εἰς is almost telic: “for the purposes of/in



Matthew 10:9-12

223

order to sustain the journey.” Cf. LXX Gen 42:25; 45:21, 23; Exod 12:39; Josh 9:11; Josephus, Ant. 12.198. ἄξιος. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see further 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the grounds for the preceding imperatives. ὁ ἐργάτης. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. τῆς τροφῆς. Genitive complement of ἄξιος. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 10:11 Εἰς ἣν δ’ ἂν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε, ἐξετάσατε τίς ἐν αὐτῇ ἄξιός ἐστιν· κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε. Εἰς ἣν . . . ἂν πόλιν ἢ κώμην. Locative. The indefinite relative pronoun (see 5:19) introduces an internally headed relative clause (see 7:2 on ἐν ᾧ . . . κρίματι) in which the nouns that the relative clause modifies (πόλιν ἢ κώμην) stand within the relative clause (contrast D: ἡ πόλις εἰς ἣν ἂν εἰσέλθητε εἰς αὐτήν). The entire relative clause introduces the topic of the sentence (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις), which is picked up by the adverb κἀκεῖ in the following clause. δ’. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἰσέλθητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl εἰσέρχομαι. Subjunctive with ἄν. ἐξετάσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἐξετάζω. τίς. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. The interrogative pronoun introduces an indirect question that serves as the direct object of ἐξετάσατε. ἐν αὐτῇ. Locative. ἄξιός. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμὶ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κἀκεῖ. An adverb of place (formed by crasis from καὶ ἐκεῖ) that modifies μείνατε, κἀκεῖ picks up the topic introduced in 10:11a. Fronted for emphasis (cf. Runge 2010, 310–­11). μείνατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl μένω. ἕως ἂν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. ἐξέλθητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl ἐξέρχομαι. Subjunctive with ἄν. 10:12 εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν· εἰσερχόμενοι. Pres mid ptc masc nom pl εἰσέρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ.

224

Matthew 10:5-­15

εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. Locative. While typically οἰκία refers either to “a structure used as a dwelling, house” (BDAG, 695.1) or to a “social unit within a dwelling, household, family” (BDAG, 695.2), “a kind of middle position betw. mngs. 1 and 2 is held by Mt 10:12f ” (BDAG, 695.3): the apostles enter the house and greet the household (cf. Quarles, 101). ἀσπάσασθε. Aor mid impv 2nd pl ἀσπάζομαι. αὐτήν. Accusative direct object of ἀσπάσασθε. In an apparent assimilation to Luke 10:5, a number of witnesses (‫*א‬.2b D L W et al.) continue, making the greeting explicit: λέγοντες εἰρήνη τῴ οἴκῳ τούτῳ. 10:13 καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία, ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν, ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ᾖ ἀξία, ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω. ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. μὲν. Anticipation (pointing forward to the construction introduced by δὲ). See 3:11 on μὲν. ᾖ. Pres act subj 3rd sg εἰμί. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἡ οἰκία. Nominative subject of ᾖ. See 10:12. ἀξία. Predicate adjective. ἐλθάτω. Aor act impv 3rd sg ἐρχομαι. ἡ εἰρήνη. Nominative subject of ἐλθάτω. ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive (“let the peace that you extend come upon it”). ἐπ’ αὐτήν. In a metaphorical extension of its basic locative sense, the preposition serves as “marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth[ing] is done, to, on, about” (BDAG, 366.14). ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ᾖ. Pres act subj 3rd sg εἰμί. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ἀξία. Predicate adjective. ἡ εἰρήνη. Nominative subject of ἐπιστραφήτω. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive. πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Spatial (motion toward). ἐπιστραφήτω. Aor mid impv 3rd sg ἐπιστρέφω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. The verb stands in final, emphatic position.



Matthew 10:13-14

225

10:14 καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν, ἐξερχόμενοι ἔξω τῆς οἰκίας ἢ τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν. ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν. The indefinite relative pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19) that one might expect either to serve as the subject of a finite verb (e.g., Matt 19:9) or to be picked up by a resumptive pronoun (e.g., Luke 8:18). Instead, the construction is anacoluthic; the relative does introduce the topic of what follows, but nothing in the sentence refers back to it (in contrast to the parallels in Mark 6:11 and Luke 9:5: εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς/ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς). ὃς ἂν. Nominative subject of δέξηται. μὴ . . . μηδὲ. See 10:9. δέξηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg δέχομαι. Subjunctive with ἄν. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of δέξηται. ἀκούσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἀκούω. Subjunctive with ἄν. τοὺς λόγους. Accusative direct object of ἀκούσῃ. ὑμῶν. Subjective genitive. ἐξερχόμενοι. Pres mid ptc masc nom pl ἐξέρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἔξω τῆς οἰκίας ἢ τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης. Locative (the adverb of place serving here as a preposition; cf. BDAG, 354.2.b). ἐκτινάξατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἐκτινάσσω. The verb is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×) and means “to dislodge or remove someth[ing] with rapid movements, shake off” (BDAG, 310.1). τὸν κονιορτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐκτινάξατε. κονιορτός (“dust” [BDAG, 558]) is another Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 5×). τῶν ποδῶν. Genitive of separation. Gundry (1994, 190) thinks that ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν means to shake off (from your garments) the dust stirred up by your feet, but the parallels he cites either refer more naturally to shaking the dust from one’s feet (Acts 13:51) or differ in important respects—­not least by failing to mention feet at all (Neh 5:13: τὴν ἀναβολήν μου ἐξετίναξα; Acts 18:6: ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια). Moreover, several witnesses, providing implicit commentary on the text, include prepositions that make the notion of separating dust from the feet explicit: ἐκ (‫ א‬C 0281 33 et al.) ἀπό (𝔓110). Finally, the Lukan parallel refers to shaking dust from (ἀπό) the apostles’ feet (Luke 9:5). ὑμῶν. Possessive genitive.

226

Matthew 10:16-­25

10:15 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἀνεκτότερον. Predicate adjective (the comparative form of ἀνεκτός: “bearable, endurable” [BDAG, 76]). Fronted for emphasis. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. γῇ. Dative of advantage or dative of reference (Quarles, 102). γῆ (“portions or regions of the earth, region, country” [BDAG, 196.3]) refers here to the inhabitants of the region. Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων. Genitive of identification. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ. Temporal. κρίσεως. Genitive of identification (“the day on which judgement takes place”). ἢ. Marker of comparison (cf. BDAG, 432.2). τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ. Dative of disadvantage (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 350) or dative of reference (Quarles, 102). Matthew 10:16-­25 “Behold, I am sending you out like sheep in the midst of wolves; so then, be wise as serpents and innocent as doves. 17Beware of people, because they will hand you over to councils and in their synagogues they will flog you. 18And you will be led before governors and kings because of me, to bear witness to them and to the Gentiles. 19But when they hand you over, do not worry about how or what you will say, because what you will say will be given to you at that hour. 20For you will not be the ones speaking but the Spirit of your Father will be the one speaking through you. 21Brother will hand over brother to death and a father his child, and children will rise up against parents and have them put to death. 22And you will be hated by all people because of my name, but the one who endures to the end—­this one will be saved. 23When they persecute you in one town, flee to another; for, I am telling you the truth, you will certainly not have completed (going through) the towns of Israel before the Son of Man comes. 24A disciple is not superior to his teacher, nor a slave superior to his master. 25It is enough for the disciple that he should be like his teacher and the slave like his master. If they called the master of the household Beelzebul, how much more the members of his household!” 16



Matthew 10:15-17

227

10:16 Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων· γίνεσθε οὖν φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί. Ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces, and places an accent over, the following utterance. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of ἀποστέλλω. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀποστέλλω. Pres act ind 1st sg ἀποστέλλω. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ἀποστέλλω. ὡς. The first of three uses of ὡς in this verse to introduce an elliptical comparative clause (cf. BDAG, 1104.2.b). πρόβατα. Accusative direct object in an elliptical clause (“as [one sends] sheep”). That it is difficult to imagine sending sheep into the midst of wolves only underscores the startling nature of the comparison. ἐν μέσῳ. Locative. B reads εἰς μέσον, perhaps because the scribe expected to find εἰς with a verb of motion (on εἰς and ἐν with verbs of motion and rest in Matthew, see 2:23 on εἰς πόλιν). λύκων. Partitive genitive (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 344). γίνεσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl γίνομαι. οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν), introducing an imperative, drawn from preceding assertion. φρόνιμοι. Predicate adjective. ὡς. The second of three uses of ὡς in this verse to introduce an elliptical comparative clause. οἱ ὄφεις. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause (“as serpents [are wise]”). The article is generic. ἀκέραιοι. Predicate adjective. ὡς. The third of three uses of ὡς in this verse to introduce an elliptical comparative clause. αἱ περιστεραί. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause (“as doves [are innocent]”). Here, too, the article is generic. 10:17 Προσέχετε δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων: παραδώσουσιν γὰρ ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια, καὶ ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν μαστιγώσουσιν ὑμᾶς· Προσέχετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl προσέχω. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. “[V]erbs meaning be on guard, be ashamed, etc., take ἀπό to express the occasion or object of their caution, shame, or fear” (BDAG, 105.1.c). Robertson (473) suggests that this “happens to be in imitation of the Hebrew idiom (‫)מן‬.” παραδώσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl παραδίδωμι.

228

Matthew 10:16-­25

γὰρ. The explanatory conjunction (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding imperative. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of παραδώσουσιν. εἰς συνέδρια. Locative. ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς. Locative. Mark’s parallel (Mark 13:9) has εἰς συναγωγὰς, but the absence of a verb of motion (see 2:23 on εἰς πόλιν) probably motivates the change to ἐν here. αὐτῶν. The genitive is loosely possessive or, perhaps better, simply a genitive of identification (“their synagogues”—­i.e., the synagogues in which people gather). Cf. 4:23; 9:35. μαστιγώσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl μαστιγόω. The verb μαστιγόω means “to beat with a whip or lash, whip, flog, scourge” (BDAG, 620.1). ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of μαστιγώσουσιν. 10:18 καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας δὲ καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας . . . καὶ βασιλεῖς. The preposition serves as a “marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before” (BDAG, 363.3). Fronted for emphasis. δὲ καὶ. Together, δὲ καὶ serves as a “marker of heightened emphasis” (BDAG, 213.5.a): “but also, but even, and also.” Its postpositive position shows that καὶ is not a “marker of connections” (BDAG, 494.1) but instead a “marker to indicate an additive relation” (BDAG, 495.2). δὲ, linking the two objects of the preposition, signals development; καὶ is adjunctive (“also”) or, less likely, ascensive (“even”). See 5:39. ἀχθήσεσθε. Fut pass ind 2nd pl ἄγω. ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ. Cause. εἰς μαρτύριον. Purpose. αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. Following the verbal noun, the datives probably serve as indirect objects of the verbal notion embedded in the noun, but they could also be classified as datives of advantage. Cf. Matt 8:4; 24:14. 10:19 ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς, μὴ μεριμνήσητε πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε· δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσητε· ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. παραδῶσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl παραδίδωμι. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of παραδῶσιν.



Matthew 10:18-20

229

μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. μεριμνήσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl μεριμνάω (prohibitive subjunctive). πῶς. Introduces an indirect question (πῶς . . . λαλήσητε) that serves as the clausal complement of μεριμνήσητε. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). τί. Introduces an indirect question. Accusative direct object of λαλήσητε. λαλήσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl λαλέω (deliberative subjunctive). δοθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding prohibition. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of δοθήσεται. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ. Temporal. τί. Introduces an indirect question that serves as the subject of δοθήσεται. Accusative direct object of λαλήσητε. λαλήσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl λαλέω (deliberative subjunctive). 10:20 οὐ γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ λαλοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ὑμῖν. οὐ . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. The point is not that Jesus’ followers will not speak but that their speech will be inspired by the “Spirit of [their] father.” Zerwick (§445) finds a Semitic idiom at play here. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ and BDAG, 189.2) either introduces further grounds for the prohibition of v. 19a or, more probably, introduces a clarification of v. 19b: “[W]hat you will say will be given to you in that hour, for, you see, the Spirit of your Father will be the one speaking.” ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of ἐστε. Fronted for emphasis (contrast Mark 13:11). ἐστε. Pres act ind 2nd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Futuristic present (see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται; Zerwick §278). οἱ λαλοῦντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λαλέω (substantival). Predicate nominative. τὸ πνεῦμα. Nominative subject in a verbless equative clause. Fronted for emphasis. τοῦ πατρὸς. Genitive of relationship or genitive of source (“the Spirit from the Father”; Quarles, 104). As often (5:16, 45, 48; 6:1, 4, 6, 8, 9, 14, 15, 18, 26, 32 et al.) Matthew refers to the God of Israel as the Father (of Jesus or) of his followers. In both the Markan (13:11) and Lukan (12:12) parallels, this spirit is explicitly “the Holy Spirit.”

230

Matthew 10:16-­25

ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. τὸ λαλοῦν. Pres act ptc neut nom sg λαλέω (substantival). Predicate nominative. ἐν ὑμῖν. Agency (cf. BDAG, 329.6). But cf. NJB, whose translation gives the preposition its more typical locative force: “[T]he Spirit of your Father will be speaking in you.” 10:21 Παραδώσει δὲ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον, καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς. Παραδώσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg παραδίδωμι. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀδελφὸς. Nominative subject of παραδώσει. ἀδελφὸν. Accusative direct object of παραδώσει. εἰς θάνατον. Goal. πατὴρ. Nominative subject of an implied παραδώσει. τέκνον. Accusative direct object of an implied παραδώσει. ἐπαναστήσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ἐπανίστημι. ἐπανίστημι (“to rise up in open defiance of authority” [LN 39.34]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon that occurs elsewhere in the NT only in the parallel in Mark 13:2. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. τέκνα. Nominative subject of ἐπαναστήσονται. ἐπὶ γονεῖς. Opposition. θανατώσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl θανατόω. The verb is probably causative in this context (“have them put to death”; cf. BDAG, 441.1). αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of θανατώσουσιν. 10:22 καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου· ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος οὗτος σωθήσεται. ἔσεσθε. Fut act ind 2nd pl εἰμί. μισούμενοι. Pres pass ptc masc nom pl μισέω (future periphrastic). The periphrastic future is imperfective in aspect (Campbell 2008a, 33–­36; cf. Wallace, 567 n. 1) and so depicts the action internally, as a process. Caragounis depicts the increasingly common use of the periphrastic future in the LXX and, even more, in the NT as part of the language’s evolution: eventually “[t]he emphasis on clearly distinguishing the durative future from the instantaneous future finally led to the creation of an addition form in N[eohellenic]. Thus, there are now two



Matthew 10:21-23

231

future tenses: the instantaneous future . . . and the durative (or continuous) future” (158–59). ὑπὸ πάντων. Ultimate agency. διὰ τὸ ὄνομά. Cause. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ . . . ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος. The participial clause in its entirety serves as the topic of the sentence (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) and is picked up by the resumptive οὗτος. ὁ . . . ὑπομείνας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ὑπομένω (substantival). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἰς τέλος. Temporal. οὗτος. The resumptive demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of σωθήσεται. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). σωθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg σῴζω. God is the implied agent of the passive verb; on the so-­called divine passive, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. 10:23 Ὅταν δὲ διώκωσιν ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν: ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ μὴ τελέσητε τὰς πόλεις τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. διώκωσιν. Pres act subj 3rd pl διώκω. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of διώκωσιν. ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ. Locative. φεύγετε. Pres act impv 2nd pl φεύγω. εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν. Locative. Although many witnesses (C D K L et al.) have ἄλλην instead of ἑτέραν, NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow the strong testimony of ‫ א‬B W ƒ1.13 et al. After ἑτέραν (or ἄλλην), a number of MSS include a conditional sentence urging flight from the town to which the apostles have escaped, should they also meet persecution there. While it is possible that the additional clause was original and omitted inadvertently, because of homoeoteleuton, more probably it was added intentionally to prepare for οὐ μὴ τελέσητε τὰς πόλεις κτλ. (Metzger, 23; cf. France 2007, 388 n. 5). ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces grounds for the preceding imperative. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω.

232

Matthew 10:16-­25

τελέσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl τελέω. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. τὰς πόλεις. τελέσητε τὰς πόλεις (lit. “complete the towns”) is probably elliptical (BDAG, 997.1; Nolland, 427), with the direct object of τελέσητε implicit: either “complete (proclaiming the kingdom)” (cf. 10:7) or “complete (going through)” (i.e., fleeing persecution). In the absence of the direct object, τὰς πόλεις has apparently “been drawn into the object slot” (Nolland, 427). τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ. Genitive of place (“the cities that are in Israel”). ἕως ἂν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. ἔλθῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. Subjunctive with ἄν. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of ἔλθῃ. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship; see 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 10:24 Οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ. Οὐκ . . . οὐδὲ. “Neither . . . nor.” ἔστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ἐστίν becomes ἔστιν and “completely los[es] its character as an enclitic” when it is preceded by οὐκ (Carson 1985a, 50). μαθητὴς. Nominative subject of ἔστιν. ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον. The basic spatial/locative sense of the preposition (see Porter 1994, 175) is extended metaphorically so that it serves as a “marker of a status which is superior to another status” (LN 87.30; cf. BDAG, 1031). In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). δοῦλος. Nominative subject of an implied ἐστίν. ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον. See ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον above. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of subordination (Quarles, 105). 10:25 ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ. εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ. ἀρκετὸν. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. τῷ μαθητῇ. Dative of reference. ἵνα. Introduces a clause that, in its entirety (γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ), serves as the subject of a verbless equative clause. γένηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg γίνομαι. Subjunctive with ἵνα. ὡς. Introduces the first comparative clause (“like his teacher [is]”).



Matthew 10:24-25

233

ὁ διδάσκαλος. Nominative subject of an implied ἐστίν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship or objective genitive. ὁ δοῦλος. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause (“and [that] the slave [be] like his master”). Fronted as a topical frame. ὡς. Introduces the second comparative clause (“like his master [is]”). ὁ κύριος. Nominative subject of an implied ἐστίν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of subordination. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην. Accusative direct object of ἐπεκάλεσαν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Fronted as a topical frame. Βεελζεβοὺλ. Accusative complement to τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐπεκάλεσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐπικαλέω. Porter (1994, 258) finds here “a timeless use of [the] aorist.” More probably, however, the verb is past-­referring, pointing back to the reception Jesus had met in Israel (cf. 9:34). πόσῳ μᾶλλον. “εἰ . . . πόσῳ μᾶλλον = if . . . how much more” (BDAG, 855.1). τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς. Accusative direct object in an elliptical clause. οἰκιακός (“member of a household” [BDAG, 695]) is found in the NT only here and at 10:36. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. Matthew 10:26-­33 “So, do not fear them. For nothing is covered that will not be revealed and hidden that will not be known. 27What I say to you in the darkness, declare in the light and what you hear (whispered) into your ear, proclaim upon the housetops. 28And do not be afraid of those who kill the body but are unable to kill the soul; fear instead the one who is able to destroy both body and soul in Gehenna. 29Two sparrows are sold for a penny, are they not? And yet not one of them will fall to the ground without your Father’s consent. 30As for you, even the hairs of your head have all been numbered. 31So do not fear; you are worth more than many sparrows. 32Therefore, everyone who acknowledges me before people, I also will acknowledge before my Father who is in heaven. 33But whoever denies me before people, I also will deny before my Father who is in heaven.” 26

234

Matthew 10:26-­33

10:26 Μὴ οὖν φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς· οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται. Μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. οὖν. As we have seen (see 1:17), οὖν typically signals both close continuity with the preceding material and new development, thus introducing either a conclusion drawn inferentially from the preceding material or, in narrative contexts, the resumption of a suspended event line (cf. Runge 2010, 43–­48). It is not resumptive here and, if it is inferential, the nature of the inference is not immediately obvious. Dana and Mantey (258) suggest that it is adversative, but Larsen (38–­39) concludes, correctly I think, that οὖν itself never carries adversative force. Probably its function is inferential (contra Davies and Allison, 2:203: “clearly not inferential”). Perhaps the thought is this: “Since opposition will inevitably come to Jesus’ followers, as it did to Jesus himself, it is not to be feared (especially since, as Jesus will proceed to establish, such fear may lead to capitulation).” φοβηθῆτε. Aor mid subj 2nd pl φοβέομαι (prohibitive subjunctive). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. The prohibition, which is unique to Matthew, effectively stands over and introduces 10:26-­33 (note the repetition at 10:28, 31). αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of φοβηθῆτε. οὐδὲν. Nominative subject of ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον. Fronted for emphasis. γάρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces two clauses that ground the preceding imperative, but how, precisely, these clauses ground the charge not to fear is disputed. Does Jesus mean that the final judgment will bring all hidden things to light, so that those who follow him can know that they will be vindicated (cf. Davies and Allison, 2:203–­4; Luz 2001–­2007, 2:101)? Or does “what will be revealed” simply anticipate 10:27 and allude to the declaration of the good news that has been entrusted to the apostles that will happen within history (so, apparently, France 2007, 402–­3; Osborne, 396)? Probably the former sense is more natural in this context, with its repeated reference to the final judgment and/or its consequences (10:28, 32, 33). Jesus’ followers need not fear, because the final judgment will bring everything to light and right all wrongs (10:26). Their responsibility is to declare the message that Jesus has entrusted to them (even if it elicits opposition; 10:27). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. κεκαλυμμένον. Prf pass ptc neut sg nom καλύπτω (perfect periphrastic). Alternatively, since the parallel construction that follows has



Matthew 10:26-28

235

a predicate adjective (κρυπτὸν), we might also regard the participle as predicate. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ὃ. Nominative subject of ἀποκαλυφθήσεται. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἀποκαλυφθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg ἀποκαλύπτω. κρυπτὸν. Predicate adjective of an implied (οὐδὲν) ἐστιν. Fronted for emphasis. ὃ. Nominative subject of γνωσθήσεται. οὐ. See οὐκ above. γνωσθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg γινώσκω. 10:27 ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί, καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων. ὃ. Introduces a headless relative clause (ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ; see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that serves as the clausal complement of εἴπατε and is fronted as a topical frame. Within its clause, ὃ is the accusative direct object of λέγω. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ. Locative. εἴπατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl λέγω. ἐν τῷ φωτί. Locative. ὃ. Introduces a headless relative clause (ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε; see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that serves as the clausal complement of κηρύξατε and is fronted as a topical frame. Within its clause, ὃ is the accusative direct object of ἀκούετε. εἰς τὸ οὖς. Locative. εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε refers here to what is whispered, uttered in secret (cf. BDAG, 739.1). ἀκούετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ἀκούω. κηρύξατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl κηρύσσω. ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων. Locative. 10:28 Καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι· φοβεῖσθε δὲ μᾶλλον τὸν δυνάμενον καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἀπολέσαι ἐν γεέννῃ. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. φοβεῖσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl φοβέομαι. It is difficult to be certain whether the present middle imperative (φοβεῖσθε; ‫ א‬C K L et al.) or the aorist middle subjunctive (φοβηθῆτε; B D N W et al.) is to be preferred. The same variants are present in 10:28b (but there, in a positive

236

Matthew 10:26-­33

command, aorist imperative instead of subjunctive) and 10:31, but in both 10:28b and 10:31, the present receives more decisive support. Although there are also textual issues in the parallel in Luke 12:5, probably there the aorist subjunctive is original. Perhaps the variant featuring the aorist subjunctive here arose under the influence of the Lukan parallel. Probably here in 10:28a, and more certainly in 10:28b and in 10:31, the present imperative was original (so both NA28 and SBLGNT). If so, in contrast to the prohibition in 10:26 that introduces this pericope, the three prohibitions that follow are all imperfective in aspect, depicting the action internally. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων . . . μὴ δυναμένων. “[V]erbs meaning be on guard, be ashamed, etc., take ἀπό to express the occasion or object of their caution, shame, or fear” (BDAG, 105.1.c). Cf. 10:17. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (413), however, find in the parallel in Luke 12:4 a more typical use of ἀπό, expressing “separation, or perhaps cause.” τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων. Pres act ptc masc gen pl ἀποκτέννω (substantival). τὸ σῶμα. Accusative direct object of ἀποκτεννόντων. τὴν . . . ψυχὴν. Accusative direct object of ἀποκτεῖναι. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. δυναμένων. Pres mid ptc masc gen pl δύναμαι (substantival). ἀποκτεῖναι. Aor act inf ἀποκτείνω (complementary). φοβεῖσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl φοβέομαι. See φοβεῖσθε above. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μᾶλλον. The adverb marks the alternative to the preceding prohibitions (“rather”; cf. BDAG, 614.3.a.α). Cf. 10:6. τὸν δυνάμενον. Pres mid ptc masc acc sg δύναμαι (substantival). Accusative direct object of φοβεῖσθε. καὶ . . . καὶ. “both . . . and” (BDAG, 495.1.f). ψυχὴν . . . σῶμα. Accusative direct objects of ἀπολέσαι. Fronted for emphasis. ἀπολέσαι. Aor act inf ἀπόλλυμι (complementary). ἐν γεέννῃ. Locative. See 5:22 on γεέννα. 10:29 οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται; καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἄνευ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν. οὐχὶ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer.



Matthew 10:29-30

237

δύο στρουθία. Nominative subject of πωλεῖται. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀσσαρίου. Genitive of price. An ἀσσάριον was “a Roman copper coin worth 1/16 of a denarius” (LN 6.77). Fronted for emphasis. πωλεῖται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg πωλέω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. The parallel in Luke 12:6 has πωλοῦνται (according to the reading adopted by both NA28 and SBLGNT). καὶ. Although καί itself is simply connective and not concessive (Quarles, 106) or contrastive (on the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14), here it links two clauses with contrastive elements and so is best translated “but” or “and yet” (cf. Larsen, 43). ἓν. Nominative subject of πεσεῖται. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐξ αὐτῶν. Partitive. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. πεσεῖται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg πίπτω. ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. Locative. ἄνευ τοῦ πατρὸς. The preposition functions as a marker “of negatively linked elements—­‘without, . . . apart from, independent of ’ ” (LN 89.120). The PP seems to mean “without the awareness (and consent) of your Father” (cf. Moule, 82). ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. 10:30 ὑμῶν δὲ καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν. ὑμῶν. Possessive genitive. The preposed pronoun (contrast Luke 12:7) is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν), “signaling a switch of attention from the sparrows in v. 29” (Levinsohn, 287). καὶ. Ascensive (“even”); see 5:39 on καὶ. αἱ τρίχες . . . πᾶσαι. Nominative subject of ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν. τῆς κεφαλῆς. Partitive genitive. Κεφαλῆς is a distributive singular, where “[s]omething belonging to each person in a group of people is placed in the sing” (MHT 3:23). ἠριθμημέναι. Prf pass ptc fem nom pl ἀριθμέω (perfect periphrastic). In this context, the unexpressed agent of the passive verb is clearly “your Father” (cf. 10:29), but on the so-­called divine passive, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. Fronted for emphasis. εἰσίν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί.

238

Matthew 10:26-­33

10:31 μὴ οὖν φοβεῖσθε· πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν), introducing an exhortation drawn from 10:29-­30: if it is true that even the sparrows live under the watchful care of the Father and that he has even numbered the hairs of your head, then you need not fear. φοβεῖσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl φοβέομαι. As in 10:28 (twice), a number of witnesses prefer the aorist subjunctive, but the present imperative receives decisive support. Perhaps influenced by 10:26, some Greek MSS and early versions (W ƒ13 1424 g1 et al.) include the object αὐτούς, making the verb transitive. πολλῶν στρουθίων. Genitive of comparison. Fronted for emphasis. διαφέρετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl διαφέρω. The verb διαφέρω means to “differ to one’s advantage fr[om] someone or someth[ing], be worth more than, be superior to τινός” (BDAG, 239.4). ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of διαφέρετε. The presence of the pronoun (contrast Luke 12:7), which is grammatically unnecessary because it is already embedded in the verb, continues to draw out the contrast between Jesus’ followers and the sparrows. 10:32 Πᾶς οὖν ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν [τοῖς] οὐρανοῖς· Πᾶς. Introduces the topic of the sentence (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) and is picked up by the resumptive αὐτῷ in the following clause. Both 10:32 and 10:33 have conditional force (cf. BDF §380.2). οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν), introducing a conclusion apparently drawn from 10:26-­31, and probably in particular 10:28 with its insistence that God, rather than humans, is to be feared. Therefore, those who capitulate to human fear and deny Jesus can expect a reciprocal denial from the Son before the Father. In this context (cf. 10:28), Jesus seems to be speaking of the final judgment. But see Quarles (107) for the suggestion that οὖν is resumptive here. ὅστις. Nominative subject of ὁμολογήσει. ὁμολογήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ὁμολογέω. ἐν ἐμοὶ. ὁμολογέω is often followed either by an accusative direct object (John 9:22; Acts 23:8) or by a clausal complement (Matt 7:23; John 1:20). But here and in the parallel in Luke 12:8, it is followed by ἐν ἐμοὶ, probably, as Robertson (475, 588; cf. Moule, 183; BDF §220)



Matthew 10:31-33

239

suggests, because of a literal translation of the Aramaic ‫ב‬. Cf. BDAG, 428.4.c (cf. 709.4.b). ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Locative (“in the presence of ”; Moule, 83; BDAG, 325.1.b.β). ὁμολογήσω. Fut act ind 1st sg ὁμολογέω. κἀγὼ. Formed by crasis from καὶ ἐγώ. The καὶ is adjunctive (see 5:39:), underscoring the parallel between the disciple’s and Jesus’ confessions. ἐγώ is the nominative subject of ὁμολογήσω. ἐν αὐτῷ. See ἐν ἐμοὶ above. ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός. Locative (“in the presence of ”; Moule, 83; BDAG, 325.1.b.β). μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τοῦ ἐν [τοῖς] οὐρανοῖς. The article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν [τοῖς] οὐρανοῖς into an attributive modifier of τοῦ πατρός. ἐν [τοῖς] οὐρανοῖς. Locative. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the plural οὐρανοῖς refers to the invisible, divine realm (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). As the brackets indicate, both here and in 10:33, the authenticity of the article is disputed. Elsewhere in Matthew, ἐν οὐρανοῖς is sometimes articular (5:12, 16; 6:1, 9; 7:11; 16:19 [2×]) and sometimes anarthrous (5:45; 12:50; 18:10 [2×], 14, 19; 19:21) without any obvious distinction in sense. Here the presence of the article receives important support (B C K ƒ13 et al.), but so does its absence (𝔓19vid ‫ א‬D L et al.). WH judged the article original; SBLGNT omits it. 10:33 ὅστις δ’ ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν [τοῖς] οὐρανοῖς. ὅστις. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that serves as the topic of the sentence (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) and is picked up by a resumptive αὐτὸν. Within its clause, ὅστις is the nominative subject of ἀρνήσηταί. δ’. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀρνήσηταί. Aor mid subj 3rd sg ἀρνέομαι. Subjunctive with ἄν. με. Accusative direct object of ἀρνήσηταί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Locative (“in the presence of ”; Moule, 83; BDAG, 325.1.b.β). ἀρνήσομαι. Fut mid ind 1st sg ἀρνέομαι.

240

Matthew 10:34-­36

κἀγὼ. Formed by crasis from καὶ ἐγώ. The καὶ is adjunctive (see 5:39); ἐγώ serves as the nominative subject of ἀρνήσομαι. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀρνήσομαι. ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός. Locative (“in the presence of ”; Moule, 83; BDAG, 325.1.b.β). μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τοῦ ἐν [τοῖς] οὐρανοῖς. As in 10:32, the article functions as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν [τοῖς] οὐρανοῖς into an attributive modifier of τοῦ πατρός. ἐν [τοῖς] οὐρανοῖς. Locative. On the authenticity of the article, see 10:32 above; the list of MSS that omit the article here is similar, but not quite identical. Matthew 10:34-­36 34 “Do not think that I have come to bring peace to the earth; I have not come to bring peace but a sword. 35For I have come to turn a man against his father and a daughter against her mother and a daughter-­in-­law against her mother-­in-­law, 36and a person’s enemies will be the members of his household.”

10:34 Μὴ νομίσητε ὅτι ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν· οὐκ ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν. Mὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. νομίσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl νομίζω (prohibitive subjunctive). ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of νομίσητε. ἦλθον. Aor act ind 1st sg ἔρχομαι. βαλεῖν. Aor act inf βάλλω (purpose). The verb here means “to cause a state or condition, with focus upon the suddenness or force of the action” (LN 13.14). εἰρήνην. Accusative direct object of βαλεῖν. ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. Locative. οὐκ . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. ἦλθον. Aor act ind 1st sg ἔρχομαι. βαλεῖν. Aor act inf βάλλω (purpose). See above. εἰρήνην. Accusative direct object of βαλεῖν. μάχαιραν. Accusative direct object of an implied (ἦλθον) βαλεῖν: “but I did come to bring a sword.”



Matthew 10:34-36

241

10:35 ἦλθον γὰρ διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς, ἦλθον. Aor act ind 1st sg ἔρχομαι. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for 10:34: Jesus came to bring the sword of division (10:34; cf. Luke 12:51) because his mission would pierce even the closest of human relationships (10:35). διχάσαι. Aor act inf διχάζω (purpose). A NT hapax legomenon, διχάζω refers to dividing in two or separating and, by extension, to turning someone against another (BDAG, 252). On the use of the infinitive, Moule describes it as “ambiguous” and asks, “[I]s it a grim hyperbole, as though it meant I came [in order] to . . . ? In any case its basic, literal, meaning must actually be consecutive” (143–­44). Probably, however, the infinitive is not so much ambiguous as provocative: like βαλεῖν in 10:34, διχάσαι is an infinitive of purpose. But in the context of Jesus’ wider teaching, we should understand this saying as a rhetorically potent expression of Jesus’ commitment to a mission of peace that would paradoxically result in the painful sword of division because of his contemporaries’ response to that mission (cf. Luke 12:51-­53). ἄνθρωπον. Accusative direct object of διχάσαι. κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς. Opposition. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. θυγατέρα. Accusative direct object of an implied διχάσαι. κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς. Opposition. αὐτῆς. Genitive of relationship. νύμφην. Accusative direct object of an implied διχάσαι. κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς. Opposition. αὐτῆς. Genitive of relationship. 10:36 καὶ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ. ἐχθροὶ. Predicate nominative. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. οἱ οἰκιακοὶ. Nominative subject of an implied equative verb (ἔσονται). See 10:25. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship.

242

Matthew 10:37-­39

Matthew 10:37-­39 “The one who loves father or mother more than me is not worthy of me, and the one who loves son or daughter more than me is not worthy of me. 38And whoever does not take up his cross and follow after me is not worthy of me. 39The one who finds his life will lose it, and the one who loses his life because of me will find it.” 37

10:37 Ὁ φιλῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος, καὶ ὁ φιλῶν υἱὸν ἢ θυγατέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος· Ὁ φιλῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg φιλέω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἔστιν. The whole participial phrase is fronted as a topical frame. Like the relative clauses that follow in 10:38, 42 and the participial phrases in 10:39-­41, this participial phrase has conditional force (cf. Luke 14:26). πατέρα. Accusative direct object of φιλῶν. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). μητέρα. Accusative direct object of φιλῶν. ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ. As in 10:24, the basic spatial/locative sense of the preposition is extended metaphorically so that it serves as a “marker of a status which is superior to another status” (LN 87.30; cf. BDAG, 1031). οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ἐστίν becomes ἔστιν and “completely los[es] its character as an enclitic” when it is preceded by οὐκ (Carson 1985a, 50). μου. Genitive complement of ἄξιος. Both here and in 10:37b, the preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἄξιος. Predicate adjective. ὁ φιλῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg φιλέω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἔστιν. The whole participial phrase is fronted as a topical frame. υἱὸν. Accusative direct object of φιλῶν. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). θυγατέρα. Accusative direct object of φιλῶν. ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ. See above. οὐκ. See above. ἔστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the accent, see ἔστιν above. μου. Genitive complement of ἄξιος. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἄξιος. Predicate adjective.



Matthew 10:27-39

243

10:38 καὶ ὃς οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου, οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος. ὃς. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that is fronted as a topical frame and, in its entirety (ὃς οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου), serves as the subject of (οὐκ) ἔστιν. Within its clause, ὃς is the nominative subject of λαμβάνει. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. λαμβάνει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λαμβάνω. τὸν σταυρὸν. Accusative direct object of λαμβάνει. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἀκολουθεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἀκολουθέω. ὀπίσω μου. Locative. ὀπίσω functions here as “a marker of position behind an entity that precedes” (BDAG, 716.2.a). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the accent, see ἔστιν in the previous verse. μου. Genitive complement of ἄξιος. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἄξιος. Predicate adjective. 10:39 ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν, καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν. ὁ εὑρὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg εὑρίσκω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἀπολέσει. The whole participial phrase is fronted as a topical frame. τὴν ψυχὴν. Accusative direct object of εὑρὼν. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἀπολέσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀπόλλυμι. αὐτήν. Accusative direct object of ἀπολέσει. ὁ ἀπολέσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀπόλλυμι (substantival). Nominative subject of εὑρήσει. The whole participial phrase is fronted as a topical frame. τὴν ψυχὴν. Accusative direct object of ἀπολέσας. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ. Cause. εὑρήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg εὑρίσκω. αὐτήν. Accusative direct object of εὑρήσει.

244

Matthew 10:40-­11:1

Matthew 10:40-­11:1 “The one who receives you receives me, and the one who receives me receives the one who sent me. 41The one who receives a prophet because he is a prophet will receive the reward given to a prophet, and the one who receives a righteous person because he is a righteous person will receive the reward given to a righteous person. 42And whoever gives even a cup of cold water to one of these little ones because he is a disciple—­I am telling you the truth—­he will surely not lose his reward.” 1And it happened that when Jesus had finished instructing his twelve disciples, he went on from there to teach and preach in their towns. 40

10:40 Ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται, καὶ ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με. Ὁ δεχόμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg δέχομαι (substantival). Nominative subject of δέχεται. The whole participial phrase is fronted as a topical frame. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of δεχόμενος. ἐμὲ. Accusative direct object of δέχεται. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). δέχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg δέχομαι. ὁ . . . δεχόμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg δέχομαι (substantival). Nominative subject of δέχεται. The whole participial phrase is once again fronted as a topical frame. ἐμὲ. Accusative direct object of δεχόμενος. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). δέχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg δέχομαι. τὸν ἀποστείλαντά. Aor act ptc masc acc sg ἀποστέλλω (substantival). Accusative direct object of δέχεται. με. Accusative direct object of ἀποστείλαντά. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 10:41 ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται, καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται. ὁ δεχόμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg δέχομαι (substantival). Nominative subject of λήμψεται. The whole participial phrase is fronted as a topical frame. προφήτην. Accusative direct object of δεχόμενος. εἰς ὄνομα. Cause, reference, or the use of εἰς for ἐν (locative). Cf. BDAG (291.5; 714.3): “whoever receives a prophet within the category



Matthew 10:40-42

245

‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet.” Whether εἰς can ever be causal is disputed. Harris insists that “in no case is εἰς in itself unambiguously causal; alternative and preferable renderings always present themselves” (2012, 91). Zerwick (§§98, 106), by contrast, thinks that in rare instances, including Matt 10:41, εἰς can be causal (similarly Moule, 79). Harris concedes that a causal sense may be present here but, if so, it is because of the phrase εἰς ὄνομα, “which may be a Semitism, representing a causal use of lešēm” (2012, 91), and not because of the preposition itself. Alternatively, he suggests, if ὄνομα means “category” here and εἰς ὄνομα “within the category,” then we have a case of εἰς being used in place of the locative ἐν (“within”). Perhaps the parallel to Matt 10:42 in Mark 9:41 (Ὃς γὰρ ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε, ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν) suggests that the phrase at least has causal force here. προφήτου. Possessive genitive. μισθὸν προφήτου. Fronted for emphasis. μισθὸν. Accusative direct object of λήμψεται. προφήτου. Possessive genitive or objective genitive. λήμψεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg λαμβάνω. ὁ δεχόμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg δέχομαι (substantival). Nominative subject of λήμψεται. The whole participial phrase is fronted as a topical frame. δίκαιον. Accusative direct object of δεχόμενος. εἰς ὄνομα. See above. δικαίου. Possessive genitive. μισθὸν δικαίου. Fronted for emphasis. μισθὸν. Accusative direct object of λήμψεται. δικαίου. Possessive genitive or objective genitive. λήμψεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg λαμβάνω. 10:42 καὶ ὃς ἂν ποτίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων ποτήριον ψυχροῦ μόνον εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ, ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ. ὃς ἂν. The indefinite relative pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that is fronted as a topical frame and serves as the subject of ἀπολέσῃ. Within its clause, ὃς ἂν is the nominative subject of ποτίσῃ. ποτίσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ποτίζω. Subjunctive with ἄν. ἕνα. Advancement of the formerly indirect object to the accusative direct object of ποτίσῃ (see further Culy 2009, 92–­96). τῶν μικρῶν τούτων. Partitive genitive.

246

Matthew 10:40-­11:1

ποτήριον. With the advancement of the indirect object (ἕνα) to the direct object position, ποτήριον, formerly the direct object, now has the syntactical status of a chômeur and is marked by the accusative case (see Culy 2009, 92–­96). ψυχροῦ. Genitive of content. ψυχρός (“pert[aining] to being physically cold” [BDAG, 1100.1]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (elsewhere in the NT: Rev 3:15, 16) that refers here to cold water. For other examples of this ellipsis, see BDAG (1100.1.b). D eliminates the ellipsis, including ὕδατος (cf. lat sys,c co; or Cyp). μόνον. Attributive (modifying ποτήριον) or adverbial accusative (modifying ποτίσῃ). Cf. BDAG (659.2.b). εἰς ὄνομα. See 10:41. μαθητοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ἀπολέσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἀπόλλυμι. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. τὸν μισθὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀπολέσῃ. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive or objective genitive. 11:1 Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς διατάσσων τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, μετέβη ἐκεῖθεν τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν. Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. See 7:28. ἐγένετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. ὅτε. Introduces a temporal clause. ἐτέλεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg τελέω. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐτέλεσεν. διατάσσων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg διατάσσω (complementary). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς. Dative complement of διατάσσων. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. μετέβη. Aor act ind 3rd sg μεταβαίνω. ἐκεῖθεν. Adverb of place. τοῦ διδάσκειν. Pres act inf διδάσκω (purpose). κηρύσσειν. Pres act inf κηρύσσω (purpose). ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν. Locative.



Matthew 11:1-2

247

αὐτῶν. Genitive of identification (“the cities in which they live”). Nolland (447) thinks that the pronoun’s antecedent is τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς. More probably the reference is more general: they are Galileans (cf. 4:23; 9:35). Matthew 11:2-­6 Now when John heard, in prison, of the works that the Messiah was doing, sending (word) through his disciples, 3he said to him, “Are you the one who is to come or should we wait for another?” 4And, answering, Jesus said to them, “Go and tell John what you hear and see: 5the blind receive sight and the lame walk, lepers are cleansed and the deaf hear, and the dead are raised and the poor have the gospel proclaimed to them. 6And blessed is whoever is not driven away because of me.” 2

11:2 Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Χριστοῦ πέμψας διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ Ὁ . . . Ἰωάννης. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀκούσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀκούω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. The participial clause, which is unique to Matthew (cf. Luke 7:18), establishes the context for John’s question (Matt 11:3) and anticipates what the evangelist considers the correct answer: the works of which John hears are the works of the Messiah. On ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ. Locative. δεσμωτήριον (“a place of detention—­ ‘jail, prison’ ” [LN 7.24]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). τὰ ἔργα. Accusative direct object of ἀκούσας. τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Subjective genitive. πέμψας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg πέμπω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν. Agency. In an assimilation to the parallel in Luke 7:18, δύο replaces διὰ in a number of witnesses (C3 K L Γ et al.). δύο also supplies a direct object for πέμψας that is otherwise absent (France 2007, 418 n. 2). αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship.

248

Matthew 11:2-­6

11:3 εἶπεν αὐτῷ, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν; εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of αὐτῷ. σὺ. Nominative subject of εἶ. Fronted for emphasis. εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. ὁ ἐρχόμενος. Pres mid ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (substantival). Predicate nominative. John’s terminology echoes 3:11. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle (cf. BDAG, 432.1). ἕτερον. Accusative direct object of προσδοκῶμεν. Fronted for emphasis. προσδοκῶμεν. Pres act subj 1st pl προσδοκάω (deliberative subjunctive). προσδοκῶμεν could be either indicative or subjunctive, but it is probably subjunctive in this deliberative question (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 228). 11:4 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, πορευθέντες ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ ἃ ἀκούετε καὶ βλέπετε· ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. πορευθέντες. Aor mid ptc masc nom pl πορεύομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἀπαγγείλατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἀπαγγέλλω. Ἰωάννῃ. Dative indirect object of ἀπαγγείλατε. ἃ. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ἃ ἀκούετε καὶ βλέπετε), serves as the direct object of ἀπαγγείλατε. Within its clause, ἃ is the accusative direct object of ἀκούετε and βλέπετε. ἀκούετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ἀκούω. βλέπετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl βλέπω. 11:5 τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται· τυφλοὶ. Nominative subject of ἀναβλέπουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame (like each of the nominative subjects in this verse).



Matthew 11:3-6

249

ἀναβλέπουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἀναβλέπω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (like each of the verbs in this sentence [LDGNT]). χωλοὶ. Nominative subject of περιπατοῦσιν. περιπατοῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl περιπατέω. λεπροὶ. Nominative subject of καθαρίζονται. See 8:2. καθαρίζονται. Pres pas ind 3rd pl καθαρίζω. κωφοὶ. Nominative subject of ἀκούουσιν. ἀκούουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἀκούω. νεκροὶ. Nominative subject of ἐγείρονται. ἐγείρονται. Pres pass ind 3rd pl ἐγείρω. πτωχοὶ. Nominative subject of εὐαγγελίζονται. εὐαγγελίζονται. Pres pass ind 3rd pl εὐαγγελίζω. 11:6 καὶ μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί. μακάριός. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὃς ἐὰν. The indefinite pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί), serves as the subject of ἐστιν. Within its clause, ὃς ἐὰν is the nominative subject of σκανδαλισθῇ. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. σκανδαλισθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg σκανδαλίζω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. The passive form of σκανδαλίζω here, as occasionally elsewhere in Matthew (Matt 13:57; 26:31, 33), means “to be repelled by someone” (BDAG, 926.1.b). ἐν ἐμοί. Cause. Matthew 11:7-­10 As they were leaving, Jesus began to speak to the crowds about John: “What did you go out into the wilderness to see? A reed shaken by the wind? 8But what did you go out to see? A man dressed in soft clothing? Behold, those wearing soft clothing are in kings’ houses. 9But what did you go out to see? A prophet? Yes, I say to you, and more than a prophet. 10 This is the one about whom it is written, ‘Behold, I am sending my messenger ahead of you, who will prepare your way before you.’ ” 7

250

Matthew 11:7-­10

11:7 Τούτων δὲ πορευομένων ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγειν τοῖς ὄχλοις περὶ Ἰωάννου· τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι; κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον; Τούτων. Genitive subject of πορευομένων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. πορευομένων. Pres mid ptc masc gen pl πορεύομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. It links this pericope to the preceding one (see Runge 2010, 163–­77). ἤρξατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἄρχω. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἤρξατο. λέγειν. Pres act inf λέγω (complementary). τοῖς ὄχλοις. Dative indirect object of λέγειν. περὶ Ἰωάννου. Reference. τί. If, as in the translation above, we follow the punctuation of NA28 and SBLGNT (see θεάσασθαι below), the interrogative pronoun serves as accusative direct object of θεάσασθαι. If the question mark is to be placed after ἔρημον, then τί functions adverbially: “Why did you go out into the wilderness?” ἐξήλθατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἐξέρχομαι. εἰς τὴν ἔρημον. Locative. θεάσασθαι. Aor mid inf θεάομαι (purpose). NAmg places the question mark before the infinitive instead of after it; the same variation appears in Luke 7:24-­26. κάλαμον. As the text is punctuated by NA28, κάλαμον is an accusative direct object in an elliptical clause (“[Did you go out to see] a reed . . . ?”). If we adopt the marginal reading, κάλαμον is the accusative direct object of θεάσασθαι. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ὑπὸ ἀνέμου. Cause. On ὑπό + gen. of a thing, see 8:24 on ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). σαλευόμενον. Pres pass ptc masc acc sg σαλεύω. The participle is either attributive (Quarles, 113) or an accusative complement to κάλαμον in a double accusative object-­complement construction. 11:8 ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν; ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον; ἰδοὺ οἱ τὰ μαλακὰ φοροῦντες ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις τῶν βασιλέων εἰσίν. ἀλλὰ. Introduces a correction to what precedes (see 4:4 on ἀλλ᾽). Since the crowds did not go to the wilderness to see “a reed shaken by the wind,” 11:8 reintroduces the question “What did you go out to see?” τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (233) follow Runge (2010, 64–­65) in noting that “the repetition of the rhetorical question



Matthew 11:7-9

251

‘What did you go out to see’ has the effect of increasing the suspense regarding why it is that the people came to see John the Baptist,’ and thus increases the poignancy of Jesus’ message.” τί. As in 11:7, on the punctuation adopted by NA28 and SBLGNT, the interrogative pronoun serves as the accusative direct object of ἰδεῖν. ἐξήλθατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἐξέρχεται. ἰδεῖν. Aor act inf ὁράω (purpose). As in 11:7, NAmg places the question mark before the infinitive instead of after it; here in 11:8, RSV (cf. NRSVmg) adopts this punctuation. ἄνθρωπον. On the punctuation adopted by NA28, ἄνθρωπον is accusative direct object in an elliptical clause (“[Did you go out to see] a man . . . ?”). Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἐν μαλακοῖς. State or condition (BDAG, 327.2a). Cf. 6:29; 7:15. Elsewhere in the NT, apart from its two uses here, μαλακός (“pert[aining] to being yielding to touch, soft, of things: clothes” [BDAG, 613.1]) occurs only in the parallel in Luke 7:25 and in 1 Cor 6:9. Perhaps influenced by Luke 7:25, many witnesses (C L W Θ et al.) remove the ellipsis after μαλακοῖς, adding ἱματίοις. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἠμφιεσμένον. Prf pass ptc masc acc sg ἀμφιέννυμι. See 6:30. Like σαλευόμενον (11:7), the participle is either attributive (Quarles, 113) or an accusative complement to ἄνθρωπον in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces and grants prominence to the following utterance. οἱ τὰ μαλακὰ φοροῦντες. Fronted as a topical frame. οἱ . . . φοροῦντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl φορέω (substantival). Nominative subject of εἰσίν. φορέω is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 6×) that means “to carry or bear habitually or for a considerable length of time, bear (in contrast to φέρω) constantly/regularly, hence wear clothing” (BDAG, 1064.1). τὰ μαλακὰ. Accusative direct object of οἱ . . . φοροῦντες. ἐν τοῖς οἴκοις. Locative. Fronted for emphasis. τῶν βασιλέων. Possessive genitive. εἰσίν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. The verb is absent from ‫ *א‬and B; it is possible, as WH thought, that the omission is original. 11:9 ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν; προφήτην; ναὶ λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ περισσότερον προφήτου. ἀλλὰ. See 11:8 on ἀλλὰ. τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν. See 11:8.

252

Matthew 11:7-­10

τί. As in 11:8, if we follow the punctuation of NA28 (see ἰδεῖν below), the interrogative pronoun serves as the accusative direct object of ἰδεῖν. ἐξήλθατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἐξέρχεται. ἰδεῖν. Aor act inf ὁράω (purpose). As in 11:7-­8, there is a punctuation issue here. Influenced by a group of witnesses (‫ *א‬B1 W Z 0281vid 892) in which προφήτην precedes ἰδεῖν, both WH and SBLGNT place a question mark before the infinitive instead of after it (RSV; NJB; REB; LEB; cf. NRSVmg are among the English translations that adopt this punctuation). If we accept the punctuation of the NA28 text in 11:7-­8, that punctuation probably establishes a pattern for readers to follow here (cf. Davies and Allison, 2:248 n. 59). προφήτην. Accusative direct object in an elliptical clause (“[Did you go out to see] a prophet . . . ?”). ναὶ. The particle denotes affirmation, “thereby confirming the correctness of the crowd’s opinion; the people are ‘on the right track’, but need further instruction” (BDAG, 665.a.β). λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. περισσότερον. Accusative direct object in an elliptical clause (“[You went out to see] more . . .”). A Matthean hapax legomeon (NT: 7×), περισσότερος (“pert[aining] to being beyond a standard of abundance, greater, more, even more” [BDAG, 806]) is the comparative form of περισσός. προφήτου. Genitive of comparison. 11:10 οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται· ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου. οὗτός. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. περὶ οὗ. Reference. As in the parallel in Luke 7:27, “[t]he relative pronoun introduces a headless relative clause . . . , which as a whole (περὶ οὗ γέγραπται . . . ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου) serves as the predicate of ἐστιν” (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 234). γέγραπται. Prf pass ind 3rd sg γράφω. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν.



Matthew 11:10-11

253

ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ), which introduces, and is part of, an OT citation (cf. 1:23), grants prominence to the following utterance. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of ἀποστέλλω. Neither Mark (1:2) nor Luke (7:27) include the pronoun, but it is present in both LXX Mal 3:1 and Exod 23:20. Fronted as a topical frame. ἀποστέλλω. Pres act ind 1st sg ἀποστέλλω. Futuristic present (see 3:10 on ἐκκόπτεται). τὸν ἄγγελόν. Accusative direct object of ἀποστέλλω. μου. Genitive of source. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. πρὸ προσώπου. Locative. An instance of synecdoche: πρόσωπον here stands for the whole person. σου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὃς. Nominative subject of κατασκευάσει. As Robertson (960) notes, the relative clause expresses the purpose of the preceding clause; cf. GW: “I’m sending my messenger ahead of you to prepare the way in front of you.” κατασκευάσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg κατασκευάζω. τὴν ὁδόν. Accusative direct object of κατασκευάσει. σου. The genitive pronoun restricts its head noun by identifying the way (“the way on which you will go”). Cf. 3:3. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔμπροσθέν σου. Locative. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Matthew 11:11-­15 11 “I am telling you the truth, among those born of women has not risen one greater than John the Baptist, but the least in heaven’s kingdom is greater than he. 12From the days of John the Baptist until now heaven’s kingdom suffers violence and violent people plunder it. 13For all the prophets and the law prophesied until John; 14and, if you are willing to accept it, he is Elijah who is destined to come. 15The one who has ears, let him hear!”

11:11 Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν· οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ· ὁ δὲ μικρότερος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω.

254

Matthew 11:11-­15

οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἐγήγερται. Prf mid ind 3rd sg ἐγείρω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἐν γεννητοῖς. Locative (“among those born”) or association (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 235). γυναικῶν. Subjective genitive (Quarles, 114) or genitive of source. μείζων. The comparative form of the adjective μέγας, μείζων functions substantivally as the nominative subject of ἐγήγερται. Ἰωάννου. Genitive of comparison. τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. Genitive in apposition to Ἰωάννου. ὁ . . . μικρότερος. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. μικρότερος functions either as a true comparative (“smaller, younger”; cf. BDF §61.2)—­comparing Jesus with John—­or, more likely, as an instance of the relatively common use of the comparative with superlative force (Wallace, 299–­300), comparing “the least in the kingdom” with John. Elsewhere in the LXX and NT, μικρότερος seems consistently to have superlative force (cf. Gen 42:32; Judg 6:15; Matt 13:32; Mark 4:31; Luke 7:28; 9:48). Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ. Locative; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. μείζων. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). αὐτοῦ. Genitive of comparison. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 11:12 ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ ἕως ἄρτι ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν βιάζεται καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν. ἀπὸ . . . τῶν ἡμερῶν. Temporal. Together, ἀπό and ἕως mark the temporal limits of the action (cf. BDAG, 105.2.b.β). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. Ἰωάννου. Genitive of identification (“the days in which John carried out his prophetic mission”). τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. Genitive in apposition to Ἰωάννου. ἕως ἄρτι. Temporal; see ἀπὸ . . . τῶν ἡμερῶν above. ἕως serves as a preposition (cf. Harris 2012, 241) and the adverb ἄρτι as a substantive (cf. Robertson, 548). ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of βιάζεται; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. Fronted as a topical frame. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν.



Matthew 11:12-13

255

βιάζεται. Pres mid or pass ind 3rd sg βιάζω. If the verb is passive in voice, βιάζεται refers to “experienc[ing] a violent attack” (LN 20.9; cf. NRSV; NET; ESV; LEB; NIV 2011). If the voice is middle, βιάζεται refers to using violence, “gain[ing] an objective by force” (BDAG, 175.2; cf. LN 20.10), with the resulting sense: “The kingdom of heaven advances forcefully” (cf. GW; NCV; NLT; NIV 2011mg). Both the final clause of 11:12 and the setting for the discourse (see ἁρπάζουσιν below) suggest that the voice is passive. The verb stands in final, emphatic position. βιασταὶ. Nominative subject of ἁρπάζουσιν. βιαστής (“a person who employs violence in order to accomplish his purpose” [LN 20.11]) is a NT hapax legomenon. Fronted as a topical frame. ἁρπάζουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἁρπάζω. LN offer the following glosses for ἁρπάζω: “to snatch” (18.4); “to attack” (39.49); “to plunder” (57.235); “to gain control over” (37.28). The verb need not have negative connotations (cf. Acts 8:39) but often does. Elsewhere in Matthew the verb occurs only twice, once referring to the “plundering” of the strong man’s property (12:29) and once to activity of the evil one in “snatching away” the word of the kingdom sown in the hearts of Jesus’ hearers (13:19). Here, the immediate context—­that βιασταὶ (“violent people”) serves as the subject of the verb—­and the setting for the discourse—­that John, herald of the dawning kingdom (11:13, cf. 3:2) sits imprisoned (11:2-­ 6)—­ suggest that ἁρπάζουσιν points to the violence directed against the kingdom (so most English versions) instead of the eager pursuit of the kingdom (so, apparently, GW: “and forceful people have been seizing it”). αὐτήν. Accusative direct object of ἁρπάζουσιν. 11:13 πάντες γὰρ οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν· πάντες  .  .  . οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος. Nominative subject of ἐπροφήτευσαν. As in 5:17 (but in reversed order that is probably to be explained by Matthew’s stress here on the prophetic function of the Scriptures), the prophets and the law compose the whole of Israel’s Scriptures. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the declarations in 11:13-­14, which support Jesus’ assertion that the dawning kingdom is subject to violence (11:12). John, who prophesied both the impending dawn of the heaven’s kingdom and the arrival of his successor, stands at the boundary of the prophetic era composed of the prophets and the law (11:13). As the last of the prophets, he is in fact Elijah, whose return would precede the great and dreadful day of the Lord (cf.

256

Matthew 11:11-­15

Mal 4:5 [MT 3:23; LXX 3:22]). That Elijah has come (11:13-­14), that he has prepared the way (11:10, cf. 3:3), and that he has been handed over (4:12), giving way to his successor (4:12-­17), verify that heaven’s kingdom has dawned in spite of the fact that those who have attached themselves to it (including John [11:2, cf. 4:12]) are suffering violence. ἕως Ἰωάννου. Temporal. ἐπροφήτευσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl προφητεύω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position. 11:14 καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλίας ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. The conditional sentence functions rhetorically to invite the reader to embrace Jesus’ provocative claim (cf. France 2007, 432). θέλετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl θέλω. δέξασθαι. Pres mid inf δέχομαι (complementary). αὐτός. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Ἠλίας. Predicate nominative. ὁ μέλλων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg μέλλω (attributive, modifying Ἠλίας; or substantival, in apposition to Ἠλίας [Quarles, 115]). Like ὁ ἐρχόμενος at 11:2 but more explicitly, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι adopts the vantage point of expectation. While μέλλω often points simply to what is to happen in the future, sometimes it has the stronger sense of what is inevitable or what is destined to take place (BDAG, 628.2; cf. LN 71.36). Since Jesus considered Elijah’s appearance a matter of prophecy, presumably this stronger sense applies here. ἔρχεσθαι. Pres mid inf ἔρχομαι (complementary). 11:15 ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκουέτω. ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκουέτω. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν; cf. Runge 2010, 116), challenging the reader “to discern the meaning of [the preceding] cryptic utterance” (France 2007, 432). ὁ ἔχων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἔχω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἀκουέτω. Fronted as a topical frame. ὦτα. Accusative direct object of ἔχων. After ὦτα, most witnesses (‫ א‬C K L et al.) include the infinitive ἀκούειν, probably influenced by its presence in the traditional saying in Mark (4:9, 23) and Luke (8:8; 14:35). It probably never forms part of the saying in Matthew (cf. 13:9, 43).



Matthew 11:14-16

257

ἀκουέτω. Pres act impv 3rd sg ἀκούω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position. Matthew 11:16-­19 16 “To what shall I compare this generation? It is like children seated in the marketplaces who, calling out to one another, 17say, ‘We played a flute for you, and you did not dance; we sang a lament, and you did not mourn.’ 18For John came neither eating nor drinking, and they say, ‘He has a demon!’ 19The Son of Man came eating and drinking, and they say, ‘Behold! A glutton and a drunk, a friend of tax collectors and sinners!’ And yet wisdom is vindicated by her deeds.”

11:16 Τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην; ὁμοία ἐστὶν παιδίοις καθημένοις ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς ἃ προσφωνοῦντα τοῖς ἑτέροις Τίνι. “With ὁμοιόω, that to which something is being compared is placed in the dative case” (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 237). Cf. BDAG, 707.2. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. Jesus turns from his reflections about John and the dawning kingdom (11:7-­15) to consider this generation’s reception of him and John (11:16-­19). ὁμοιώσω. Fut act ind 1st sg ὁμοιόω. τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην. Accusative direct object of ὁμοιώσω. “This generation” (ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη) is granted a recurring role in Matthew’s narrative. In this context, it comprises Jesus’ and John’s contemporaries who stand on the receiving end of their missions and nevertheless reject them both (cf. 11:17-­19). Here the phrase denotes one part of Israel (those who reject John, Jesus, and the dawning kingdom they announce) at one point in time—­and not the nation in its entirety or throughout history. ὁμοία. Predicate adjective. ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. παιδίοις. Dative complement of ὁμοία. καθημένοις. Pres mid ptc neut dat pl κάθημαι (attributive). ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς. Locative. ἃ. Nominative subject of λέγουσιν (11:17); the antecedent is παιδίοις. προσφωνοῦντα. Pres act ptc neut nom pl προσφωνέω (manner). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τοῖς ἑτέροις. Dative indirect object of προσφωνοῦντα. Although some witnesses read ἑταίροις (700 pm lat sa) instead of ἑτέροις, probably the variant was originally introduced accidentally, ἑταίροις replacing ἑτέροις

258

Matthew 11:16-­19

by itacism (see Robertson, 186; Caragounis, 493). Most of these witnesses also include αὐτῶν after ἑταίροις. The matter is complicated by the inclusion of αὐτῶν after ἑτέροις in C L W et al., but this is probably simply a conflation of an original ἑτέροις (‫ א‬B D Zvid et al.) and ἑταίροις αὐτῶν. 11:17 λέγουσιν· ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε, ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε. λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. Unlike Luke, who (in the reading adopted by NA28) has the singular λέγει following the plural relative ἅ, Matthew’s verb is plural. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. ηὐλήσαμεν. Aor act ind 1st pl αὐλέω. αὐλέω (“to play a flute” [LN 6.87]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (elsewhere in the NT: Luke 7:32 and 1 Cor 14:7). ὑμῖν. Dative of advantage. καὶ . . . καὶ. Both uses of καὶ in 11:17 are simply connective, linking two clauses together. On the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ὠρχήσασθε. Aor mid ind 2nd pl ὀρχέομαι. The verb ὀρχέομαι means “to dance” (BDAG, 725). ἐθρηνήσαμεν. Aor act ind 1st pl θρηνέω. θρηνέω (“to express oneself in a song or hymn of grief ” [BDAG, 458.2]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). After ἐθρηνήσαμεν, most witnesses (C L W Δ et al.) include ὑμῖν. While it is possible that an original ὑμῖν was omitted in an assimilation to Luke 7:32, more probably it was added to form a parallel with the ὑμῖν in 11:17a (cf. Metzger, 24). An impressive group of witnesses (‫ א‬B D et al.) omits the pronoun. οὐκ. See above. ἐκόψασθε. Aor mid ind 2nd pl κόπτω. “It is common to Gk. and many other languages of East and West that verbs with the basic sense of ‘to beat’ take on the secondary sense ‘to mourn.’ . . . κόπτομαι, orig. ‘to beat oneself,’ has in the NT only the one sense of ‘to mourn, ‘to lament’ ” (TDNT 3:831; cf. BDAG, 559.2). 11:18 ἦλθεν γὰρ Ἰωάννης μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων, καὶ λέγουσιν· δαιμόνιον ἔχει. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces two sentences (11:18-­19a-­b) that support the preceding assertion: “They are like children . . .” (11:16-­17).



Matthew 11:17-19

259

Ἰωάννης. Nominative subject of ἦλθεν. μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων. An instance of hyperbole (Young, 242). μήτε . . . μήτε. “Neither . . . nor” (BDAG, 649). ἐσθίων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἐσθίω (manner). On adverbial participles that, like ἐσθίων and πίνων, follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. πίνων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg πίνω (manner). λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. Both here and in 11:19, the third-­ person λέγουσιν (contrast Luke 7:33-­34: λέγετε) echoes 11:17 and so links “this generation” to the children in the marketplaces (11:16-­17). δαιμόνιον. Accusative direct object of ἔχει. Fronted for emphasis. ἔχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. 11:19 ἦλθεν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων, καὶ λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν. καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῆς. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of ἦλθεν. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. ἐσθίων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἐσθίω (manner). On adverbial participles that, like ἐσθίων and πίνων, follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. πίνων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg πίνω (manner). λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. See 11:18. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) places an accent on this ­generation’s depiction of the Son of Man. ἄνθρωπος. As part of a verbless clause, ἄνθρωπος could be understood as (1) a nominative of exclamation (Wallace, 59–­60), (2) a nominative absolute, (3) part of a nominal clause (Porter 1994, 85), or (4) the nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. See 3:17 on φωνὴ. φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης. Nominatives in apposition to ἄνθρωπος or predicate nominatives in a verbless equative clause in which ἄνθρωπος functions as the subject (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 238). With respect to οἰνοπότης, France objects that “the common translation ‘drunkard’ goes further than the Greek term warrants” (2007, 434). Instead, “[h]e is a wine drinker . . . as opposed to the ascetic John, whose Nazarite vow forbade alcohol” (2007, 420 n. 12). But the parallel with φάγος suggests that the critique is excessive drinking (cf. LN 88.288: “a person who habitually drinks too much and thus becomes a drunkard”). τελωνῶν. Genitive of relationship.

260

Matthew 11:20-­24

φίλος. Nominative in apposition to φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης. ἁμαρτωλῶν. Genitive of relationship. καὶ. Connective. On the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. ἐδικαιώθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg δικαιόω. The clause probably has gnomic or timeless force (Porter 1994, 39; Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 239). ἡ σοφία. Nominative subject of ἐδικαιώθη. ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων. Means (Harris 2012, 58). τῶν ἔργων is replaced in many witnesses by τῶν τέκνων (B2 C D K et al.) under the influence of the parallel in Luke 7:35. τῶν ἔργων, which receives impressive support (‫ א‬B* W syp.h et al.), probably deliberately recalls the uniquely Matthean τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Χριστοῦ at 11:2 (France 2007, 420 n. 13). αὐτῆς. Subjective genitive (“the deeds that wisdom does”). Matthew 11:20-­24 20 Then he began to denounce the cities in which most of his mighty works took place, because they did not repent. 21“Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! For if the mighty works done in you had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. 22But I tell you, it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon on the day of judgment than for you. 23And you, Capernaum, will you be exalted to heaven? No, you will descend to Hades. For if the mighty works that were done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until today. 24But I tell you that it will be more tolerable for the region of Sodom on the day of judgment than for you.”

11:20 Τότε ἤρξατο ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ, ὅτι οὐ μετενόησαν· Τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). Jesus turns from a reflection on the general reception his mission (and John’s) had received from his contemporaries (“this generation”) to a specific indictment of the towns in which he had performed most of his mighty works. ἤρξατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἄρχω. ὀνειδίζειν. Pres act inf ὀνειδίζω (complementary). τὰς πόλεις. Accusative direct object of ὀνειδίζειν. ἐν αἷς. Locative. ἐγένοντο. Aor mid ind 3rd pl γίνομαι. αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις. Nominative subject of ἐγένοντο. See 7:22 on δυνάμεις πολλὰς. πλεῖστος (“most” [BDAG, 848.1.c]) is the superlative form of the adjective πολύς. Since in the NT superlatives often carry elative (intensifying) instead of true superlative force, some think that



Matthew 11:20-21

261

πλεῖσται here is elative (so BDF §245.1; MHT 3:31; cf. NET). But even if, as Moule (95) notes, it would have been clearer had Matthew written αἱ πλεῖσται τῶν δυνάμεων αὐτοῦ, the superlative sense fits this context especially well (cf. Robertson, 670; NRSV; LEB; NIV 2011). αὐτοῦ. Subjective genitive. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. μετενόησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl μετανοέω. 11:21 οὐαί σοι, Χοραζίν, οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά· ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν. οὐαί. An “interjection denoting pain or displeasure, woe, alas” (BDAG, 734.1), often, as here, “w[ith] dat. of pers[on] or thing concerning whom (which) pain is expressed” (BDAG, 734.1.a). “The traditional prophetic formula ‘Woe to you’ (found twenty-­two times in Isaiah alone) marks out those whose actions and attitudes have aligned them against God and his purposes” (France 2007, 438). σοι. Dative of disadvantage. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Χοραζίν. Vocative. οὐαί. See above. σοι. See above. Βηθσαϊδά. Vocative. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a second-­class condition that, as Young (230) notes, has the rhetorical force of a lament. In a second-­class condition, the protasis is assumed (by the speaker) to be untrue, for the sake of the argument. Whether it is untrue cannot be determined by the form of the conditional sentence (Wallace, 694). ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι. Locative. Fronted for emphasis. Governed by a single preposition and joined by καὶ, Tyre and Sidon are linked together in a conceptual unity (cf. Harris 2012, 43–­44). ἐγένοντο. Aor mid ind 3rd pl γίνομαι. αἱ δυνάμεις. Nominative subject of ἐγένοντο. See 7:22 on δυνάμεις πολλὰς. αἱ γενόμεναι. Aor mid ptc fem nom pl γίνομαι (attributive). ἐν ὑμῖν. Locative. πάλαι. Temporal adverb. ἂν. Marker of contingency in the apodosis of the second-­ class condition.

262

Matthew 11:20-­24

ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). Sackcloth and ashes were “traditional gestures of mourning and penitence” (Balz, 3:223). But if the general sense of the imagery is clear, its precise sense and (consequently) the precise force of the preposition is not. ἐν may (1) be locative, (2) express manner, or (3) signal both manner (with respect to σάκκῳ) and location (with respect to σποδῷ). In favor of these proposals, respectively, note the following: 1. Occasionally in Israel’s Scriptures we find reference to sitting in sackcloth and ashes (Esth 4:3; Isa 58:5; cf. the parallel at Luke 10:13); the preposition may thus simply be locative. 2. Sometimes we read of people putting on sackcloth and sprinkling ashes on their head (Esth 4:1; Josephus, Ant. 20.123); if we are to envision this imagery, then the preposition expresses manner. 3. In Jonah 3:6 the king of Nineveh puts on sackcloth and sits on ashes (περιεβάλετο σάκκον καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐπὶ σποδοῦ); if this is the background imagery, then with σάκκῳ the preposition signals manner and with σποδῷ location. Since, unlike Luke, Matthew does not include the participle καθήμενοι to the PP (“sitting in sackcloth and ashes”), and since wearing sackcloth (e.g., Esth 4:4; Isa 20:2; Jer 48:37 [LXX 31:37]; Jonah 3:6; Amos 8:10; Bar 4:20; Barn. 3:2) is a more common image than sitting on it, either the second or (probably) the third alternative is to be preferred. After σποδῷ, several witnesses, influenced by the parallel in Luke 10:13, include either καθήμενοι (‫ א‬C 33) or καθήμεναι (Δ ƒ1 892 1424 syh). The masculine form is a constructio ad sensum (i.e., “the people of the cities”), while the feminine agrees with the feminine place names, Τύρος and Σιδών. μετενόησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl μετανοέω. 11:22 πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ ὑμῖν. πλὴν. A marker of contrast (LN 89.130). λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι. Dative of advantage or dative of reference. Fronted as a topical frame.



Matthew 11:22-23

263

ἀνεκτότερον. Predicate adjective (the comparative form of ἀνεκτός: “bearable, endurable” [BDAG, 76]). Fronted for emphasis. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ. Temporal. κρίσεως. Genitive of identification (“the day on which judgment will be enacted”). ἢ. Marker of comparison (cf. BDAG, 432.2). ὑμῖν. Dative of disadvantage or dative of reference. 11:23 καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ; ἕως ᾅδου καταβήσῃ· ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον. σύ. Nominative subject of ὑψωθήσῃ. Fronted as a topical frame. Καφαρναούμ. Vocative. μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ. This clause appears with several minor variations in the extant witnesses. In the most common variants, (1) the negative particle is replaced by a relative pronoun or article (ἣ/ἡ), (2) the PP is articular (ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ), and (3) the future indicative ὑψωθήσῃ is replaced by either the aorist participle ὑψωθεῖσα (“who, having been exalted to heaven”; K N Δ 33 et al.) or the aorist subjunctive ὑψώθῃς (“who were exalted to heaven”; Γ ƒ13 700 et al.). Although the reading adopted by NA28 (‫ א‬B* D et al.) might represent an assimilation to Luke 10:15, more probably it is original, the variants at (1) and (3) above the result of unintentional errors of sight or hearing (see further Metzger, 24–­25; France 2007, 426 n. 4). μὴ. Unlike οὐ, the negative particle μὴ (see 7:9) introduces a question (here, a rhetorical question) that expects a negative answer. ἕως οὐρανοῦ. Locative. Functioning as a preposition here, ἕως serves as a “marker of limit reached” (BDAG, 423.3a). Fronted for emphasis. On Matthew’s use of οὐρανός, see 3:2; on “heaven and earth” pairings, see 6:10. Here, the singular οὐρανοῦ stands in contrast to ᾅδου and refers to the dwelling place of God. Four times in the LXX (Ps 139:8 [LXX 138:8]; Job 7:9; 11:8; Amos 9:2), we meet the οὐρανός-­ᾅδης pairing that appears here. In each instance, whether οὐρανός refers to part of the created order or to the invisible divine realm, it is singular, as it is here. Probably Pennington (2009, 139) is right: “[T]hroughout the OT, heaven is also often combined with other words closely connected with earth to form heaven and earth pairings of an implied sort. . . . ­Matthew . . . occasionally employs implied heaven and earth pairs, and as in the case of explicit pairs, singular οὐρανός is utilized.” ὑψωθήσῃ. Fut pass ind 2nd sg ὑψόω.

264

Matthew 11:20-­24

ἕως ᾅδου. See ἕως οὐρανοῦ above. καταβήσῃ. Fut mid ind 2nd sg καταβαίνω. The decision between καταβήσῃ (B D W et al.) and καταβιβασθήσῃ (‫ א‬C K L et al.) is difficult. καταβιβάζω is much less common, “occurring only in three variant readings in the NT text” (LN 15.108), and a scribe may have replaced it with the more common καταβαίνω, especially since it (probably) appears in the parallel in Luke 10:15 (as well as in Isa 14:15, to which this text alludes). On the other hand, it seems at least equally likely that a scribe may have found the causative force in καταβιβάζω (“to cause to move down—­‘to bring down, to make go down’ ” [LN 15.108]) more appropriate in this context. On balance, καταβήσῃ is probably slightly to be preferred (so both NA28 and SBLGNT). The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). ὅτι. Causal, introducing a conditional sentence that grounds the preceding indictment. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a second-­class condition (see 11:21). ἐν Σοδόμοις. Locative. One of several proper nouns that occur only in plural forms in biblical Greek (Robertson, 263); for its use in the singular, see Philo, Somn., 2:192. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐγενήθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl γίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. αἱ δυνάμεις. Nominative subject of ἐγενήθησαν. See 7:22 on δυνάμεις πολλὰς. γενόμεναι. Aor mid ptc fem nom pl γίνομαι (attributive). ἐν σοί. Locative. ἔμεινεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg μένω. ἂν. Marker of contingency in the apodosis of a second-­class condition. μέχρι τῆς σήμερον. Temporal. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the adverb into a noun, the object of the prep. 11:24 πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί. πλὴν. See 11:22. λέγω ὑμῖν. See 11:22. λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [NRSV; ESV; NIV 2011; LEB] or direct [NET; CSB] discourse) of λέγω. γῇ Σοδόμων. Fronted as a topical frame. γῇ. Dative of advantage or dative of reference. See 10:15 on γῇ. Σοδόμων. Genitive of identification.



Matthew 11:24-25

265

ἀνεκτότερον. Predicate adjective; see 11:22. Fronted for emphasis. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ. Temporal. κρίσεως. See 11:22. ἢ. Marker of comparison (cf. BDAG, 432.2). σοί. Dative of disadvantage or dative of reference. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see Carson 1985a, 49. Matthew 11:25-­27 25 At that time, responding, Jesus said, “I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth, because you have hidden these things from the wise and understanding and revealed them to infants. 26Yes, O Father, because to do so was your good pleasure. 27All things were given to me by my Father, and no one knows the Son except the Father, nor does anyone know the Father except the Son and anyone to whom the Son wishes to reveal him.”

11:25 Ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι, πάτερ, κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅτι ἔκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ νηπίοις· Ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ. Temporal. Levinsohn suggests that “this phrase typically opens an episode that, while occurring in the same general time frame as the previous episode, is not otherwise associated together. Material linked by τότε, in contrast, is closely associated together” (95). But while it may be true that τότε suggests a tighter temporal connection than ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ, each of Matthew’s uses of the PP introduces material that is linked conceptually to what precedes it in the narrative. Here Jesus responds to the rejection of his mission described in 11:16-­24. See further 12:1 and 14:1. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. Since Jesus is not engaged in any sort of dialogue, he is not answering anyone. Probably, however, he is responding to the state of affairs just described in 11:20-­24 (cf. Nolland, 470; Quarles, 119; pace Davies and Allison, 2:273). ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἐξομολογοῦμαί. Pres mid ind 1st sg ἐξομολογέω. Although typically translated “I praise” (NIV 2011; NET; cf. BDAG, 351.4) or “I thank” (ESV; NRSV), Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (356) suggest that the verb “appears to carry the nuance of acknowledging something to be true”

266

Matthew 11:25-­27

(cf. LN 33.278; in its only other occurrence in Matthew [3:6], the verb refers to the confession of sins). But without denying this nuance, Matthew’s use of ἐξομολογέω in this context probably refers to more than an acknowledgement of the truth. Its use in prayer offers an important clue as to its sense here. In the LXX, the verb frequently appears in prayers where, as here, God is addressed as κύριε. There, almost invariably, ἐξομολογέω translates a hiphil form of ‫ יָ ָדה‬and refers to thanksgiving or praise, and this is how we should understand it here (2 Sam 22:50; 1 Chr 16:4; 29:13; Ps 9:2; 17:50 [MT 18:50]; 29:13 [MT 30:13], etc.; in Dan 9:4, where the verb translates a hithpael form of ‫יָ ָדה‬, it refers to confession). σοι. Dative complement of ἐξομολογοῦμαί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. πάτερ. Vocative. κύριε. Vocative in apposition to πάτερ. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς. Genitive of subordination. As in “heaven and earth” pairings elsewhere (see 6:10 on οὐρανός), οὐρανός is singular. ὅτι. The sense of the conjunction depends on the meaning of ἐξομολογοῦμαί above. If, as seems likely, the verb means “I praise,” then the conjunction is causal, introducing the grounds for Jesus’ praise to the Father. See the similar constructions in LXX Ps 53:8; 137:1, 4; Dan 2:23; in each case, ὅτι is causal. If it means “I confess,” then ὅτι introduces the clausal complement of ἐξομολογοῦμαί. If it means “I give thanks,” then ὅτι could either be causal (NRSV) or introduce the clausal complement of ἐξομολογοῦμαί (so Nolland, 468). ἔκρυψας. Aor act ind 2nd pl κρύπτω. ταῦτα. Accusative direct object of ἔκρυψας. As in Luke (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 356), the antecedent is not specified, but ταῦτα probably points back to the missions of John and, especially, Jesus (cf. 11:27!), the significance of which has escaped “this generation” (11:16-­19) and the towns of 11:20-­24. ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν. Separation. ἀπεκάλυψας. Aor act ind 2nd sg ἀποκαλύπτω. αὐτὰ. Accusative direct object of ἀπεκάλυψας. νηπίοις. Dative indirect object of ἀπεκάλυψας. 11:26 ναί, ὁ πατήρ, ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου. ναί. The particle lends emphasis to the statement (cf. BDAG, 665.c). ὁ πατήρ. Nominative for the vocative. ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου. The clause is elliptical: “because (doing it) in this way was pleasing to you” (so Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 357). France (2007, 439) finds here “a Semitic idiom



Matthew 11:26-27

267

for deliberate choice and purpose” (lit. “because thus was goodwill [εὐδοκία] before you”; cf. MH 2:465: “undeniably Semitic”). ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. εὐδοκία. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. εὐδοκία, a Matthean hapax legomenon, refers here to “that which pleases someone” (LN 25.88). ἐγένετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. ἔμπροσθέν σου. ἔμπροσθέν functions as a marker of “a participant whose viewpoint is relevant to an event—­‘in the sight of, in the opinion of, in the judgment of ’ ” (LN 90.20). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 11:27 Πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν υἱὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ, οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι. Πάντα. Nominative subject of παρεδόθη. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). μοι. Dative indirect object of παρεδόθη. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. παρεδόθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg παραδίδωμι. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός. Ultimate agency. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οὐδεὶς. Nominative subject of ἐπιγινώσκει. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐπιγινώσκει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἐπιγινώσκω. τὸν υἱὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐπιγινώσκει. εἰ μὴ. Introduces an exception to the preceding clause (cf. LN 89.131). Unlike ἀλλά, which also corrects, εἰ μή corrects by introducing an exception from those things already under consideration (Runge 2010, 93). Where, as here, “the exceptive clause follows the main clause . . . , the exceptive clause receives emphasis with respect to the main clause” (Runge 2010, 85; see further 83–­91). ὁ πατήρ. Nominative subject of an implied ἐπιγινώσκει. οὐδὲ. Negation + development (see 6:15). τὸν πατέρα. Accusative direct object of ἐπιγινώσκει. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). τις. Nominative subject of ἐπιγινώσκει. ἐπιγινώσκει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἐπιγινώσκω. εἰ μὴ. See above. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of an implied ἐπιγινώσκει.

268

Matthew 11:28-­30

ᾧ ἐὰν. Dative indirect object of ἀποκαλύψαι. The relative pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι), serves as the subject of an implied ἐπιγινώσκει (lit. “to whomever the son wishes to reveal him [knows the Father]”). βούληται. Pres mid subj 3rd sg βούλομαι. Subjunctive with ἐάν. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of βούληται. ἀποκαλύψαι. Aor act inf ἀποκαλύπτω (complementary). Matthew 11:28-­30 28 “Come to me, all you who are weary and heavy burdened, and I will give you rest. 29Take my yoke upon yourselves and learn from me, for I am gentle and humble in heart, and you will find rest for yourselves. 30 For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.”

11:28 Δεῦτε πρός με πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς. Δεῦτε. An adverb (“[come] here”) that, in the NT, “serves mostly as a hortatory particle” (BDAG, 220); see 4:19. πρός με. Spatial. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι. Although the Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) does not apply because the substantives are plural, the single article standing over the two substantives nevertheless suggests a conceptual unity. πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες. On πᾶς + art. participle, see 5:22 on ὁ ὀργιζόμενος. οἱ κοπιῶντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl κοπιάω (substantival). Nominative for the vocative. κοπιάω seems to refer here not so much to “engag[ing] in hard work” (LN 42.47; cf. ESV; LEB) as to being “tired or weary, as the result of hard or difficult endeavor” (LN 23.78; cf. NRSV; NET; NIV 2011). πεφορτισμένοι. Prf pass ptc masc nom pl φορτίζω (substantival). Nominative for the vocative. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. κἀγὼ. Formed by crasis from καὶ ἐγώ. Fronted as a topical frame, ἐγὼ is the nominative subject of ἀναπαύσω. καὶ introduces a clause that expresses the consequence of the preceding clause: “and then . . .” (cf. BDAG, 495.1.b.ζ). Put differently, in this construction (i.e., following the imperative), καὶ introduces the apodosis of a conditional sentence: “If you come to me, I will give you rest” (cf. Caragounis, 189–­90).



Matthew 11:28-30

269

ἀναπαύσω. Fut act ind 1st sg ἀναπαύω. ὑμᾶς. Accusative direct object of ἀναπαύσω. 11:29 ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς καὶ μάθετε ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν· ἄρατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl αἴρω. τὸν ζυγόν. Accusative direct object of ἄρατε. μου. Subjective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς. Spatial. μάθετε. Aor act impv 2nd pl μανθάνω. ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ. Source. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause that grounds the preceding imperatives (e.g., Nolland, 477); alternatively, ὅτι introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of μάθετε (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 2:156). πραΰς. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. εἰμι. Pres act ind 1st sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ταπεινὸς. Predicate adjective. τῇ καρδίᾳ. Locative dative, used metaphorically. καὶ. Introduces the consequences of the preceding imperatival clause (see 11:28). The construction has conditional force. εὑρήσετε. Fut act ind 2nd pl εὑρίσκω. ἀνάπαυσιν. Accusative direct object of εὑρήσετε. ταῖς ψυχαῖς. Dative of advantage. ψυχή could refer here to “the seat and center of life that transcends the earthly” (i.e., “your souls”; BDAG, 1099.2.d) or may simply signal a reflexive sense (i.e., “yourselves”), since “in var[ious] Semitic languages the reflexive relationship is paraphrased with ‫נֶ ֶפׁש‬. . . ; the corresp[onding] use of ψυχή may be detected in certain passages in our lit[erature], esp. in quot[ation]s fr[om] the OT and in places where OT modes of expr[ession] have had considerable influence” (BDAG, 1099.2.g). That this saying echoes Jer 6:16, where ‫נֶ ֶפׁש‬/ ψυχή seem to have a reflexive sense favors this latter understanding (so too Davies and Allison, 2:291; Quarles, 121–­22). ὑμῶν. Possessive genitive. 11:30 ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν. ὁ . . . ζυγός. Nominative subject in a verbless equative clause. Fronted as a topical frame. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for the promise of rest in 11:29.

270

Matthew 12:1-­8

μου. Subjective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. χρηστὸς. Predicate nominative. A Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 7×), χρηστός probably refers here to “that which is pleasant or easy, with the implication of suitability” (LN 22.40). Fronted for emphasis. τὸ φορτίον. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted as a topical frame. μου. Subjective genitive (“the burden that Jesus places on his followers”). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐλαφρόν. Predicate adjective. A Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 2×; cf. 2 Cor 4:17), ἐλαφρός denotes “that which is easy to bear or endure” (LN 22.38). Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Matthew 12:1-­8 1 At that time Jesus went through the grain fields on the Sabbath. Now his disciples were hungry, and they began to pick heads of grain and to eat them. 2But when the Pharisees saw it, they said to him, “Behold, your disciples are doing what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath.” 3But Jesus said to them, “Have you not read what David did when he was hungry, along with those who were with him, 4how he entered the house of God and ate the bread of the presentation, which was not lawful for him to eat or for those who were with him but only for the priests? 5Or have you not read in the law that on the Sabbath the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath and yet are innocent? 6But I tell you that something greater than the temple is here. 7And if you had known what this means—­‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice’—­you would not have condemned the innocent. 8For the Son of Man is lord of the Sabbath.”

12:1 Ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἐπορεύθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς σάββασιν διὰ τῶν σπορίμων· οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπείνασαν καὶ ἤρξαντο τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν. Ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ. Temporal. See 11:25. The PP links 12:1-­8 to 11:25-­ 30, with its focus on the rejection of Jesus’ mission among Israel’s elite, its contrasting reception among the “babes,” and the nature of Jesus’ yoke. ἐπορεύθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg πορεύομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐπορεύθη. τοῖς σάββασιν. Temporal. As this pericope illustrates, Matthew (like Mark and Luke) can use both singular and plural forms of σάββατον to refer to a single sabbath day (cf. BDAG, 909.1).



Matthew 12:1-2

271

διὰ τῶν σπορίμων. Locative. The substantival adjective σπόριμος (“sown”), which occurs in the NT only here and in the parallels in Mark 2:23 and Luke 6:1, refers “standing grain, grain fields” (BDAG, 939). οἱ . . . μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἐπείνασαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἐπείνασαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl πεινάω. The verb, which is unique to Matthew here, sets the context for the disciples’ action and anticipates 12:3. ἤρξαντο. Aor mid ind 3rd pl ἄρχω. τίλλειν. Pres act inf τίλλω (complementary). A Matthean hapax legomenon (elsewhere in the NT: Mark 2:23; Luke 6:1), τίλλω means “to pluck or pick by pulling off or out” (LN 18.9). στάχυας. Accusative direct object of τίλλειν. Another Matthean hapax legomenon, στάχυς refers to “the fruiting spike of a cereal grain, head or ear (of grain)” (BDAG, 941.1). ἐσθίειν. Pres act inf ἐσθίω (complementary). 12:2 οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι ἰδόντες εἶπαν αὐτῷ· ἰδοὺ οἱ μαθηταί σου ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν σαββάτῳ. οἱ . . . Φαρισαῖοι. Nominative subject of εἶπαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἰδόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ὁράω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπαν. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces the Pharisees’ charge, perhaps focusing attention particularly on Jesus’ disciples. οἱ μαθηταί. Nominative subject of ποιοῦσιν. Fronted as a topical frame (Mark’s and Luke’s subjects remain embedded in their verbs). σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ποιοῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ποιέω. ὃ. The relative pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν σαββάτῳ), serves as the direct object of ποιοῦσιν. Within its clause, ὃ is the accusative direct object of ποιεῖν. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔξεστιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἔξεστιν (impersonal).

272

Matthew 12:1-­8

ποιεῖν. Pres act inf ποιέω (complementary). While ποιεῖν could be understood as the subject of ἔξεστιν (Robertson, 392), it is probably better to consider the infinitive complementary, since ἔξεστιν is an impersonal verb (cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 98). ἐν σαββάτῳ. Temporal. Here the singular σάββατον refers to a single sabbath day (contrast 12:1, 5). 12:3 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυὶδ ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, ὁ δὲ. See 2:5. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. οὐκ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. In this Gospel, οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε serves as a formula that introduces polemical citations of Israel’s Scriptures (France 2007, 458). ἀνέγνωτε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἀγαγινώσκω. τί. Accusative direct object of ἐποίησεν. The interrogative pronoun introduces an indirect question that serves as the clausal complement of ἀνέγνωτε. ἐποίησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. Δαυὶδ . . . καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ. Compound nominative subject of ἐποίησεν. ὅτε. Introduces a temporal clause. ἐπείνασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg πεινάω. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the PP into a noun phrase that forms part of the compound subject of ἐπείνασεν. μετ’ αὐτοῦ. Association/accompaniment. 12:4 πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως ἔφαγον, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις; πῶς. The interrogative particle introduces an indirect question that is epexegetical to the preceding clause (τί ἐποίησεν . . . οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ). See BDAG (901.1.b.α) and Robertson (1032), who speaks of “[t]he encroachment of πῶς on ὅτι” here.



Matthew 12:3-4

273

εἰσῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg εἰσέρχομαι. εἰς τὸν οἶκον. Locative. τοῦ θεοῦ. Possessive genitive. τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). τοὺς ἄρτους. Accusative direct object of ἔφαγον. τῆς προθέσεως. Genitive of identification or attributive genitive (“Presentation Bread”; Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 184, consider this possibility for the parallel at Luke 6:4 and add, “The whole phrase refers to ‘bread for presenting [to God]’ ”). ἔφαγον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐσθίω. Although 12:3 does refer to David’s companions, the plural form of the verb is surprising after ἐποίησεν (12:3), ἐπείνασεν (12:3), and εἰσῆλθεν (12:4a). Not surprisingly, then, many witnesses (𝔓70 C D K et al.) replace the plural (‫ א‬B) with the singular ἔφαγεν, which both Mark (2:26) and Luke (6:4) also employ. France disagrees: “Two Alexandrian MSS, however august, should probably not be allowed to outweigh the rest of the textual tradition” (2007, 453 n. 2). But as noted above, transcriptional probabilities noted support the Alexandrian witnesses (‫ א‬B) here. ὃ. Nominative subject of ἦν ἐξὸν. Probably influenced by the parallels in Mark (2:26) and Luke (6:4) and intending to bring the relative into concord with the masculine plural τοὺς ἄρτους, a wide array of witnesses (‫ א‬C K L et al.) replace ὃ with οὓς. If ὃ was original, the neuter relative pronoun points back to the action (ἔφαγον) instead of the bread. Admittedly, the subsequent φαγεῖν does make this awkward. οὐκ . . . οὐδὲ. “Neither . . . nor.” ἐξὸν. Pres act pct neut nom sg ἔξεστιν (imperfect periphrastic). ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. αὐτῷ. Dative of reference. See 3:15 on ἡμῖν. φαγεῖν. Aor act inf ἐσθίω. If the relative ὃ was original, the infinitive is epexegetical, reiterating the subject (Moule, 27); if οὓς is to be preferred, the infinitive is complementary. τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the PP into a noun phrase that functions as dative of reference. μετ’ αὐτοῦ. Association. εἰ μὴ. Unlike ἀλλά, which also corrects (see 4:4), εἰ μή typically corrects by introducing an exception (see 11:27) from within the persons/ things already under consideration—­in this context, David and those who were with him (Runge 2010, 93; cf. LN 89.131). Here, however (and in contrast to both Mark and Luke), it corrects by pointing outside of the original group (the typical domain of ἀλλά) to the priests. τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις. Dative of reference.

274

Matthew 12:1-­8

12:5 ἢ οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὅτι τοῖς σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν; ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle, introducing a rhetorical question that is parallel to, and supplements, the one posed in 12:3 (cf. BDAG, 432.1.d.β). οὐκ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. ἀνέγνωτε. Aor act ind 2nd pl ἀναγινώσκω; see 12:3. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ. Locative. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse with a verb of cognition) of ἀνέγνωτε. τοῖς σάββασιν. Dative of time. It would be possible to find in the plural σάββασιν reference to more than one sabbath day (“on sabbath days”), but Matthew’s use of the term does not permit us to draw that conclusion confidently; see 12:1. οἱ ἱερεῖς. Nominative subject of βεβηλοῦσιν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ. Locative. τὸ σάββατον. Accusative direct object of βεβηλοῦσιν. βεβηλοῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl βεβηλόω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position and means “to cause someth[ing] highly revered to become identified with the commonplace, violate sanctity, desecrate, profane” (BDAG, 173). καὶ. Connective. On the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. ἀναίτιοί. Predicate adjective. ἀναίτιος (“innocent” [BDAG, 64]) occurs only twice in the NT, here and in 12:7. Fronted for emphasis. εἰσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 12:6 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ὅτι τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν ἐστιν ὧδε. λέγω . . . ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [NET; NIV 2011; LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV] discourse) of λέγω. τοῦ ἱεροῦ. Genitive of comparison. Fronted as a topical frame. μεῖζόν. The neuter adjective functions substantivally as the nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted for emphasis. Either inadvertently, because of an error of hearing or pronunciation, or deliberately, convinced that



Matthew 12:5-7

275

that which is “greater” than the temple must refer to Jesus, a number of witnesses (C L Δ ƒ13 1424 pm lat) change the neuter μεῖζον to the masculine μείζων. The neuter gender has also posed challenges to contemporary scholars, eliciting diverse interpretations. Some have found in μεῖζόν reference to the kingdom of God (Schweizer, 278; cf. Dodd, 31; Oliver, 96–­97), others to the preaching of the kingdom (Lindars, 40), and still others “more generally to the phenomena of the ministry of Jesus and the disciples and the reality of the dawning kingdom” (Hagner 1993, 330) or, on the basis of 12:7, to mercy (Luz 2001–­2007, 2:182; Konradt, 111). But the neuter, which can elsewhere refer to persons (MHT 3:21; Wallace, 295 n. 7), probably does here too. Matthew may employ the neuter because it is Jesus’ role rather than his person that is primarily in view (France 2007, 461), but more probably because he thought such a provocative self-­reference was best couched in allusive and indirect language (Caragounis, 235–­40). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὧδε. Predicate adverb of place. 12:7 εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν· ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a second-­class condition (see 11:21). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐγνώκειτε. Plprf act ind 2nd pl γινώσκω. τί. The interrogative pronoun introduces an indirect question (τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν) that serves as the clausal complement of ἐγνώκειτε. Within its clause, τί is a predicate nominative. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν. This citation of Hos 6:6 should probably be understood, in its entirety, as the subject of ἐστιν. Alternatively, if ἐστιν is impersonal, then the clause stands in apposition to the implied impersonal subject. On the meaning of ἔλεος in this citation, see 9:13 on ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν. As in 9:13, what Jesus’ opponents have failed to understand is the steadfast love for YHWH that expresses itself in mercy toward his people and is rooted in the knowledge of the God of Israel. ἔλεος. Accusative direct object of θέλω. Fronted for emphasis. θέλω. Pres act ind 1st sg θέλω. οὐ. Although οὐ is normally used with indicative verbs, here it negates a single noun (cf. Robertson, 1163). θυσίαν. Accusative direct object of θέλω.

276

Matthew 12:9-­14

οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἂν. Marker of contingency in the apodosis of a second-­class condition. κατεδικάσατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl καταδικάζω. Elsewhere in the NT, καταδικάζω (“condemn, find/pronounce guilty” [BDAG, 516]) occurs in Matt 12:37; Luke 6:38 (2×); Jas 5:6. τοὺς ἀναιτίους. Accusative direct object of κατεδικάσατε. See 12:5. 12:8 κύριος γάρ ἐστιν τοῦ σαββάτου ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. κύριος. Predicate nominative. Harner (77) argues convincingly that, in the parallel in Mark 2:28, the preverbal anarthrous κύριος “has a distinct qualitative force”; so too here. Fronted for emphasis. γάρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces Matthew’s conclusion to the pericope, which seems to offer summary support for the preceding argument rather than grounding a particular part. Quarles (124) suggests that γάρ “introduces the reason for Jesus’ innocence in his conduct on the Sabbath,” but τοὺς ἀναιτίους (“the innocent” [12:7]) is plural and, although Jesus is no doubt implicated, it is the innocence of the disciples that he sets out to defend. Like David, Jesus determines when ordinary observance of the law may be set aside (12:3-­4). Like the temple (but greater), Jesus takes priority over the Sabbath (12:5-­6). Like the prophets (who point to him; cf. 5:17; 11:13), Jesus understands that the God of Israel prioritizes steadfast love over sacrifice (12:7). “The argument has been that Jesus, as Jesus (‘something greater’), alone has the authority to interpret the law for his disciples” (France 2007, 462). For—­unlike king (12:3-­4) and priests (12:5-­6) and prophet (12:7) who each offer instructive challenges to Jesus’ opponents—­as the one greater even than the temple (12:6), the Son of Man is lord of the Sabbath (12:8). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τοῦ σαββάτου. Genitive of subordination. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. Matthew 12:9-­14 And moving on from there, he entered their synagogue. 10And behold, a man who had a shriveled hand! And they asked him, saying, “Is it really lawful to heal on the Sabbath?” in order to accuse him. 11But he said to them, “Which person will there be among you who will have one sheep, and if this one falls into a pit on the Sabbath, will not take hold of it and

9



Matthew 12:8-10

277

lift it out? 12How much more valuable, then, is a person than a sheep? So then, it is lawful on the Sabbath to do good.” 13Then he says to the man, “Stretch out your hand.” And he stretched it out, and it was restored, sound like the other. 14But leaving the synagogue, the Pharisees plotted against him, in order to destroy him. 12:9 Καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν· μεταβὰς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg μεταβαίνω (attendant circumstance or temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἐκεῖθεν. Adverb of place. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν. Locative. αὐτῶν. Genitive of identification (see 4:23). 12:10 καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν. καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστιν τοῖς σάββασιν θεραπεῦσαι; ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces and grants prominence to a man who will become the center of a dispute between Jesus and his opponents. ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἄνθρωπος. As part of a verbless clause, ἄνθρωπος could be understood as (1) a nominative of exclamation (Wallace, 59–­60), (2) a nominative absolute, (3) part of a nominal clause (Porter 1994, 85), or (4) the nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. See 3:17 on φωνὴ (cf. 11:19). Most witnesses include the verb ἦν and the article before χεῖρα (K Γ 565 579 et al.); many also include the adverb ἐκεῖ (D L Δ Θ et al.). These scribal additions aim to smooth out the syntax, supply lacking information and/or bring the text into harmony with the parallels in Mark 3:1 and Luke 6:6. χεῖρα . . . ξηράν. Accusative direct object of ἔχων. In a figurative extension of its meaning “dry, withered” (LN 79.80), ξηρός refers here “to a shrunken, withered, and hence immobile part of the body” (LN 23.173). ἔχων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἔχω (attributive). ἐπηρώτησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐπερωτάω. The subject of the verb is left undetermined, but 12:14 suggests that, as in 12:1-­8, it is the Pharisees who address Jesus. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐπηρώτησαν.

278

Matthew 12:9-­14

λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. εἰ. Unlike the parallels in Mark (3:2) and Luke (6:7), where εἰ introduces an indirect question, here it introduces a direct question. Although εἰ does not introduce direct questions in earlier Greek, most have simply concluded that this is a new development in the LXX and NT, perhaps under the influence of the Hebrew ‫אם‬,ִ which can introduce both indirect and direct questions (MHT 3:333; cf. BDAG, 278.5). Although it is possible to account for this use of εἰ by the influence of the Hebrew, Caragounis (208–­16) has recently offered a more compelling explanation. He argues that there is not a single instance of εἰ introducing a direct question in the NT; instead, in contexts like this one, εἰ stands for the adverb ἦ—­“truly, indeed” (BDAG, 433). The adverb was dying out in the NT era and came to be confused with εἰ, in part because they were pronounced identically. In support of this conclusion, Caragounis points to the variant spellings of εἰ/ἦ μήν in the MS tradition in Heb 6:14 and then demonstrates the interchangeable use of εἰ μήν and ἦ μήν in the LXX: they are “variants of one and the same phrase” (215). He continues: “In the LXX the simple adverb ἦ occurs c. thirty-­eight times in introducing direct questions and three times in introducing solemn statements. When it is remembered that the LXX on occasion also uses εἰ to introduce direct questions, the conclusion is unavoidable that the two forms εἰ and ἦ are but two different spellings of the same word” (215). See also Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (187–­88) for a convenient summary of Caragounis’ argument. ἔξεστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔξεστιν (impersonal). τοῖς σάββασιν. Dative of time; see 12:1. θεραπεῦσαι. Aor act inf θεραπεύω (complementary). On the use of the infinitive with impersonal verbs, see 12:2 on ποιεῖν. ἵνα. Introduces a purpose clause. κατηγορήσωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl καταγορέω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. αὐτοῦ. Genitive complement of κατηγορήσωσιν. 12:11 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ; ὁ δὲ. See 2:5. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω.



Matthew 12:11-12

279

αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. τίς. Introduces a direct question and functions either (1) as a substantive (BDAG, 1006.1.a), in which case it is the nominative subject of ἔσται (“Who will be the person . . .”; cf. Nolland, 485; Luz 2001–­2007, 2:186), and ἄνθρωπος is the predicate nominative, or (2) as an adjective (BDAG, 1007.1.b), in which case it modifies ἄνθρωπος, the nominative subject of ἔσται (“Which person . . .”; cf. France 2007, 453–­54; LEB). Cf. 7:9. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ἐξ ὑμῶν. Partitive. ἄνθρωπος. Either the predicate nominative or the nominative subject of ἔσται; see τίς above. ὃς. Nominative subject of ἕξει. ἕξει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. πρόβατον ἕν. Accusative direct object of ἕξει. ἕν may simply have the force of the indefinite pronoun τις (see 8:19 on εἷς γραμματεὺς), “a sheep” (ESV; NIV 2011; cf. France 2007, 454 n. 9), or it may indicate that the man has “only one sheep” (so Luz 2001–­2007, 2:187–­88; NRSV). ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. ἐμπέσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἐμπίπτω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. τοῦτο. Nominative subject of ἐμπέσῃ. τοῖς σάββασιν. Dative of time; see 12:1. εἰς βόθυνον. Locative. βόθυνος (“a hole, trench, or pit, natural or dug” [LN 1.55]) occurs only three times in the NT: Matt 12:11; 15:14; Luke 6:39. οὐχὶ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a rhetorical question that expects an affirmative answer. κρατήσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg κρατέω. Although the subjunctive is more common in deliberative questions, the future indicative can also fill this role (cf. Wallace, 465). αὐτὸ. Accusative direct object of κρατήσει. ἐγερεῖ. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἐγείρω. 12:12 πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου. ὥστε ἔξεστιν τοῖς σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν. πόσῳ. Dative of measure. The interrogative introduces a rhetorical question that is virtually an exclamation (cf. McKay 1994, §11.2.4). Fronted for emphasis. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing a conclusion (by means of the rhetorical question [BDAG, 736.1.c.γ]) drawn not so much from the preceding material as from common judgment and functioning virtually as a second premise (cf. Quarles, 126).

280

Matthew 12:9-­14

διαφέρει. Pres act ind 3rd sg διαφέρω. See 6:26. ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of διαφέρει. προβάτου. Genitive of comparison. ὥστε. Introduces the conclusion, drawn inferentially, from the preceding argument (BDAG, 1107.1.a; cf. Robertson, 999). ἔξεστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔξεστιν (impersonal). τοῖς σάββασιν. Dative of time; see 12:1. καλῶς. Adverb of manner. The verbal nature of the infinitive “can be illustrated by the fact that [it] can be modified by an adverb . . . , not be qualified by an adjective” (Caragounis, 169). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ποιεῖν. Pres act inf ποιέω (complementary). On the use of the infinitive with impersonal verbs, see 12:2 on ποιεῖν. 12:13 τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ· ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. καὶ ἐξέτεινεν καὶ ἀπεκατεστάθη ὑγιὴς ὡς ἡ ἄλλη. τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). Levinsohn finds here a marked use of τότε: “In each of the examples of τότε that have been cited so far, its presence signaled a division of an episode into subsections. However, τότε is also used to introduce the concluding event or speech to which an episode has been building up, even though the conclusion does not constitute a separate subsection. This may be thought of as a marked (rhetorical) usage of τότε, treating the conclusion as though it were a separate subsection in order to highlight it” (97). λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition (already signaled by τότε), as Jesus turns to address the man, and highlights what follows (cf. Levinsohn, 240–­46). τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ἔκτεινόν. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἐκτείνω. σου. Possessive genitive. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τὴν χεῖρα. Accusative direct object of ἔκτεινόν. ἐξέτεινεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐκτείνω. ἀπεκατεστάθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg ἀποκαθίστημι. The verb means “to change to an earlier good state or condition, restore, reestablish” (BDAG, 111.1). ὑγιὴς. Nominative complement to the implied subject of ἀπεκατεστάθη in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). ὡς. Introduces an elliptical comparative clause (BDAG, 1104.2.b).



Matthew 12:13-15

281

ἡ ἄλλη. Nominative subject in an elliptical construction (“as the other [was whole]”). 12:14 Ἐξελθόντες δὲ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν. Ἐξελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἐξέρχομαι (attendant circumstance or temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οἱ Φαρισαῖοι. Nominative subject of ἔλαβον. συμβούλιον. Accusative direct object of ἔλαβον. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἔλαβον. Aor act ind 3rd pl λαμβάνω. συμβούλιον ἔλαβον (a Latinism; see Moule, 192), refers to “the result reached by a deliberating group, plan, purpose” (BDAG, 957.3). κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Opposition. ὅπως. Introduces either a purpose clause (Quarles, 126; McKay 1994, §13.4.1; LEB; CEB; cf. BDAG, 718.2) or the clausal complement of συμβούλιον ἔλαβον that “closely resembles an indirect deliberative question” (Burton §207; GW; NRSV; NLT; ESV; NIV 2011; cf. BDAG, 718.2.b). αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀπολέσωσιν. ἀπολέσωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl ἀπόλλυμι. Subjunctive with ὅπως. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). Matthew 12:15-­21 But Jesus, aware of this, withdrew from there. And many followed him, and he healed them all 16and he warned them not to make him known, 17 in order that what was spoken through Isaiah the prophet might be fulfilled, who said, 18“Behold, my servant, whom I have chosen, my beloved, in whom I take delight. I will place my Spirit upon him, and he will announce justice to the nations. 19He will not quarrel or cry aloud, nor will anyone hear his voice in the streets. 20A bruised reed he will not break, and a smoldering wick he will not snuff out until he brings justice to victory, 21and in his name the nations will hope.” 15

12:15 Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν. καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ [ὄχλοι] πολλοί, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας, Ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἀνεχώρησεν. Fronted as a topical frame.

282

Matthew 12:15-­21

δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γνοὺς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg γινώσκω (causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. The participle is unique to Matthew; he alone draws attention to the reason for Jesus’ retreat. LEB, NET, and NRSV understand the participle to be temporal. ἀνεχώρησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀναχωρέω. In response (γνοὺς) to the Pharisees’ plot, Jesus withdraws. Probably, like earlier withdrawals (cf. 2:12, 13, 14, 22; 4:12), this one is strategic. See 4:12. ἐκεῖθεν. Adverb of place. ἠκολούθησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀκολουθέω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἠκολούθησαν. [ὄχλοι] πολλοί. Nominative subject of ἠκολούθησαν. Against the large majority of witnesses (C D K L et al.), ‫ א‬B pc lat omit ὄχλοι. N* retains ὄχλοι but omits πολλοί. It is difficult to be certain which reading is original. ὄχλοι πολλοί conforms to Matthew’s style (4:25; 8:1; 13:2; 15:30; 19:2; Luke 5:15; 14:25) as does the larger construction ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί (4:25; 8:1; 19:2). For that reason, however, alert scribes may have added ὄχλοι (so Luz 2001–­2007, 2:190 n. 1). It is difficult to see why, if ὄχλοι was original, it was omitted by ‫ א‬and B (Metzger [26] raises the possibility that ὄχλοι fell out accidentally by homoeoteleuton, but see the critique in Royse [547]), but Nolland (490) suggests that “[f]ailing to note the link with 4:25; 8:1, a scribe probably considered πολλοί (‘many’) more appropriate than ὄχλοι πολλοί (lit. ‘many crowds’) as a follow-­on from the synagogue setting of 12:9-­14.” NA28 includes ὄχλοι in brackets; SBLGNT omits it. On balance, I think it more likely that ὄχλοι is a scribal addition. ἐθεράπευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg θεραπεύω. αὐτοὺς πάντας. Accusative direct object of ἐθεράπευσεν. 12:16 καὶ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν, ἐπετίμησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐπιτιμάω. αὐτοῖς. Dative complement of ἐπετίμησεν. ἵνα. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of ἐπετίμησεν. μὴ. As usual, the negative particle μή is used with a nonindicative verb; here it negates the whole clause but calls particular attention to the adjective it immediately precedes. φανερὸν. Accusative complement to αὐτὸν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ποιήσωσιν in a double accusative object-­complement construction.



Matthew 12:16-18

283

ποιήσωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl ποιέω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. 12:17 ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος· ἵνα. Introduces a purpose clause (see 1:22 on ἵνα). πληρωθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg πληρόω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. τὸ ῥηθὲν. Aor pass ptc neut nom sg λέγω (substantival). Nominative subject of πληρωθῇ. διὰ Ἠσαΐου. Intermediate agency. τοῦ προφήτου. Genitive in apposition to Ἠσαΐου. λέγοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λέγω (attributive). 12:18 ἰδοὺ ὁ παῖς μου ὃν ᾑρέτισα, ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου· θήσω τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν, καὶ κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces the servant upon whom the citation focuses. ὁ παῖς. As part of a verbless clause, παῖς could be understood as (1) a nominative of exclamation (Wallace, 59–­60), (2) a nominative absolute, (3) part of a nominal clause (Porter 1994, 85), or (4) the nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. See 3:17 on φωνὴ (cf. 11:19; 12:10). μου. Possessive or objective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὃν. Accusative direct object of ᾑρέτισα. ᾑρέτισα. Aor act ind 1st sg αἱρετίζω. The verb αἱρετίζω (“to choose” [BDAG, 28]) is a NT hapax legomenon. ὁ ἀγαπητός. Nominative in apposition to ὁ παῖς. μου. Subjective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. εἰς ὃν. If the preposition is original, it signals reference/respect. The antecedent is ὁ ἀγαπητός. The witnesses are divided here. One group of MSS omits the preposition (‫ *א‬B 892 pc; so NA25, WH), and in another ἐν ὧ stands in the place of εἰς ὃν (D ƒ1 33 1424; Irlat; cf. Matt 3:17). The majority of witnesses (‫א‬1 Cvid K L et al.) support the reading adopted in NA28 and SBLGNT. As the harder reading, however, the reading adopted by NA25 seems likely to be original and both εἰς ὃν and ἐν ὧ to be clarifying “corrections.” If this is right, the relative is probably the direct object of εὐδόκησεν (cf. LXX Gen 33:10; BDAG, 404.2.a) but could be an accusative of reference. εὐδόκησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg εὐδοκέω. On the use of the aorist here, see 3:17. ἡ ψυχή μου. Synecdoche for “I.”

284

Matthew 12:15-­21

ἡ ψυχή. Nominative subject of εὐδόκησεν. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. θήσω. Fut act ind 1st sg τίθημι. τὸ πνεῦμά. Accusative direct object of θήσω. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν. In an extension of its basic locative sense, the preposition serves as a “marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth[ing] is done, to, on, about” (BDAG, 366.14). κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). κρίσιν. Accusative direct object of ἀπαγγελεῖ. Since the nations put their trust in the Servant (12:21), κρίσις refers primarily to justice (BDAG, 569.3; Gundry 1994, 229), rather than judgment (BDAG, 569.1; Luz 2001–­2007, 2:193–­94 [but a positive judgment]), but perhaps the two cannot be neatly separated (cf. Nolland, 493). τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. Dative of advantage. ἀπαγγελεῖ. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀπαγγέλω. 12:19 οὐκ ἐρίσει οὐδὲ κραυγάσει, οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἐρίσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἐρίζω. ἐρίζω (“to express differences of opinion, with at least some measure of antagonism or hostility” [LN 33.447]) is a NT hapax legomenon. οὐδὲ . . . οὐδὲ. Negation + development (see 6:15). κραυγάσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg κραυγάζω. The verb means “to utter a loud sound, ordinarily of harsh texture, cry (out), with context indicating kind of articulation” (BDAG, 565). ἀκούσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀκούω. τις. Nominative subject of ἀκούσει. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις. Locative. τὴν φωνὴν. Accusative direct object of ἀκούσει. αὐτοῦ. Possessive or subjective (Quarles, 128) genitive. 12:20 κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει, ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν. κάλαμον συντετριμμένον. Fronted as a topical frame. κάλαμον. Accusative direct object of κατεάξει. συντετριμμένον. Prf pass ptc masc acc sg συντρίβω (attributive). συντρίβω (“to cause damage to an object by crushing” [LN 19.46]) is a



Matthew 12:19-21

285

Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 7×). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. κατεάξει. Fut act ind 3rd sg κατάγνυμι. κατάγνυμι (“to break or to shatter a rigid object” [LN 19.35]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). λίνον τυφόμενον. Fronted as a topical frame. λίνον. Accusative direct object of τυφόμενον. τυφόμενον. Pres pass ptc neut acc sg τύφω (attributive). The verb τύφω (“to give off smoke, pass. smoke, smolder, glimmer” [BDAG, 1021]) is a NT hapax legomenon. οὐ. See above. σβέσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg σβέννυμι. The verb means to “extinguish, put out” (BDAG, 917.a). It stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). ἕως ἂν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. ἐκβάλῃ. Aor act sub 3rd sg ἐκβάλλω. Subjunctive with ἄν. ἐκβάλλω means “to bring someth[ing] about, cause to happen” (BDAG, 299.5). εἰς νῖκος. Goal. τὴν κρίσιν. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλῃ. 12:21 καὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν. τῷ ὀνόματι. Locative dative (extended metaphorically). Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἔθνη. Nominative subject of ἐλπιοῦσιν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐλπιοῦσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl ἐλπίζω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. Matthew 12:22-­30 At that time a demon possessed man, blind and mute, was brought to him, and he healed him, so that the mute man could speak and see. 23 And all the crowds were astonished and were saying, “Could this man, perhaps, be the Son of David?” 24But when the Pharisees heard this, they said, “This man does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul, the ruler of demons.” 25But, knowing their thoughts, he said to them, “Every kingdom divided against itself is destroyed, and every city or household divided against itself will not stand. 26And if Satan is casting out Satan, he has become divided against himself; how then will his kingdom stand? 27And if I cast out demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons 22

286

Matthew 12:22-­30

cast them out? Because of this, they will be your judges. 28But if by the Spirit of God I cast out demons, then the kingdom of God has come upon you. 29Or how can anyone enter a strong man’s house and seize his possessions, unless he first ties up the strong man? Then he will plunder his house. 30The one who is not with me is against me, and the one who does not gather with me scatters.” 12:22 Τότε προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτόν, ὥστε τὸν κωφὸν λαλεῖν καὶ βλέπειν. Τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). προσηνέχθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg προσφέρω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of προσηνέχθη. δαιμονιζόμενος τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός. Nominative subject of προσηνέχθη. δαιμονιζόμενος. Pres pass ptc masc nom sg δαιμονίζομαι (substantival). ἐθεράπευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg θεραπεύω. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of ἐθεράπευσεν. ὥστε. Introduces a result clause. τὸν κωφὸν. Accusative subject of the infinitives λαλεῖν and βλέπειν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). Most witnesses describe the man (again) as both blind and mute, but this is almost certainly a scribal “correction” in anticipation of the twin infinitives. λαλεῖν. Pres act inf λαλέω. Used with ὥστε to indicate result (see 8:24 on καλύπτεσθαι). βλέπειν. Pres act inf βλέπω. Used with ὥστε to indicate result. 12:23 καὶ ἐξίσταντο πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι καὶ ἔλεγον· μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς Δαυίδ; ἐξίσταντο. Impf mid ind 3rd pl ἐξίστημι. The verb ἐξίστημι (“be amazed, be astonished, of the feeling of astonishment mingled w[ith] fear, caused by events which are miraculous, extraordinary, or difficult to understand” [BDAG, 350.2.b]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 17×). πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι. Nominative subject of ἐξίσταντο. ἔλεγον. Impf act ind 3rd pl λέγω. Imperfect forms of λέγω are sometimes used, as here, “to record the responses of multiple groups to one thing” (Runge 2010, 159). μήτι. Unlike οὐ, the negative particle μή (see 7:9) and its compounds typically introduce questions that expect a negative answer. But they can



Matthew 12:22-25

287

also, as here, introduce “questions in which the questioner is in doubt concerning the answer” (BDAG, 649). οὗτός. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ υἱὸς. Predicate nominative. Δαυίδ. Genitive of relationship. 12:24 οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες εἶπον· οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων. οἱ . . . Φαρισαῖοι. Nominative subject of εἶπον. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀκούσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀκούω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἶπον. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. οὗτος. Nominative subject of ἐκβάλλει. Fronted as a topical frame. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἐκβάλλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἐκβάλλω. τὰ δαιμόνια. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλλει. εἰ μὴ. Unlike ἀλλά, which also corrects (see 4:4), εἰ μή typically corrects by introducing an exception (see 11:27). ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ. Agency (cf. BDF §219.1; BDAG, 329.6). ἄρχοντι. Pres act ptc masc dat sg ἄρχω (substantival). Dative in apposition to Βεελζεβοὺλ. τῶν δαιμονίων. Genitive of subordination. 12:25 Εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ᾿ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ᾿ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται. Εἰδὼς. Prf act ptc masc nom sg οἶδα (causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. A number of witnesses (𝔓21 ‫א‬1 D 33 et al.) support ἰδὼν instead of εἰδὼς. Nolland (496) takes ἰδὼν to be the original reading (cf. 9:4), understanding εἰδὼς as a natural correction. But εἰδὼς receives early, important, and widespread support (cf. Metzger, 26), and it is more likely that ἰδὼν represents a scribal modification influenced by 9:4. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ.

288

Matthew 12:22-­30

τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις. Accusative direct object of εἰδὼς. See 9:4 on τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις. αὐτῶν. Subjective genitive. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. πᾶσα βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἐρημοῦται. Fronted as a topical frame. μερισθεῖσα. Aor pass ptc fem nom sg μερίζω (attributive). καθ᾿ ἑαυτῆς. Opposition. ἐρημοῦται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg ἐρημόω. The verb ἐρημόω (“to make uninhabitable, lay waste, depopulate a city” [BDAG, 392]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 5×). It stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία. Nominative subject of σταθήσεται. Fronted as a topical frame. μερισθεῖσα. Aor pass ptc fem nom sg μερίζω (attributive). καθ᾿ ἑαυτῆς. Opposition. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. σταθήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ἵστημι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on σταθήσεται, see Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (385). The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). 12:26 καὶ εἰ ὁ σατανᾶς τὸν σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει, ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτὸν ἐμερίσθη· πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ; εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. ὁ σατανᾶς. Nominative subject of ἐκβάλλει. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). τὸν σατανᾶν. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλλει. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐκβάλλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἐκβάλλω. ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτὸν. Opposition (cf. BDAG, 366.12.b). Fronted for emphasis. ἐμερίσθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg μερίζω. Most English translations (RSV; NJB; ESV; NET; NIV 2011) translate the aorist indicative here “is divided.” But the shift in tense (from present in the protasis to aorist in the apodosis) seems deliberate. As McKay (1994, §21.2.4) points out, “Mt echoes the allegation in his protasis and draws a conclusion on what must have happened for it to be true.” He translates helpfully: “and if Satan is in fact casting out Satan, he has become divided against himself.” πῶς. The interrogative adverb introduces a direct (rhetorical) question.



Matthew 12:26-28

289

οὖν. Inferential (see further 1:17 on οὖν), drawing upon the conclusion established in 12:25. σταθήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ἵστημι. On the voice, see 12:25 on σταθήσεται. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of σταθήσεται. αὐτοῦ. Subjective genitive. 12:27 καὶ εἰ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν; διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of ἐκβάλλω. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ. Agency (cf. 12:24). Fronted for emphasis. ἐκβάλλω. Pres act ind 1st sg ἐκβάλλω. τὰ δαιμόνια. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλλω. οἱ υἱοὶ. Nominative subject of ἐκβάλλουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. While typically υἱός refers to “a male who is in a kinship relationship either biologically or by legal action, son, offspring, descendant” (BDAG, 1024.1), the word is used here in a transferred sense to denote “a pupil, follower, or one who is otherw[ise] a spiritual son” (BDAG, 1024.2.a). ὑμῶν. Genitive of relationship. ἐν τίνι. Agency. Fronted for emphasis. ἐκβάλλουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἐκβάλλω. διὰ τοῦτο. Causal (see 6:25). The demonstrative τοῦτο reiterates the idea implicit in the preceding rhetorical question: the evil accusation you hurl against me entails the identical accusation against your own sons, so they will judge you. αὐτοὶ. Nominative subject of ἔσονται. Fronted as a topical frame. κριταὶ. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis. ἔσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl εἰμί. ὑμῶν. Objective genitive. 12:28 εἰ δὲ ἐν πνεύματι θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. Not only is it the case that Jesus’ exorcisms are not the work of the enemy (12:25-­27); what is more, they signal the dawn of the long-­awaited reign of Israel’s God (12:28). ἐν πνεύματι θεοῦ. Fronted for emphasis. ἐν πνεύματι. Agency.

290

Matthew 12:22-­30

θεοῦ. Genitive of relationship or genitive of source (cf. 3:16). ἐγὼ. Nominative subject of ἐκβάλλω. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐκβάλλω. Pres act ind 1st sg ἐκβάλλω. τὰ δαιμόνια. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλλω. ἄρα. Inference (cf. BDAG, 127.1). ἔφθασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg φθάνω. Caragounis (261–­78) finds here an idiomatic use of the aorist in place of the future indicative that underscores both “the certainty and immediacy (or imminence) of the action contemplated” (268): “then the kingdom of God is about to break in upon you” (278). He succeeds in demonstrating the presence of the idiom across “all periods of the Greek language” (277). What is missing, in my view, are contextual markers that suggest we should find the idiom here. On the contrary, 12:29, with its insistence that Jesus has already defeated the “strong man” (i.e., Satan) and dealt a decisive blow to his kingdom, strongly suggests that God’s kingdom has arrived with the advent of the Son of David (12:23). The wider narrative offers confirmation (on the inaugurated presence of the kingdom, see, briefly, 4:17 on ἤγγικεν; on the violence directed against the [present] kingdom since the days of John, see 11:12). ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς. A “marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth[ing] is done” (BDAG, 366.14) and here, in particular, “of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is” (BDAG, 366.14.b.β). ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἔφθασεν; see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τοῦ θεοῦ. Subjective genitive. Here, atypically for Matthew, ἡ βασιλεία is qualified by τοῦ θεοῦ. Since, however, for Matthew ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν is a way of speaking of the sovereign reign of Israel’s God (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν), there is no distinction in the senses of these two expressions. Perhaps direct reference to Israel’s God seems appropriate in this context, where his kingdom stands over against the kingdom of Satan (12:24-­26). 12:29 ἢ πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν; καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει. ἢ. Marker of alternative/disjunctive particle, linking the rhetorical question to the series of questions launched in 12:26 (cf. BDAG, 432.1.d.β). πῶς. The interrogative adverb introduces a rhetorical question designed to “call an assumption into question or reject it altogether” (BDAG, 901.1.a.δ). δύναταί. Pres mid ind 3rd sg δύναμαι.



Matthew 12:29-30

291

τις. Nominative subject of δύναται. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. εἰσελθεῖν. Aor act inf εἰσέρχομαι (complementary). εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. Locative. τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ. Possessive genitive. τὰ σκεύη. Accusative direct object of ἁρπάσαι. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἁρπάσαι. Aor act inf ἁρπάζω (complementary). ἐὰν. Introduces the protasis of a third-­class condition. μὴ. As usual, the negative particle μή is used with a nonindicative verb; here it negates the whole clause but calls particular attention to the adverbial accusative it immediately precedes. πρῶτον. Adverbial accusative. Fronted for emphasis. δήσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg δέω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. τὸν ἰσχυρόν. Accusative direct object of δήσῃ. τότε. Temporal adverb. Fronted for emphasis. The two temporal adverbs underscore Jesus’ point: his exorcisms depend on his prior defeat of the strong man. There is no collusion here. τὴν οἰκίαν. Accusative direct object of διαρπάσει. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. διαρπάσει. Fut act ind 3rd sg διαρπάζω. 12:30 ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ κατ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν, καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει. ὁ . . . ὢν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg εἰμί (substantival). Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted as a topical frame. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ. Association. As the contrast with κατ᾿ ἐμοῦ suggests, μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ means “on my side” (Harris 2012, 165; cf. BDAG, 637.2.a.γ.‫)ד‬. Fronted for emphasis. κατ᾿ ἐμοῦ. Opposition. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ὁ . . . συνάγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg συνάγω (substantival). Nominative subject of σκορπίζει. Fronted as a topical frame. μὴ. See above. μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ. Association/accompaniment. σκορπίζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg σκορπίζω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position.

292

Matthew 12:31-­37

Matthew 12:31-­37 “Because of this I say to you, ‘Every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven to people, but blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven. 32And whoever speaks a word against the Son of Man—­it will be forgiven to him; but whoever speaks against the Holy Spirit—­it will not be forgiven to him, either in this age or in the one to come. 33Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad; for by its fruit a tree is known. 34You offspring of vipers! How could you who are evil speak what is good? For from the overflow of the heart the mouth speaks. 35The good person from his good treasure brings forth good things, and the evil person from his evil treasure brings forth evil things. 36 And I say to you that every careless word that people speak, they will give account for it on the day of judgment. 37For by your words you will be vindicated, and by your words you will be condemned.” 31

12:31 Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν, πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἡ δὲ τοῦ πνεύματος βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται. Διὰ τοῦτο. Causal (see 6:25 on Διὰ τοῦτο). Here τοῦτο seems to look back to the whole preceding interchange between Jesus and the Pharisees (12:24-­30) and perhaps especially to 12:28, where Jesus presents his exorcisms ἐν πνεύματι θεοῦ as the decisive evidence that God’s kingdom has arrived. λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία. Compound nominative subject of ἀφεθήσεται. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἀφεθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. Dative of advantage. Before ἀνθρώποις, some witnesses (B ƒ1 sa mae) add ὑμῖν, making ἀνθρώποις the agent, rather than the recipient, of forgiveness (alternatively, ὑμῖν could refer to the agent [cf. Nolland, 503]). Perhaps this addition was designed to mitigate the superficial tension between 12:31a and 12:31b by having 12:31a address only the forgiveness granted by humans. ἡ . . . βλασφημία. Nominative subject of ἀφεθήσεται. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τοῦ πνεύματος. Objective genitive. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs.



Matthew 12:31-32

293

ἀφεθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. The verb stands in final, emphatic position. 12:32 καὶ ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ· ὃς δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου, οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι. ὃς ἐὰν. The indefinite relative pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ ἀνθρώπου), expresses the topic of the sentence (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) and is picked up by the resumptive pronoun αὐτῷ. Within its clause, ὃς ἐὰν is the nominative subject of εἴπῃ. εἴπῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg λέγω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. λόγον. Accusative direct object of εἴπῃ. κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ. Opposition. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. ἀφεθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. Before ἀφεθήσεται, the original hand of Vaticanus (B*) includes the negative particle οὐκ; as in 12:31, B probably includes a theologically motivated variant: here, not only speaking against the Holy Spirit but also speaking against the Son of Man is unforgivable. αὐτῷ. Dative of advantage. ὃς . . . ἂν. Like ὃς ἐὰν above, the indefinite relative pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὃς δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου), expresses the topic of the sentence (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) and is picked up by the resumptive pronoun αὐτῷ. Within its clause, ὃς . . . ἂν is the nominative subject of εἴπῃ. δ᾽. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἴπῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg λέγω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου. Opposition. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἀφεθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg ἀφίημι. αὐτῷ. Dative of advantage. οὔτε . . . οὔτε. “Neither . . . nor” (BDAG, 740). ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι. Temporal. ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι. Temporal. μέλλοντι. Pres act ptc masc nom sg μέλλω (substantival).

294

Matthew 12:31-­37

12:33 Ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν· ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται. Ἢ . . . ἢ. “Markers of double alternatives—­‘either . . . or’ ” (LN 89.140). ποιήσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ποιέω. τὸ δένδρον. Accusative direct object of ποιήσατε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. καλὸν. Accusative complement to τὸ δένδρον in a double accusative object-­complement construction. τὸν καρπὸν. Accusative direct object of ποιήσατε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of source or producer. The genitive pronoun identifies its head noun as the fruit that the tree produces. καλόν. Accusative complement to τὸν καρπὸν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ποιήσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ποιέω. τὸ δένδρον. Accusative direct object of ποιήσατε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. σαπρὸν. Accusative complement to τὸ δένδρον in a double accusative object-­complement construction. τὸν καρπὸν. Accusative direct object of ποιήσατε in a double accusative object-­complement construction. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of source or producer (see 12:33a on αὐτοῦ). σαπρόν. Accusative complement to τὸν καρπὸν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἐκ . . . τοῦ καρποῦ. Means or source (from which insight into the tree comes; cf. BDAG, 297.3.g.β). Fronted for emphasis. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for 12:33a, b: since a tree is known by its fruit, there is an inevitable consistency here (either both the tree and its fruit are good or both the tree and its fruit are not). τὸ δένδρον. Nominative subject of γινώσκεται. Fronted as a topical frame. γινώσκεται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg γινώσκω. 12:34 γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν πονηροὶ ὄντες; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ. γεννήματα. Vocative. ἐχιδνῶν. Genitive of relationship.



Matthew 12:33-35

295

πῶς. The interrogative particle introduces a direct (rhetorical) question. δύνασθε. Pres mid ind 2nd pl δύναμαι. ἀγαθὰ. Accusative direct object of λαλεῖν. Fronted for emphasis. λαλεῖν. Pres act inf λαλέω (complementary). πονηροὶ. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ὄντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl εἰμί (attributive; NIV 2011). Alternatively, the participle could be adverbial, with causal (NET) or, less likely, temporal (LEB) force. ἐκ . . . τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας. Fronted for emphasis. ἐκ . . . τοῦ περισσεύματος. Source. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for the charge implicit in the preceding rhetorical question: since the mouth only speaks what is in the heart, you could not have done otherwise than speak evil. τῆς καρδίας. The contribution of the genitive phrase to the sentence is reasonably clear: the mouth speaks from the abundance of the heart—­that is, from “what the heart is full of ” (BDAG, 805.11). Classifying the genitive is more difficult (but also less important). One might understand it as either a subjective genitive (“as the heart overflows”; cf. Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 211) or an objective genitive (“the things that fill the heart”; cf. Quarles, 134). τὸ στόμα. Nominative subject of λαλεῖ. Fronted as a topical frame. λαλεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg λαλέω. 12:35 ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά, καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά. ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of ἐκβάλλει. The article is generic. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ. Source. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). Fronted for emphasis. ἐκβάλλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἐκβάλλω. ἀγαθά. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλλει. ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of ἐκβάλλει. The article is generic. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ. Source. On the article, see ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ. See 2:11 on θησαυρός. Fronted for emphasis. ἐκβάλλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἐκβάλλω. πονηρά. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλλει.

296

Matthew 12:31-­37

12:36 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ὅτι πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως· λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [NET; NIV 2011; LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV] discourse) of λέγω. πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν. The nominative πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν (unless it is accusative, by attraction to the relative pronoun that follows; cf. BDF §466.3) introduces the topic of the sentence (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) and is picked up by the resumptive pronoun αὐτοῦ. ὃ. Accusative direct object of λαλήσουσιν. λαλήσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl λαλέω. οἱ ἄνθρωποι. Nominative subject of λαλήσουσιν. ἀποδώσουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl ἀποδίδωμι. περὶ αὐτοῦ. Reference. The pronoun is resumptive, pointing back to πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν. λόγον. Accusative direct object of ἀποδώσουσιν. λόγος refers here to “a formal accounting, esp. of one’s actions” (BDAG, 600.2.a). ἐν ἡμέρᾳ. Temporal. κρίσεως. Genitive of identification (“the day when God judges people”). 12:37 ἐκ γὰρ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου καταδικασθήσῃ. ἐκ . . . τῶν λόγων. The preposition serves as a marker “of the underlying rule or principle according to, in accordance with” (BDAG, 297.3.i). Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for Jesus’ preceding assertion (12:36): since what you say will either vindicate or condemn you, you will give account for your speech, even careless speech. σου. Subjective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. δικαιωθήσῃ. Fut pass ind 2nd sg δικαιόω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). ἐκ τῶν λόγων. See above. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). σου. Subjective genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. καταδικασθήσῃ. Fut pass ind 2nd sg καταδικάζω. See 12:7. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT).



Matthew 12:36-38

297

Matthew 12:38-­42 At that time, some of the scribes and Pharisees responded, saying, “Teacher, we want to see a sign from you.” 39But answering, he said to them, “An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, and yet no sign will be given to it except the sign of Jonah, the prophet. 40For just as Jonah was in the belly of the sea monster for three days and three nights, so will the Son of Man be in the heart of the earth for three days and three nights. 41The men of Nineveh will stand up at the judgment with this generation and condemn it, because they repented at the preaching of Jonah, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here! 42The queen of the South will rise up at the judgment with this generation and condemn it, because she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, something greater than Solomon is here!” 38

12:38 Τότε ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ τινες τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων λέγοντες· διδάσκαλε, θέλομεν ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν. Τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). ἀπεκρίθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl ἀποκρίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. BDAG (113.2) finds here not so much an answer to what Jesus has just said but instead the continuation of the dialogue. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἀπεκρίθησαν. τινες. Nominative subject of ἀπεκρίθησαν. τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων. Partitive genitive. Although the Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) does not apply, since the substantives are plural, the single article that stands over the two substantives linked by καί does suggest a conceptual unity (cf. 5:20 on τῶν γραμματέων καί Φαρισαίων). λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (pleonastic/means). διδάσκαλε. Vocative. See 8:19 on διδάσκαλε. θέλομεν. Pres act ind 1st pl θέλω. ἀπὸ σοῦ. Ultimate agency (Wallace, 433; cf. BDAG, 106.5.d: “to indicate the originator of the action denoted by the verb”). Fronted as a topical frame. σημεῖον. Accusative direct object of ἰδεῖν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἰδεῖν. Aor act inf ὁράω (complementary).

298

Matthew 12:38-­42

12:39 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς. Nominative subject of ἐπιζητεῖ. On the characterization of this generation as evil and adulterous, see 16:4. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). σημεῖον. Accusative direct object of ἐπιζητεῖ. ἐπιζητεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἐπιζητέω. καὶ. Connective. On the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. σημεῖον. Nominative subject of δοθήσεται. Fronted as a topical frame. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. δοθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. αὐτῇ. Dative indirect object of δοθήσεται. εἰ μὴ. Unlike ἀλλά, which also corrects (see 4:4), εἰ μή typically corrects by introducing an exception (see 11:27). τὸ σημεῖον. Nominative subject of an implied δοθήσεται. Ἰωνᾶ. Epexegetical genitive. τοῦ προφήτου. Genitive in apposition to Ἰωνᾶ. 12:40 ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας. ὥσπερ. Introduces the protasis of a comparison (cf. BDAG, 1106.a). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a clarification of how, from Matthew’s vantage point, Jonah serves as a sign to this generation. ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. Ἰωνᾶς. Nominative subject of ἦν. ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ. Locative. τοῦ κήτους. Possessive genitive. A NT hapax legomenon, κῆτος denotes “any large sea monster” (LN 4.61). τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας. Adverbial accusative of measure.



Matthew 12:39-41

299

οὕτως. Introduces the apodosis of a comparison. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of ἔσται. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ. Locative. τῆς γῆς. Partitive genitive. τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας. Adverbial accusative of measure. 12:41 Ἄνδρες Νινευῖται ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν, ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ, καὶ ἰδοὺ πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε. Ἄνδρες. Nominative subject of ἀναστήσονται. Here, as in LXX Jonah 3:5, ἀνήρ may be generic (LN 9.1: “human being,” “person”; so NET; NRSV) or it may be gender-­specific (LN 9.24: “adult male,” “man”; so ESV; NIV 2011). A decision is difficult, but the distinction in Jonah between ἀνήρ (3:5; MT: ‫)אנְ ֵשי‬ ַ and ἄνθρωπος (3:7, 8; MT: ‫)ה ָא ָדם‬ ָ may suggest a gender-­specific use in Jonah and perhaps also in Matthew. Νινευῖται. Nominative in apposition to ἄνδρες. ἀναστήσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ἀνίστημι. ἐν τῇ κρίσει. Temporal. The presence of the article suggests that a particular judgment—­here, the final judgment—­is in mind (cf. Young, 57). μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης. Association/accompaniment. See 11:16 on τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην. κατακρινοῦσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl κατακρίνω. αὐτήν. Accusative direct object of κατακρινοῦσιν. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. μετενόησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl μετανοέω. εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα. The preposition seems to mean “at, in the face of, in response to” (BDAG, 291.10.a; Quarles, 136). Whether or not εἰς is ever causal is disputed. A number of grammarians think it is here (e.g., Zerwick §98, 106; MHT 3:255; and esp. Mantey 1951, 47), but Harris insists that “in no case is εἰς in itself unambiguously causal; alternative and preferable renderings always present themselves” (2012, 91). Ἰωνᾶ. Subjective genitive. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) grants prominence to the utterance that follows immediately. πλεῖον. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. πλεῖον is a neuter comparative form of the adjective πολύς. On Jesus’ use of the neuter in allusive, indirect self-­references, see 12:6 on μεῖζόν; as in 12:6, the reference is to Jesus.

300

Matthew 12:43-­45

Ἰωνᾶ. Genitive of comparison. ὧδε. Predicate adverb of place. 12:42 βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν, ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος, καὶ ἰδοὺ πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε. βασίλισσα. Nominative subject of ἐγερθήσεται. νότου. Genitive of source. The points of the compass never take an article in the NT (BDF §253.1; MHT 3:172). ἐγερθήσεται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg ἐγείρω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Although the verb could be passive, the parallel with ἀναστήσονται at 12:41 and the use of θη-­middle forms of the verb elsewhere in Matthew (e.g., 1:24; 2:13, 14, 20, 21; 8:15, 26; 9:6, 7, 19) suggest that it is middle here. ἐν τῇ κρίσει. Temporal. μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης. Association/accompaniment. See 11:16 on τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην. κατακρινεῖ. Fut act ind 3rd sg κατακρίνω. αὐτήν. Accusative direct object of κατακρινεῖ. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. ἐκ τῶν περάτων. Source. More precisely, ἐκ marks “the direction fr. which someth. comes” (BDAG, 296.2). τῆς γῆς. Partitive genitive. ἀκοῦσαι. Aor act inf ἀκούω (purpose). τὴν σοφίαν. Accusative direct object of ἀκοῦσαι. Σολομῶνος. Subjective genitive. ἰδοὺ. See 12:41. πλεῖον. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. See 12:41. Σολομῶνος. Genitive of comparison. ὧδε. Predicate adverb of place. Matthew 12:43-­45 43 “When an unclean spirit goes out of a person, it passes through waterless places seeking rest, and does not find it. 44Then it says, ‘I will return to my house, from which I went out;’ and, when it comes, it finds it vacant, swept clean, and put in order. 45Then it goes and takes with it seven other spirits more evil than itself and, entering, they dwell there. And the last state of that person is worse than the first. So also it will be for this evil generation.”



Matthew 12:42-44

301

12:43 Ὅταν δὲ τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται δι᾿ ἀνύδρων τόπων ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκει. Ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα. Nominative subject of ἐξέλθῃ. The article is generic. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἐξέλθῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἐξέρχομαι. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Separation. The article is again generic. διέρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg διέρχομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. δι᾿ ἀνύδρων τόπων. Locative. ἄνυδρος (“waterless, dry” [BDAG, 91]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). ζητοῦν. Pres act ptc neut nom sg ζητέω (purpose). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἀνάπαυσιν. Accusative direct object of ζητοῦν. καὶ. Connective. On the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. οὐχ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. εὑρίσκει. Pres act ind 3rd sg εὑρίσκω. 12:44 τότε λέγει· εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον· καὶ ἐλθὸν εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον. τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. εἰς τὸν οἶκόν. Locative. Fronted for emphasis. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐπιστρέψω. Fut act ind 1st sg ἐπιστρέφω. ὅθεν. Adverb of place. On the use of the local adverb in place of the relative, see Caragounis (193). ἐξῆλθον. Aor act ind 1st sg ἐξέρχομαι. ἐλθὸν. Aor act ptc neut nom sg ἔρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. Turner thinks the participle is conditional: “Thus in Mt 1244 καὶ ἐλθὸν εὑρίσκει is if he comes and finds; it has always been obscure why the spirit necessarily returns” (MHT 3:319). But the intention expressed in 12:44a leaves little room for a conditional sense here. εὑρίσκει. Pres act ind 3rd sg εὑρίσκω. σχολάζοντα. Pres act ptc masc acc sg σχολάζω (substantival). The verb σχολάζω (“to be without occupants” [BDAG, 982.2]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 2×, cf. 1 Cor 7:5). Accusative complement in an

302

Matthew 12:43-­45

elliptical double accusative object-­complement construction: εὑρίσκει [τὸν οἶκον] σχολάζοντα. σεσαρωμένον. Prf pass ptc masc acc sg σαρόω (substantival). σαρόω (“to sweep by using a broom” [LN 46.19]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 3×; cf. Luke 11:25; 15:8). Accusative complement in an elliptical double accusative object-­complement construction: εὑρίσκει [τὸν οἶκον] σεσαρωμένον. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. κεκοσμημένον. Prf pass ptc masc acc sg κοσμέω (substantival). Accusative complement in an elliptical double accusative object-­complement construction: εὑρίσκει [τὸν οἶκον] κεκοσμημένον. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. 12:45 τότε πορεύεται καὶ παραλαμβάνει μεθ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ ἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ καὶ εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ· καὶ γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ. τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). πορεύεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg πορεύομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. παραλαμβάνει. Pres act ind 3rd sg παραλαμβάνω. μεθ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ. Accompaniment. ἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα πονηρότερα. Accusative direct object of παραλαμβάνει. πονηρότερος is a comparative form of the adjective πονηρός. ἑαυτοῦ. Genitive of comparison. εἰσελθόντα. Aor act ptc neut nom pl εἰσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. κατοικεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg κατοικέω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place. γίνεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. τὰ ἔσχατα. Nominative subject of γίνεται. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου. Genitive of identification. χείρονα. Predicate adjective. χείρων is a comparative form of the adjective κακός (BDAG, 1084). τῶν πρώτων. Genitive of comparison. οὕτως. The anaphoric adverb introduces the point of Jesus’ parabolic utterance (cf. BDAG, 741.1.b).



Matthew 12:45-46

303

ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), underscoring the parallel between “that man” and “this evil generation.” τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ. Dative of reference. See 11:16 on τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην. Matthew 12:46-­50 While he was still speaking to the crowds, behold, his mother and his brothers were standing outside, seeking to speak to him. 47And someone said to him, “Behold, your mother and your brothers are standing outside, seeking to speak to you.” 48And answering, he said to the one speaking to him, “Who is my mother, and who are my brothers?” 49 And stretching out his hand toward his disciples, he said, “Behold, my mother and my brothers! 50For whoever does the will of my Father who is in heaven, that person is my brother and sister and mother.” 46

12:46 Ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος τοῖς ὄχλοις ἰδοὺ ἡ μήτηρ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ εἱστήκεισαν ἔξω ζητοῦντες αὐτῷ λαλῆσαι. Ἔτι. Temporal adverb. αὐτοῦ. Genitive subject of λαλοῦντος. λαλοῦντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λαλέω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. It links this pericope to the preceding one (see Runge 2010, 163–­77). τοῖς ὄχλοις. Dative indirect object of λαλοῦντος. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces Jesus’ mother and brothers, who will feature prominently in the pericope. ἡ μήτηρ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ. Nominative subject of εἱστήκεισαν. Since the plural of ἀδελφός can also mean “brothers and sisters” (BDAG, 18.1), “it is unclear whether ἀδελφοὶ is ‘brothers’ or ‘siblings’ ” (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 267). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship, modifying both ἡ μήτηρ and οἱ ἀδελφοὶ. εἱστήκεισαν. Plprf act ind 3rd pl ἵστημι. The verb means “to be at a place, stand (there), be (there), w[ith] the emphasis less on ‘standing’ than on ‘being, existing’ ” (BDAG, 482.C.2). ἔξω. Adverb of place. ζητοῦντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl ζητέω (causal or manner but, following εἱστήκεισαν, probably not attributive [contra Quarles, 139]). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων.

304

Matthew 12:46-­50

αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λαλῆσαι. λαλῆσαι. Aor act inf λαλέω (complementary). The infinitive stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). 12:47 [εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ· ἰδοὺ ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι.] The entire verse is absent in a number of witnesses (‫ *א‬B L Γ ff1 k sys.c sa) but included, with some variations, in many more (C K W Z et al.). On the one hand, the verse may have been omitted either intentionally, as redundant, or inadvertently, because of homoeoteleuton (both 12:46, 47 ending with λαλῆσαι; so Davies and Allison, 2:363 n. 117; Metzger, 26, who thinks that the sentence “seems to be necessary for the sense of the following verses”). On the other hand, the verse might have been added later either because ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ (12:48) seemed to require it or under the influence of the parallel in Mark. Although a decision is difficult, I am inclined to judge 12:47 original, and its omission in ‫ *א‬B et al. an inadvertent, copying error. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. δέ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τις. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) echoes its occurrence in 12:46, where it introduces Jesus’ mother and brothers. Here its function is slightly different, placing an accent over the words that alert Jesus to their presence. ἡ μήτηρ . . . καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί. Nominative subject of ἑστήκασιν. Fronted as a topical frame. σου . . . σου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔξω. Adverb of place. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἑστήκασιν. Prf act ind 3rd pl ἵστημι. On the sense of the intransitive ἵστημι here, see 12:46 on εἱστήκεισαν. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ζητοῦντές. Pres act ptc masc nom pl ζητέω (causal or manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. σοι. Dative indirect object of λαλῆσαι. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. λαλῆσαι. Aor act inf λαλέω (complementary). The infinitive stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT).



Matthew 12:47-49

305

12:48 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ· τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου; ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τῷ λέγοντι. Pres act ptc masc dat sg λέγω (substantival). Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγοντι. τίς. Predicate nominative. “Interrogatives, by their nature, indicate the unknown component and hence cannot be the subject” (Wallace, 40 n. 12). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἡ μήτηρ. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τίνες. Predicate nominative. See τίς above. εἰσὶν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. οἱ ἀδελφοί. Nominative subject of εἰσὶν. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 12:49 καὶ ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ εἶπεν· ἰδοὺ ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου. ἐκτείνας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐκτείνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὴν χεῖρα. Accusative direct object of ἐκτείνας. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἐπὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς. Goal, “specifying direction” (BDAG, 364.4.b.α). αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἰδοὺ. For the third time in the pericope, the interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) precedes ἡ μήτηρ. It serves here to introduce and place an accent over the surprising saying that follows.

306

Matthew 12:46-­50

ἡ μήτηρ . . . καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί. As part of a verbless clause, ἡ μήτηρ . . . καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί could be understood as (1) a nominative of exclamation (cf. Wallace, 59–­60), (2) a nominative absolute, (3) part of a nominal clause (cf. Porter 1994, 85), or (4) the nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. See 3:17 on φωνὴ (cf. 11:19; 12:10, 18). μου . . . μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 12:50 ὅστις γὰρ ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν. ὅστις γὰρ ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Cf. 7:21 (ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς) where “doing the will of my Father” means obeying Jesus’ teaching. ὅστις . . . ἂν. The indefinite relative pronoun introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὅστις γὰρ ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς), expresses the topic of the sentence (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) and is picked up by the resumptive pronoun αὐτός. Within its clause, ὅστις . . . ἂν is the nominative subject of ποιήσῃ. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces support for the startling assertion in 12:49: Jesus’ disciples are his mother and brothers because Jesus’ family comprises those who do his Father’s will. ποιήσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ποιέω. Subjunctive with ἄν. τὸ θέλημα. Accusative direct object of ποιήσῃ. τοῦ πατρός. Subjective genitive. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. The article functions here as an adjectivizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν οὐρανοῖς into an attributive modifier of πατρός. ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Locative. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the plural οὐρανοῖς refers to the invisible, divine realm (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). αὐτός. Nominative subject of ἐστίν. Fronted for emphasis. μου. Genitive of relationship. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἀδελφὸς καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ. Predicate nominatives. ἐστίν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν.



Matthew 12:50–13:2

307

Matthew 13:1-­2 On that same day, leaving the house, Jesus was sitting alongside the lake. 2And great crowds gathered to him, with the result that, getting into a boat, he sat down, and the whole crowd was standing on the shore. 1

13:1 Ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῆς οἰκίας ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν· Ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ. Temporal. Matthew links this pericope to the preceding one more explicitly than does Mark. Perhaps not incidentally, the nature of discipleship and the distinction between the crowds and the disciples that have been important in 12:46-­50 continue to feature prominently in 13:1-­23. In a large number of witnesses (C D K L et al.), δέ stands between the preposition and the article, marking the transition to a new pericope. But it is probably a natural later addition, as its absence in another stream of witnesses (‫ א‬B Z 33 et al.) suggests. ἐξελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐξέρχομαι (attendant circumstance or temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐκάθητο. τῆς οἰκίας. Genitive complement of ἐξελθὼν. In similar constructions in the NT, ἐξέρχομαι is followed by a PP introduced by ἐκ (Matt 12:43; 27:53; Mark 1:25, 26; 5:2; 6:54; 7:29, 31; 9:25; John 4:30), ἔξω (Matt 21:17; Acts 16:13), or ἀπό (Matt 17:18; Mark 11:12; Luke 4:35 [2×]; 8:29, 46; 9:5; 11:24; 17:29). Not surprisingly, then, a number of MSS include either ἐκ (‫ א‬Z 33 892) or ἀπό (C K L W et al.) before τῆς οἰκίας. Some witnesses (D it sys) omit τῆς οἰκίας altogether, probably because there is no mention of a house in 12:46-­50 (Nolland, 520). NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow distinctive reading supported by B Θ ƒ1.13 1424. ἐκάθητο. Impf mid ind 3rd sg κάθημαι. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν. Locative. See 4:18. 13:2 καὶ συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί, ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς πλοῖον ἐμβάντα καθῆσθαι, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν εἱστήκει. συνήχθησαν. Aor mid ind 3rd pl συνάγω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Since there is no hint of an agent that gathered the crowds, συνήχθησαν should not be regarded as passive in voice but as a θη–middle. πρὸς αὐτὸν. Spatial. ὄχλοι πολλοί. Nominative subject of συνήχθησαν.

308

Matthew 13:3-­9

ὥστε. Introduces a result clause. αὐτὸν. Accusative subject of the infinitive καθῆσθαι. Fronted as a topical frame. εἰς πλοῖον. Locative. Fronted for emphasis. ἐμβάντα. Aor act ptc masc acc sg ἐμβαίνω (attendant circumstance or temporal). Although the participle is adverbial, it is accusative in case, agreeing with the accusative subject of the infinitive. καθῆσθαι. Pres mid inf κάθημαι. Used with ὥστε to indicate result (see 8:24 on καλύπτεσθαι). πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος. Nominative subject of εἱστήκει. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν. Locative. αἰγιαλός (“shore, beach” [BDAG, 25]) occurs only here and at 13:38 in Matthew (NT: 6×). Fronted for emphasis. εἱστήκει. Plprf act ind 3rd sg ἵστημι. Matthew 13:3-­9 And he spoke many things to them in parables, saying, “Behold, the sower went out to sow. 4And as he was sowing, some seeds fell alongside the path, and, coming, the birds devoured them. 5And others fell on the rocky ground, where they did not have much soil, and immediately they sprung up because they had no depth of soil. 6But when the sun rose, they were scorched and, because they had no root, they withered. 7And others fell among the thorns, and the thorns grew up and choked them. 8Still others fell on the good soil and were producing fruit, one a hundred, one sixty, and one thirty (times what was sown). 9 The one who has ears, let him hear!” 3

13:3 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων· ἰδοὺ ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν. ἐλάλησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λαλέω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἐλάλησεν. πολλὰ. Accusative direct object of ἐλάλησεν. ἐν παραβολαῖς. Instrumental. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). ἰδοὺ. The interjection (see 1:20 on ἰδοὺ) introduces and places an accent on the speech that follows. ἐξῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐξέρχομαι. ὁ σπείρων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg σπείρω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἐξῆλθεν. τοῦ σπείρειν. Pres act inf σπείρω (purpose).



Matthew 13:3-5

309

13:4 καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, καὶ ἐλθόντα τὰ πετεινὰ κατέφαγεν αὐτά. σπείρειν. Pres act inf σπείρω. Used with ἐν τῷ to denote contemporaneous time. αὐτὸν. Accusative subject of the infinitive σπείρειν. ἃ. Nominative subject of ἔπεσεν. ἃ μὲν . . . ἄλλα δὲ (13:5) . . . ἄλλα δὲ (13:7) . . . ἄλλα δὲ (13:8). The relative pronoun has the force of a demonstrative here (BDAG, 727.2.b): “some fell . . .” μὲν. Anticipation (see 3:11 on μὲν), pointing forward to the clauses introduced by ἄλλα δὲ (13:5, 7, 8). ἔπεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg πίπτω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν. Locative. ἐλθόντα. Aor act ptc neut nom pl ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. In an assimilation to Mark 4:4, most witnesses have the finite ἦλθεν (‫ א‬C K W Γ et al.) or ἦλθον (D L Z 33 565) here instead of the participle and, accordingly, a καὶ before κατέφαγεν. The modification of Mark’s finite ἦλθεν to the participle ἐλθόντα (B Θ ƒ13 1424) in Matthew places the accent more obviously on the following κατέφαγεν. τὰ πετεινὰ. Nominative subject of κατέφαγεν. κατέφαγεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κατεσθίω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. αὐτά. Accusative direct object of κατέφαγεν. 13:5 ἄλλα δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη ὅπου οὐκ εἶχεν γῆν πολλήν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος γῆς· ἄλλα. Nominative subject of ἔπεσεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔπεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg πίπτω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη. Locative. ὅπου. A “marker of a position in space, where” (BDAG, 717.1). οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. εἶχεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. γῆν πολλήν. Accusative direct object of εἶχεν. εὐθέως. Temporal adverb.

310

Matthew 13:3-­9

ἐξανέτειλεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐξανατέλλω. The verb ἐξανατέλλω (“spring up of a quick-­growing plant” [BDAG, 345]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon that occurs elsewhere in the NT only in the parallel in Mark 4:5. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ἔχειν. Pres act inf ἔχω. Used with διὰ τό to indicate cause. βάθος. Accusative direct object of ἔχειν. γῆς. Attributed genitive (“deep soil”) or genitive of identification (“depth of soil”). 13:6 ἡλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος ἐκαυματίσθη καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη. ἡλίου. Genitive subject of ἀνατείλαντος. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀνατείλαντος. Aor act ptc masc gen sg ἀνατέλλω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. Cf. Mark 4:6: καὶ ὅτε ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος. ἐκαυματίσθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg καυματίζω. καυματίζω (“to cause to suffer because of intense heat” [LN 14.68]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (elsewhere in the NT: Mark 4:6; Rev 16:8, 9). On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. ἔχειν. Pres act inf ἔχω. Used with διὰ τό to indicate cause. ῥίζαν. Accusative direct object of ἔχειν. ἐξηράνθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg ξηραίνω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). 13:7 ἄλλα δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας, καὶ ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἔπνιξαν αὐτά. ἄλλα. Nominative subject of ἔπεσεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔπεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg πίπτω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας. Locative. The preposition serves as a marker “of closeness to someth[ing] or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of” (BDAG, 364.4.b.δ). ἀνέβησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀναβαίνω. αἱ ἄκανθαι. Nominative subject of ἀνέβησαν and ἔπνιξαν.



Matthew 13:6-9

311

ἔπνιξαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl πνίγω. The verb means “to cause someth[ing] to be stifled, choke” (BDAG, 838.2). It is possible, as WH and NA25 thought, that the compound ἀπέπνιξαν (B C K L et al.) is original. More probably, however, it represents an assimilation to Luke 8:7. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly prefer the simplex ἔπνιξαν (supported by ‫א‬ D Θ ƒ13 565). The verb occurs in the NT only here, in Matt 18:28, and in Mark 5:13. αὐτά. Accusative direct object of ἔπνιξαν. 13:8 ἄλλα δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν καὶ ἐδίδου καρπόν, ὃ μὲν ἑκατόν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα. ἄλλα. Nominative subject of ἔπεσεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔπεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg πίπτω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν. Locative. ἐδίδου. Impf act ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. Of the fifty-­six uses of δίδωμι in this Gospel, thirty-­six are aorist and only two imperfect in tense (cf. Quarles, 142); in opting for the imperfect here, Matthew depicts the action internally, as a process. καρπόν. Accusative direct object of ἐδίδου. ὃ μὲν . . . ὃ δὲ . . . ὃ δὲ. As in 13:4 (ἃ μὲν), the relative pronouns have the force of demonstratives here: “the one . . . the other . . . the other” (BDAG, 727.2.b). While μὲν signals anticipation (see 3:11 on μὲν), δὲ is a marker of development (see 1:2). ὃ . . . ὃ . . . ὃ. Nominative subject of an implied ἐδίδου. ἑκατόν . . . ἑξήκοντα . . . τριάκοντα. Accusative direct object of an implied ἐδίδου. All three numerals are indeclinable but are accusative in this construction. 13:9 ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκουέτω. ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκουέτω. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν; cf. Runge 2010, 116). ὁ ἔχων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἔχω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἀκουέτω. ὦτα. Accusative direct object of ἔχων. In assimilation to the parallels in Mark 4:9 and Luke 8:8, a wide array of witnesses (‫א‬2 C D K et al.) include the infinitive ἀκούειν after ὦτα. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow ‫ *א‬B L et al. in omitting it.

312

Matthew 13:10-­17

ἀκουέτω. Pres act impv 3rd sg ἀκούω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). Matthew 13:10-­17 10 And, approaching, the disciples said to him, “Why do you speak to them in parables?” 11And answering, he said to them: “Because to know the mysteries of heaven’s kingdom has been granted to you, but to those people it has not been granted. 12For whoever has, it will be given to him, and he will have an abundance; but whoever does not have, even what he has will be taken from him. 13For this reason I speak to them in parables, because, although they see, they do not see and, although they hear, they neither hear nor understand, 14and with reference to them the prophecy of Isaiah is fulfilled, which says, ‘You will listen intently but will surely not understand, and you will look carefully but will surely not perceive. 15 For the heart of this people has grown dull, and they have hardly heard with their ears, and their eyes they have shut, lest they see with their eyes and hear with their ears and understand with their heart, and turn, and I would heal them.’ 16But your eyes are blessed because they see, and your ears because they hear. 17For, I am telling you the truth that many prophets and righteous people longed to see what you see and did not see it, and to hear what you hear and did not hear it.”

13:10 Καὶ προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ· διὰ τί ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖς αὐτοῖς; προσελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of εἶπαν. εἶπαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπαν. διὰ τί. Causal. Lit. “because of what?” ἐν παραβολαῖς. Instrumental. Fronted for emphasis. λαλεῖς. Pres act ind 2nd sg λαλέω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λαλεῖς. The antecedent of the pronoun is ὄχλοι πολλοί (13:2). 13:11 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ὅτι ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ.



Matthew 13:10-12

313

ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες; on the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. ὅτι. Although ὅτι could simply introduce direct discourse as the clausal complement of εἶπεν (NRSV; LEB), it is more probably causal (NJB; NIV 2011). ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of δέδοται. Fronted as a topical frame (see ἐκείνοις below). δέδοται. Prf pass ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. The unexpressed agent of the giving is the God of Israel, but as Decker observes, “that is a theological/ exegetical judgment, not a grammatical one” (2014a, 96). On the so-­ called divine passive, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. γνῶναι. Aor act inf γινώσκω. The infinitival clause, γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν, serves as the subject of δέδοται. τὰ μυστήρια. Accusative direct object of γνῶναι. τῆς βασιλείας. Genitive of identification or genitive of reference (so Decker 2014a, 96; Quarles, 143). See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see further 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. ἐκείνοις. Dative indirect object of δέδοται. Fronted as a topical frame, in contrast to ὑμῖν. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. δέδοται. Prf pass ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. The verb stands in final, emphatic position. 13:12 ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται· ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. ὅστις. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει), expresses the topic of the sentence (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) and is picked up by the resumptive pronoun αὐτῷ. Within its clause, ὅστις is the nominative subject of ἔχει. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a provocative assertion that supports the even more provocative preceding pronouncement. The mysteries of heaven’s kingdom have been given to the disciples but not to the crowds because those who embrace the dawning kingdom will be granted more understanding, but those who reject it lose whatever insight they had.

314

Matthew 13:10-­17

ἔχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. δοθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of δοθήσεται. περισσευθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg περισσεύω. Since περισσεύω can be transitive (“to cause someth[ing] to exist in abundance, cause to abound” [BDAG, 805.2]; cf. 2 Cor 4:15; Eph 1:8), the verb should be regarded as passive and not middle here (lit. “that person will be caused to abound”). ὅστις. Introduces a headless relative clause that, in its entirety (ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει), expresses the topic of the sentence and is picked up by the resumptive pronoun αὐτοῦ (see ὅστις above). Within its clause, ὅστις is the nominative subject of ἔχει. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. καὶ ὃ ἔχει. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). καὶ. Ascensive (“even”); see 5:39 on καὶ. ὃ. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν), which, in its entirety (ὃ ἔχει), serves as the subject of ἀρθήσεται. Within its clause, ὃ is the accusative direct object of ἔχει. ἔχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. ἀρθήσεται. Fut pass ind 3rd sg αἴρω. ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. Separation. 13:13 διὰ τοῦτο ἐν παραβολαῖς αὐτοῖς λαλῶ, ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν οὐδὲ συνίουσιν, διὰ τοῦτο. Causal. Although in this construction τοῦτο is typically anaphoric (see 6:25), here (as in Matt 24:44) it is cataphoric, pointing forward to 13:13b, where Jesus continues to respond to the question of 13:10 (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 2:246 n. 110). ἐν παραβολαῖς. Instrumental. Fronted for emphasis. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of λαλῶ. In several witnesses (N Θ ƒ1.13 et al.) the word order is more typical, with the dative pronoun following the verb. The preposed indirect object, however, is probably deliberate, underscoring the focus on the crowds that was at the heart of the disciples’ question (13:10). λαλῶ. Pres act ind 1st sg λαλέω. ὅτι. Resumptive, picking up διὰ τοῦτο. Both διὰ τοῦτο and ὅτι are unique to Matthew here and together they underscore the reason that Jesus speaks to the crowds in parables. In an apparent assimilation to the synoptic parallels (Mark 4:12; Luke 8:10), several witnesses (D Θ



Matthew 13:13-14

315

ƒ1.13 1424 et al.) include ἵνα instead of ὅτι; in these witnesses, the finite verbs that follow are naturally subjunctive rather than indicative. But ὅτι is clearly to be preferred. βλέποντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl βλέπω (concessive). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. βλέπουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl βλέπω. ἀκούοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl ἀκούω (concessive). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οὐκ . . . οὐδὲ. “Neither . . . nor.” ἀκούουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἀκούω. συνίουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl συνίημι. 13:14 καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα· ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε, καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε. ἀναπληροῦται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg ἀναπληρόω. ἀναπληρόω (“to cause to happen, to make happen, to fulfill” [LN 13.106]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 6×). αὐτοῖς. Dative of reference. ἡ προφητεία. Nominative subject of ἀναπληροῦται. Ἠσαΐου. Subjective genitive. ἡ λέγουσα. Pres act ptc fem nom sg λέγω (attributive). ἀκοῇ. Cognate dative. On ἀκοή, which here denotes “the act of hearing” (BDAG, 36.2), see 4:24. As Culy and Parsons (546) note, we have here (ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε) a Semitic idiom (lit. “you will hear with hearing”) that means “to listen intently” (LN 24.63). Matthew follows the LXX in translating the two Hebrew infinitive absolutes in Isa 6:9 in two distinct ways: the cognate dative (‫מֹוע‬ ַ ‫ = ִש ְמעּו ָש‬ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε) and the emphasizing participle (‫ = ְּוראּו ָראֹו‬βλέποντες βλέψετε). ἀκούσετε. Fut act ind 2nd pl ἀκούω. καὶ. Connective (like the use of καί that follows in 13:14). On the so-­ called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. συνῆτε. Aor act subj 2nd pl συνίημι. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. βλέποντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl βλέπω. The intensifying participle translates the Hebrew infinitive absolute here (see ἀκοῇ above). According to BDF (§422), “[i]n pure Greek only very remotely related

316

Matthew 13:10-­17

examples are to be found. The NT has this usage only in quotations from the LXX.” βλέψετε. Fut act ind 2nd pl βλέπω. ἴδητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl ὁράω. The subjunctive is used with οὐ μὴ to express emphatic negation. 13:15 ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν, μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς. ἐπαχύνθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg παχύνω. The verb means literally “make fat, well-nourished” (BDAG, 790.1); figuratively, as here, “make impervious (orig. to water), make gross, dull” (BDAG, 790.2). In the NT, παχύνω occurs only here and in Acts 28:27, both citations of Isa 6:10. Although BDAG (790.2) considers this a passive verb with an active sense, it is instead an intransitive θη–­middle (see further “Deponency” in the Series Introduction.). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces a series of clauses, themselves part of the prophetic citation, that support the prophetic pronouncement by explaining why Jesus’ contemporaries hear without understanding and see without perception (Matt 13:14; cf. Isa 6:9). Like the people of Isaiah’s day, they have dulled their own senses lest, ironically, they turn and receive forgiveness. ἡ καρδία. Nominative subject of ἐπαχύνθη. A distributive singular (MHT 3:23). τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου. Possessive genitive. τοῖς ὠσὶν. Dative of instrument. Fronted as a topical frame. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). So too τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, τοῖς ὠσὶν, and τῇ καρδίᾳ below. βαρέως. Adverb of manner, from βαρύς. Like παχύνω, βαρέως (“with difficulty” [BDAG, 167]), appears in the NT only here and in the Acts 28:27 citation of Isa 6:10. It forms part of an idiom: “τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἀκούω: (. . . literally ‘to hear heavily with the ears’) to be mentally slow or dull in comprehending” (LN 32.46). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἤκουσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀκούω. τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἐκάμμυσαν. Fronted as a topical frame. αὐτῶν. Possessive genitive. The pronoun is plural (like ἤκουσαν) in spite of the fact that its antecedent, τοῦ λαοῦ, is singular, since λαός is a



Matthew 13:15-16

317

collective noun, and the evangelist, in a constuctio ad sensum, apparently thinks here of the members of the people (Quarles, 145). ἐκάμμυσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl καμμύω. The verb (“close” [BDAG, 506]), which also occurs in the NT only here and in the Acts 28:27 citation, stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). μήποτε. Introduces a negative purpose clause. ἴδωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl ὁράω. Subjunctive with μήποτε. τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς. Dative of instrument. τοῖς ὠσὶν. Dative of instrument. ἀκούσωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl ἀκούω. Subjunctive with μήποτε. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). τῇ καρδίᾳ. Dative of instrument. As above (13:15a), a distributive singular. συνῶσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl συνίημι. Subjunctive with μήποτε. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). ἐπιστρέψωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl ἐπιστρέφω. Subjunctive with μήποτε. ἰάσομαι. Fut mid ind 1st sg ἰάομαι. On the use of the future indicative instead of the aorist subjunctive, see 7:6 on καταπατήσουσιν. αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of ἰάσομαι. 13:16 ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν. ὑμῶν. Possessive genitive. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. μακάριοι. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ. Nominative subject of a verbless equative clause. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. βλέπουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl βλέπω. τὰ ὦτα. Nominative subject in a verbless equative clause. ὑμῶν. Possessive genitive. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. ἀκούουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἀκούω. Because neuter plural subjects often take singular verbs, a number of MSS (K L W Γ et al.) have ἀκούει here instead of ἀκούουσιν (ƒ13 has the subjunctive ἀκούωσιν). In Matthew, it is typically impersonal neuter plural subjects that take singular verbs (see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν). Probably, contra Wallace (400 n. 15), τὰ ὦτα should be viewed as a personal subject here (“your ears hear” being the equivalent of “you hear”); thus, the widespread support for the plural ἀκούουσιν. But the confusion in the MS tradition is probably related

318

Matthew 13:10-­17

to the uncertainty over whether τὰ ὦτα is a personal or an impersonal subject. 13:17 ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι πολλοὶ προφῆται καὶ δίκαιοι ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν ἃ βλέπετε καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ ἀκούετε καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν. ἀμὴν . . . λέγω ὑμῖν. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). ἀμὴν. Asseverative particle (BDAG, 53.1.b). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ), absent from 1241 ‫ א‬it sams bopt (Nolland thinks that “the combination ‘for, amen’ may not have seemed very natural” [532]), introduces grounds for the preceding assertion. Their eyes and ears are blessed because they see what generations of prophets and righteous people had only longed to see—­presumably, the dawning kingdom (cf. 13:11, 19). λέγω. Pres act ind 1st sg λέγω. ὑμῖν. Dative indirect object of λέγω. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect [LEB] or direct [NRSV; ESV; NET; NIV 2011] discourse) of λέγω. πολλοὶ προφῆται καὶ δίκαιοι. Nominative subjects of ἐπεθύμησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐπεθύμησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐπιθυμέω. ἰδεῖν. Aor act inf ὁράω (complementary). ἃ. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ἃ βλέπετε), serves as the direct object of ἰδεῖν. Within its clause, ἃ is the accusative direct object of βλέπετε. βλέπετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl βλέπω. καὶ. Connective. On the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. εἶδαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ὁράω. ἀκοῦσαι. Aor act inf ἀκούω (complementary). ἃ. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that, in its entirety (ἃ ἀκούετε), serves as the direct object of ἀκοῦσαι. Within its clause, ἃ is the accusative direct object of ἀκούετε. ἀκούετε. Pres act ind 2nd pl ἀκούω. καὶ. Connective. On the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. οὐκ. See above. ἤκουσαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀκούω.



Matthew 13:17-19

319

Matthew 13:18-­23 “You, therefore, hear the parable about the sower. 19When anyone hears the word of the kingdom and does not understand it, the evil one comes and snatches away what had been sown in that person’s heart. This is the one sown alongside the path. 20And the one that was sown on the rocky ground—­this is the one who hears the word and immediately receives it joyfully 21and yet has no root in himself but lasts only for a short time and, when tribulation or persecution comes because of the word, immediately falls away. 22And the one sown among the thorns—­this is the one who hears the word, and yet the cares of this age and the deception of wealth choke the word, and it becomes unfruitful. 23But the one sown on the good soil—­this is the one who hears the word and understands it, who indeed bears fruit and produces, one a hundred, another sixty, and another thirty (times what was sown).” 18

13:18 Ὑμεῖς οὖν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ σπείραντος. Ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of ἀκούσατε. Fronted as a topical frame. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing an imperative rooted in the gift to which 13:11, 16-­17 point: “Since the mysteries of heaven’s kingdom have been given to you (13:11); since your eyes see and your ears hear (13:16-­17), hear this parable.” Similarly Gundry: “Since you are so blessed to hear, hear!” (1994, 258). Alternatively, but less likely, the conjunction is resumptive, signaling a return to the discussion of the parable itself (13:3-­9) after 13:10-­17. ἀκούσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἀκούω. Since the disciples have already heard the parable (13:1-­9), the verb refers here to more than mere hearing. τὴν παραβολὴν. Accusative direct object of ἀκούσατε. τοῦ σπείραντος. Aor act ptc masc gen sg σπείρω (substantival). Objective genitive (“the parable about the sower”; contra Gundry [1994, 258], who suggests that the genitive is both referential and subjective). 13:19 παντὸς ἀκούοντος τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας καὶ μὴ συνιέντος ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς. παντὸς. Genitive subject of ἀκούοντος . . . καὶ μὴ συνιέντος. ἀκούοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg ἀκούω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. τὸν λόγον. Accusative direct object of ἀκούοντος.

320

Matthew 13:18-­23

τῆς βασιλείας. Objective genitive (“the declaration of the kingdom”). Matthew, who alone describes this word as “the word of the kingdom,” does not offer further elaboration here. But the prominence of the kingdom announcement earlier in this narrative suggests that “the word of the kingdom” is “the word about the kingdom”—­that is, what John, Jesus, and the apostles declare (3:2; 4:17; 10:7). μὴ. Negative particle normally used with nonindicative verbs. συνιέντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg συνίημι (genitive absolute, temporal). ἔρχεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. ὁ πονηρὸς. Nominative subject of ἔρχεται and ἁρπάζει. ἁρπάζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἁρπάζω. τὸ ἐσπαρμένον. Prf pass ptc neut acc sg σπείρω (substantival). Accusative direct object of ἁρπάζει. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. οὗτός. The anaphoric demonstrative (which points back to the preceding genitive absolute construction) serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ . . . σπαρείς. Aor pass ptc masc nom sg σπείρω (substantival). Predicate nominative. The referent of the masculine participle (here and in 13:20, 22, 23) is contested. Nearly all English translations (HCSB is a notable exception) find here a reference to the seed in Jesus’ story, which Matthew has described as “the word of the kingdom.” The imagery of the parable supports this understanding; the participle would then be masculine because that which is sown is either ὁ σπόρας (cf. Luke 8:11) or ὁ λόγος (Quarles, 147). Against this interpretation we can mention the following observations: (1) when Matthew does refer to the seed that was sown earlier in this verse (τὸ ἐσπαρμένον), the gender is neuter (in contrast to Mark’s τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐσπαρμένον); and (2) in Mark, in spite of the fact that the Sower “sows the word” (Mark 4:14), οἱ . . . σπειρόμενοι (Mark 4:16, 18)/οἱ . . . σπαρέντες (4:20) describe the people who are sown. It is possible, as France suggests, that Matthew’s formulaic phrase, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ . . . σπαρείς, “serves as a short-­hand reminder of the appropriate scene in the story, rather than being logically integrated into the interpretation” (1985, 219). But I think it more likely that the images in Matthew’s interpretation of the parable are fluid, the seed referring in the first instance to “that which was sown” in the hearts of Jesus’ hearers but here, as in 13:38, to Jesus’ hearers themselves. Matthew, as Luz



Matthew 13:20-21

321

(2001–­2007, 2:248) observes, “thereby uses another Jewish image—­God plants his nation or human beings in general in the world.” παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν. Locative. 13:20 ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν, ὁ . . . σπαρείς. Aor pass ptc masc nom sg σπείρω (substantival). See 13:19 on ὁ . . . σπαρείς. The participial clause serves as the topic (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) of what follows and is picked up by the resumptive οὗτός. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη. Locative. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). οὗτός. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). Fronted for emphasis. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ . . . ἀκούων καὶ . . . λαμβάνων. The Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) applies here: the two participles refer to the same person. ὁ . . . ἀκούων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἀκούω (substantival). Predicate nominative. τὸν λόγον. Accusative direct object of ἀκούων. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). εὐθὺς. Temporal adverb. μετὰ χαρᾶς. Manner. Fronted for emphasis. λαμβάνων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λαμβάνω (substantival). Predicate nominative. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of λαμβάνων. 13:21 οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν, γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται. οὐκ . . . ἀλλὰ. A point/counterpoint set, in which the second, corrected element receives emphasis. ἔχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ῥίζαν. Accusative direct object of ἔχει. ἐν ἑαυτῷ. Locative, used metaphorically. πρόσκαιρός. Predicate adjective. πρόσκαιρος (“lasting only for a time, temporary, transitory” [BDAG, 881]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT).

322

Matthew 13:18-­23

ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. γενομένης. Aor mid ptc fem gen sg γίνομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ. Genitive subjects γενομένης. The two genitives differ in gender; the genitive participle agrees with the first of the two. διὰ τὸν λόγον. Causal. εὐθὺς. Temporal adverb. σκανδαλίζεται. Pres pass (or mid) ind 3rd sg σκανδαλίζω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). 13:22 ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων, καὶ ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συμπνίγει τὸν λόγον καὶ ἄκαρπος γίνεται. ὁ . . . σπαρείς. Aor pass ptc masc nom sg σπείρω (substantival). As in 13:20, the participial clause serves as the topic (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) of what follows and is picked up by the resumptive οὗτός. See 13:19 on ὁ . . . σπαρείς. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας. Locative. Cf. BDAG (289.1.a.ε): “presence in an area determined by other objects.” οὗτός. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). Fronted as a topical frame. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ . . . ἀκούων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἀκούω (substantival). Predicate nominative. τὸν λόγον. Accusative direct object of ἀκούων. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). καὶ. Connective. On the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14. ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου. Fronted as a topical frame. ἡ μέριμνα . . . καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη. Compound nominative subject of συμπνίγει. ἀπάτη is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 7×) that probably denotes “deception, deceitfulness” (BDAG, 99.1), but the word can also refer to “pleasure, pleasantness that involves one in sin” (BDAG, 99.2). τοῦ αἰῶνος. The genitive is probably objective (Quarles, 148; cf. 6:25-­ 34, where Jesus’ prohibits worry about food or drink or clothing; see also 2 Cor 11:28). Osborne (514), however, thinks it is subjective genitive,



Matthew 13:22-23

323

while Decker (2014a, 101) considers the parallel in Mark a genitive of source. After αἰῶνος, a wide array of witnesses include τούτου (‫א‬1 C K L et al.). Although ‫ *א‬B D it sams omit it, τούτου may be original to Matthew, as in 12:32 (cf. Gundry 1994, 260), and subsequently omitted in some important early witnesses either accidentally or under the influence of the Markan parallel; SBLGNT includes it. τοῦ πλούτου. Subjective genitive. συμπνίγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg συμπνίγω. The verb means “to check the growth or well-­being of someth[ing] by pressure, choke of plants whose food and light is cut off by weeds” (BDAG, 959.1). A Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 5×). On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. τὸν λόγον. Accusative direct object of συμπνίγει. ἄκαρπος. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. γίνεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. 13:23 ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ συνιείς, ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ ὃ μὲν ἑκατόν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα. ὁ . . . σπαρείς. Aor pass ptc masc nom sg σπείρω (substantival). As in 13:20, 22, the participial clause serves as the topic (see 4:16 on τοῖς καθημένοις) of what follows and is picked up by the resumptive οὗτός. See 13:19 on ὁ . . . σπαρείς. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν. Locative. οὗτός. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). Fronted as a topical frame. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ . . . ἀκούων καὶ . . . συνιείς. As in 13:20, the Granville-­Sharp rule (see 7:26 on ποιῶν) applies here: the two participles refer to the same person. ὁ . . . ἀκούων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἀκούω (substantival). Predicate nominative. τὸν λόγον. Accusative direct object of ἀκούων. Fronted for emphasis. συνιείς. Pres act ptc masc nom sg συνίημι (substantival). Predicate nominative. ὃς. Nominative subject of καρποφορεῖ and ποιεῖ. ὁ . . . ἀκούων καὶ . . . συνιείς is the antecedent of the relative. δὴ. A marker of emphasis (cf. LN 91.6; Robertson, 1149). καρποφορεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg καρποφορέω.

324

Matthew 13:24-­30

ποιεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. Not incidentally, the bearing of fruit and doing (here, in an agricultural context, translated “producing”) appear side by side (cf., elsewhere, Matt 3:8, 10; 7:17-­19; 13:26; 21:43). Here, alongside καρποφορέω, ποιέω emphasizes the active response to the word of the kingdom that Matthew envisions. Bearing fruit and doing (righteousness [6:1]; the will of the Father [7:21; 12:50; etc.]) are twin marks of faithful discipleship in this Gospel. ὃ μὲν . . . ὃ δὲ . . . ὃ δὲ. See 13:8. Where μὲν signals anticipation (see 3:11 on μὲν), δὲ is a marker of development (see 1:2 on δὲ). ὃ . . . ὃ . . . ὃ. The case of the relative pronouns is puzzling. Robertson (695) takes them as accusative, but it is probably better to understand them as nominative, serving as subjects of an implied ποιεῖ. After the masculine ὃς, the neuter gender is surprising, but perhaps we have here a construction according to sense, the image of the seed that produces instead of the people who are planted (see the discussion of ὁ . . . σπαρείς at 13:19) now returning to the fore. ἑκατόν . . . ἑξήκοντα . . . τριάκοντα. Accusative direct object of an implied ποιεῖ. All three numerals are indeclinable but are accusative in this construction. Matthew 13:24-­30 24 He put another parable before them, saying, “Heaven’s kingdom is like a man who sowed good seed in his field. 25And while everyone was sleeping, his enemy came and sowed weeds in the middle of the wheat and went away. 26And when the plants sprouted and produced grain, then the weeds also appeared. 27So, coming, the householder’s slaves said to him, ‘Master, did you not sow good seed in your field? Where, then, did the weeds come from?’ 28He said to them, ‘An enemy did this.’ So the slaves say to him, ‘Do you want us, then, to go and gather them?’ 29But he says, ‘No, lest, as you are gathering the weeds, you also uproot the wheat together with them. 30Let both grow together until the harvest; and at harvest time I will say to the harvesters, “Gather the weeds first and bind them into bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn.” ’ ”

13:24 Ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων· ὡμοιώθη ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ σπείραντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ. Ἄλλην παραβολὴν. Accusative direct object of παρέθηκεν. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). Matt 13:31, 33 feature an identical introduction: the parables form a Matthean triad.



Matthew 13:24-25

325

παρέθηκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg παρατίθημι. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of παρέθηκεν. The referent of the pronoun is not immediately obvious, but 13:34, 36 clarify that Jesus is again (cf. 13:1-­9) speaking to the crowds. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). ὡμοιώθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ὁμοιόω. Although one might consider the verb to be passive, probably it is a θη–­middle (see further “Deponency” in the Series Introduction). Matthew’s choice of tense is probably deliberate here: the force of the aorist is probably not gnomic (contra Quarles, 149) but instead an instance of a perfective form of a stative verb used to signal a present state (cf. 3:17 on εὐδόκησα; Fresch 2016, 396–­97). ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ὡμοιώθη. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. ἀνθρώπῳ. Dative complement of ὡμοιώθη. “With ὁμοιόω, that to which something is being compared is placed in the dative case” (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 237). Strictly speaking, heaven’s kingdom is not like this man but rather like the situation the parable proceeds to describe. In explaining this lack of precision, both Zerwick and Jeremias appeal to an underlying Aramaic le, which served as an abbreviated parabolic introductory formula: “This looseness of expression is to be accounted for by the fact that the formulae ὅμοιός ἐστιν etc. are added in the Greek, the Aramaic using simply the preposition le corresponding to the dative” (Zerwick §65; cf. Jeremias, 100–­101). σπείραντι. Aor act ptc masc dat sg σπείρω (attributive). καλὸν σπέρμα. Accusative direct object of σπείραντι. ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 13:25 ἐν δὲ τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς καὶ ἐπέσπειρεν ζιζάνια ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ σίτου καὶ ἀπῆλθεν. καθεύδειν. Pres act inf καθεύδω. Used with ἐν τῷ to denote contemporaneous time. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. Accusative subject of the infinitive καθεύδειν. While it is possible that the article signals possession here (Gundry 1994, 263; ESV; LEB), there is no clear contextual signal to that effect. More probably it is simply generic: “while the people (i.e., everyone) slept . . .” (Davies and Allison, 2:412; NET; NRSV). ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι.

326

Matthew 13:24-­30

αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. The preposed pronoun is thematically salient (see 5:16 on ὑμῶν). ὁ ἐχθρὸς. Nominative subject of ἦλθεν. Davies and Allison suggest that “[t]he article before ἐχθρός could be a Semitism . . . ; or it might simply be motivated by the identification in 13.39 (the enemy is the devil). Note that there is no article in v. 28 (ἐχθρὸς ἄνθρωπος)” (2:412; cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 2:252 n. 2). But the presence of the article is not in fact puzzling. ἐχθρὸς is modified by the possessive pronoun αὐτοῦ and of the many dozens of nouns modified by possessive pronouns in this Gospel, nearly all are articular, presumably because the possessive itself is enough to make the noun definite (see Wallace, 239). ἐπέσπειρεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐπισπείρω. ἐπισπείρω (“to sow in addition to a previous sowing” [LN 43.8]) is a NT hapax legomenon. The choice of the compound seems deliberate, even if it is difficult to capture this sense in English translation. ζιζάνια. Accusative direct object of ἐπέσπειρεν. On ζιζάνιον, which in the NT occurs only in this parable and its interpretation, cf. LN (3.30): “a particularly undesirable weed resembling wheat and possessing a seed which is poisonous—­‘darnel.’ ” See also Nolland, 545. ἀνὰ μέσον. Locative. Harris describes ἀνὰ μέσον (+ genitive) as a fixed compound prepositional phrase: “in the middle of, between” (2012, 45; cf. Robertson, 571). τοῦ σίτου. Partitive genitive (cf. 1 Cor 6:5). ἀπῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀπέρχομαι. 13:26 ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος καὶ καρπὸν ἐποίησεν, τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια. ὅτε. Introduces a temporal clause. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐβλάστησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg βλαστάνω. The verb βλαστάνω (“to emerge as new growth, bud, sprout” [BDAG, 177.2]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). ὁ χόρτος. Nominative subject of ἐβλάστησεν. καρπὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐποίησεν. Fronted for emphasis. ἐποίησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. τότε. Temporal development (see 2:7). ἐφάνη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg φαίνω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν. καὶ. Adjunctive (see 5:39), underscoring the parallel between ὁ χόρτος and τὰ ζιζάνια.



Matthew 13:26-28

327

τὰ ζιζάνια. Nominative subject of ἐφάνη. The article is anaphoric (cf. the anarthrous ζιζάνια in 13:25). 13:27 προσελθόντες δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου εἶπον αὐτῷ· κύριε, οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ; πόθεν οὖν ἔχει ζιζάνια; προσελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οἱ δοῦλοι. Nominative subject of εἶπον. τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου. Possessive genitive. εἶπον. Aor act ind 3rd pl λέγω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπον. κύριε. Vocative. οὐχὶ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. καλὸν σπέρμα. Accusative direct object of ἔσπειρας. Fronted for emphasis. ἔσπειρας. Aor act ind 2nd sg σπείρω. ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ. Locative. πόθεν. Interrogative adverb. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing a question that emerges naturally from the preceding rhetorical question: “If you sowed good seed, then where did the weeds come from?” ἔχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. ζιζάνια. Accusative direct object of ἔχει. The noun is articular in ‫*א‬ L Θ ƒ131424, perhaps because, after the anaphoric use of the article with ζιζάνια in 13:26, it can hardly be indefinite here. Probably, however, the anarthrous ζιζάνια is qualitative. 13:28 ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς· ἐχθρὸς ἄνθρωπος τοῦτο ἐποίησεν. οἱ δὲ δοῦλοι λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· θέλεις οὖν ἀπελθόντες συλλέξωμεν αὐτά; ὁ. Nominative subject of ἔφη. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔφη. Aor/impf act ind 3rd sg φημί. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἔφη. ἐχθρὸς ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of ἐποίησεν. Fronted for emphasis. Probably the fact that ἐχθρὸς precedes ἄνθρωπος suggests that it functions adjectivally (“hostile person”; cf. BDAG, 419.2.a;

328

Matthew 13:24-­30

Quarles, 149). Cf. LXX Esth 7:6 (ἄνθρωπος ἐχθρὸς) where, by contrast, ἐχθρὸς stands in apposition to ἄνθρωπος. τοῦτο. Accusative direct object of ἐποίησεν. ἐποίησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. οἱ . . . δοῦλοι. Nominative subject of λέγουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) underscores the narrative transition and highlights the speech that follows. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγουσιν. θέλεις. Pres act ind 2nd sg θέλω. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν), introducing a question that emerges from the householder’s assertion about the source of the weeds. ἀπελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀπέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. συλλέξωμεν. Aor act subj 1st pl συλλέγω (deliberative subjunctive). αὐτά. Accusative direct object of συλλέξωμεν. 13:29 ὁ δέ φησιν· οὔ, μήποτε συλλέγοντες τὰ ζιζάνια ἐκριζώσητε ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὸν σῖτον. ὁ. Nominative subject of φησιν. Fronted as a topical frame. δέ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. φησιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg φημί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. As in 13:28, the historical present underscores the narrative transition and grants prominence to the speech that follows. Together, the two historical presents mark this interchange as the focal point of the parable. οὔ. A negative response to the preceding question (“No”), the accent distinguishing the function of the particle here from its more typical use in negative propositions (BDAG, 733.1); cf. 5:37. μήποτε. Introduces a negative purpose clause. συλλέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl συλλέγω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὰ ζιζάνια. Accusative direct object of συλλέγοντες. ἐκριζώσητε. Aor act subj 2nd pl ἐκριζόω. Subjunctive with μήποτε. ἐκριζόω means to “pull up or out by the roots, uproot, of vegetation” (BDAG, 309.1).



Matthew 13:29-30

329

ἅμα αὐτοῖς. Association (“together with”; LN 89.114; BDAG, 49.2.b), or, less probably, temporal (“simultaneously with”; so Moule, 81; Harris 2012, 241; cf. BDAG, 49.1). This is the only NT use of the adverb ἅμα as a preposition (Harris 2012, 241). τὸν σῖτον. Accusative direct object of ἐκριζώσητε. 13:30 ἄφετε συναυξάνεσθαι ἀμφότερα ἕως τοῦ θερισμοῦ, καὶ ἐν καιρῷ τοῦ θερισμοῦ ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς· συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά, τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου. ἄφετε. Aor act impv 2nd pl ἀφίημι. συναυξάνεσθαι. Pres act inf συναύξανω (complementary). Alternatively, but less likely, if ἄφετε means “leave” (instead of “allow”), then ἀμφότερα serves as the accusative direct object of ἄφετε, and συναυξάνεσθαι would be an infinitive of purpose. ἀμφότερα. Accusative subject of the infinitive συναυξάνεσθαι or accusative direct object of ἄφετε (see συναυξάνεσθαι above). ἕως τοῦ θερισμοῦ. Temporal. ἐν καιρῷ. Temporal. τοῦ θερισμοῦ. Genitive of identification (“the time when the harvest is gathered”). ἐρῶ. Fut act ind 1st sg λέγω. τοῖς θερισταῖς. Dative indirect object of ἐρῶ. συλλέξατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl συλλέγω. πρῶτον. Adverbial accusative. τὰ ζιζάνια. Accusative direct object of συλλέξατε. δήσατε. Aor act impv 2nd pl δέω. αὐτὰ. Accusative direct object of δήσατε. εἰς δέσμας. Goal (cf. BDAG, 290.4.e). κατακαῦσαι. Aor act inf κατακαίω. Used with πρὸς τὸ to indicate purpose. αὐτά. Accusative direct object of κατακαῦσαι. τὸν . . . σῖτον. Accusative direct object of συναγάγετε. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. συναγάγετε. Aor act impv 2nd pl συνάγω. εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην. Locative. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.

330

Matthew 13:31-­35

Matthew 13:31-­35 Another parable he set before them, saying, “Heaven’s kingdom is like a mustard seed, which, taking, a man sowed in his field. 32It is the smallest of all seeds, but when it grows it is the largest of garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the sky come and nest in its branches.” 33Another parable he spoke to them: “Heaven’s kingdom is like sourdough which, taking, a woman hid in three measures of flour until the whole was leavened.” 34All these things Jesus spoke to the crowds in parables, and he was saying nothing to them without a parable, 35in order that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled, who said, “I will open my mouth in parables; I will utter what has been hidden since the creation.” 31

13:31 Ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων· ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως, ὃν λαβὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔσπειρεν ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ· Ἄλλην παραβολὴν. Accusative direct object of παρέθηκεν. Fronted for emphasis (see 13:24). παρέθηκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg παρατίθημι. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of παρέθηκεν. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). ὁμοία. Predicate adjective. ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἐστὶν. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. κόκκῳ. Dative complement of ὁμοία. σινάπεως. Attributive genitive or genitive of source (Culy, Parsons, and Stigall, 461). ὃν. Accusative direct object of ἔσπειρεν. λαβὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg λαμβάνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of ἔσπειρεν. In light of the deliberate echo of 13:24 and “[f]or the sake of balance with the ‘woman’ of v. 33, ἄνθρωπος here is likely to be ‘man’ as in 10:35 and not the more normal ‘person’ ” (Nolland, 550). ἔσπειρεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg σπείρω. ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ. Locative. Like the preceding parable (cf. 13:24), this one begins with a man sowing seed in his field. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive.



Matthew 13:13-32

331

13:32 ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων, ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ μεῖζον τῶν λαχάνων ἐστὶν καὶ γίνεται δένδρον, ὥστε ἐλθεῖν τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ κατασκηνοῦν ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις αὐτοῦ. ὃ. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. The relative’s antecedent is the masculine κόκκῳ (13:31), but its gender (contrast the masculine ὃν in 13:31) has apparently been attracted to the gender of the neuter σπερμάτων that follows. μικρότερον. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. The comparative adjective may act as a true comparative, followed by a genitive of comparison, πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων (“smaller than all the seeds”), or, as often in the NT, as a comparative with superlative force, in which case the genitive πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων is partitive (“smallest of all the seeds”). Since the comparison involves more than two objects (πάντων!), there is no difference in sense between a comparative and superlative use here. μέν. Anticipation. See 3:11 on μὲν. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων. Partitive genitive or genitive of comparison (see μικρότερον above). ὅταν. Introduces an indefinite temporal clause. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐξηθῇ. Aor mid subj 3rd sg αὐξάνω. Subjunctive with ὅταν (see 5:11). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. μεῖζον. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. Like μικρότερον, the comparative adjective μεῖζον may have either comparative or superlative force here. τῶν λαχάνων. Partitive genitive if μεῖζον has superlative force, or genitive of comparison if μεῖζον is a true comparative (see μικρότερον above). At issue, in part, is whether mustard is to be included in, or distinguished from, the category of λάχανα (“garden plants” [LN 3.29]; see Nolland, 551 n. 88). ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. γίνεται. Pres mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. δένδρον. Predicate nominative. ὥστε. Introduces a result clause. ἐλθεῖν. Aor act inf ἔρχομαι. Used with ὥστε to indicate result (see 8:24 on καλύπτεσθαι).

332

Matthew 13:31-­35

τὰ πετεινὰ. Accusative subject of the infinitives ἐλθεῖν and κατασκηνοῦν. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Genitive of place. In this common biblical expression (LXX: 43×; NT: 8×), the genitive substantive modifies its head noun by indicating where the birds are characteristically seen (“the birds that fly in the sky”). Culy, Parsons, and Stigall (462) classify τοῦ οὐρανοῦ in Luke 13:19 as genitive of source. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect, the singular οὐρανός refers to the visible, created realm above the earth—­the sky (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν). κατασκηνοῦν. Pres act inf κατασκηνόω. Used with ὥστε to indicate result (see 8:24 on καλύπτεσθαι). ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις. Locative. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. 13:33 Ἄλλην παραβολὴν ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς· ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον. Ἄλλην παραβολὴν. Accusative direct object of ἐλάλησεν. Fronted for emphasis (see 13:24). ἐλάλησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λαλέω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἐλάλησεν. ὁμοία. Predicate adjective. ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἐστὶν. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. ζύμῃ. Dative complement of ὁμοία. ζύμῃ refers to “fermented dough, leaven (the rendering ‘yeast’ . . . popularly suggests a product foreign to ancient baking practice)” (BDAG, 429.1). ἣν. Accusative direct object of ἐνέκρυψεν. λαβοῦσα. Aor act ptc fem nom sg λαμβάνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. γυνὴ. Nominative subject of ἐνέκρυψεν. ἐνέκρυψεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἐγκρύπτω. In the NT, ἐγκρύπτω (“to put into, and so out of sight, hide” [BDAG, 274]) occurs only here and in the parallel in Luke 13:21. εἰς . . . σάτα τρία. Locative. One σάτον is, according to LN (81.23), “approximately twelve liters in the metric system.” ἀλεύρου. Genitive of content or genitive of identification. The word order is atypical here: “Even when the preposition is followed by a noun



Matthew 13:33-35

333

in a case other than the genitive, the limiting genitive generally follows the prepositional phrase (e.g., εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν, Mk 1:4; but note the exceptional Mt. 13:33; Rev 7:17)” (Harris 2012, 44). ἕως οὗ. Temporal (see 1:25 on ἕως οὗ; cf. Burton §330). ἐζυμώθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg ζυμόω. The verb ζυμόω (“to ferment, leaven” [BDAG, 429]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). ὅλον. Nominative subject of ἐζυμώθη. 13:34 ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς, ταῦτα πάντα. Accusative direct object of ἐλάλησεν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐλάλησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λαλέω. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐλάλησεν. ἐν παραβολαῖς. Instrumental. τοῖς ὄχλοις. Dative indirect object of ἐλάλησεν. χωρὶς παραβολῆς. Exception. χωρὶς is a preposition “pert[aining] to the absence or lack of someth[ing], without, apart from, independent(ly of)” (BDAG, 1095.2). Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). οὐδὲν. Accusative direct object of ἐλάλει. Fronted for emphasis. ἐλάλει. Impf act ind 3rd sg λαλέω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἐλάλει. 13:35 ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος· ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου, ἐρεύξομαι κεκρυμμένα ἀπὸ καταβολῆς [κόσμου]. ὅπως. Introduces a purpose clause. πληρωθῇ. Aor pass subj 3rd sg πληρόω. Subjunctive with ὅπως. τὸ ῥηθὲν. Aor pass ptc neut nom sg λέγω (substantival). Nominative subject of πληρωθῇ. On the so-­called divine passive, see 5:4 on παρακληθήσονται. διὰ τοῦ προφήτου. Intermediate agency. ‫ *א‬Θ ƒ1.13 33; Hiermss all name Isaiah as the prophet. One could regard the omission of the prophet’s name as a subsequent scribal correction (so Luz 2001–­2007, 2:265 n. 1) but, given the frequency with which the phrase διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου appears in Matthew (Matt 3:3; 4:14; 8:17; 12:17), it seems equally plausible that Ἠσαΐου is a scribal addition here. The strength of the support for the reading adopted by both NA28 and SBLGNT (‫א‬1 B C D et al.) tips the balance in favor of its originality. λέγοντος. Pres act ptc masc gen sg λέγω (attributive).

334

Matthew 13:36-­43

ἀνοίξω. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀνοίγω. ἐν παραβολαῖς. Attendant circumstance (cf. BDAG, 329.7). τὸ στόμα. Accusative direct object of ἀνοίξω. μου. Possessive genitive. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐρεύξομαι. Fut mid ind 1st sg ἐρεύγομαι. The verb ἐρεύγομαι (“to express forcefully someth[ing] intelligible, utter, proclaim” [BDAG, 391]) is a NT hapax legomenon. κεκρυμμένα. Prf pass ptc neut acc pl κρύπτω (substantival). Accusative direct object of ἐρεύξομαι. On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἀπὸ καταβολῆς. Temporal. [κόσμου]. Objective genitive. The genitive noun is absent from ‫א‬2a B 1 ƒ e k; Or Eus. WH, NA25, and SBLGNT regard the omission as original. Certainly it is the more difficult reading. One can easily imagine the later addition of κόσμου, but the later omission of an original κόσμου can hardly have been deliberate. Elsewhere in the NT, the genitive καταβολῆς is always followed by κόσμου (Matt 25:34; Luke 11:50; John 17:24; Eph 1:4; Heb 4:3; 9:26; 1 Pet 1:20; Rev 13:8; 17:8; cf. As. Mos. 1.14). LXX Ps 77:2 has ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου φθέγξομαι προβλήματα ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς. Notably, ἀρχῆς is without a modifier, which may account for the exceptional use of καταβολῆς, without a modifier, here. Probably κόσμου was a later scribal addition, but it must be admitted that it has widespread and ancient support (‫*א‬.2b C D K et al.) and an accidental early omission is not impossible. Matthew 13:36-­43 Then, leaving the crowds, he came into the house. And his disciples came to him, saying, “Explain to us the parable of the weeds in the field.” 37So, answering, he said, “The one sowing the good seed is the Son of Man, 38the field is the world, and the good seed—­these are the sons of the kingdom; the weeds are the sons of the evil one, 39the enemy who sowed them is the devil, the harvest is the end of the age, and the harvesters are angels. 40So then, just as the weeds are gathered and burned with fire, so it will be at the end of the age. 41The Son of Man will send his angels, and they will gather from his kingdom all causes of sin and those who practice lawlessness, 42and they will throw them into the fiery furnace; there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth. 43Then the righteous will shine like the sun in their Father’s kingdom. The one who has ears, let him hear!” 36



Matthew 13:36-37

335

13:36 Τότε ἀφεὶς τοὺς ὄχλους ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ λέγοντες· διασάφησον ἡμῖν τὴν παραβολὴν τῶν ζιζανίων τοῦ ἀγροῦ. Τότε. Temporal development; see 2:7 on τότε. ἀφεὶς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀφίημι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τοὺς ὄχλους. Accusative direct object of ἀφεὶς. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. Locative. Wallace (216; cf. Gundry 1994, 271) finds here an example of the possessive use of the article, but the context (our only reliable guide in detecting the “possessive” use of the article) offers no decisive evidence here. That said, some witnesses (ƒ1 1424) make the notion of possession explicit by adding αὐτοῦ. Presumably it is the house to which 13:1 also refers, perhaps, as Nolland (558) suggests, forming an inclusion with 13:1-­2: “Matthew’s report of the encounter with the crowds is finished.” On the identification of the house in 9:10 and the relevance of that discussion here, see Davies and Allison (2:99–­100). προσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσῆλθον. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of προσῆλθον. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. διασάφησον. Aor act impv 2nd sg διασαφέω. The verb means “to clarify someth[ing] that is obscure, explain” (BDAG, 236.1). In the NT, it occurs only here and in Matt 18:31. ἡμῖν. Dative indirect object of διασάφησον. τὴν παραβολὴν. Accusative direct object of διασάφησον. τῶν ζιζανίων. Objective genitive (“it is the parable about the weeds”). See 13:25 on ζιζάνια. τοῦ ἀγροῦ. Genitive of place. 13:37 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν· ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα ἐστὶν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction; on redundant

336

Matthew 13:36-­43

quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς; and on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ὁ σπείρων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg σπείρω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἐστὶν. Fronted as a topical frame. τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα. Accusative direct object of σπείρων. ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20. ὁ υἱὸς. Predicate nominative. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. 13:38 ὁ δὲ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος, τὸ δὲ καλὸν σπέρμα οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας· τὰ δὲ ζιζάνιά εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ, ὁ . . . ἀγρός. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ κόσμος. Predicate nominative. τὸ . . . καλὸν σπέρμα. The nominative noun phrase serves as the topic of what follows and is picked up by the resumptive pronoun οὗτοί. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. οὗτοί. Nominative subject of εἰσιν. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). Although its antecedent is neuter singular, the pronoun is masculine plural, the gender and number apparently being influenced by the predicate nominative that follows (cf. Wallace, 334). εἰσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οἱ υἱοὶ. Predicate nominative. τῆς βασιλείας. Genitive of identification (“the ‘sons’ who submit to/ give their allegiance to the kingdom”). Zerwick (§42; cf. Quarles, 153) finds here, and in οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ below, another example of the idiom employed more obviously in 5:9, 45. τὰ . . . ζιζάνιά. Nominative subject of εἰσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἰσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οἱ υἱοὶ. Predicate nominative. τοῦ πονηροῦ. Genitive of identification (see τῆς βασιλείας above). Although πονηροῦ could be either neuter (“sons of evil”; Nolland, 559) or masculine (“sons of the evil one”; Davies and Allison, 2:428), the



Matthew 13:38-40

337

immediately following reference to ὁ διάβολος (13:39) and especially the description of the devil as ὁ πονηρός in 13:19 (cf. 5:37; 6:13) suggest that here, too, the gender is masculine. 13:39 ὁ δὲ ἐχθρὸς ὁ σπείρας αὐτά ἐστιν ὁ διάβολος, ὁ δὲ θερισμὸς συντέλεια αἰῶνός ἐστιν, οἱ δὲ θερισταὶ ἄγγελοί εἰσιν. ὁ . . . ἐχθρὸς. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ σπείρας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg σπείρω (attributive). αὐτά. Accusative direct object of σπείρας. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ διάβολος. Predicate nominative. ὁ . . . θερισμὸς. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. συντέλεια αἰῶνός. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). συντέλεια. Predicate nominative. αἰῶνός. Partitive genitive. Quarles (153) considers the genitive subjective. συντέλεια appears only six times in the NT (Matt 13:39, 40, 49; 24:3; 28:20; Heb 9:26), each time modified by the genitive αἰῶνος (cf. T. Levi 10:2; T. Benj. 11:3; T. Job 4:6). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. οἱ . . . θερισταὶ. Nominative subject of εἰσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἄγγελοί. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). εἰσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. 13:40 ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ [κατα]καίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος· ὥσπερ. Introduces the protasis of a comparison (BDAG, 1106.a), whose apodosis is introduced by οὕτως. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν). Having unveiled the symbolic components of his story (13:37-­39), Jesus proceeds to make the parable’s interpretation explicit. συλλέγεται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg συλλέγω. On the concord between neuter plural subjects and their verbs, see 6:28 on αὐξάνουσιν.

338

Matthew 13:36-­43

τὰ ζιζάνια. Nominative subject of συλλέγεται and [κατα]καίεται. πυρὶ. Dative of instrument (NRSV; ESV; NET; LEB; Quarles, 153) or locative dative (NIV 2011). Fronted for emphasis. [κατα]καίεται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg [κατα]καίω. As the square brackets in NA28 indicate, the MS tradition is divided here. Perhaps influenced by John 15:6, a wide array of witnesses (C K L W et al.) has the simplex καίεται instead of the compound κατακαίεται (‫ א‬B ƒ1 892; Cyr). The “correction” in D (which has the plural κατακαίονται in keeping with the plural subject, τὰ ζιζάνια) offers further support for the compound. I am inclined to judge κατακαίεται original, but SBLGNT prefers the simplex, and Davies and Allison consider “a firm decision . . . impossible” (2:430 n. 105). οὕτως. Introduces the apodosis of the comparison. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. The first of six future tense verbs that underscore the parable’s emphasis on the judgment at the end of the age. ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ. Temporal. τοῦ αἰῶνος. Partitive genitive (see 13:39 on αἰῶνός). Many witnesses include τούτου (C K L P et al.), resulting in the relatively common NT expression “this age” (cf. Matt 12:32; Luke 16:8; 20:34; Rom 12:2; 1 Cor 1:20; 2:6 [2×], 8; 3:18; 2 Cor 4:4; Eph 1:21). But τοῦ αἰῶνος, which receives important support (‫ א‬B D Γ et al.) and is more typical of Matthew (cf. Matt 13:22, 39, 49; 24:3; 28:20), is to be preferred. 13:41 ἀποστελεῖ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ, καὶ συλλέξουσιν ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα καὶ τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν ἀποστελεῖ. Fut act ind 3rd sg ἀποστέλλω. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. See 8:20 on ὁ . . . υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. ὁ υἱὸς. Nominative subject of ἀποστελεῖ. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Genitive of relationship. τοὺς ἀγγέλους. Accusative direct object of ἀποστελεῖ. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. συλλέξουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl συλλέγω. ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας. Separation. While references to the kingdom in this Gospel typically focus on the royal reign of God (see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία), the reference to the removal from the kingdom of all causes of sin suggests that the notion of the realm over which God (or, here, the Son of Man) reigns has come to the fore. αὐτοῦ. Although genitive modifiers of βασιλεία in this Gospel are typically subjective (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν), here the genitive is probably possessive, in keeping with the depiction here of the kingdom as a



Matthew 13:41-43

339

realm over which the Son of Man reigns. Quarles (153) calls it a “gen. of authority, the inverse of the gen. of subordination.” πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα. Accusative direct object of συλλέξουσιν. The meaning of σκάνδαλον as “that which or one who causes someone to sin” (LN 88.306) is a figurative extension of its meaning of as “trap” (LN 6.25). τοὺς ποιοῦντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl ποιέω (substantival). Accusative direct object of συλλέξουσιν. τὴν ἀνομίαν. Accusative direct object of ποιοῦντας. 13:42 καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός· ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. βαλοῦσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl βάλλω. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of βαλοῦσιν. εἰς τὴν κάμινον. Locative. τοῦ πυρός. Attributive genitive. Cf. 1 En. 98:3. ἐκεῖ. Predicate adverb of place. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς. Compound nominative subject of ἔσται. τῶν ὀδόντων. Objective genitive. 13:43 τότε οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν. ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκουέτω. τότε. Climactic temporal development (Runge 2010, 41); see 2:7 on τότε. οἱ δίκαιοι. Nominative subject of ἐκλάμψουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐκλάμψουσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl ἐκλάμπω. ἐκλάμπω (“to shine forth from a source” [LN 14.38]) is a NT hapax legomenon. ὡς. Introduces a comparative clause. ὁ ἥλιος. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause (“like the sun [shines]”). ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ. Locative. As in 13:41, ἡ βασιλεία (see 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία) seems to depict the realm over which the Son of Man (13:41) and God (13:43) rule. τοῦ πατρὸς. Possessive genitive (see 13:41 on αὐτοῦ). αὐτῶν. Genitive of relationship. ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκουέτω. Metacomment (see 3:9 on λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν). For Runge (2010, 116), the metacomment “punctuates the concluding proposition of the preceding discourse.” Certainly, the metacomment

340

Matthew 13:44-­50

highlights Jesus’ interpretation of the parable; that it draws attention specifically to the concluding proposition is less obvious. Influenced by the common form of the saying elsewhere in the synoptic tradition (cf. Mark 4:9, 23; Luke 8:8; 14:35), most witnesses (‫א‬2 C D K et al.) include the infinitive ἀκούειν before the imperative ἀκουέτω. Elsewhere in Matthew, however (cf. Matt 11:15; 13:9), the infinitive never forms part of the metacomment. The reading adopted by NA28 and SBLGNT (‫ *א‬B Θ 0242 et al.) is to be preferred. ὁ ἔχων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg ἔχω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἀκουέτω. Fronted as a topical frame. ὦτα. Accusative direct object of ἔχων. ἀκουέτω. Pres act impv 3rd sg ἀκούω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). Matthew 13:44-­50 44 “Heaven’s kingdom is like a treasure hidden in a field which, upon finding, a man hid again; and because of his joy he goes and sells all that he has and buys that field. 45Again, heaven’s kingdom is like a merchant searching for fine pearls. 46And, upon finding one especially valuable pearl, going away, he sold all that he had and bought it. 47Again, heaven’s kingdom is like a net that was thrown into the lake and gathered fish of every kind, 48which, when it was full, dragging it ashore and sitting down, they gathered the good fish into containers, but the bad they threw out. 49So it will be at the end of the age. The angels will go out and separate the evil from the midst of the righteous 50and throw them into the fiery furnace. There will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.”

13:44 Ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, ὃν εὑρὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔκρυψεν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ ὑπάγει καὶ πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον. Ὁμοία. Predicate adjective. ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἐστὶν. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. θησαυρῷ. Dative complement of ὁμοία. κεκρυμμένῳ. Prf pass ptc masc dat sg κρύπτω (attributive). On the perfect tense, see 4:17 on ἤγγικεν. ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ. Locative. Davies and Allison (2:436) find a Semitism here, but the article is probably generic (cf. MHT 3:179).



Matthew 13:44-45

341

ὃν. Accusative direct object of ἔκρυψεν. The relative’s antecedent is θησαυρῷ. εὑρὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg εὑρίσκω (temporal or attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἄνθρωπος. Nominative subject of ἔκρυψεν. ἔκρυψεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κρύπτω. Although Robertson (837) and Turner (MHT 3:73) suggest that the aorist verb is gnomic here and McKay (1994, §4.4.4) thinks it “is almost certainly timeless,” more probably there is nothing extraordinary about the use of the aorist here (cf. Moule, 13). ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς. Causal. The preposition ἀπὸ is used here “to indicate the motive or reason for” (BDAG, 106.5.c). Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). αὐτοῦ. Subjective genitive. ὑπάγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ὑπάγω. This is the first of four historical presents in this verse (see 2:13 on φαίνεται). The clustering of the historical present here highlights the movement of the parable toward its dramatic climax. πωλεῖ. Pres act ind 3rd sg πωλέω. The second of four historical presents in this verse. πάντα. Accusative direct object of πωλεῖ. ὅσα. Accusative direct object of ἔχει. ἔχει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. The third of four historical presents in this verse. ἀγοράζει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἀγοράζω. The fourth of four historical presents in this verse. τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον. Accusative direct object of ἀγοράζει. 13:45 Πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας· Πάλιν. Adverbial, here a “marker of a discourse or narrative item added to items of a related nature” (BDAG, 753.3). ὁμοία. Predicate adjective. ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the enclitic’s retention of its accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἐστὶν. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. ἀνθρώπῳ. Dative complement of ὁμοία. On the nature of the comparison, see 13:24 on ἀνθρώπῳ. Here the point of comparison is not between heaven’s kingdom and the merchant but between heaven’s

342

Matthew 13:44-­50

kingdom and the pearl (rightly, Davies and Allison, 2:439). Both WH and NA25 followed ‫ *א‬B 1424 in omitting ἀνθρώπῳ, but in view of the widespread support it receives and, perhaps, intrinsic probabilities (see the similar constructions in Matt 13:52; 18:23; 20:1; 22:2), later editions of NA and SBLGNT include it. If ἀνθρώπῳ was original, and ‫*א‬ B provide evidence of an early omission, that omission is not likely to have been intentional, since neither ‫ א‬nor B shows any sign of hesitance to include the construction in 13:52. It is possible that ἀνθρώπῳ was omitted inadvertently by homoeoteleuton, but it seems at least equally possible that ἀνθρώπῳ was a later addition by scribes familiar with a construction (ἀνθρώπῳ followed by an appositive dative) that is unique to Matthew among the NT writers. I am inclined to side with WH, but a firm decision is difficult. ἐμπόρῳ. Dative complement of ὁμοία (or, if ἀνθρώπῳ is original, dative in apposition to ἀνθρώπῳ). ζητοῦντι. Pres act ptc masc dat sg ζητέω (attributive). καλοὺς μαργαρίτας. Accusative direct object of ζητοῦντι. 13:46 εὑρὼν δὲ ἕνα πολύτιμον μαργαρίτην ἀπελθὼν πέπρακεν πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν καὶ ἠγόρασεν αὐτόν. εὑρὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg εὑρίσκω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἕνα πολύτιμον μαργαρίτην. Accusative direct object of εὑρὼν. πολύτιμος (“pert[aining] to being very high on a monetary scale, very precious” [BDAG, 850]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 3×). ἀπελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀπέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). The construction is asyndetic: no conjunction links the participle to the preceding εὑρὼν. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. πέπρακεν. Prf act ind 3rd sg πιπράσκω. Some find here an instance of the historical or dramatic perfect (Dana and Mantey, 240; Robertson, 897, 900; Young, 128; McKay 1994, §4.5.2), while others think that the perfect simply takes the place of an aorist verb here (MHT 3:73; BDF §343.1; §344; Caragounis, 154 and n. 79; Quarles, 155). Luz favors the latter solution, noting that the aorist (active) form of πιπράσκω was already obsolete (2001–­2007, 2:275 n. 2). See now Crellin (2016, 453–­55) on the semantic relationship between the aorist and perfect and their eventual merger. πάντα. Accusative direct object of πέπρακεν.



Matthew 13:46-48

343

ὅσα. Accusative direct object of εἶχεν. εἶχεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg ἔχω. ἠγόρασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀγοράζω. αὐτόν. Accusative direct object of ἠγόρασεν. 13:47 Πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ· Πάλιν. Adverbial (see 13:45). Matthew thus signals the presence of yet another triad. Ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν (13:44) Πάλιν

ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν (13:45)

Πάλιν

ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν (13:47)

ὁμοία. Predicate adjective. ἐστὶν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the retention of the accent, see 3:15 on ἐστὶν. ἡ βασιλεία. Nominative subject of ἐστὶν. See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive. See 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. σαγήνῃ. Dative complement of ὁμοία. On the nature of the comparison, see 13:24 on ἀνθρώπῳ. βληθείσῃ. Aor pass ptc fem dat sg βάλλω (attributive). εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. Locative. ἐκ παντὸς γένους. Partitive (“some of every kind”). Fronted for emphasis. συναγαγούσῃ. Aor act ptc fem dat sg συνάγω (attributive). 13:48 ἣν ὅτε ἐπληρώθη ἀναβιβάσαντες ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν καὶ καθίσαντες συνέλεξαν τὰ καλὰ εἰς ἄγγη, τὰ δὲ σαπρὰ ἔξω ἔβαλον. ἣν. Accusative direct object of ἀναβιβάσαντες. ὅτε. Introduces a temporal clause. ἐπληρώθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg πληρόω. ἀναβιβάσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀναβιβάζω (attendant circumstance). ἀναβιβάζω (“to pull or draw something in an upward direction” [LN 15.213]) is a NT hapax legomenon. ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν. Locative. καθίσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl καθίζω (attendant circumstance). συνέλεξαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl συλλέγω. τὰ καλὰ. Accusative direct object of συνέλεξαν. εἰς ἄγγη. Locative.

344

Matthew 13:51-­52

τὰ . . . σαπρὰ. Accusative direct object of ἔβαλον. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἔξω. Adverb of place. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἔβαλον. Aor act ind 3rd pl βάλλω. 13:49 οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος· ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι καὶ ἀφοριοῦσιν τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων οὕτως. The adverb is anaphoric, pointing back to the separation described in v. 48. Fronted for emphasis. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ. Temporal. τοῦ αἰῶνος. Partitive genitive; see 13:39 on αἰῶνός. ἐξελεύσονται. Fut mid ind 3rd pl ἐξέρχομαι. Like the parable of the Weeds in the Wheat (13:40b-­43), this one concludes with a series of future tense verbs that point toward the final judgment. οἱ ἄγγελοι. Nominative subject of ἐξελεύσονται. ἀφοριοῦσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl ἀρορίζω. See 25:32 on ἀφορίσει. τοὺς πονηροὺς. Accusative direct object of ἀφοριοῦσιν. ἐκ μέσου. Separation. τῶν δικαίων. Partitive genitive; see 13:25 on τοῦ σίτου. 13:50 καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός· ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. βαλοῦσιν. Fut act ind 3rd pl βάλλω. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of βαλοῦσιν. εἰς τὴν κάμινον. Locative. τοῦ πυρός. Attributive genitive. Cf. 1 En. 98:3. ἐκεῖ. Predicate adverb of place. ἔσται. Fut mid ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς. Nominative subject of ἔσται. On compound subjects with singular verbs, see 2:3 on ἐταράχθη. τῶν ὀδόντων. Objective genitive. Matthew 13:51-­52 “Have you understood all these things?” They say to him, “Yes.” 52So he said to them, “Because of this, every scribe who is made a disciple to heaven’s kingdom is like a householder, who brings out of his storehouse things new and old.”

51



Matthew 13:49-52

345

13:51 Συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα; λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· ναί. Συνήκατε. Aor act ind 2nd pl συνίημι. ταῦτα πάντα. Accusative direct object of Συνήκατε. λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition (to the disciples’ response) and highlights that response. As elsewhere (e.g., 13:11-­12, 16-­17; 16:12; 17:13), Matthew underscores the understanding of the disciples. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγουσιν. ναί. The particle serves as the clausal complement of λέγουσιν. 13:52 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· διὰ τοῦτο πᾶς γραμματεὺς μαθητευθεὶς τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. διὰ τοῦτο. Causal (see 6:25). Like the question of 13:51, the demonstrative τοῦτο probably looks back over the whole discourse: “since the kingdom is as I have said . . .” (so Nolland, 570; cf. Gundry 1994, 281; Quarles, 156–­57). Davies and Allison (2:445), however, suggest that διὰ τοῦτο has a “weakened sense” here and should simply be viewed as “transitional” (“so then,” “well”). πᾶς γραμματεὺς μαθητευθεὶς τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. Fronted as a topical frame. πᾶς γραμματεὺς. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. Nolland (570–­71) seems to take πᾶς as the subject and γραμματεὺς as a nominative complement (“everyone discipled [to be] a scribe”). More probably, however, as often in Matthew (e.g., 1:17; 2:3, 4, 16 [2×], 3:5 [2×], 10, 15; 4:4, 8, 9, 23; 5:11), πᾶς is simply an attributive modifier. μαθητευθεὶς. Aor pass ptc masc nom sg μαθητεύω (attributive). μαθητεύω can be either intransitive (LN 36.31: “to be a follower or a disciple of someone”) or transitive (LN 36.37: “to cause someone to become a disciple”). When, as here, a transitive verb is converted to the passive voice, its direct object (“make x a disciple”) becomes its subject, with the resulting sense: “every scribe who is made a disciple (i.e., who is instructed).” In the context of this discourse, what the scribe has learned is ταῦτα πάντα (Matt 13:51)—­that is, τὰ μυστήρια τῆς βασιλείας τῶν

346

Matthew 13:53-­58

οὐρανῶν (Matt 13:11). For Matthew, of course, understanding transcends mere cognitive perception (cf. esp. Matt 13:23). τῇ βασιλείᾳ. Dative of reference or, less probably, dative of advantage (so Robertson, 539). See 3:2 on ἡ βασιλεία. Perhaps because of uncertainty about the force of the dative here, a number of witnesses include a preposition before the substantive, either ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ (D 579 700 Irlat) or εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν (L Γ Δ 892c pm g1). These later readings reflect a tendency in Hellenistic Greek toward explicitness by the (increasing) use of prepositions (cf. Harris 2012, 33). τῶν οὐρανῶν. Subjective genitive; see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν. ὅμοιός. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἀνθρώπῳ. Dative complement of ὅμοιός. οἰκοδεσπότῃ. Dative in apposition to ἀνθρώπῳ. ὅστις. Nominative subject of ἐκβάλλει. On the so-­called indefinite relative pronoun, see 2:6 on ὅστις. ἐκβάλλει. Pres act ind 3rd sg ἐκβάλλω. ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ. Source. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. καινὰ καὶ παλαιά. Accusative direct object of ἐκβάλλει. Matthew 13:53-­58 And when Jesus had finished these parables, he moved on from there. And entering his hometown, he was teaching them in their synagogue, so that they were astonished and were saying, “Where did this man get this wisdom and these mighty works? 55Is this not the builder’s son? Is not his mother called Mary and his brothers James and Joseph and Simon and Judas? 56And are not all his sisters [here] with us? So then, where did this man get all of this?” 57And they were scandalized because of him. But Jesus said to them: “A prophet is not without honor except in his hometown and in his own household.” 58And he did not do many mighty works there because of their unbelief. 53 54

13:53 Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν. Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. See 7:28. ἐγένετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg γίνομαι. ὅτε. Introduces a temporal clause. ἐτέλεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg τελέω.



Matthew 13:53-54

347

ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐτέλεσεν. τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας. Accusative direct object of ἐτέλεσεν. μετῆρεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg μεταίρω. The verb means “to move away from a reference point” (LN 15.35). In the NT it occurs only here and in Matt 19:1. ἐκεῖθεν. Adverb of place. 13:54 καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν, ὥστε ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς καὶ λέγειν· πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις; ἐλθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance or temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἰς τὴν πατρίδα. Locative. πατρίς (“of one’s fathers”) refers here not to Jesus’ homeland (BDAG, 788.1), since he was already in Galilee (note the singular συναγωγῇ [Gundry 1994, 282]), but instead to his hometown (BDAG, 788.2). “In view of 2.23, the reader is to think of Nazareth, not Capernaum (cf. Lk. 4.16 . . .)” (Davies and Allison, 2:454). αὐτοῦ. Genitive of identification (“the town in which he, i.e., Jesus, was raised”). ἐδίδασκεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg διδάσκω. αὐτοὺς. Accusative direct object of ἐδίδασκεν. ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ. Locative. αὐτῶν. The genitive is loosely possessive (“their synagogue”—that is, the synagogue in which the people of Jesus’ home town gathered). Although neither αὐτοὺς nor αὐτῶν has an explicit antecedent, the sense is clear enough: the people of Jesus’ hometown are in view. On Matthew’s use of ἡ συναγωγὴ αὐτῶν/ὑμῶν, see 4:23. ὥστε. Introduces a result clause. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι. Pres pass inf ἐκπλήσσω. Used with ὥστε to indicate result (see 8:24 on καλύπτεσθαι). αὐτοὺς. Accusative subject of the infinitives ἐκπλήσσεσθαι and λέγειν. λέγειν. Pres act inf λέγω. Used with ὥστε to indicate result. πόθεν. The interrogative adverb introduces a question about the source of Jesus’ wisdom and mighty acts (BDAG, 838.2). Cf. Matt 21:25. τούτῳ. Dative of advantage (Decker 2014a, 144). ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις. Nominative subjects of a verbless equative clause.

348

Matthew 13:53-­58

13:55 οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός; οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Σίμων καὶ Ἰούδας; οὐχ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. Perhaps influenced by the parallel in Luke 4:22, most witnesses (D K L Γ et al.) opt for the stronger particle οὐχί. οὗτός. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ . . . υἱός. Predicate nominative. τοῦ τέκτονος. Genitive of relationship. τέκτων refers to “one who uses various materials (wood, stone, and metal) in building—­‘builder, carpenter.’ ” (LN 45.9). οὐχ. See above. ἡ μήτηρ. Nominative subject of λέγεται. Fronted as a topical frame. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. λέγεται. Pres pass ind 3rd sg λέγω. Μαριὰμ. Nominative complement to ἡ μήτηρ in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). οἱ ἀδελφοὶ. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause (“Are not his brothers [called] . . . ?”) Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). Wallace (401), by contrast, argues that both ἡ μήτηρ and οἱ ἀδελφοὶ serve as nominative subjects of the singular finite verb λέγεται. “The use of the singular verb,” he thinks, “singles out Mary above Jesus’ brothers.” Regarding the meaning of ἀδελφός here, there are no contextual indicators that point away from its simplest sense, “to refer to the physical siblings of Jesus” (Luz 2001–­2007, 2:302). αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Σίμων καὶ Ἰούδας. Nominative complement in a double nominative subject-­complement construction (see 1:16 on Χριστός). Where NA28 has Ἰωσὴφ, Mark has (the genitive) Ἰωσῆτος. “Both are forms of the OT name Joseph” (France 2007, 548). Not surprisingly, then, there is considerable confusion in the MSS at this point. Many follow Mark ( Ἰωσῆς: 𝔓103vid K L W et al.); others, influenced by the common collocation of the names James and John, have Ἰωάννης here (‫*א‬vid D Γ 579 et al.). Ἰωσὴφ should be accepted as the preferred reading (‫א‬1 B C N et al). See further Metzger (28).



Matthew 13:55-57

349

13:56 καὶ αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν; πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα; αἱ ἀδελφαὶ . . . πᾶσαι. Nominative subject of εἰσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. οὐχὶ. The negative particle (see 5:46 on οὐχὶ) introduces a question that expects an affirmative answer. πρὸς ἡμᾶς. Accompaniment (cf. BDAG, 875.3.g). Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). As Harris (2012, 191) notes, this is one of several NT instances in which “πρός with the accusative and εἶναι denotes not linear motion but punctiliar rest.” εἰσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα. The clause, which is unique to Matthew, recalls the question that concludes 13:54 and ensures that this scandal remains focal. πόθεν. See 13:54 on πόθεν. οὖν. Inferential (see 1:17 on οὖν): If all these things are true (i.e., he is the builder’s son and we know his family), then what is the source of all of this (i.e., his wisdom and mighty acts [13:54])? τούτῳ. Dative of advantage. ταῦτα πάντα. Nominative subject in an elliptical clause (lit. “All these things [come] to this one from where?”—­that is, “Where does all of this come from?”) 13:57 καὶ ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ. ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος εἰ μὴ ἐν τῇ πατρίδι καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ. ἐσκανδαλίζοντο. Impf pass ind 3rd pl σκανδαλίζω. On σκανδαλίζω, see 11:6. Although the seriousness of the offense taken is disputed (contrast, e.g., Davies and Allison, 2:459, and France 2007, 550), its nature is interpreted by the PP διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν in 13:58. ἐν αὐτῷ. Cause. ὁ . . . Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. See 10:37 on ἔστιν. προφήτης. Nominative subject of ἔστιν. ἄτιμος. Predicate adjective.

350

Matthew 14:1-­12

εἰ μὴ. Unlike ἀλλά, which also corrects (see 4:4), εἰ μή typically corrects by introducing an exception (see 11:27). Where, as here, “the exceptive clause follows the main clause . . . , the exceptive clause receives emphasis” (Runge 2010, 85). ἐν τῇ πατρίδι. Locative. Under the apparent influence of John 4:44, a number of witnesses read ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι (‫ א‬Z ƒ13 892; Orpt). A second group of witnesses follows Mark 6:4 in including αὐτοῦ after πατρίδι (K L N W et al.). A third reading conflates the first two: ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ (C). NA28 and SBLGNT rightly prefer ἐν τῇ πατρίδι (B D Θ 0281 et al.) as the reading that best explains the rise of the others. ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. Locative. οἰκία, which often refers to the physical structure in which people live, refers here to the “social unit within a dwelling, household, family” (BDAG, 695.2). The suggestion that οἰκία may mean city here (Davies and Allison, 2:459) is unlikely. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of identification. The genitive pronoun modifies both πατρίδι and οἰκίᾳ, identifying the town and house in which the prophet was raised. 13:58 καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἐποίησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ποιέω. ἐκεῖ. Adverb of place. δυνάμεις πολλὰς. Accusative direct object of ἐποίησεν. διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν. Causal. αὐτῶν. Subjective genitive. Matthew 14:1-­12 At that time Herod the tetrarch heard the report about Jesus, 2and he said to his servants: “This is John the Baptist. He has been raised from the dead, and because of this the powers are at work in him.” 3For Herod, arresting John, had bound him and put him in prison because of Herodias, his brother Philip’s wife. 4For John had been saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.” 5And although he wished to kill him, he was afraid of the crowd, because they were regarding him as a prophet. 6Now at Herod’s birthday celebration, the daughter of Herodias danced in their midst and pleased Herod, 7so he promised with an oath to give her whatever she asked. 8And, prompted by her mother, she says, “Give me, here on a platter, the head of John the Baptist.” 9And, although the king was grieved, because of the oath made in the presence of his 1



Matthew 13:58–14:2

351

dinner guests, he commanded it to be given. 10So, sending (instructions), he had John beheaded in the prison. 11And his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl, and she carried it to her mother. 12And his disciples came and took the corpse and buried him; and they went and reported it to Jesus. 14:1 Ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἤκουσεν Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετραάρχης τὴν ἀκοὴν Ἰησοῦ, Ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ. Temporal. As in 11:25 and 12:1, the PP, which is unique to Matthew, links this pericope to the preceding one: in both pericopae, people grapple with Jesus’ reputation for performing mighty acts. ἤκουσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀκούω. Ἡρῴδης. Nominative subject of ἤκουσεν. ὁ τετραάρχης. Nominative in apposition to Ἡρῴδης. τὴν ἀκοὴν. Accusative direct object of ἤκουσεν. On ἀκοή, see 4:24. Ἰησοῦ. Objective genitive. 14:2 καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ· οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτιστής· αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. τοῖς παισὶν. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. On παῖς, see 8:6; here, the reference is to “a slave, possibly serving as a personal servant” (LN 87.77). αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. οὗτός. The anaphoric demonstrative serves as the nominative subject of ἐστιν (see 3:3). Fronted as a topical frame. Before οὗτός, a few witnesses (D b f h vgmss) add the interrogative particle μήτι, presumably because later scribes found a doubtful expression appropriate here: “Could this be John the Baptist?” ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Ἰωάννης. Predicate nominative. ὁ βαπτιστής. Nominative in apposition to Ἰωάννης. αὐτὸς. Nominative subject of ἠγέρθη. Fronted as a topical frame. ἠγέρθη. Aor mid/pass ind 3rd sg ἐγείρω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction: ἠγέρθη could be either passive (“has been raised”; NRSV) or θη–­middle (“has risen”; NIV 2011). Like Luke, Matthew prefers the aorist tense to Mark’s perfect here.

352

Matthew 14:1-­12

ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν. Source. The parallels in both Mark (6:14) and Luke (9:7) have ἐκ νεκρῶν. Matthew shows a slight preference for ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν (cf., elsewhere, 27:64; 28:7; ἐκ νεκρῶν: 17:9), but without any obvious difference in meaning. The article is generic (cf. MHT 3:180). διὰ τοῦτο. Causal (see 6:25). The demonstrative points back to Herod’s assertion that John had been raised. αἱ δυνάμεις. Nominative subject of ἐνεργοῦσιν. Fronted for emphasis (in contrast to Mark, where it follows its verb). Although there is both a verbal and conceptual link between 14:2 and 13:54 (cf. 13:58), where the people of Jesus’ hometown puzzle over the source of his mighty acts (πόθεν τούτῳ . . . αἱ δυνάμεις;), here δύναμις denotes not mighty acts (BDAG, 263.3) but the powers that enable those acts (BDAG, 262.1.b). ἐνεργοῦσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἐνεργέω. ἐν αὐτῷ. Spatial. 14:3 Ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην ἔδησεν [αὐτὸν] καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ· Ὁ . . . Ἡρῴδης. Nominative subject of ἔδησεν. The article is anaphoric (cf. 14:1). Fronted as a topical frame. γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) takes readers off the narrative mainline to introduce the necessary background information. κρατήσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg κρατέω (attendant circumstance or temporal [so LEB]). The verb here refers to the act “of taking into custody arrest, apprehend τινά someone” (BDAG, 564.3.1). Mark (6:17) employs two parallel finite verbs (ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην καὶ ἔδησεν). In turning ἐκράτησεν into a participle, Matthew implies that the arrest prepares for the action of the finite verbs that follows. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. The adverbial participle, like the two finite verbs that follow, has a causative sense: Herod is “the author but not the agent” (McKay 1994, §2.2) of the action. τὸν Ἰωάννην. Accusative direct object of κρατήσας. The article is again anaphoric (cf. 14:1). ἔδησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg δέω. [αὐτὸν]. In MSS that include αὐτὸν, the pronoun serves as the accusative direct object of ἔδησεν. Probably, however, the pronoun found its way into the text as a later addition, since (1) it is absent from ‫ *א‬B 700 et al. and (2) a scribal addition, either under the influence of Mark 6:17



Matthew 14:3-4

353

or simply to make the direct object of ἔδησεν explicit, is easier to explain than a scribal omission. WH and NA25 omit it; SBLGNT includes it. ἐν φυλακῇ. Locative. Fronted for emphasis. ἀπέθετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἀποτίθημι. The verb ἀποτίθημι (“to remove from a locality and place elsewhere, put away, lay down” [BDAG, 124.3]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 9×). διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα. Causal. τὴν γυναῖκα. Accusative in apposition to Ἡρῳδιάδα. Φιλίππου. Genitive of relationship. D lat omit Φιλίππου, perhaps under the influence of Luke 3:19, or perhaps reflecting an awareness that Josephus (Ant. 18.109) differs from Mark in referring to Herodias’ first husband simply as Herod (and to her son-­in-­law as Philip). As in Mark 6:17, however, Φιλίππου is original here. See Metzger (28–­29). τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ. Genitive in apposition to Φιλίππου. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. 14:4 ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης αὐτῷ· οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. ἔλεγεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg λέγω. Introduced by γὰρ, the imperfect shifts the reader’s attention from the narrative mainline (for which Matthew uses the aorist verbs, ἔδησεν and ἀπέθετο [14:3]) to explain why Herod imprisoned John. Wallace (549) calls this a pluperfect imperfect, since (as 14:2 makes clear) the verb points to action that took place “prior to the action occurring in the narrative.” But the reader learns this from the context and not from a distinctive use of the imperfect (cf. Burton §29). γὰρ. The explanatory particle (see 1:20 on γὰρ) introduces the necessary background information. ὁ Ἰωάννης. Nominative subject of ἔλεγεν. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of ἔλεγεν. The presence of the pronoun (absent from ‫ *א‬565) and its placement in its clause (in many MSS it precedes [ὁ] Ἰωάννης [so SBLGNT]) are disputed, but the basic sense of the sentence is not affected. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔξεστίν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἔξεστιν (impersonal). σοι. Dative of reference. ἔξεστιν is often followed by a dative, to refer to the person in view, and an infinitive (BDAG, 3491.b). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἔχειν. Pres act inf ἔχω (complementary). Wallace understands the infinitive as the subject of ἔξεστίν here (601; so too McKay 1994, §6.1.4); but on infinitives with ἔξεστιν, see 12:2 on ποιεῖν. αὐτήν. Accusative direct object of ἔχειν.

354

Matthew 14:1-­12

14:5 καὶ θέλων αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι ἐφοβήθη τὸν ὄχλον, ὅτι ὡς προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον. θέλων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg θέλω (concessive). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἀποκτεῖναι. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ἀποκτεῖναι. Aor act inf ἀποκτείνω (complementary). ἐφοβήθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg φοβέομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. τὸν ὄχλον. Accusative direct object of ἐφοβήθη. ὅτι. Introduces a causal clause. ὡς. A “marker introducing the perspective from which a pers[on], thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as” (BDAG, 1104.3; see also 1105.3.a.γ). προφήτην. Accusative complement to αὐτὸν in a double accusative object-­complement construction. Fronted for emphasis. As Wallace points out, “[o]ccasionally [an object-­ complement] construction is marked by the presence of εἰς or ὡς” (184). He cites 1 Cor 4:1 as an example: ἡμᾶς λογιζέσθω ἄνθρωπος ὡς ὑπηρέτας Χριστοῦ. Alternatively, one might consider προφήτην a predicate accusative (cf. BDF §157; §453.4; Brookins and Longenecker, 92). αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of εἶχον in a double accusative object-­ complement construction. εἶχον. Impf act ind 3rd pl ἔχω. The implicit subject of the verb is the crowd (τὸν ὄχλον), but in a constructio ad sensum, Matthew employs a plural verb because he has in mind the people who compose the crowd (Quarles, 160). 14:6 Γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου ὠρχήσατο ἡ θυγάτηρ τῆς Ἡρῳδιάδος ἐν τῷ μέσῳ καὶ ἤρεσεν τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, Γενεσίοις. Dative of time. γενέσια (“birthday celebration, birthday festival” [LN 51.12]), occurs in the NT only here and in Mark 6:21. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γενομένοις. Aor mid ptc neut dat pl γίνομαι (attributive). Matthew takes over both Γενεσίοις and a participial form of γίνομαι from Mark but the construction is new, owing in part to his dramatic abbreviation of Mark’s account. Although most grammars (e.g., Moule, 45; MHT 3:243; McKay 1994, §6.2.5; cf. Quarles, 160) and English versions (e.g., LEB) take the participle as adverbial (typically as a rare dative absolute with temporal force), its case suggests otherwise. Apart from genitive



Matthew 14:5-8

355

absolutes and participles that modify infinitives, we should expect adverbial participles to be nominative in case (see Culy 2003). Here γενομένοις is simply attributive, modifying Γενεσίοις: “at the birthday celebration that had come.” The textual history shows that modern scholars are not the first to have difficulty with the construction. Most of the extant witnesses replace the dative noun and its modifying participle with the more common genitive absolute construction, but the more difficult reading adopted by NA28 explains the rise of these readings. τοῦ Ἡρῴδου. Genitive of identification: the birthday celebration is Herod’s. ὠρχήσατο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ὀρχέομαι. The verb means “to dance” (BDAG, 725). ἡ θυγάτηρ. Nominative subject of ὠρχήσατο. τῆς Ἡρῳδιάδος. Genitive of relationship. ἐν τῷ μέσῳ. Locative. ἤρεσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀρέσκω. τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ. Dative complement of ἤρεσεν. 14:7 ὅθεν μεθ᾽ ὅρκου ὡμολόγησεν αὐτῇ δοῦναι ὃ ἐὰν αἰτήσηται. ὅθεν. The adverb serves here as a “marker of the basis for an action” (BDAG, 693.2). μεθ᾽ ὅρκου. Attendant circumstance (Quarles, 161; cf. BDAG, 637.3) or means (cf. LN 89.78). Robertson (611) thinks that accompaniment is the dominant note. Porter (1994, 165) similarly finds here a figurative sense of accompaniment but adds “with an instrumental sense.” Fronted for emphasis. ὡμολόγησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὁμολογέω. αὐτῇ. Dative indirect object of δοῦναι. δοῦναι. Aor act inf δίδωμι (indirect discourse). ὃ. Introduces a headless relative clause (ὃ ἐὰν αἰτήσηται) that serves as the clausal complement of δοῦναι; see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν. Within its clause, ὃ is the accusative direct object of αἰτήσηται. αἰτήσηται. Aor mid subj 3rd sg αἰτέω. Subjunctive with ἐάν. 14:8 ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς· δός μοι, φησίν, ὧδε ἐπὶ πίνακι τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. ἡ. Nominative subject of φησίν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. προβιβασθεῖσα. Aor pass ptc fem nom sg προβιβάζω (causal). The verb means “to speak in such a way as to encourage a particular type

356

Matthew 14:1-­12

of behavior or action . . . It is also possible that προβιβάζω in Mt 14:8 should be interpreted to mean ‘to be urged on beforehand’ or ‘to be put forward’ ” (LN 33.299). A NT hapax legomenon. McKay (1994, §2.4.3) notes that “-­βιβάζειν, make to go/come, is the causative of –­βαίνειν, go/ come (both normally occur only in compounds).” On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων; on ὁ δέ followed by a participle, see 2:9 on ἀκούσαντες. ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς. Ultimate agency. αὐτῆς. Genitive of relationship. δός. Aor act impv 2nd sg δίδωμι. μοι. Dative indirect object of δός. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. φησίν. Pres act ind 3rd sg φημί. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps the reader process the narrative transition to the girl’s response and grants prominence to that response. ὧδε. Adverb of place. ἐπὶ πίνακι. Locative. τὴν κεφαλὴν. Accusative direct object of δός. Ἰωάννου. Possessive genitive. τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. Genitive in apposition to Ἰωάννου. 14:9 καὶ λυπηθεὶς ὁ βασιλεὺς διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι, λυπηθεὶς ὁ βασιλεὺς διὰ. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow B D Θ ƒ1.13 et al. Although ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς διὰ δὲ also receives impressive support (‫ א‬C K W et al.), it probably represents an attempt to eliminate the ambiguity surrounding the prepositional phrase: does it modify λυπηθεὶς or ἐκέλευσεν (Metzger, 29)? λυπηθεὶς. Aor pass ptc masc nom sg λυπέω (concessive). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ὁ βασιλεὺς. Nominative subject of ἐκέλευσεν. διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους. Causal. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). Zerwick (§7n) finds here, probably rightly, an example of the categorical or generalizing plural (cf. MHT 3:26; BDF §142; Wallace, 405): the reference is to the oath of 14:7 (but Quarles, 161, thinks the plural suggests the oath was repeated). Moreover, we are probably to understand τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους as a hendiadys: “the oath made in the presence of his dinner guests” (BDF §442.16).



Matthew 14:9-11

357

τοὺς συνανακειμένους. Pres mid ptc masc acc pl συνανάκειμαι (substantival). The verb means “to recline at table with for the purpose of dining, eat with” (BDAG, 965). ἐκέλευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κελεύω. δοθῆναι. Aor pass inf δίδωμι (indirect discourse). 14:10 καὶ πέμψας ἀπεκεφάλισεν [τὸν] Ἰωάννην ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ. πέμψας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg πέμπω (attendant circumstance). The participle makes it clear that ἀπεκεφάλισεν has causative force: “[H]e had John beheaded.” The direct object of the participle must be inferred; Matthew may be thinking of either the instructions or the person(s) (as in Mark) sent. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἀπεκεφάλισεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀποκεφαλίζω. The verb ἀποκεφαλίζω (“behead” [BDAG, 113]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 4×). [τὸν] Ἰωάννην. Accusative direct object of ἀπεκεφάλισεν. Since elsewhere in 14:1-­12, where John is used absolutely (i.e., without the appositional ὁ βαπτιστής following), it is articular, the surprising absence of the article here may have been “corrected” by later scribes (‫א‬2 C D K et al.). Certainly its absence from ‫ *א‬B Z ƒ1 is striking. SBLGNT, however, includes the article. ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ. Locative. The article is anaphoric (cf. 14:3). 14:11 καὶ ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ, καὶ ἤνεγκεν τῇ μητρὶ αὐτῆς. ἠνέχθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg φέρω. ἡ κεφαλὴ. Nominative subject of ἠνέχθη. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ἐπὶ πίνακι. Locative. ἐδόθη. Aor pass ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. τῷ κορασίῳ. Dative indirect object of ἐδόθη. ἤνεγκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg φέρω. τῇ μητρὶ. Dative indirect object of ἤνεγκεν. αὐτῆς. Genitive of relationship.

358

Matthew 14:13-­21

14:12 καὶ προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἦραν τὸ πτῶμα καὶ ἔθαψαν αὐτὸ[ν] καὶ ἐλθόντες ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ. προσελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl προσέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἦραν. αὐτοῦ. Genitive of relationship. ἦραν. Aor act ind 3rd pl αἴρω. τὸ πτῶμα. Accusative direct object of ἦραν. A number of witnesses replace πτῶμα with the more familiar σῶμα (K W Γ Δ et al.). ἔθαψαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl θάπτω. αὐτὸ[ν]. Accusative direct object of ἔθαψαν. The masculine form of the pronoun is to be preferred. Not only does it receive strong, early support (‫ *א‬B 0106 et al.), but it is not difficult to imagine a scribe correcting the gender either to bring it into agreement with its antecedent (τὸ πτῶμα or, less likely, τὸ σῶμα), or under the influence of the Markan parallel (cf. Mark 6:29), or both. The neuter αὐτὸ is, however, widely supported (‫א‬2 C D K et al.). ἐλθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἔρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἀπήγγειλαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀπαγγέλλω. τῷ Ἰησοῦ. Dative indirect object of ἀπήγγειλαν. Matthew 14:13-­21 When Jesus heard this, he withdrew from there, privately, in a boat to a deserted place. But when the crowds heard it, they followed him on foot from the towns. 14And when he got out (of the boat), he saw a great crowd; and he had compassion on them and healed the sick among them. 15 When evening came, the disciples came to him, saying, “The place is deserted, and the hour is already past; send the crowds away so that, going into the villages, they can buy food for themselves.” 16But Jesus said to them, “They do not need to go away. You give them something to eat.” 17But they say to him, “We have nothing here except five loaves and two fish.” 18So he said, “Bring them here to me.” 19And, commanding the crowds to sit down on the grass, taking the five loaves and the two fish, looking up into heaven, he gave thanks and, breaking (them), he gave the loaves to the disciples and the disciples to the crowds. 20And they all ate and were satisfied; and they took up what was left over of the broken 13



Matthew 14:12-13

359

pieces—­twelve baskets full. 21And those eating were about five thousand men, not counting women and children. 14:13 Ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ᾽ ἰδίαν· καὶ ἀκούσαντες οἱ ὄχλοι ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ πεζῇ ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων. Ἀκούσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀκούω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. The news that Jesus hears prompts his withdrawal (cf. 4:12!), but Matthew does not make explicit what this news is. Probably he refers to the report of John’s death that Jesus receives in 14:12. If so, John’s death stands as a sober signal to Jesus (cf. Runge 2010, 169–­70). It is not impossible, however, as Cope (1976) argues, that in 14:13 Jesus hears of Herod’s mistaken equation of John and Jesus (14:2). On this reading, 14:3-­12 (introduced by γάρ, which often takes readers away from the narrative mainline to introduce background material) should be understood as an explanatory flashback, with 14:13 resuming the narrative mainline from 14:2. Cope’s suggestion, however, would be more convincing if this pericope had been introduced by a resumptive οὖν rather than δὲ, which simply signals development. See further Nolland (588). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἀνεχώρησεν. ἀνεχώρησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀναχωρέω. On Matthew’s use of ἀναχωρέω, see 4:12. ἐκεῖθεν. Adverb of place. ἐν πλοίῳ. Locative (NRSV) or instrumental (NIV 2011). εἰς ἔρημον τόπον. Locative. κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. An idiom (lit. “according to oneself ”) that means “by oneself, privately” (BDAG, 467.5). Probably it is overreading to find here exclusion even of the disciples (i.e., that Jesus’ retreat was solitary; so too Davies and Allison, 2:486 n. 18; contra Gundry 1994, 290; Hagner 1995, 417). καὶ. Although καί itself is simply connective and not contrastive (on the so-­called adversative use of καί, see 3:14), here it links two clauses with contrastive elements and so is best translated “but.” ἀκούσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀκούω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. οἱ ὄχλοι. Nominative subject of ἠκολούθησαν. ἠκολούθησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀκολουθέω. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of ἠκολούθησαν.

360

Matthew 14:13-­21

πεζῇ. Adverb. A Matthean hapax legomenon, πεζῇ (“on foot, by land” [LN 8.50]) occurs elsewhere in the NT only in the parallel in Mark 6:33. ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων. Source. 14:14 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν τοὺς ἀρρώστους αὐτῶν. ἐξελθὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐξέρχομαι (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἶδεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ὁράω. πολὺν ὄχλον. Accusative direct object of εἶδεν. ἐσπλαγχνίσθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg σπαγχνίζομαι. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς. The preposition ἐπί functions here as a “marker of feelings directed toward someone” (BDAG, 366.15)—­a natural extension of its basic local sense. The antecedent of the plural pronoun is the singular ὄχλον, since Matthew thinks of the people who compose the crowd (i.e., a constructio ad sensum [MHT 3:40]). ἐθεράπευσεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg θεραπέυω. τοὺς ἀρρώστους. Accusative direct object of ἐθεράπευσεν. ἄρρωστος (“sick, ill, lit. powerless” [BDAG, 135]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 5×). αὐτῶν. Partitive genitive. 14:15 Ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες· ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος καὶ ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν· ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ὄχλους, ἵνα ἀπελθόντες εἰς τὰς κώμας ἀγοράσωσιν ἑαυτοῖς βρώματα. Ὀψίας. Genitive subject of γενομένης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. γενομένης. Aor mid ptc fem gen sg γίνομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. προσῆλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσέρχομαι. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσῆλθον. οἱ μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of προσῆλθον. Perhaps influenced by the parallel in Mark 6:35, but perhaps also because αὐτοῦ is a natural complement, many witnesses include the genitive pronoun after μαθηταὶ. NA28 and SBLGNT, probably correctly, follow ‫ א‬B Zvid 33 et al. But see Elliott (236–­37), who defends the originality of αὐτοῦ, arguing that at an early stage in the tradition disciples of Jesus needed to be distinguished from disciples of John, of the Pharisees, and so on.



Matthew 14:14-16

361

λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἔρημός. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὁ τόπος. Nominative subject of ἐστιν. ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν. Lit. “the hour has already passed.” Although the hour is not identified, in this context the reference may be to the time for the evening meal (cf. Davies and Allison, 2:488). ἡ ὥρα. Nominative subject of παρῆλθεν. Fronted as a topical frame (in contrast to Mark). ἤδη. Temporal adverb. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). παρῆλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg παρέρχομαι. ἀπόλυσον. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἀπολύω. After ἀπόλυσον, a number of witnesses, including Sinaiticus, include the inferential οὖν. While the conjunction may be original, more probably its addition reflects an early interpretation of the text that (correctly) understands the imperative as the disciples’ response to the problematic situation. τοὺς ὄχλους. Accusative direct object of ἀπόλυσον. ἵνα. Introduces a purpose clause. ἀπελθόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἀπέρχομαι (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. εἰς τὰς κώμας. Locative. ἀγοράσωσιν. Aor act subj 3rd pl ἀγοράζω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. ἑαυτοῖς. Dative of advantage. βρώματα. Accusative direct object of ἀγοράσωσιν. 14:16 ὁ δὲ [ Ἰησοῦς] εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν ἀπελθεῖν, δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν. ὁ . . . [ Ἰησοῦς]. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. While Ἰησοῦς may have originated as a scribal insertion, perhaps more probably an original Ἰησοῦς (‫א‬2 B C K et al.) was eliminated under the influence of the parallel in Mark 6:37. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν. οὐ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs; here it appears to negate the whole clause but calls particular attention to the noun it immediately precedes. χρείαν. Accusative direct object of ἔχουσιν. Fronted for emphasis.

362

Matthew 14:13-­21

ἔχουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl ἔχω. ἀπελθεῖν. Aor act inf ἀπέρχομαι (epexegetical, modifying χρείαν). δότε. Aor act impv 2nd pl δίδωμι. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of δότε. ὑμεῖς. Nominative subject of δότε. Decker notes that “[i]t is unusual to have a nominative subject expressed with an imperative; the result is quite forceful” (2014a, 169). φαγεῖν. Aor act inf ἐσθίω. The infinitive functions as the direct object of δότε. 14:17 οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· οὐκ ἔχομεν ὧδε εἰ μὴ πέντε ἄρτους καὶ δύο ἰχθύας. οἱ δὲ. See 2:5 on οἱ δὲ. οἱ. Nominative subject of λέγουσιν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. λέγουσιν. Pres act ind 3rd pl λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) helps to mark the transition to the disciples’ reply and grants prominence to that response. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγουσιν. οὐκ. Negative particle normally used with indicative verbs. ἔχομεν. Pres act ind 1st pl ἔχω. The construction is elliptical; the verb’s object must be supplied (Quarles, 164). ὧδε. Adverb of place. εἰ μὴ. Unlike ἀλλά, which also corrects (see 4:4), εἰ μή typically corrects by introducing an exception (see 11:27). Matthew’s construction—­negation, followed by qualification—­makes the answer emphatic (contrast Mark 6:38). πέντε ἄρτους καὶ δύο ἰχθύας. Accusative direct objects of an implied ἔχομεν. 14:18 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς. ὁ δὲ. See 2:5 on οἱ δὲ. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. φέρετέ. Pres act impv 2nd pl φέρω. μοι. Dative indirect object of φέρετέ. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ὧδε. Adverb of place. αὐτούς. Accusative direct object of φέρω.



Matthew 14:17-19

363

14:19 καὶ κελεύσας τοὺς ὄχλους ἀνακλιθῆναι ἐπὶ τοῦ χόρτου, λαβὼν τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας, ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας ἔδωκεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς τοὺς ἄρτους, οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις. κελεύσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg κελεύω (attendant circumstance or temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. As BDF (§421) notes, the accumulation of participles in 14:19 is rare “in the simpler style of the Gospels.” τοὺς ὄχλους. Accusative subject of the infinitive ἀνακλιθῆναι. ἀνακλιθῆναι. Aor mid inf ἀνακλίνω (indirect discourse). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. Mark 6:39’s active infinitive (ἀνακλῖναι) gives way here to Matthew’s middle infinitive. Whereas active forms of ἀνακλίνω are causative (“to cause to recline at a meal” [BDAG, 65.2]), the passive or, more probably, θη-­middle form here simply means to “recline at a meal” (cf. BDAG, 65.2). Accordingly, Matthew’s infinitive describes the command the crowds received, while Mark’s infinitive probably describes the command given to the disciples, viz., to have the crowds sit down (so NRSV; contra ESV). Cf. BDF (§392.4). ἐπὶ τοῦ χόρτου. Locative. λαβὼν. Aor act ptc masc nom sg λαμβάνω (attendant circumstance or temporal). τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας. Accusative direct object of λαβὼν. ἀναβλέψας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀναβλέπω (attendant circumstance or temporal). εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν. Locative. In keeping with Matthew’s idiolect (see 3:2 on τῶν οὐρανῶν), the singular οὐρανός refers not to the dwelling place of God but to part of the created order, “the sky.” εὐλόγησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg εὐλογέω. The verb is used here without an explicit object. Are we to think, as in Luke 9:16 and probably Mark 6:41, of Jesus invoking God’s blessing on the loaves and the fish (cf. BDAG, 408.2.b)? Or are we, with Luz (2001–­2007, 2:314 n. 56), to think of Jesus blessing God (cf. BDAG, 408.1)? Perhaps the parallel in 15:36 favors the latter. κλάσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg κλάω (attendant circumstance or temporal). ἔδωκεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg δίδωμι. On the sequence of verbs (λαβὼν . . . εὐλόγησεν . . . κλάσας . . . ἔδωκεν), cf. France 2007, 558: “The significance of the verbs used becomes clear when the five Synoptic feeding narratives are compared with the three Synoptic accounts of

364

Matthew 14:13-­21

Jesus’ eucharistic action at the Last Supper. In all eight pericopae we find the same sequence: ‘took . . . blessed/gave thanks . . . broke . . . gave.’ The same sequence of verbs also occurs in Luke 24:30, where Jesus ‘presides’ at the meal at Emmaus.” τοῖς μαθηταῖς. Dative indirect object of ἔδωκεν. τοὺς ἄρτους. Accusative direct object of ἔδωκεν. οἱ . . . μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of an implied ἔδωκαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τοῖς ὄχλοις. Dative indirect object of an implied ἔδωκαν. 14:20 καὶ ἔφαγον πάντες καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν, καὶ ἦραν τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων δώδεκα κοφίνους πλήρεις. ἔφαγον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἐσθίω. πάντες. Nominative subject of ἔφαγον. ἐχορτάσθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl χορτάζω. ἦραν. Aor act ind 3rd pl αἴρω. Although it is not marked, the subject probably changes in this clause (cf. Robertson, 392): it is the disciples who take up the fragments (cf. Matt 16:9). τὸ περισσεῦον. Pres act ptc neut acc sg περισσεύω (substantival). Accusative direct object of ἦραν. τῶν κλασμάτων. Partitive genitive. δώδεκα κοφίνους πλήρεις. Accusative in apposition to τὸ περισσεῦον. κόφινος (“a relatively large basket used primarily for food or produce” [LN 6.150]) occurs in Matthew only here and in 16:9 (NT: 6×). 14:21 οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες ἦσαν ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ πεντακισχίλιοι χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων. οἱ . . . ἐσθίοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl ἐσθίω (substantival). Nominative subject of ἦσαν. In contrast to Mark’s aorist participle, Matthew’s present participle portrays the action internally, as a process. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἦσαν. Impf act ind 3rd pl εἰμί. ἄνδρες . . . πεντακισχίλιοι. Predicate nominative. ὡσεὶ. Marker of approximation. χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων. Dissociation (cf. LN 18.120). Although it is possible to understand the prepositional phrase to mean that only men were present, more probably the phrase points to the women and children who were fed in addition to the five thousand men.



Matthew 14:20-22

365

Matthew 14:22-­33 And immediately he made the disciples get into a boat and go on ahead of him to the other side, while he dismissed the crowds. 23And when he had dismissed the crowds, he went up the mountain privately to pray. When it was late, he was there alone. 24But the boat was already many stadia from the land, being battered by the waves, for the wind was contrary. 25And in the fourth watch of the night, he came toward them, walking across the lake. 26And the disciples, when they saw him walking on the lake, were shaken, saying, “It is a ghost!” And they cried out because of their fear. 27And immediately Jesus spoke to them, saying, “Take courage, it is I; do not be afraid.” 28And answering, Peter said to him, “Lord, if it is you, command me to come to you across the waters.” 29 He said, “Come.” And so, getting down from the boat, Peter walked across the waters and came toward Jesus. 30But when he saw the wind, he became frightened, and beginning to sink, he cried out, saying, “Lord, save me!” 31And immediately Jesus, stretching out his hand, caught him, and says to him, “O you of little faith, why did you doubt?” 32And when they climbed up into the boat, the wind abated. 33And those in the boat bowed down before him, saying, “Truly, you are the Son of God.” 22

14:22 Καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους. εὐθέως. Temporal adverb. ἠνάγκασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀναγκάζω. As BDAG (60.2) points out, ἀναγκάζω can have a weakened force: “strongly urge/invite, urge upon, press.” This may be the sense that Matthew intends (cf. Davies and Allison, 2:501; Decker 2014a, 173 [with reference to the Markan parallel]). But if the more common, stronger sense (i.e., of compulsion; cf. BDAG, 60.1) is not demanded by the context, neither is it inappropriate. We may wonder whether Matthew knows of the tradition reflected in John 6:14-­15 (since the use of this verb in a setting like that would make good sense); but if so, he does not foreground it. τοὺς μαθητὰς. Accusative subject of the infinitives ἐμβῆναι and προάγειν. As in 14:15 (see the discussion there), the originality of the pronoun αὐτοῦ (here after μαθητὰς) is disputed. Probably it is later a scribal clarification, perhaps influenced by Mark 6:45. ἐμβῆναι. Aor act inf ἐμβαίνω (indirect discourse). εἰς τὸ πλοῖον. Locative. Like WH, SBLGNT omits the article here, probably correctly. Since the boat was already introduced in 14:13, a scribal addition of an anaphoric article is plausible. There are variants in

366

Matthew 14:22-­33

both parallel texts, but the noun is apparently articular in Mark (6:45) and anarthrous in John (6:16). προάγειν. Pres act inf προάγω (indirect discourse). In contrast to the preceding infinitive, the imperfective aspect portrays this action internally, as a process. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of προάγειν. εἰς τὸ πέραν. Locative. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the adverb into an accusative object of the preposition εἰς. ἕως οὗ. Temporal (see 1:25). ἕως, which usually signals the end of a period (“until” [BDAG, 422.1]), denotes “contemporaneousness” (“while” [BDAG, 423.2]) in this context. ἀπολύσῃ. Aor act subj 3rd sg ἀπολύω. Subjunctive with ἕως οὗ. τοὺς ὄχλους. Accusative direct object of ἀπολύσῃ. 14:23 καὶ ἀπολύσας τοὺς ὄχλους ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος κατ᾽ ἰδίαν προσεύξασθαι. ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης μόνος ἦν ἐκεῖ. ἀπολύσας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἀπολύω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τοὺς ὄχλους. Accusative direct object of ἀπολύσας. ἀνέβη. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἀναβαίνω. εἰς τὸ ὄρος. Locative. See 5:1 on ὄρος. κατ᾽ ἰδίαν. See 14:13. The PP, which is unique to Matthew here, underscores the solitary nature of Jesus’ retreat, as does μόνος ἦν ἐκεῖ. προσεύξασθαι. Aor mid inf προσεύχομαι (purpose). ὀψίας. Genitive subject of γενομένης. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. Mark has καί here. In fact, as Runge observes, “Matthew segments as distinct developments the statements about Jesus being alone, the boat already being a long way from the shore, and Jesus coming to the boat during the fourth watch. This has the effect of making each of these elements stand out more than in Mark’s version, since each is portrayed as a distinct development or change” (2010, 35). γενομένης. Aor mid ptc fem gen sg γίνομαι (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. The genitive absolute is repeated from 14:15, but the translation offered here reflects the fact that considerable time has elapsed in the narrative since 14:15. μόνος. Predicate adjective. Fronted for emphasis. ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. ἐκεῖ. Predicate adverb of place.



Matthew 14:23-24

367

14:24 Τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη σταδίους πολλοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἀπεῖχεν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος. Τὸ . . . πλοῖον. Nominative subject of ἀπεῖχεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἤδη. Temporal adverb. σταδίους πολλοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἀπεῖχεν. NA28 lists four variants here, the second (μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν [‫ א‬C K L et al.]) and third (ἦν [+ εἰς: D] μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης [D 1424 e ff1 et al.]) of which probably arose under the influence of the parallel in Mark 6:47 (but see Davies and Allison, 2:503 n. 26). It is possible that the reading adopted by both NA28 and SBLGNT represents an assimilation to John 6:19, but as Metzger observes, “harmonization more often took place between the Synoptic Gospels than between the Fourth Gospel and one of the Synoptics, and . . . the Johannine parallel is very slight” (30). σταδίους πολλοὺς. Adverbial accusative of measure. Fronted for emphasis. στάδιον (“a measure of distance of about 192 meters, stade, one-­eighth mile” [BDAG, 940.1]), is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 7×). ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς. The prepositions marks “the point from which someth[ing] begins” (BDAG, 105.2). ἀπεῖχεν. Impf act ind 3rd sg ἀπέχω. The verb means “to be at some distance from a position” (BDAG, 102.4). βασανιζόμενον. Pres pass ptc neut nom sg βασανίζω (manner or, less probably, concessive [Quarles, 165]). The imperfective aspect depicts the action internally, as a process. On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων. Agency. Harris (2012, 220) notes (following Smyth §1698 n. 1) that in both classical Greek and the NT, ὑπό followed by a genitive of a thing personifies that thing. ἦν. Impf act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. γὰρ. The explanatory conjunction (see 1:20 on γὰρ) takes the reader from the narrative mainline to introduce the necessary background information. ἐναντίος. Predicate adjective. As Nolland (600) observes, Matthew’ omission of Mark’s αὐτοῖς (Mark 6:48: ἐναντίος αὐτοῖς) alters the sense of the adjective slightly: whereas in Mark “the wind was against them” (explaining why their progress was so slow), in Matthew “the wind was contrary” (explaining why the boat was being battered by the waves). ὁ ἄνεμος. Nominative subject of ἦν.

368

Matthew 14:22-­33

14:25 τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς ἦλθεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν. τετάρτῃ . . . φυλακῇ. Dative of time. “The period between 6 p.m. and 6 a.m. was divided by the Romans into four equal periods or watches. . . . So the fourth watch was the last (and the darkest), the time between 3 a.m. and 6 a.m.” (Davies and Allison, 2:503–­4). δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τῆς νυκτὸς. Partitive genitive (contra Wallace, 124, who regards this as a genitive of time). ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. πρὸς αὐτοὺς. Spatial (motion toward). περιπατῶν. Pres act ptc masc nom sg περιπατέω (means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν. The preposition may simply have locative force (as does ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης in 14:26), but more probably, as BDAG (364.4) suggests, with the accusative object ἐπὶ marks “movement to or contact w[ith] a goal” (cf. BDAG, 364.4.b.β; Quarles, 166): “across the lake.” Although ἐπὶ takes the genitive τῆς θαλάσσης as its object here in many witnesses (C D K L et al.), the reading probably arose as a scribal assimilation to Mark 6:48 (cf. LXX Job 9:8). 14:26 οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης περιπατοῦντα ἐταράχθησαν λέγοντες ὅτι φάντασμά ἐστιν, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου ἔκραξαν. οἱ . . . μαθηταὶ. Nominative subject of ἐταράχθησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἰδόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ὁράω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἰδόντες in a double accusative object-­complement construction. ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης. Locative. Fronted for emphasis. See 14:25 on ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν. περιπατοῦντα. Pres act ptc masc acc sg περιπατέω. Accusative complement complement to αὐτὸν in a double accusative object-­ construction. ἐταράχθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl ταράσσω.



Matthew 14:25-27

369

λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (result [Quarles, 166]). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ὅτι. Introduces the clausal complement (direct discourse) of λέγοντες. φάντασμά. Predicate nominative. Fronted for emphasis. φάντασμα (“apparition, esp. ghost” [BDAG, 1049]), is a Matthean hapax legomenon that occurs in the NT elsewhere only in the parallel in Mark 6:49. ἐστιν. Pres act ind 3rd sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου. Cause. ἔκραξαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl κράζω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). 14:27 εὐθὺς δὲ ἐλάλησεν [ὁ Ἰησοῦς] αὐτοῖς λέγων· θαρσεῖτε, ἐγώ εἰμι· μὴ φοβεῖσθε. εὐθὺς. Temporal adverb. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ἐλάλησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λαλέω. [ὁ Ἰησοῦς] αὐτοῖς. SBLGNT prefers αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς (C K L P et al.). So too Royse (1983), whose argument Davies and Allison (2:505 n. 36) summarize: “αυτοις ο ισ became, through parablepsis, αυτοις, and ο Ιησους was later reinserted, but before αυτοις (cf. the corrections of ‫ א‬here).” NA28, by contrast, follows WH in adopting the reading supported by ‫א‬1 B (ℓ 2211). It is not impossible, however, that a third reading, which omits ὁ Ἰησοῦς entirely (so ‫ *א‬D 073 892 et al.), is original. It may, on the other hand, represent an assimilation to Mark 6:50. [ὁ Ἰησοῦς]. Nominative subject of ἐλάλησεν. αὐτοῖς. Dative indirect object of ἐλάλησεν. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. θαρσεῖτε. Pres act impv 2nd pl θαρσέω. See 9:2. ἐγώ. Nominative subject of εἰμι. Fronted for emphasis. εἰμι. Pres act ind 1st sg εἰμί. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. Whether Jesus’ self-­identification, ἐγώ εἰμι (lit. “I am”), is also designed to echo the divine name is disputed (so Davies and Allison, 2:506, and Luz 2001–­2007, 2:320; Nolland, 601, and France 2007, 569–­70 n. 14, are more skeptical). Here, I think, we must distinguish between story and discourse. If, at the story level, ἐγώ εἰμι identifies Jesus, at the discourse level (as Matthew communicates with his readers), the

370

Matthew 14:22-­33

contextual clues suggest that Matthew’s readers are to hear more than mere self-­identification. μὴ. Negative particle introducing prohibition. φοβεῖσθε. Pres mid impv 2nd pl φοβέομαι. 14:28 Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν· κύριε, εἰ σὺ εἶ, κέλευσόν με ἐλθεῖν πρός σε ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα. Ἀποκριθεὶς. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἀποκρίνομαι (pleonastic). On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. On redundant quotative frames, see 3:15 on ἀποκριθεὶς. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν. These words are variously configured in the extant witnesses. NA28 lists four alternatives to the reading it adopts: 1 . 2. 3. 4.

ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ (B 1424 g1) ὁ Πέτρος αὐτῷ εἶπεν (33) ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν (Δ 579 lat) αὐτῷ Πέτρος εἶπεν (D)

WH, in keeping with their respect for B, preferred (1). SBLGNT follows the reading adopted by NA28 (supported by ‫ א‬C D [-­ὁ] W et al.). Against both SBLGNT and NA28, however, intrinsic probabilities offer strong support for the reading to which B bears witness. Matthew employs ἀποκρίνομαι fifty-­five times, forty-­five of which occur in the pleonastic construction ἀποκριθεὶς . . . εἶπεν (ἔφη [8:8]/ἐρεῖ [25:40]). In twenty-­five of these forty-­five constructions, including 14:28, an explicit nominative subject is present (here, ὁ Πέτρος); in each of the twenty-­four other occurrences, the nominative subject immediately follows the participle (or, in cases where a postpositive δέ is present, immediately follows the participle + δέ, as in B). Similarly, twenty-­five of these constructions, including 14:28, include an explicit dative indirect object. Excluding 14:28, in twenty-­two of the remaining twenty-­four, the indirect object follows the finite verb (as in B); the two exceptions (20:13; 21:27) are not exact parallels, since neither construction includes an explicit nominative subject. It is, of course, possible that 14:28 represents a departure from Matthew’s otherwise consistent pattern and that a later scribe “corrected” the departure. More probably, however, B bears witness to an original reading that conforms to Matthew’s style and was subject to an early scribal modification. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of εἶπεν.



Matthew 14:28-29

371

ὁ Πέτρος. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Of the presence of the article with Πέτρος, Levinsohn (154) observes that “in Matthew’s Gospel, Simon is introduced for the first time in 4:18 and reactivated in 8:14 with an anarthrous reference at the beginning of another episode. However, once the apostles have been called (10:2ff.), the first reference to Peter in each episode in which he has an individual part to play is normally articular (e.g., 14:28 [UBS text], 15:15, 16:22, 17:1, 17:24).” εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. κύριε. Vocative. εἰ. Introduces the protasis of a first-­class condition (εἰ σὺ εἶ, lit.: “if you are”). σὺ. Nominative subject of εἶ. Fronted for emphasis. εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. κέλευσόν. Aor act impv 2nd sg κελεύω. με. Accusative subject of the infinitive ἐλθεῖν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐλθεῖν. Aor act inf ἔρχομαι (indirect discourse). πρός σε. Spatial (motion toward). On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου. ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα. Locative. ἐπὶ functions here as a marker of movement “from one point to another across, over w[ith] motion implied” (BDAG, 364.4.b.β; cf. Quarles, 166). Cf. 14:25. 14:29 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· ἐλθέ. καὶ καταβὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου [ὁ] Πέτρος περιεπάτησεν ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα καὶ ἦλθεν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν. ὁ. Nominative subject of εἶπεν. Fronted as a topical frame. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. εἶπεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg λέγω. ἐλθέ. Aor act impv 2nd sg ἔρχομαι. Clausal complement of εἶπεν. καταβὰς. Aor act ptc masc nom sg καταβαίνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου. Locative. As often, with verbs of motion, the preposition marks the point of origin for the movement (BDAG, 105.3.a; cf. Quarles, 167). [ὁ] Πέτρος. Nominative subject of περιεπάτησεν. Fronted for emphasis. NA25 omitted the article (and has now been followed by SBLGNT), probably correctly. The article is absent from ‫ א‬B D, and Eus, but the vast majority of witnesses include it. Since (after 14:28) we would expect

372

Matthew 14:22-­33

Πέτρος to be articular here, the article seems likely to be a later, scribal “correction.” Fronted as a topical frame. περιεπάτησεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg περιπατέω. ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα. See 14:28. καὶ ἦλθεν. NA28 and SBLGNT rightly follow B C*vid 700 sys.c (sa) in reading καὶ ἦλθεν here. ‫ *א‬has instead ἐλθεῖν· ἦλθεν οὖν. Most MSS have the infinitive ἐλθεῖν alone. Metzger (30) plausibly suggests that καὶ ἦλθεν “seemed to say too much and therefore was altered to ἐλθεῖν,” which speaks of intent rather than accomplishment. ἦλθεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg ἔρχομαι. πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν. Spatial (motion toward). 14:30 βλέπων δὲ τὸν ἄνεμον [ἰσχυρὸν] ἐφοβήθη, καὶ ἀρξάμενος καταποντίζεσθαι ἔκραξεν λέγων· κύριε, σῶσόν με. βλέπων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg βλέπω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. τὸν ἄνεμον [ἰσχυρὸν]. Accusative direct object of βλέπων. While most witnesses (B1 C D K et al.) support ἰσχυρὸν, the fact that it is absent from early, important witnesses (‫ א‬B* 073 33 sa bo) and that its addition (as a natural complement) is perfectly understandable suggest that NA25 (following WH) was correct in omitting it (but see Metzger, 30). SBLGNT includes the adjective. ἐφοβήθη. Aor mid ind 3rd sg φοβέω. On the voice, see “Deponency” in the Series Introduction. ἀρξάμενος. Aor mid ptc masc nom sg ἄρχω (temporal/causal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. καταποντίζεσθαι. Pres mid inf καταποντίζω (complementary). καταποντίζω (“to sink”; cf. BDAG, 525) occurs in the NT only here and in Matt 18:6. ἔκραξεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κράζω. λέγων. Pres act ptc masc nom sg λέγω (pleonastic/means). κύριε. Vocative. σῶσόν. Aor act impv 2nd sg σῴζω. με. Accusative direct object of σῶσόν. On the loss of the accent, see 1:20 on σου.



Matthew 14:30-33

373

14:31 εὐθέως δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί ἐδίστασας; εὐθέως. Temporal adverb. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Nominative subject of ἐπελάβετο. Fronted as a topical frame. ἐκτείνας. Aor act ptc masc nom sg ἐκτείνω (attendant circumstance). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. τὴν χεῖρα. Accusative direct object of ἐκτείνας. In this context, nothing more than the article is needed to signal possession (see 4:20 on τὰ δίκτυα). ἐπελάβετο. Aor mid ind 3rd sg ἐπιλαμβάνομαι. ἐπιλαμβάνομαι (“to take hold of, to grasp” [LN 18.2]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 19×). αὐτοῦ. Genitive complement of ἐπελάβετο. λέγει. Pres act ind 3rd sg λέγω. The historical present (see 2:13 on φαίνεται) grants prominence to Jesus’ response, which follows immediately. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of λέγει. ὀλιγόπιστε. Vocative. εἰς τί. Purpose: “Why?” (cf. BDAG, 290.4.f). Fronted for emphasis. ἐδίστασας. Aor act ind 2nd sg διστάζω. 14:32 καὶ ἀναβάντων αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐκόπασεν ὁ ἄνεμος. ἀναβάντων. Aor act ptc masc gen pl ἀναβαίνω (genitive absolute, temporal); see 1:18 on μνηστευθείσης. αὐτῶν. Genitive subject of ἀναβάντων. εἰς τὸ πλοῖον. Locative. ἐκόπασεν. Aor act ind 3rd sg κοπάζω. κοπάζω (“to cease, in reference to some type of movement” [LN 68.42]) is a Matthean hapax legomenon (NT: 3×). ὁ ἄνεμος. Nominative subject of ἐκόπασεν. 14:33 οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες· ἀληθῶς θεοῦ υἱὸς εἶ. οἱ. . . . ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ. The article functions as a nominalizer, changing the prepositional phrase ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ into the nominative subject of προσεκύνησαν. Fronted as a topical frame. Most witnesses add

374

Matthew 14:22-­33

a participle (agreeing with οἱ) after πλοίῳ, but the participle varies: (1) ἐλθόντες (D K L P et al.), (2) προσελθόντες (Θ ƒ13 1424 sys.c mae?), or (3) ὄντες (118 209 ff1? sa bo?). While it would be possible to view the readings that include ἐλθόντες or προσελθόντες as difficult enough that they needed to be corrected (since those who came into the boat were Peter and Jesus), probably the strength of support for the reading adopted by NA28 (‫ א‬B C N et al.) suggests that it was the perceived need to make the subject of προσεκύνησαν explicit that prompted that later addition of the participles. ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ. Locative. δὲ. Development; see 1:2 on δὲ. προσεκύνησαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσκυνέω. Matthean commentators almost universally conclude that the verb points to genuine worship here. But at the level of the story, it would be remarkable to find (post-­Easter) worship already here. Of the confession that follows, Davies and Allison remark, “Thus the unfolding of the gospel has witnessed a growth in their knowledge, a growth which will reach its pre-­ Easter maturity in 16.16. In short, the disciples are beginning to catch up with the readers of the gospel” (2:510). In my view, it would be wiser to find similar progression at play in the response that προσκυνέω signals; see further 18:26 on προσεκύνει. αὐτῷ. Dative complement of προσεκύνησαν. λέγοντες. Pres act ptc masc nom pl λέγω (manner or means [cf. Quarles, 167]). On adverbial participles that follow the verbs they modify, see 1:20 on λέγων. ἀληθῶς. As in English, the adverb lends emphasis. θεοῦ υἱὸς. Fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). θεοῦ. Genitive of relationship. υἱὸς. Predicate nominative. As Colwell’s rule (see 27:40 on υἱὸς) indicates, definite, preverbal predicate nominatives are often anarthrous. So the fact that υἱὸς is anarthrous here does not in itself suggest that it is indefinite; instead, the context must guide readers. Moreover, as Harner has demonstrated, sometimes “the qualitative force of the predicate noun seems to be more prominent than its definiteness or indefiniteness” (79). That is, “[a]narthrous nouns may function primarily to express the nature or character of the subject” (75). Here, however we understand the precise nuance of the sonship that the disciples ascribe to Jesus at this point in the narrative (royal sonship? divine sonship?), the noun is not indefinite but qualitative and/or definite.



Matthew 14:34-35

375

εἶ. Pres act ind 2nd sg εἰμί. Unlike the other present indicative forms of εἰμί, εἶ is not an enclitic (on which, see 1:20 on σου). Matthew 14:34-­36 And when they had crossed over, they came to the land at Gennesaret. And when the men of that place recognized him, they sent (word) into that whole region, and they brought to him all those who were sick, 36 and they were begging him that they might only touch the edge of his garment; and all those who touched it were healed. 34 35

14:34 καὶ διαπεράσαντες ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν εἰς Γεννησαρέτ. διαπεράσαντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl διαπεράω (temporal). See 9:1 on διεπέρασεν. On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. ἦλθον. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἔρχομαι. ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν εἰς. The reading adopted by both NA28 and SBLGNT receives strong support (‫ א‬B D W et al.), and the alternative readings should probably be understood as attempts to clarify the syntax, by either eliminating the second preposition (ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν [C N ƒ13 1424 e]) or replacing the first preposition with the second (εἰς τὴν γῆν [K L P Γ et al.]). ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. Locative. εἰς Γεννησαρέτ. Locative. 14:35 καὶ ἐπιγνόντες αὐτὸν οἱ ἄνδρες τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου ἀπέστειλαν εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον ἐκείνην καὶ προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας ἐπιγνόντες. Aor act ptc masc nom pl ἐπιγινώσκω (temporal). On adverbial participles that precede the verbs they modify, see 1:19 on ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων. αὐτὸν. Accusative direct object of ἐπιγνόντες. οἱ ἄνδρες. Nominative subject of ἀπέστειλαν. The term may be generic (LN 9.1: “human being,” “person”; NET: “people”), but there is no clear evidence of a generic use of the term in its seven other occurrences in the Gospel (see 12:41). On the contrary, in several uses that are either unique to Matthew (1:16, 19) or uniquely qualified (14:21; 15:38), it can only refer to males. It probably does here as well (cf. Luz 2001–­2007, 2:324 n. 5; Nolland, 605; contra Osborne, 581 n. 2). τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου. Genitive of source (Quarles, 167) or genitive of identification (“the men of that place”—­that is, from Gennesaret).

376

Matthew 14:34-­36

ἀπέστειλαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl ἀποστέλλω. εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον ἐκείνην. Locative. προσήνεγκαν. Aor act ind 3rd pl προσφέρω. αὐτῷ. Dative indirect object of προσήνεγκαν. πάντας τοὺς . . . ἔχοντας. Accusative direct object of προσήνεγκαν. τοὺς . . . ἔχοντας. Pres act ptc masc acc pl ἔχω (substantival). τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας. An idiom (lit. “those having badly”) for being ill (LN 23.148). κακῶς is fronted for emphasis (LDGNT). 14:36 καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν ἵνα μόνον ἅψωνται τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ· καὶ ὅσοι ἥψαντο διεσώθησαν. παρεκάλουν. Impf act ind 3rd pl παρακαλέω. Since there is no explicit indication of a change in subject here, some translations (e.g., NLT, GNT) take the subject to be οἱ ἄνδρες τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου. But since the subject of ἅψωνται must be the sick, it is possible that Matthew already thinks of them here (e.g., TLB). Most English versions follow Matthew’s lead in leaving the subject vague. The imperfective aspect depicts the action internally, as a process. αὐτὸν. Although the sense of the sentence is clear, its syntax is less straightforward. The clausal complement introduced by ἵνα indicates the content of the request and the personal pronoun the semantic recipient of the request. For the latter we might have expected a dative indirect object. Instead, we have an instance of a common cross-­linguistic phenomenon—­indirect object to direct object advancement—­with the result that the pronoun appears in the accusative case. See further Culy (2009, esp. 92–­96). ἵνα. Introduces the clausal complement (indirect discourse) of παρεκάλουν. μόνον. Adverbial accusative. ἅψωνται. Aor mid subj 3rd pl ἅπτω. Subjunctive with ἵνα. τοῦ κρασπέδου. Genitive complement of ἅψωνται. On κράσπεδον, see 9:20. τοῦ ἱματίου. Partitive genitive. αὐτοῦ. Possessive genitive. ὅσοι ἥψαντο. Fronted as a topical frame (LDGNT). ὅσοι. Introduces a headless relative clause (see 5:19 on ὃς ἐὰν) that serves as the nominative subject of διεσώθησαν. Within its clause, ὅσοι is the nominative subject of ἥψαντο. ἥψαντο. Aor mid ind 3rd pl ἅπτω. διεσώθησαν. Aor pass ind 3rd pl διασῴζω. The verb stands in final, emphatic position (LDGNT). Davies and Allison (2:512) and Nolland



Matthew 14:36

377

(605 n. 16) take Matthew’s διασῴζω (“to completely heal”) to be stronger than Mark’s σῴζω, but Hagner (1995, 426–­27), probably correctly, finds no clear distinction here. It is not obvious that Matthew intends by διασῴζω something more than when he uses the simple σῴζω in, for example, 9:20-­22, which this pericope recalls. As BDAG (237) suggests, διασῴζω can simply mean “save, rescue” and be used “without special feeling for the m[ea]n[in]g of διά.”

This page intentionally left blank

GLOSSARY

Adjectivizer—­An article used to change a nonadjective into an adjectival modifier. Thus in the phrase τῷ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, the article τῷ changes the prepositional phrase ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, into an attributive modifier of τῷ πατρί. Anacoluthon—­A grammatical interruption or lack of implied sequence within a sentence. Anaphoric—­Referring back to—­that is, being coreferential with—­a preceding word or group of words. Thus pronouns are anaphoric references to participants that have already been introduced into the discourse. Anarthrous—­Lacking an article. Antecedent—­An element that is referred to by another expression that follows it. Thus the antecedent of a relative pronoun is that element in the preceding context with reference to which the relative clause provides additional information. Apodosis—­The second part (“then” clause) in a conditional construction. Arthrous/articular—­Including an article. Ascensive—­Being intensive or expressing a final addition or point of focus. In Greek, this term is most often used in relation to conjunctions, especially καί. In such instances, the conjunction is typically translated “even.” Aspect—­The writer’s/speaker’s viewpoint of an action, event, or state— for example, perfective or imperfective. The omission of conjunctions between clauses, often Asyndeton—­ resulting in a hurried rhythm or vehement effect. Attendant circumstance—­A verbal participle expressing an action or circumstance that prepares for or accompanies the action of the main verb. Although the participle is semantically

379

380

Glossary

dependent on the main verb, it is often translated as a finite verb conjoined to the main verb by and (but see the author’s Introduction). Structural clues include the following: tense of both the participle and main verb is aorist, mood of main verb is imperative or indicative, participle precedes the main verb in word order and time, typically found in narrative and infrequent elsewhere. In Matt 1:24, the ἐγερθεὶς in ἐγερθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου is attendant circumstance and may be translated “Joseph arose from sleep and did as the angel of the Lord commanded him.” Attraction—­Relative pronouns at times take on or “attract” to the case of their antecedent. For example, in the text ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει (“the master of that slave will come on a day that he does not expect and in an hour that he does not know”), the expected case for the relative pronoun would be accusative (ἥν), since it functions as the direct object of προσδοκᾷ. Instead, it has been attracted to the case of its antecedent (ἡμέρᾳ). Background—­Information that is off the event line, or storyline—­that is, those events or materials that do not move the narrative forward. Instead, background information comments on, amplifies, or otherwise supports the narration. Cataphoric—­Referring forward to—­that is, being coreferential with—­a following word or group of words. The demonstrative οὗτος is frequently used in this manner. Causative—­Denoting that a new state of affairs is brought about or “caused” by the action of the verb or construction. Chiasm—­ “The crosswise arrangement of contrasted pairs to give alternate stress” (Smyth §3020). Clausal complement—­ A direct object expressed in the form of a clause rather than a noun phrase. For example, ὅτι is often used to introduce complement clauses after verbs of speech: μαρτυρεῖτε ἑαυτοῖς ὅτι υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας (“So you testify against yourselves that you are sons of those who murdered the prophets”). Clitic—­A word that is written as a separate word in the syntax but that is pronounced and accented as if it were part of another word. There are two types. Enclitics shift their accents to the preceding word; proclitics shift their accents to the following word.



Glossary

381

Cognition—­A verb that refers to some sort of mental process. Complement—­In addition to its use in the phrase “clausal complement,” this term is also used in two additional ways. It may refer to (1) a constituent, other than an accusative direct object, that is required to complete a verb phrase. Verbs that include a prepositional prefix often take a complement whose case is determined by the prefix. For example, verbs with the prefix συν-­characteristically take a dative complement; or (2) the second element in a double accusative construction, which completes the verbal idea. In the sentence “Emmet calls me Mama,” Mama would be the complement. Constructio ad sensum—­ Lit. “construction according to sense.” A construction that follows the sense of the expression rather than strict grammatical rules, as when a plural verb is used with a collective singular subject. Copula/copular clause—­ A linking verb that joins a subject and predicate into an equative or copular clause. In the copular clause, οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου (“This is the one spoken of through Isaiah”), the copula is ἐστιν. Crasis—­The merging of two words through the use of contraction—for example, κἀμοί for καὶ ἐμοί. Deponency—­ Traditionally applied to verbs with middle, passive, or middle/passive morphology but thought to have active meanings. The validity of this conventions has come into question, and the BHGNT opts to recognize that the middle morphology involves middle voice semantics that should not be discarded by reference to “deponency.” See Series Introduction for more. Development—­The use of δέ does not mark either semantic continuity or discontinuity (since either can be present) but instead signals a new development in the narrative or argument. Direct discourse—­A direct object clause introduced by ὅτι that records direct speech. The ὅτι is not translated and the direct speech is put in quotation marks. Double accusative construction—­Constructions in which a verb takes two accusatives. There are two types. In a double accusative of person and thing, the verb (usually relating to teaching, reminding, clothing, or inquiring/asking) is often thought to have two accusative direct objects, a thing and a person (e.g., “I taught Zoe the dance”). But many of these constructions are better understood as instances of the cross-­ linguistic

382

Glossary

phenomenon of advancement (see, e.g., 7:9 on ὃν, or 14:36 on αὐτὸν). In a double accusative of object-­ complement construction a verb (often involving calling, sending, regarding, etc.) will have an object and the complement of that object in the accusative case, the latter predicating something about the former—for example, “They considered the rabbit [obj] dangerous [comp].” Double nominative subject-­complement—­When a verb that would take two accusative objects in a double accusative object-­ complement construction is given in the passive voice, both the object and complement will be in the nominative case and express the same predicating relationship to one another as in the double accusative construction. Doublet/hendiadys—­Two words joined by καί and used to express a single idea (e.g., Matt 14:9 τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους; “the oath made in the presence of his dinner guests”). Elative—­An adjectival form denoting intensity or superiority. Elision—­ This term may be used morphologically to describe the omission of a letter in a word (e.g., the final vowel) in some prepositions or conjunctions as in ἀλλ’ ἁμαρτωλούς (Matt 9:13) or syntactically with reference to a word being omitted, which must be supplied from the context. In Matt 23:34, the implied initial τινας is elided, leaving only ἐξ αὐτῶν (“some of them”). Emphasis—­Information that is already the most important in the clause, placed in a marked position. Enclitic—­A clitic is word that is written as a separate word in the syntax but that is pronounced and accented as if it were part of another word. Enclitics “give” their accent to the preceding word. Epexegetical—­In reference to an infinitive, refers to its function in clarifying or explaining or qualifying (especially with words indicating ability, obligation, hope, need, etc.). Regarding a clause beginning with the conjunction ἵνα or ὅτι, refers to a clause that completes the idea of a noun, verb, or adjective. Epexegetical genitives specify a particular example of the category introduced in the head noun and can be translated with an initial “namely” or “which is.” Equative verb/clause—­An equative verb, like εἰμί, γίνομαι, or ὑπάρχω, is a verb that joins a subject and predicate to form an equative clause (“something is something”)—for example, Ἡ γενεὰ



Glossary

383

αὕτη γενεὰ πονηρά ἐστιν (“This generation is a wicked generation”). External evidence—­In textual criticism, the evidence available from manuscripts and versions. First-­class conditional—­Assumes the truth of the protasis for the sake of argument. The protasis will have εἰ with an indicative verb. The apodosis may take any mood/tense. Focal/focus—­The constituent(s) that represent(s) the most important new information in a clause. Foreground—­Information that is on the event line, or storyline—­that is, those events that move the narrative forward. Fronting—­Placing a constituent earlier in the sentence than its default order would dictate, most commonly in a preverbal position. Genitive absolute—­A participial construction consisting of a genitive substantive and anarthrous genitive participle, typically at the beginning of a sentence, and (usually) grammatically independent of the main clause verb. It can express any adverbial idea attested for participles but is most often temporal. Genitive of . . .—­relationship = familial or social relation; content = what something contains or is full of; subordination = what is subordinated to or in the domain of the head noun; production/producer = genitive that produces the noun to which it relates; product = what is produced by the head noun; source = the origin or derivation of the head noun; time = the time during or within which something happens; identification = the head noun is named or, in some way, identified (“the region of the Gadarenes”). Other genitive relationships include partitive (specifies the whole to which the head noun is a part), attributive (names an attribute of the head noun), attributed (transforms the head noun into an adjectival modifier of the genitive noun); subjective (the subject of the verbal idea of the head noun); objective (the direct object of the verbal idea of the head noun); plenary (simultaneously subjective and objective). Hapax legomenon—­A word that occurs only one time in the New Testament or a designated body of literature. Haplography—­The accidental omission of text. Headless relative clause—­A relative clause with no expressed antecedent— for example, “He is doing that which is not lawful.” Hendiadys—­See Doublet/hendiadys.

384

Glossary

Historical present—­The occurrence of a present tense verb when a past tense verb is expected, indicating structural or thematic prominence for that particular act or utterance. Homoeoteleuton—­In text criticism, when two nearby phrases or lines have the same or very similar endings, leading the eye of the copyist to skip from one to the other. Imperfective (aspect)—­A semantic value, associated with verbs in the present and imperfect tenses, with which the writer/speaker means to portray the action as a process or as continuous. See also perfective aspect and stative aspect. Inclusio—­An “envelope” or “bookend” structure in which the same or similar language is used to begin and end a unit of discourse. Indirect discourse—­Reported speech or thought. If the direct discourse reported “I’d like to attend ballet,” then the indirect discourse (introduced by ὅτι) would record “She said that she would like to attend ballet.” Intermediate agent—­The agent (introduced with διά + the agent in genitive case) is not the ultimate cause of the action; the action took place through him/her/it. Internally headed relative clause—­ A relative clause in which the antecedent (head noun) is located inside the relative clause that modifies it. Intransitive—­A type of verb that does not require a direct object. Some verbs may function either transitively or intransitively depending on the statement in which they are used. Left-­dislocation—­An information-­structuring device that introduces “the next primary topic of the discourse” (Runge 2010, 289) by placing it at the beginning of the sentence and then picking it up with a resumptive pronoun in the actual sentence—for example, “The boy with the stick, he chased away the birds.” Marked—­Departing from the normal or neutral pattern, or having additive features. At various levels of grammar, speakers/ writers have a choice between various options. One option will typically be viewed as the “default” or “unmarked” member of the set. The other members are “marked.” Something that is “marked” may be more prominent, in focus, emphatic, and so on. Merism—­A figure of speech in which two or more contrasting or complementary parts are invoked to represent the whole: “for better or worse,” “heaven and earth,” “head, shoulders, knees, and toes.”



Glossary

385

Metacomment—­A device in which speakers “stop saying what they are saying in order to comment on what is going to be said, speaking abstractly about it” (Runge 2010, 101) or when explicit mention is made of authorial actions (“I exhort you to do this”) or audience responses (“Don’t be deceived!”). Metacomments slow down the discourse and point forward to statements for pragmatic effect (Runge 2010, 101–­24). Metonymy/metonym—­ Metonymy is a figure of speech in which one term is used in place of another with which it is closely associated. In the expression “all Jerusalem was disturbed” (a paraphrase of Matt 2:3), the city is used as a metonym for the city’s inhabitants and, especially, for the religious leaders based there. Nominal (clause)—­A nominal is a noun or something that functions like a noun. Nominalizer—­An article that is used to change a word, phrase, or clause into a substantive. Most commonly, nominalizers are used to make an adjective or participle substantival. Parenthesis—­Describes a distinct thought not completely unrelated to the ideas in the discourse but somewhat disruptive. In Matt 24:15 the discourse is interrupted with the parenthetical “let the reader understand.” Perfective (aspect)—­A semantic value, associated with verbs in the aorist tense, with which the writer/speaker means to portray the action in summary, or as a whole, without reference to any process that might be involved. See also imperfective aspect and stative aspect. Periphrastic construction—­An anarthrous participle used with a verb of being to constitute a finite verbal idea, yielding a roundabout way of saying something that could have been expressed with a single verb. Point/counterpoint set—­ A construction typically involving a negated statement (with οὐ, μή, or equivalent) followed by a corresponding phrase or clause initiated by ἀλλά (Runge 2010, 92–­100). Such sets are one particular type of correlative emphasis. This construction emphasizes the correction that the ἀλλά component makes. R. E. Smith indicates that ἀλλά “makes the word or clause it introduces very prominent” (19). Predicate nominative/accusative/adjective—­An anarthrous noun or adjective sharing the same case as the subject and connected to the subject with an equative verb (expressed or implied);

386

Glossary

for example, in the sentence “Eliana is graceful,” graceful is the predicate adjective and would be expressed in the nominative case. Prominence—­The “semantic and grammatical elements of discourse that serve to set aside certain subjects, ideas or motifs of the author as more or less semantically or pragmatically significant than others” (Reed, 75–­76). Protasis—­The first part (“if ” clause) in a conditional construction. Redundant vocative—­The redundant use of a generic vocative. These redundant terms of address operate just like other forward-­ pointing devices; they “interrupt the flow of the discourse to build up anticipation” (Runge 2010, 119) and in some instances “overdescribe” the addressee. Second-­class conditional—­Assumes an untruth in the protasis for the sake of argument. The protasis takes εἰ with a secondary tense indicative (usually aorist or imperfect). The apodosis will frequently have ἄν along with an indicative secondary tense. Semitism—­The influence of a Semitic language (Hebrew or Aramaic) on a Greek writer. This phenomenon sometimes produces a form of expression that is atypical of a native Greek speaker. This influence may be indirect, mediated through the Septuagint (thus a Septuagintism). Stative (aspect)—­A semantic value, associated with verbs in the perfect and pluperfect tenses, with which the writer/speaker means to portray the action as a state or condition, without reference to any process or expenditure of energy. See also imperfective aspect and perfective aspect. Synecdoche—­A figure of speech in which one term is used in place of another with which it is associated, specifically involving a part-­whole relationship. In the sentence “Do you have your own wheels?” the word “wheels” stands for the entire “vehicle” of which it is a part. Third-­class conditional—­ Signals logical connection, hypothetical situation, or a more probable future event. The protasis includes ἐάν with a subjunctive verb of any tense and an apodosis in any tense/mood. A present indicative verb in the apodosis creates a “present general” condition. Topical frame—­ Serves as an explicit frame of reference for the clause that follows. Topical frames anchor their clauses to information already accessible in the context or in the listener’s mental register. According to Runge, there are two primary



Glossary

387

uses of topical frames: (1) to highlight the introduction of a new participant or topic or (2) to draw attention to a change in topics (Runge 2010, 210). Topic construction—­ Introduces “the next primary topic of the discourse” (Runge 2010, 289) by placing it at the beginning of the sentence in a left-­dislocation and then picking it up with a resumptive pronoun in the actual sentence—for example, “The struggling student in my Greek class, he passed his mid-­ term exam with flying colors.” Ultimate agent—­ The person ultimately responsible for the action without necessarily being directly involved. The agent may be introduced in the genitive case with ὑπό (“by”), ἀπό (“by” or “of ”), or παρά (“from” or “by”). Unmarked—­Not chosen by the writer/speaker to signal the presence of some qualitative feature—­that is, not selected for prominence (Runge 2010, 185-95).

This page intentionally left blank

WORKS CITED

Aland, Kurt, and Barbara Aland. The Text of the New Testament: An Introduction to the Critical Editions and to the Theory and Practice of Modern Textual Criticism. Translated by Erroll F. Rhodes. 2nd ed. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1989. Allan, Rutger J. “Tense and Aspect in Classical Greek: Two Historical Developments; Augment and Perfect.” Pages 81–­121 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016. Allen, Willoughby C. A Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the Gospel According to S. Matthew. 3rd ed. ICC. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1912. Allison, Dale C., Jr. Studies in Matthew: Interpretation Past and Present. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2005. ———. The New Moses: A Matthean Typology. Minneapolis: Fortress, 1993. Aubrey, Rachel. “Motivated Categories, Middle Voice, and Passive Morphology.” Pages 563–­625 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016. Bakker, Egbert J. “Voice, Aspect and Aktionsart: Middle and Passive in Ancient Greek.” Pages 23–­47 in Voice: Form and Function. Edited by B. A. Fox and P. J. Hopper. Typological Studies in Language 27. Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 1994. Balz, Horst, and Gerhard Schneider, eds. Exegetical Dictionary of the New Testament. 3 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1990–­93. Banks, Robert J. Jesus and the Law in the Synoptic Tradition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1975. 389

390

Works Cited

Barton, Stephen C. Discipleship and Family Ties in Mark and Matthew. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1994. Bauckham, Richard. The Climax of Prophecy: Studies on the Book of Revelation. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1993. Beekman, John, and John Callow. Translating the Word of God: With Scripture and Topical Indexes. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1974. Blomberg, Craig L. “Matthew.” Pages 1–­109 in Commentary on the New Testament Use of the Old Testament. Edited by G. K. Beale and D. A. Carson. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2007. Böcher, Otto. “γέεννα.” Pages 239–­40 in vol. 1 of Exegetical Dictionary of the New Testament. Edited by Horst Balz and Gerhard Schneider. 3 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1990–­93. Bock, Darrell L. “Son of Man.” Pages 894–­900 in The Dictionary of Jesus and the Gospels. Edited by Joel B. Green, Jeannine K. Brown, and Nicholas Perrin. Downers Grove: InterVarsity, 2013. ———. Blasphemy and Exaltation in Judaism and the Final Examination of Jesus: A Philological-­Historical Study of the Key Jewish Themes Impacting Mark 14:61-­64. WUNT 2/106. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 1998. Boyer, James L. “The Classification of Subjunctives: A Statistical Study.” Grace Theological Journal 7 (1986): 3–­19. ———. “The Classification of Infinitives: A Statistical Study.” Grace Theological Journal 6 (1985): 3–­27. ———. “The Classification of Participles: A Statistical Study.” Grace Theological Journal 5 (1984): 163–­79. Brookins, Timothy A., and Bruce W. Longenecker. 1 Corinthians 1–­9: A Handbook on the Greek Text. BHGNT. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2016. Brown, Raymond E. The Death of the Messiah: From Gethsemane to the Grave. A Commentary on the Passion Narratives in the Four Gospels. Anchor Bible Reference Library. 2 vols. New York: Doubleday, 1994. Brown, Schuyler. “The Matthean Apocalypse.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 4 (1979): 2–­27. Burton, Ernest De Witt. Syntax of the Moods and Tenses in New Testament Greek. 3rd ed. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1900. Repr. Grand Rapids: Kregel, 1982. Buth, Randall. “Participles as Pragmatic Choice: Where Semantics Meets Pragmatics.” Pages 273–­306 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016a.



Works Cited

391

———. “Perfect Greek Morphology and Pedagogy.” Pages 416–­29 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016b. Caird, G. B. New Testament Theology. Completed and edited by L. D. Hurst. Oxford: Clarendon, 1994. Campbell, Constantine R. Basics of Verbal Aspect in Biblical Greek. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 2008a. ———. Verbal Aspect and Non-­indicative Verbs: Further Soundings in the Greek of the New Testament. Studies in Biblical Greek 15. New York: Peter Lang, 2008b. ———. Verbal Aspect, the Indicative Mood, and Narrative: Soundings in the Greek of the New Testament. Studies in Biblical Greek 13. New York: Peter Lang, 2007. Caragounis, Chrys C. The Development of Greek and the New Testament: Morphology, Syntax, Phonology, and Textual Transmission. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2006. Carson, D. A. Greek Accents: A Student’s Manual. Grand Rapids: Baker, 1985a. ———. “The ΟΜΟΙΟΣ Word-­Group as Introduction to Some Matthean Parables.” New Testament Studies 31 (1985b): 277–­82. ———. “Matthew.” Pages 1–­599 in vol. 8 of The Expositor’s Bible Commentary. Edited by F. Gaebelein. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1984. Carter, Warren. Households and Discipleship: A Study of Matthew 19–­20. JSNTSSup 103. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 1994. Cassidy, R. J. “Matthew 17.24-­7—­A Word on Civil Taxes.” Catholic Biblical Quarterly 41 (1979): 571–­80. Catchpole, D. R. “The Answer of Jesus to Caiaphas (Matt. xxvi.64).” New Testament Studies 17 (1971): 213–­26. Chrysostom, John. Chrysostom: Homilies on the Gospel of Saint Matthew. Vol. 10: Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers. Edited by Philip Schaff. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 1994. Collins, Adele Yarbro. “Son of Man.” Pages 341–­48 in vol. 5 of The New Interpreter’s Dictionary of the Bible. Edited by Katharine Doob Sakenfield et al. Nashville: Abingdon, 2009. Colwell, E. C. “A Definite Rule for the Use of the Article in the Greek New Testament.” Journal of Biblical Literature 52 (1933): 12–­21. Conrad, Carl W. “New Observations on Voice in the Ancient Greek Verb. November  19, 2002.” Online: https://​pages​.wustl​.edu/​files/​ pages/​imce/​cwconrad/​newobsancgrkvc​.pdf. Accessed January  2, 2018.

392

Works Cited

Cope, Lamar. “The Death of John the Baptist in the Gospel of Matthew; or, the Case of the Confusing Conjunction.” Catholic Biblical Quarterly 38 (1976): 515–­19. Cranfield, C. E. B. The Gospel according to Saint Mark. CGTC. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1959. Repr., 2000. Crellin, Robert. “Semantics of the Perfect in the Greek of the New Testament.” Pages 430–­57 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016. ———. “The Greek Perfect Active System: 200 BC–­AD 150.” Ph.D. diss., University of Cambridge, 2012. Culy, Martin M. “Double Case Constructions in Koine Greek.” Journal of Greco-­Roman Christianity and Judaism 6 (2009): 82–­106. ———. I, II, III John: A Handbook on the Greek Text. BHGNT. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2004. ———. “The Clue Is in the Case: Distinguishing Adjectival and Adverbial Participles.” Perspectives in Religious Studies 30 (2003): 441–­53. ———. “Relative Clauses in Koine Greek: A Transformational Approach.” M.A. thesis, University of North Dakota, 1989. Culy, Martin M., and Mikeal C. Parsons. Acts: A Handbook on the Greek Text. BHGNT. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2003. Culy, Martin M., Mikeal C. Parsons, and Joshua J. Stigall. Luke: A Handbook on the Greek Text. BHGNT. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2010. Dahl, Östen. Tense and Aspect Systems. New York: Blackwell, 1985. Dana, H. E., and Julius R. Mantey. A Manual Grammar of the Greek New Testament. New York: Macmillan, 1927. Davies, W. D. The Setting of the Sermon on the Mount. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1964. Repr., BJS 186. Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1989. Davies, W. D., and Dale C. Allison. The Gospel According to Saint Matthew. 3 vols. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1988–­97. Decker, Rodney J. Mark 1–­8: A Handbook on the Greek Text. BHGNT. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2014a. ———. Mark 9–­16: A Handbook on the Greek Text. BHGNT. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2014b. ———. Temporal Deixis of the Greek Verb in the Gospel of Mark with Reference to Verbal Aspect. Studies in Biblical Greek 10. New York: Peter Lang, 2001. Dodd, C. H. The Parables of the Kingdom. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1961.



Works Cited

393

Dunkerley, Roderic. “Was Barabbas Also Called Jesus?” Expository Times 74 (1963): 126–­27. Elliott, J. K. “Textual Criticism, Assimilation and the Synoptic Gospels.” New Testament Studies 26 (1980): 231–­41. Estes, Douglas. Questions and Rhetoric in the Greek New Testament: An Essential Reference Resource for Exegesis. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 2017. Fanning, Buist M. “Approaches to Verbal Aspect in New Testament Greek: Issues in Definition and Meaning.” Pages 46–­62 in Biblical Greek Language and Linguistics: Open Questions in Current Research. Edited by Stanley E. Porter and D. A. Carson. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 1993. ———. Verbal Aspect in New Testament Greek. Oxford Theological Monographs. Oxford: Clarendon, 1990. Filson, Floyd V. A Commentary on the Gospel According to St. Matthew. London: Black, 1960. Foster, Paul. “A Tale of Two Sons: But Which One Did the Far, Far Better Thing? A Study of Matt 21.28-­32.” New Testament Studies 47 (2001): 26–­37. France, R. T. The Gospel of Matthew. NICNT. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 2007. ———. The Gospel According to Matthew: An Introduction and Commentary. TNTC. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1985. Fresch, Christopher J. “Is There an Emphatic μέν? A Consideration of the Particle’s Development and Its Function in Koine.” New Testament Studies 63 (2017): 261–­78. ———. “Typology, Polysemy, and Prototypes: Situating Nonpast Aorist Indicatives.” Pages 379–­415 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016. Fuller, Lois K. “The ‘Genitive Absolute’ in New Testament/Hellenistic Greek: A Proposal for Clearer Understanding.” Journal of Greco-­ Roman Christianity and Judaism 3 (2006): 142–­67. Garland, David E. Reading Matthew: A Literary and Theological Commentary on the First Gospel. New York: Crossroad, 1993. Gentry, Peter J. “The Function of the Augment in Hellenistic Greek.” Pages 353–­78 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016.

394

Works Cited

Gerhardsson, B. “Confession and Denial before Men: Observations on Matt. 26:57–­27:2.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 13 (1981): 46–­66. Gibbs, Jeffrey A. Jerusalem and Parousia: Jesus’ Eschatological Discourse in Matthew’s Gospel. St. Louis: Concordia Academic, 2000. Goulder, M. D. Midrash and Lection in Matthew: The Speaker’s Lectures in Biblical Studies, 1969–­71. London: SPCK, 1974. Grayston, K. “The Translation of Matthew 28.17.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 21 (1984): 105–­9. Greenlee, J. H. “Eis mnēmosynon autēs, ‘For Her Memorial’: Mt 26.13, Mk 14.9.” Expository Times 71 (1959–­60): 245. Guelich, Robert A. The Sermon on the Mount: A Foundation for Understanding. Waco, TX: Word, 1982. Gundry, Robert H. Matthew: A Commentary on His Handbook for a Mixed Church under Persecution. 2nd ed. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1994. ———. Mark: A Commentary on His Apology for the Cross. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1993. ———. The Use of the Old Testament in St. Matthew’s Gospel: With Special Reference to the Messianic Hope. Leiden: Brill, 1967. Gurtner, Daniel M. The Torn Veil: Matthew’s Exposition of the Death of Jesus. SNTSMS 139. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2007. Hagner, Donald A. Matthew 14–­28. WBC 33B. Dallas: Word, 1995. ———. Matthew 1–­13. WBC 33A. Dallas: Word, 1993. Hare, D. R. A., and D. J. Harrington. “ ‘Make Disciples of All the Gentiles’ (Mt 28:19).” Catholic Biblical Quarterly 37 (1975): 359–­69. Harner, Philip B. “Qualitative Anarthrous Predicate Nouns: Mark 15:39 and John 1:1.” Journal of Biblical Literature 92 (1973): 75–­87. Harris, M. J. Prepositions and Theology in the Greek New Testament: An Essential Reference Resource for Exegesis. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 2012. ———. Colossians and Philemon. 2nd ed. EGGNT. Nashville: B&H, 2010. ———. The Second Epistle to the Corinthians: A Commentary on the Greek Text. NIGTC. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 2005. ———. “Appendix: Prepositions and Theology in the Greek New Testament.” Pages 1171–­1215 in vol. 3 of The New International Dictionary of New Testament Theology. Edited by Colin Brown. 3 vols. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1978. Hart, David Bentley. The New Testament: A Translation. New Haven: Yale University Press, 2017.



Works Cited

395

Hartman, Lars. “Into the Name of the Lord Jesus”: Baptism in the Early Church. SNTW. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1997. ———. “ ‘Into the Name of Jesus’: A Suggestion Concerning the Earliest Meaning of the Phrase.” New Testament Studies 20 (1974): 432–­40. Healey, Phyllis and Alan. “Greek Circumstantial Participles: Tracking Participants with Participles in the Greek New Testament.” Journal for Translation and Textlinguistics 4 (1990): 177–­259. Heckert, Jacob K. Discourse Function of Conjoiners in the Pastoral Epistles. Dallas: SIL International, 1996. Held, Heinz Joachim. “Matthew as Interpreter of the Miracle Stories.” Pages 165–­299 in Tradition and Interpretation in Matthew. Edited by Günther Bornkamm, Gerhard Barth, and Heinz Joachim Held. Translated by Percy Scott. Philadelphia: Westminster, 1963. Hirunuma, Toshio. “Matthew 16.2b-­3.” Pages 35–­45 in New Testament Textual Criticism: Its Significance for Exegesis. Essays in Honour of Bruce M. Metzger. Edited by Eldon Jay Epp and Gordon D. Fee. Oxford: Clarendon, 1981. Holmes, Michael W. “The Text of the Matthean Divorce Passages: A Comment on the Appeal to Harmonization in Textual Decisions.” Journal of Biblical Literature 109 (1990): 651–­64. Hooker, Morna. “Uncomfortable Words: X. The Prohibition of Foreign Missions (Mt 10.5-­6).” Expository Times 82 (1971): 361–­65. Horsley, Greg H. R. New Documents Illustrating Early Christianity. Vol. 5: Linguistic Essays. North Ryde, NSW: The Ancient History Documentary Research Centre, Macquarie University, 1989. Jannaris, A. N. An Historical Greek Grammar (Chiefly of the Attic Dialect) as Written and Spoken from Classical Antiquity down to the Present Time. London: Macmillan, 1897. Jeremias, Joachim. The Parables of Jesus. 2nd ed. Translated by S. H. Hooke. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1972. Johannessohn, M. Der Gerbrauch der Präpositionen in der Septuaginta. Berlin: Weidmannsche Buchhandlung, 1926. Kingsbury, J. D. Matthew as Story. 2nd ed. Philadelphia: Fortress, 1988a. ———. “On Following Jesus: The ‘Eager’ Scribe and the ‘Reluctant’ Disciple (Matthew 8.18-­22).” New Testament Studies 34 (1988b): 45–­59. Kittel, G., and G. Friedrich, eds. Theological Dictionary of the New Testament. Translated by G. W. Bromiley. 10 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1964–­76. Knowles, Michael. Jeremiah in Matthew’s Gospel: The Rejected Prophet Motif in Matthean Redaction. JSNTSup 68. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 1993.

396

Works Cited

Konradt, Matthias. Israel, Church, and the Gentiles in the Gospel of Matthew. BMSEC. Translated by Kathleen Ess. Waco, TX: Baylor University Press, 2014. Köstenberger, Andreas J., Benjamin L. Merkle, and Robert L. Plummer. Going Deeper with New Testament Greek: An Intermediate Study of the Grammar and Syntax of the New Testament. Nashville: B&H Academic, 2016. Kupp, David D. Matthew’s Emmanuel: Divine Presence and God’s People in the First Gospel. SNTSMS 90. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996. Larsen, Iver. “Notes on the Function of γάρ, οὖν, μέν, δέ, καί, and τέ in the Greek New Testament.” Notes on Translation 5 (1991): 35–­47. Leim, Joshua E. Matthew’s Theological Grammar: The Father and the Son. WUNT 2/402. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 2015. Lenski, R. C. H. The Interpretation of St. Matthew’s Gospel. Minneapolis: Augsburg, 1943. Levine, Amy-­Jill. The Social and Ethnic Dimensions of Matthean Social History: “Go Nowhere among the Gentiles . . . ” (Matt. 10:5b). Lewiston, NY: Mellen, 1988. Levinsohn, Stephen H. Discourse Features of New Testament Greek: A Coursebook on the Information Structure of New Testament Greek. 2nd ed. Dallas: SIL International, 2000. Lindars, Barnabas. Jesus, Son of Man: A Fresh Examination of the Son of Man Sayings in the Gospels in the Light of Recent Research. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1984. Lövestam, Evald. Jesus and “This Generation”: A New Testament Study. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell, 1995. Luther, M. Luther’s Works. Vol. 21: The Sermon on the Mount and the Magnificat. Edited by J. Pelikan. St. Louis: Concordia, 1956. Luz, Ulrich. Matthew: A Commentary. Translated by James E. Crouch. Hermeneia. 3 vols. Minneapolis: Fortress, 2001–­2007. ———. The Theology of the Gospel of Matthew. Translated by J. Bradford Robinson. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995. Mantey, J. R. “Evidence that the Perfect Tense in John 20:23 and Matthew 16:19 Is Mistranslated.” Journal of the Evangelical Theological Society 16 (1973): 129–­38. ———. “The Causal Use of Eis in the New Testament.” Journal of Biblical Literature 70 (1951): 45–­48. ———. “The Mistranslation of the Perfect Tense in John 20:23, Matthew 16:19, and Matthew 18:18.” Journal of Biblical Literature 58 (1939): 243–­49.



Works Cited

397

Marshall, I. H. The Gospel of Luke. NIGTC. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1978. Mathewson, David L., and Elodie Ballantine Emig. Intermediate Greek Grammar: Syntax for Students of the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2016. Maynard, Arthur H. “ΤΙ ΕΜΟΙ ΚΑΙ ΣΟΙ.” New Testament Studies 31 (1985): 582–­86. Mayser, E. Grammatik der griechischen Papyri aus der Ptolemäerzeit. Vol. 2, Part 2. 1934. Repr., Berlin & Leipzig: de Gruyter, 1970. McGaughy, L. C. Toward a Descriptive Analysis of Εἶναι as a Linking Verb in New Testament Greek. Missoula: SBL, 1972. McKay, K. L. A New Syntax of the Verb in New Testament Greek: An Aspectual Approach. SBG 5. New York: Peter Lang, 1994. ———. “The Use of hoi de in Matthew 28.17: A Response to K. Grayston.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 24 (1985): 71–­72. Meier, John P. “John the Baptist in Matthew’s Gospel.” Journal of Biblical Literature 99 (1980): 383–­405. ———. “Nations or Gentiles in Matthew 28:19?” Catholic Biblical Quarterly 39 (1977): 94–­102. ———. Law and History in Matthew’s Gospel: A Redactional Study of Mt. 5:17-­48. Rome: Biblical Institute Press, 1976. Merkel, Helmut. “Peter’s Curse.” Pages 66–­71 in The Trial of Jesus: Cambridge Studies in Honour of C. F. D. Moule. Edited by Ernst Bammel. Studies in Biblical Theology. London: SCM, 1970. Metzger, Bruce M. A Textual Commentary on the Greek New Testament. 2nd ed. Stuttgart: German Bible Society, 1994. Meyer, B. F. “ ‘Many (= All) Are Called, but Few (= Not All) Are Chosen.” New Testament Studies 36 (1990): 89–­97. Miller, Neva F. “Appendix 2: A Theory of Deponent Verbs.” Pages 423–­30 in Analytical Lexicon of the Greek New Testament. Edited by T. Friberg, B. Friberg, and N. Miller. Grand Rapids: Baker, 2000. Moo, Douglas J. “Jesus and the Authority of the Mosaic Law.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 20 (1984): 3–­49. Moule, C. F. D. An Idiom Book of New Testament Greek. 2nd ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1959. Moulton, James Hope. A Grammar of New Testament Greek. Vol. 1: Prolegomena. 3rd ed. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1908. Moulton, James Hope, and Wilbert Francis Howard. A Grammar of New Testament Greek. Vol. 2: Accidence and Word Formation. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1963.

398

Works Cited

Moulton, James Hope, and G. Milligan. The Vocabulary of the Greek New Testament Illustrated from the Papyri and Other Non-­literary Sources. 1930. Repr., Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1972. Muraoka, Takamitsu. “Purpose or Result? ὭΣΤΕ in Biblical Greek.” Novum Testamentum 15 (1973): 205–­19. Newman, Barclay M., Jr. “The Kingdom of God/Heaven in the Gospel of Matthew.” The Bible Translator 27 (1976): 427–­34. ———. “Translating ‘The Kingdom of God’ and ‘The Kingdom of Heaven’ in the New Testament.” The Bible Translator 25 (1974): 401–­4. Nolland, John. The Gospel of Matthew: A Commentary on the Greek Text. NIGTC. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 2005. Oliver, Isaac W. Torah Praxis after 70 CE. WUNT 2/355. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck, 2013. Olmstead, Wesley G. “ ‘What Am I Still Lacking?’ Jesus, the Eschatological Perfection of Torah, and the Imitatio Dei in Matthew’s Gospel.” Pages 43–­58 in Torah Ethics and Early Christian Identity. Edited by Susan Wendel and David Miller. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 2016. ———. “Judgment.” Pages 458–­63 in Dictionary of Jesus and the Gospels. Edited by Joel B. Green, Jeannine K. Brown, and Nicholas Perrin. Downers Grove: InterVarsity, 2013. ———. “A Gospel for a New Nation: Once More, the ἔθνος of Matthew 21.43.” Pages 115–­32 in Jesus, Matthew’s Gospel, and Early Christianity: Studies in Memory of Graham N. Stanton. Edited by Joel Willitts, Richard A. Burridge, and Daniel M. Gurtner. LNTS 435. London: T&T Clark, 2011. ———. Matthew’s Trilogy of Parables: The Nation, the Nations and the Reader in Matthew 21.28–­22.14. SNTSMS 127. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2003. Osborne, Grant R. Matthew. ZECNT. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 2010. Pennington, Jonathan T. Heaven and Earth in the Gospel of Matthew. Leiden: Brill, 2007. Repr., Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2009. ———. “Deponency in Koine Greek: The Grammatical Question and the Lexicographical Dilemma.” Trinity Journal 24 (2003): 55–­76. Piotrowksi, Nicholas G. “ ‘I Will Save My People from Their Sins’: The Influence of Ezekiel 36:28b-­29a; 37:23b on Matthew 1:21.” Tyndale Bulletin 64 (2013): 33–­54. Pitre, Brant. Jesus, the Tribulation, and the End of the Exile: Restoration Eschatology and the Origin of the Atonement. Tübingen: Mohr Siebeck; Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2005. Plümacher, E. “μοιχεύω, μοιχαλίς, μοιχάομαι, μοιχεία, μοιχός.” Pages 436–­39 in vol. 2 of Exegetical Dictionary of the New Testament.



Works Cited

399

Edited by Horst Balz and Gerhard Schneider. 3 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1990–­93. Porter, Stanley E. “The Perfect Tense Form and Stative Aspect: The Meaning of the Greek Perfect Tense-­form in the Greek Verbal System.” Pages 195–­215 in Linguistic Analysis of the Greek New Testament: Studies in Tools, Methods, and Practice. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2015. ———. “Prominence: An Overview.” Pages 45–­74 in The Linguist as Pedagogue: Trends in the Teaching and Linguistic Analysis of the Greek New Testament. Edited by Stanley E. Porter and Matthew Brook O’Donnell. Sheffield: Sheffield Phoenix Press, 2009. ———. “Vague Verbs, Periphrastics, and Matt 16.19.” Filologia Neotestamentaria 1 (1988): 155–­73. Repr. and rev., pages 103–­24 in Studies in the Greek New Testament: Theory and Practice. Studies in Biblical Greek 6. New York and Bern: Peter Lang, 1996. ———. Idioms of the Greek New Testament. 2nd ed. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 1994. ———. “In Defence of Verbal Aspect.” Pages 26–­45 in Biblical Greek Language and Linguistics: Open Questions in Current Research. Edited by Stanley E. Porter and D. A. Carson. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 1993. ———. Verbal Aspect in the Greek of the New Testament, with Reference to Tense and Mood. New York: Peter Lang, 1989. Przybylski, Benno. Righteousness in Matthew and His World of Thought. SNTSMS 41. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1980. Quarles, Charles L. Matthew. EGGNT. Nashville: B&H Academic, 2017. Reed, Jeffrey T. A Discourse Analysis of Philippians: Method and Rhetoric in Debate over Literary Integrity. Journal for the Study of the New Testament Supplement Series 136. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic, 1997. Reiser, Marius. Jesus and Judgment: The Eschatological Proclamation in Its Jewish Context. Translated by Linda M. Maloney. Minneapolis: Fortress, 1997. Robar, Elizabeth. “The Historical Present in NT Greek: An Exercise in Interpreting Matthew.” Pages 329–­52 in The Greek Verb Revisited: A Fresh Approach for Biblical Exegesis. Edited by Steven E. Runge and Christopher J. Fresch. Bellingham, WA: Lexham Press, 2016. Robertson, A. T. A Grammar of the Greek New Testament in the Light of Historical Research. 3rd ed. Nashville: Broadman, 1934.

400

Works Cited

Robinson, Bernard. P. “Peter and His Successors: Tradition and Redaction in Matthew 16:17-­19.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 21 (1984): 85–­104. Ross, J. M. “Floating Words: Their Significance for Textual Criticism.” New Testament Studies 38 (1992): 153–­56. Rossberg, C. De Praepositionum Graecarum in Chatris Aegyptiis Ptolemaeorum Aetatis Usu. Ienae: Typis G. Nevenhahni, 1909. Royse, J. R. “The Treatment of Scribal Leaps in Metzger’s Textual Commentary.” New Testament Studies 29 (1983): 539–­51. Runge, Steven. “Contrastive Substitution and the Greek Verb: Reassessing Porter’s Argument.” Novum Testamentum 56 (2014): 154–­73. ———. “The Verbal Aspect of the Historical Present Indicative in Narrative.” Pages 191–­224 in Discourse Studies and Biblical Interpretation: A Festschrift in Honor of Stephen H. Levinsohn. Edited by Steven E. Runge. Bellingham, WA: Logos Bible Software, 2011. ———. Discourse Grammar of the Greek New Testament: A Practical Introduction for Teaching and Exegesis. Lexham Bible Reference Series. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 2010. ———. “The Verbal Aspect of the Historical Present Indicative in Narrative.” Paper presented at the annual meeting of the Society of Biblical Literature, New Orleans, La., November 21–­­24, 2009. Online: http://​www​.ntdiscourse​.org/​docs/​ReconsideringHP​.pdf. Saldarini, Anthony J. Matthew’s Christian-­Jewish Community. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1994. Schlatter, A. Der Evangelist Matthäus. Stuttgart: Calwer, 1948. Schweizer, Eduard. The Good News According to Matthew. Translated by David E. Green. Atlanta: John Knox, 1975. Senior, Donald. The Passion of Jesus in the Gospel of Matthew. Wilmington, DE: Michael Glazier, 1985. Shipp, G. P. Modern Greek Evidence for the Ancient Greek Vocabulary. Sydney: Sydney University Press, 1979. Sim, David C. The Gospel of Matthew and Christian Judaism: The History and Social Setting of the Matthean Community. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1998. Simonetti, Manlio, ed. Matthew 1–­13. Ancient Christian Commentary on Scrip ture . New Testament 1a. Downers Grove: InterVarsity, 2001. Smith, Robert E. “Recognizing Prominence Features in the Greek New Testament.” Selected Technical Articles Related to Translation 14 (1985): 16–­25.



Works Cited

401

Smyth, H. W. Greek Grammar. Revised by G. M. Messing. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1956. Snodgrass, Klyne. “Matthew and the Law.” Pages 99–­127 in Treasures New and Old: Contributions to Matthean Studies. Edited by David R. Bauer and Mark Allan Powell. Atlanta: Scholars Press, 1996. Stanton, Graham N. A Gospel for a New People: Studies in Matthew. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1992. Stendahl, Krister. The School of St. Matthew and Its Use of the Old Testament. Philadelphia: Fortress, 1968. Repr., Ramsey, NJ: Sigler, 1991. Stuart, Douglas K. Exodus. NAC. Nashville: B&H, 2006. Swete, Henry Barclay. The Gospel According to St Mark: The Greek Text with Introduction Notes and Indices. 3rd ed. London: Macmillan, 1909. Taylor, Bernard A. “Deponency and Greek Lexicography.” Pages 167–­76 in Biblical Greek Language and Lexicography: Essays in Honor of Frederick W. Danker. Edited by B. A. Taylor, J. A. L. Lee, P. R. Burton, and R. E. Whitaker. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 2004. Trilling, Wolfgang. Das Wahre Israel: Studien zur Theologie des Matthäus-­ Evangeliums. 3rd ed. Munich: Kösel, 1964. Turner, David L. Matthew. BECNT. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2008. Turner, Nigel. A Grammar of New Testament Greek. Vol. 3: Syntax. Edited by J. H. Moulton. Edinburgh: T&T Clark, 1963. van der Horst, P. W. “Once More: The Translation of οἱ δέ in Matthew 28.17.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 27 (1986): 27–­30. Wallace, Daniel B. Greek Grammar beyond the Basics: An Exegetical Syntax of the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1996. Wellhausen, J. Das Evangelium Matthaei: Übersetzt und Erklärt. Berlin: Reimer, 1904. Wilcox, M. “Text Form.” Pages 193–­204 in It Is Written: Scripture Citing Scripture. Edited by D. A. Carson and H. G. M. Williamson. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988. Williams, P. J. “The Linguistic Background to Jesus’ Dereliction Cry (Matthew 27:46; Mark 15:34).” Pages 1–­12 in The New Testament in Its First Century Setting: Essays on Context and Background in Honour of B. W. Winter on His 65th Birthday. Edited by P. J. Williams et al. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 2004. ———. “Bread and the Peshitta in Matthew 16:11-­12 and 12:4.” Novum Testamentum 43 (2001): 331–­33.

402

Works Cited

Wilmshurst, S. M. B. “The Historic Present in Matthew’s Gospel: A Survey and Analysis Focused on Matthew 13.44.” Journal for the Study of the New Testament 25 (2003): 269–­87. Winter, Bruce W. “The Messiah as the Tutor: The Meaning of καθηγητής in Matthew 23:10.” Tyndale Bulletin 42 (1991): 152–­57. Wright, N. T. Jesus and the Victory of God. Christian Origins and the Question of God, vol. 2. Minneapolis: Fortress, 1996. Young, Richard A. Intermediate New Testament Greek: A Linguistic and Exegetical Approach. Nashville: B&H, 1994. Zerwick, Maximilian. Biblical Greek: Illustrated by Examples. English Edition adapted from the Fourth Latin Edition by Joseph Smith. Rome: Pontifical Institute, 1963. Zerwick, Maximilian, and Mary Grosvenor. A Grammatical Analysis of the Greek New Testament. Unabridged, Revised Edition in One Volume. Rome: Biblical Institute Press, 1981.

AUTHOR INDEX

Bold indicates the volume number.

Aland, Barbara, 2.168 Aland, Kurt, 2.168 Allan, Rutger J., 1.xxiv, 67, 2.xxiv Allison, Dale C., Jr., 1.2, 5, 10, 21, 37, 46, 53, 72, 74, 76, 82, 85, 105, 121, 138, 175, 177, 188, 192, 208, 217, 234, 252, 265, 269, 304, 325, 326, 335, 336, 338, 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350, 359, 361, 365, 367, 368, 369, 374, 376; 2.2, 4, 5, 6, 15, 20, 22, 23, 30, 34, 38, 43, 48, 51, 52, 53, 57, 59, 61, 65, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 85, 91, 92, 94, 98, 102, 103, 141, 142, 143, 144, 149, 155, 159, 165, 166, 171, 182, 187, 188, 196, 198, 201, 205, 208, 210, 213, 218, 223, 228, 229, 231, 232, 241, 242, 243, 245, 246, 247, 248, 252, 255, 257, 261, 265, 267, 268, 275, 287, 292, 293, 298, 299, 300, 306, 315–­16, 320, 323, 327, 331, 334, 335, 345, 349, 352, 354, 356, 359, 360, 361, 364, 366, 371, 373, 380,

402, 403, 405, 409, 411, 412, 413, 414 Aubrey, Rachel, 2.270, 353 Banks, Robert J., 1.85, 87 Barton, Stephen C., 1.176 Bauckham, Richard, 2.253 Beekman, John, 1.2 Blomberg, Craig L., 1.65 Bock, Darrell L., 1.175; 2.347 Boyer, James L., 1.216; 2.230, 248 Böcher, Otto, 1.92 Brookins, Timothy A., 1.53, 354 Brown, Raymond E., 2.334 Brown, Schuyler, 2.240, 250, 253 Burton, Ernest DeWitt, 1.16, 55, 58, 143, 144, 160, 161, 200, 210, 216, 281, 333, 353; 2.5, 81, 141, 146, 177, 189, 191, 218, 230, 236, 237, 270, 271, 305, 308, 313, 320, 323, 329, 354, 365 Buth, Randall, 1.xxv, 31, 66, 67, 158; 2.xxv Caird, G. B., 2.346 Callow, John, 1.2 403

404

Author Index

Campbell, Constantine R., 1.vii, xxiii, xxiv, 66, 75, 118, 158, 230; 2.vii, xxiii, xxiv, 210, 240, 374 Caragounis, Chrys C., 1.ix, xxiv, 37, 39, 46, 90, 105, 109, 142, 145, 166, 174, 177, 179, 181, 192–­93, 230, 258, 268, 275, 278, 280, 290, 301, 342; 2.ix, xxiv, 19, 21, 43, 45, 84, 105, 110, 119, 165, 177, 228, 239, 245, 270, 272, 302, 309, 334, 337, 343, 362, 412 Carson, D. A., 1.15, 51, 52, 87, 96, 157, 166, 175, 232, 242, 265; 2.110, 111, 412 Carter, Warren, 2.127 Cassidy, R. J., 2.70 Catchpole, D. R., 2.345 Chrysostom, John, 1.88 Collins, Adele Yarbro, 1.175 Colwell, E. C., 1.374; 2.381, 383, 391 Conrad, Carl W., 1.viii, ix, 116; 2.viii, ix Cope, Lamar, 1.359 Cranfield, C. E. B., 1.191 Crellin, Robert, 1.67, 342 Culy, Martin M., 1.8, 17, 19, 24, 25, 42, 45, 46, 51, 54, 66, 72, 80, 81, 87, 91, 94, 112, 118, 121, 128, 133, 135, 137, 141, 146, 148, 164, 169, 171, 172, 176, 178, 181, 184, 190, 195, 215, 226, 227, 236, 245, 246, 248, 250–­51, 252, 254, 257, 259, 260, 265, 266, 272, 273, 278, 288, 295, 303, 315, 325, 330, 332, 355, 376; 2.23, 27, 39, 51, 65, 69, 91, 110, 137, 150, 156, 160, 164, 178, 192, 194, 195, 213, 222, 227, 230, 232, 250, 251,

255, 266, 279, 286–­87, 298, 306, 315, 318, 368, 369, 375, 385, 389, 394 Dahl, Östen, 1.xxiv; 2.xxiv Dana, H. E., 1.210, 234, 342; 2.74 Davies, W. D., 1.2, 5, 10, 21, 46, 53, 72, 76, 82, 85, 105, 121, 138, 175, 177, 188, 192, 208, 217, 234, 252, 265, 269, 304, 325, 326, 335, 336, 338, 340, 342, 345, 347, 349, 350, 359, 361, 365, 367, 368, 369, 374, 376; 2.2, 4, 5, 6, 15, 20, 22, 23, 30, 34, 38, 43, 48, 51, 52, 53, 57, 59, 61, 65, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 85, 91, 92, 94, 98, 102, 103, 141, 142, 143, 144, 149, 155, 159, 165, 166, 171, 182, 187, 188, 196, 198, 201, 205, 208, 210, 213, 218, 223, 228, 229, 231, 232, 241, 242, 243, 245, 246, 247, 248, 252, 255, 257, 261, 265, 267, 268, 275, 287, 292, 293, 298, 299, 300, 306, 315–­16, 320, 323, 327, 331, 334, 335, 345, 349, 352, 354, 356, 359, 360, 361, 364, 366, 371, 373, 380, 402, 403, 405, 409, 411, 412, 413, 414 Decker, Rodney J., 1.xxiii, 55, 80, 181, 182, 184, 195, 216, 313, 323, 347, 362, 365; 2.xxiii, 2, 4, 5, 7, 18–­19, 25, 50, 51, 61, 71, 79, 81, 105, 135, 139, 145, 146, 175, 178, 192, 193, 194, 195, 197, 198, 203, 234, 235, 236, 237, 242, 246, 247, 248, 251, 253, 254, 255, 257, 261, 281, 299, 300, 313, 315, 317, 318, 320, 326, 343, 344, 347, 350,



Author Index

366, 375, 381, 387, 389, 400, 403, 406 Dodd, C. H., 1.275 Dunkerley, Roderic, 2.364 Elliott, J. K., 1.360; 2.9, 27, 301, 323, 339 Emig, Elodie Ballantine, 1.2, 110, 147; 2.223, 306, 334, 381 Estes, Douglas, 2.367, 388 Fanning, Buist M., 1.xxii; 2.xxii Foster, Paul, 2.168 France, R. T., 1.10, 56, 73, 74, 76, 103, 105, 112, 124, 130, 138, 157, 165, 176, 180, 189, 197, 198, 206, 218, 222, 231, 234, 247, 256, 259, 260, 261, 263, 266, 272, 273, 275, 276, 279, 320, 348, 349, 363, 369; 2.6, 11, 14, 15, 17, 19, 29, 33, 37, 38, 43, 47, 54, 61, 66, 77, 82, 85, 89, 104, 120, 149, 179, 196, 198, 228, 252, 254, 260, 286, 306, 308, 310, 314, 327, 330, 331, 338, 341, 343, 346, 352, 354, 360, 363, 364, 387–­88, 395, 398, 402, 410 Fresch, Christopher J., 1.xxiii, 48, 55, 325; 2.xxiii, 92, 183 Fuller, Lois K., 1.11; 2.408 Gentry, Peter J., 1.24; 2.24 Gerhardsson, B., 2.352 Gibbs, Jeffrey A., 2.251, 252, 254 Goulder, M. D., 2.412 Grayston, K., 2.411 Greenlee, J. H., 2.304 Grosvenor, Mary, 1.194 Guelich, Robert A., 1.76

405

Gundry, Robert H., 1.65, 138, 150, 225, 284, 319, 323, 325, 335, 345, 347, 359; 2.8, 56, 61, 104, 151, 207, 252, 299, 309, 326, 368, 390 Gurtner, Daniel M., 2.389 Hagner, Donald A., 1.77, 275, 359, 377; 2.29, 33, 65, 66, 115, 135, 171, 178, 179, 196, 230, 248, 256, 267, 296, 297, 306, 312, 314, 319, 321, 330, 342, 345, 378, 411 Hare, D. R. A., 2.287, 413 Harner, Philip B., 1.276, 374; 2.391 Harrington, D. J., 2.287, 413 Harris, M. J., 1.39, 49, 58, 104, 179, 245, 254, 260, 261, 291, 299, 326, 329, 333, 346, 349, 367; 2.15, 17, 41, 42, 46, 47, 51, 73, 85, 86, 91, 107, 123, 125, 130, 137, 143, 176, 178, 224, 244, 246, 253, 317, 370, 383, 395, 400, 414 Hart, David Bentley, 2.34, 66, 146, 203, 224, 261, 272, 295, 304, 318, 343, 349, 352, 356, 370, 399 Hartman, Lars, 2.413 Healey, Alan, 1.11 Healey, Phyllis, 1.11 Heckert, Jacob K., 1.58 Held, Heinz Joachim, 1.162; 2.95 Hirunuma, Toshio, 2.30 Holmes, Michael W., 2.108 Hooker, Morna, 2.287 Horsley, Greg H. R., 1.150 Jannaris, A. N., 2.317 Jeremias, Joachim, 1.325 Johannessohn, M., 2.143

406

Author Index

Kingsbury, J. D., 1.174, 175; 2.314 Knowles, Michael, 2.359 Konradt, Matthias, 1.45, 220, 275; 2.179 Köstenberger, Andreas J., 2.50, 65, 86, 92, 93, 210, 241, 248, 269, 357, 374 Kupp, David D., 1.18 Larsen, Iver, 1.3, 15, 234, 237 Levine, Amy-­Jill, 2.371 Levinsohn, Stephen H., 1.xxv, 3, 12, 13, 26, 84, 170–­71, 237, 265, 280, 371; 2.xxv, 2, 20, 36, 39, 45, 166, 279, 306, 338, 368, 398, 405 Lindars, Barnabas, 1.275 Longenecker, Bruce W., 1.53, 354 Lövestam, Evald, 2.32, 231 Luther, M., 1.88 Luz, Ulrich, 1.52, 85, 121, 122, 135, 138, 175, 177, 220, 234, 269, 275, 279, 282, 284, 314, 320–­21, 326, 333, 342, 348, 363, 369, 375; 2.15, 16–­17, 22, 33, 37, 41–­42, 47, 61, 64, 65, 73, 75, 77, 84, 85, 90, 94, 108, 110, 117, 128, 133, 135, 144, 150, 152, 179, 182, 188, 191, 192, 195, 196, 203, 205, 213–­14, 216, 223, 228, 231, 242, 252, 260, 268, 270, 275, 306, 307, 314, 327, 335, 342, 343, 348, 352, 356, 372, 376, 382, 387, 389, 398, 403, 412 Mantey, Julius R., 1.210, 234, 299, 342; 2.43, 74 Mathewson, David L., 1.2, 110, 147; 2.223, 306, 334, 381

Mayser, E., 2.143 McKay, K. L., 1.25, 94, 110, 147, 175, 210, 215, 216, 279, 281, 288, 341, 342, 352, 353, 354, 356; 2.26, 27, 36, 43, 70, 86, 115, 172, 176, 259, 260, 266, 282, 354, 356, 367, 375, 377, 388, 411, 412 Meier, John P., 1.64, 85; 2.61, 287, 413 Merkel, Helmut, 2.352 Merkle, Benjamin L., 2.50, 65, 86, 92, 93, 210, 241, 248, 269, 357, 374 Metzger, Bruce M., 1.6, 10, 53, 54, 81, 110, 122, 132, 135, 150, 173, 176, 182, 189, 198, 212, 218, 221, 231, 258, 263, 282, 287, 304, 348, 353, 356, 367, 372; 2.4, 10, 11, 30, 37, 54, 67, 68, 71, 85, 97, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 123, 133, 134, 138, 144, 155, 180, 200, 201, 203, 211, 213, 218, 223, 225, 276, 310, 354, 356, 360, 364, 371, 373, 378, 380, 382, 383 Meyer, B. F., 2.190 Moo, Douglas J., 1.85, 88 Moule, C. F. D., 1.7, 16, 17, 24, 47, 51, 52, 83, 102, 110, 118, 153, 195, 216, 219, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 245, 261, 273, 281, 329, 341, 354; 2.51, 62, 73, 103, 177, 185, 210, 219, 224, 244, 248, 309, 313, 329, 354, 377, 412 Moulton, James Hope, 2.357 Muraoka, Takamitsu, 1.206 Nolland, John, 1.12, 14, 73, 88, 122, 146, 198, 206, 232, 247,



Author Index

265, 266, 269, 279, 282, 284, 287, 292, 307, 318, 326, 330, 331, 335, 336, 345, 359, 367, 369, 375, 376–­77; 2.15, 28, 29, 38, 42, 45, 53, 56, 61, 65, 68, 72, 73, 75, 79, 83, 86, 88, 93, 99, 102, 115, 120, 121, 130, 131, 138–­39, 142, 146, 153, 179, 182, 196, 207, 212, 214, 218, 226, 234, 242, 244, 252, 253, 260, 269, 270, 271, 278, 284, 292, 297, 308, 312, 313, 316, 318, 319, 338, 341, 342, 345, 351, 356, 359, 360, 362, 375, 376, 399, 408, 411 Oliver, Isaac W., 1.275 Olmstead, Wesley G., 1.23, 86, 92, 196, 212; 2.117, 167, 168, 179, 180, 190, 371 Osborne, Grant R., 1.234, 322, 375; 2.334–­35 Parsons, Mikeal C., 1.19, 24, 42, 45, 46, 54, 66, 72, 80, 81, 94, 112, 118, 121, 128, 133, 135, 137, 141, 148, 164, 169, 171, 172, 176, 181, 184, 190, 195, 215, 226, 227, 236, 248, 250–­51, 252, 254, 257, 259, 260, 265, 266, 272, 273, 278, 288, 295, 303, 315, 325, 330, 332; 2.27, 39, 51, 65, 69, 91, 110, 137, 150, 156, 160, 178, 192, 194, 195, 222, 227, 230, 232, 250, 251, 255, 266, 279, 286–­87, 298, 306, 315, 318, 369, 385, 389, 394 Pennington, Jonathan T., 1.viii, ix, 41–­42, 86, 102, 120, 265; 2.viii, ix, 43, 200, 254, 256, 401

407

Pitre, Brant, 2.242 Plümacher, E., 1.96 Plummer, Robert L., 2.50, 65, 86, 92, 93, 210, 241, 248, 269, 357, 374 Porter, Stanley E., 1.vii, xxii, xxiii, xxiv, 45, 54, 66, 77, 89, 134, 143, 232, 233, 259, 260, 277, 283, 306, 355; 2.vii, xxii, xxiii, xxiv, 43, 152, 163, 223, 270, 292, 348, 369, 413, 414 Przybylski, Benno, 1.77 Quarles, Charles L., 1.18, 21, 39, 43, 51, 54, 59, 64, 75, 83, 89, 94, 97, 112, 114, 139, 146, 152, 154, 160, 165, 169, 178, 182, 184, 185, 186, 199, 206, 207, 216, 219, 220, 224, 226, 226, 229, 232, 237, 238, 250, 251, 254, 256, 265, 269, 276, 279, 281, 285, 295, 299, 303, 311, 313, 317, 320, 322, 325, 328, 336, 337, 338, 339, 342, 345, 354, 355, 356, 362, 367, 368, 369, 371, 374, 375; 2.7, 11, 12, 17, 22, 30, 31, 38, 43, 51, 66, 79, 94, 97, 100, 101, 105, 110, 112, 125, 131, 133, 134, 145, 171, 176, 184, 189, 190, 191, 192, 199, 207, 210, 212, 215, 218, 220, 225, 228, 236, 242, 248, 251, 254, 258, 260, 262, 268, 269, 271, 275, 279, 281, 287, 289, 292, 299, 303, 304, 306, 308, 312, 313, 315, 326, 338, 356, 358, 363, 375, 379, 387, 389, 390, 392, 395, 403 Reiser, Marius, 1.50 Robar, Elizabeth, 1.31

408

Author Index

Robertson, A. T., 1.viii, 2, 7, 20, 25, 27, 36, 45, 51, 55, 64, 65, 70, 74 75, 77, 91, 92, 108, 112, 113, 114, 119, 121, 122, 126–­27, 132, 134, 135, 143, 151, 153, 161, 169, 179, 181, 189, 194, 196, 208, 210, 216, 217, 219, 227, 238, 253, 254, 258, 261, 264, 272, 272, 275, 280, 323, 324, 326, 341, 342, 346, 355, 364; 2.viii, 5, 13, 16, 19, 21, 22, 25, 26, 34, 46, 50, 53, 56, 60, 63, 70, 72, 81, 83, 85, 92, 101, 146, 150, 153, 172, 177, 185, 210, 212, 218, 228, 245, 248, 263, 269, 271, 292, 299, 305, 312, 313, 323, 337, 354, 356, 377, 386, 400 Robinson, Bernard P., 2.42 Ross, J. M., 2.218 Rossberg, C., 2.143 Royse, J. R., 1.282, 369 Runge, Steven, 1.vii, xxiii, xxiv, xxv, 3, 9, 12, 14, 15, 26, 31, 47, 48, 52, 58, 87, 106, 119, 132, 147, 148, 149, 178, 180, 189, 197, 201, 211, 212, 223, 234, 250, 256, 267, 273, 286, 303, 311, 339, 350, 359, 366, 384, 385, 386, 387; 2.vii, xxiii, xxiv, xxv, 2, 12, 90, 96, 139, 413, 420, 421, 422, 423 Saldarini, Anthony J., 1.220; 2.371 Schlatter, A., 2.301 Schweizer, Eduard, 1.87, 88, 138, 275; 2.163, 345 Senior, Donald, 2.317, 371 Sim, David C., 2.14 Simonetti, Manlio, 1.xxi; 2.xxi Smyth, H. W., 1.368, 380; 2.313, 416

Snodgrass, Klyne, 1.85 Stanton, Graham N., 1.212; 2.62, 292 Stendahl, Krister, 2.359 Stigall, Joshua J., 1.19, 24, 42, 45, 46, 54, 66, 72, 80, 81, 94, 112, 118, 121, 128, 133, 135, 137, 141, 148, 164, 169, 171, 172, 176, 181, 184, 190, 215, 226, 227, 236, 248, 250–­51, 252, 254, 257, 259, 260, 265, 266, 272, 273, 278, 288, 295, 303, 325, 330, 332; 2.27, 39, 51, 65, 69, 91, 137, 150, 156, 160, 178, 192, 194, 195, 227, 230, 232, 250, 251, 255, 266, 279, 286–­87, 306, 315, 318, 369, 385, 389, 394 Stuart, Douglas K., 1.37 Swete, Henry Barclay, 2.61 Turner, David L., 1.73; 2.334 Turner, Nigel, 1.88, 135, 156, 186, 301, 341; 2.25, 46, 127, 246, 263, 308, 405 van der Horst, P. W., 2.411 Wallace, Daniel B., 1.vi, xxvi, 7, 14, 16, 23, 33, 36, 51, 54, 55, 57, 58, 62, 64, 70, 75, 76, 83, 84, 85, 122, 124, 125, 129, 140, 143, 146, 149, 156, 159, 167, 181, 183, 195, 219, 230, 254, 259, 261, 275, 277, 279, 283, 298, 305, 306, 317, 326, 335, 336, 348, 353, 354, 356, 368; 2.vi, xxvi, 11, 15, 19, 25, 29, 34, 50, 53, 65, 74, 81, 86, 105, 112, 146, 150, 154, 161–­62, 177, 178, 203, 210, 228, 240, 243, 245, 257,



Author Index

266, 270, 288, 305, 313, 332, 340, 354, 356, 357, 361, 374, 379, 392 Wellhausen, J., 2.163 Wilcox, M., 2.253 Williams, P. J., 2.37, 386 Winter, Bruce W., 2.215 Wright, N. T., 2.250, 255, 260 Young, Richard A., 1.7, 28, 48, 76, 82, 96, 112, 120, 122, 136, 140,

409

178, 183, 186, 195, 259, 261, 299, 342; 2.5, 25, 26, 55, 74, 86, 241, 248, 356, 357, 375 Zerwick, Maximilian, 1.36, 39, 51, 53, 74, 75, 76, 77, 79, 96, 108, 110, 122, 160, 181, 194, 216, 222, 229, 245, 299, 325, 336, 356; 2.73, 107, 123, 137, 172, 177, 210, 215, 246, 248, 313, 343, 354, 357, 397, 400, 403

This page intentionally left blank

GRAMMAR INDEX

Superscript is used to indicate the number of times a grammatical element appears within a verse.

accusative (adverbial), 2:10; 4:22; 5:24, 25, 412, 47; 6:33; 7:5; 8:8, 21; 9:14, 20, 21, 352; 10:82, 42; 12:29, 402; 13:30; 14:24, 36; 15:5, 9, 16; 16:21; 17:10; 18:82, 9; 20:3, 6; 21:19, 21, 30, 32, 37; 22:27; 23:152, 26; 25:11; 26:29, 39, 40, 45, 60, 62; 27:13, 19, 44; 28:7, 20 accusative complement in a double accusative construction, 1:20, 21, 23, 25; 2:23; 3:3, 7, 8, 9, 162; 4:182, 19, 21; 5:362; 8:142; 9:92, 23; 10:25; 11:7, 8; 12:16, 334, 443; 14:5, 26; 15:9, 32; 16:26, 28; 19:4; 20:3, 6, 11, 28; 21:2, 13, 26, 46; 22:43, 45; 23:7, 9, 15; 24:15, 30, 46; 25:372, 382, 39, 445; 26:40, 43, 642, 73; 27:16, 17, 22, 33; 28:14 accusative direct object, 1:24, 34, 43, 53, 62, 73, 83, 93, 103, 112, 122, 133, 143, 153, 16, 192, 202, 213, 232, 24, 253; 2:2, 42, 6, 72, 8, 92, 10, 113, 134, 142, 15, 162, 202, 21; 411

3:32, 42, 6, 7, 8, 92, 10, 113, 123, 142, 152, 162; 4:52, 63, 7, 83, 9, 10, 11, 13, 16, 183, 20, 213, 222, 232, 246; 5:1, 22, 5, 6, 8, 112, 12, 152, 16, 172, 192, 232, 242, 25, 26, 283, 292, 302, 312, 322, 33, 36, 382, 392, 402, 41, 422, 432, 442, 45, 464, 473; 6:12, 22, 32, 5, 6, 82, 11, 12, 132, 14, 15, 162, 172, 19, 20, 242, 253, 26, 27, 28, 302, 313, 32, 332; 7:32, 4, 52, 64, 9, 102, 113, 122, 14, 163, 172, 182, 19, 20, 21, 222, 232, 243, 263, 28, 292; 8:2, 3, 43, 5, 7, 92, 10, 14, 15, 163, 172, 18, 203, 21, 222, 25, 29, 313, 332, 34; 9:22, 42, 63, 7, 8, 9, 12, 134, 16, 172, 182, 222, 232, 27, 28, 31, 32, 34, 352, 362, 38; 10:14, 4, 5, 84, 93, 104, 12, 143, 162, 172, 193, 213, 23, 252, 26, 272, 285, 32, 332, 343, 353, 374, 38, 394, 405, 414, 422; 11:2, 3, 4, 73, 83, 93, 102, 12, 15, 16, 18, 20, 252, 272, 28, 292; 12:1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 73, 102, 112, 13, 142, 15, 16, 17, 182, 19, 203, 22,

412

Grammar Index

accusative direct object (continued), 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 293, 32, 334, 34, 352, 362, 38, 39, 41, 422, 43, 45, 49, 50; 13:3, 4, 52, 6, 7, 82, 9, 11, 12, 152, 17, 184, 192, 202, 21, 222, 234, 242, 25, 26, 272, 282, 292, 305, 31, 332, 342, 352, 362, 37, 39, 414, 42, 43, 444, 45, 464, 483, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 58; 14:1, 32, 4, 53, 7, 8, 10, 122, 142, 152, 16, 17, 18, 192, 20, 222, 23, 26, 302, 31, 352; 15:23, 3, 44, 5, 62, 8, 92, 10, 112, 12, 13, 142, 15, 18, 202, 22, 233, 26, 307, 315, 323, 33, 342, 36, 37, 39; 16:1, 32, 42, 5, 7, 8, 92, 10, 13, 18, 193, 21, 22, 23, 242, 254, 264, 28; 17:14, 4, 5, 83, 9, 10, 11, 122, 14, 15, 162, 17, 19, 202, 23, 242, 253, 276; 18:22, 4, 52, 6, 84, 93, 10, 122, 13, 152, 16, 182, 23, 25, 26, 272, 284, 29, 302, 312, 323, 332, 342; 19:1, 2, 32, 4, 52, 6, 72, 8, 93, 11, 12, 13, 15, 162, 172, 182, 193, 202, 212, 222, 27, 28, 293; 20:1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 82, 9, 102, 124, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 223, 23, 25, 28, 30, 31, 322; 21:1, 22, 33, 73, 82, 9, 124, 13, 14, 153, 162, 17, 193, 21, 222, 232, 243, 262, 27, 28, 312, 336, 342, 354, 36, 372, 383, 39, 40, 413, 42, 43, 44, 45, 463; 22:2, 32, 42, 6, 73, 9, 102, 113, 12, 132, 152, 162, 17, 182, 192, 22, 23, 243, 252, 28, 292, 31, 34, 35, 37, 392, 41, 43, 44, 45, 462; 23:32, 42, 53, 62, 7, 122, 13, 153, 17, 19, 234, 242, 25, 26, 292, 31, 32, 343, 35, 374, 39; 24:1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 92, 102, 11, 15, 17, 18, 242, 29, 30, 312, 322, 33, 39, 43, 452, 46, 47, 49,

512; 25:1, 32, 4, 7, 12, 132, 142, 153, 162, 17, 183, 19, 204, 21, 223, 23, 242, 252, 27, 282, 29, 30, 322, 332, 34, 352, 362, 37, 38, 39, 42, 433, 44; 26:1, 4, 7, 102, 112, 122, 13, 153, 162, 17, 18, 19, 21, 232, 25, 26, 27, 29, 31, 32, 34, 35, 37, 40, 42, 43, 442, 46, 484, 49, 502, 514, 522, 532, 552, 56, 57, 58, 592, 61, 62, 63, 64, 653, 67, 68, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75; 27:12, 2, 32, 4, 5, 62, 72, 92, 10, 11, 12, 152, 16, 174, 18, 19, 203, 212, 22, 23, 243, 262, 272, 282, 292, 30, 313, 323, 34, 353, 36, 37, 392, 402, 422, 43, 44, 46, 47, 482, 49, 50, 542, 58, 592, 603, 642, 65, 662; 28:1, 2, 5, 6, 72, 9, 10, 11, 122, 13, 142, 15, 17, 192, 202 accusative in apposition, 1:6, 16; 2:6, 11; 3:9; 4:7, 10, 183, 213, 243; 14:3, 20; 15:9, 37; 16:14; 17:1, 4, 8; 21:5, 36; 22:10, 37; 26:57; 27:9, 15, 17, 322 accusative of reference/respect, 2:18; 12:18; 15:5; 19:20; 21:24; 27:22, 57 accusative (predicate), 14:5; 16:13, 144, 15; 21:26, 46 accusative subject of the infinitive, 1:18; 5:28, 32; 6:8; 8:22, 24, 28; 12:22; 13:2, 4, 25, 30, 32, 54; 14:19, 22, 28; 15:31; 16:1, 13, 14, 15, 21; 17:4, 10; 18:7, 38; 19:142; 20:23; 22:23; 23:7, 13; 24:6, 12, 43; 25:27; 26:32, 34, 35, 42, 75; 27:12, 14, 64; 28:20 adjectivizer, 2:16; 5:12, 15, 16, 45; 6:1, 6, 9, 18, 23; 7:3, 11, 21;



Grammar Index

10:32, 33; 12:50; 16:17; 18:10, 19; 21:2, 11, 25; 23:18, 20; 24:38 adverbial accusative: see accusative (adverbial) ἀκούω with genitive vs. accusative, 17:5; 18:15 anacoluthon, 7:9; 10:14; 17:14; 21:26; 23:16, 18; 25:14 anaphora/anaphoric, 1:2, 24; 2:7; 3:3, 4, 15, 17; 5:12, 16, 19; 6:30; 7:122, 17; 8:27; 9:33; 11:10; 12:23, 45; 13:19, 20, 22, 23, 26, 49, 55; 14:2, 32, 10, 22; 15:202; 17:5, 12; 18:14, 15; 19:26; 20:10, 16, 23, 26; 21:10, 11, 19, 20, 38, 42; 22:3, 4, 38; 23:28; 24:8, 33, 44, 46; 26:26, 28, 40, 42, 67; 27:3, 30, 37, 46, 54; 28:5, 15, 17 ἀντί (equivalence), 5:382 ἀντί (substitution), 2:22; 17:27; 20:28 ἀπό (cause), 13:44; 14:26; 18:7; 28:4 ἀπό (means), 7:16, 20; 11:19 ἀπό (partitive), 15:27; 27:9, 21 ἀπό (separation), 1:21, 24; 3:7, 16; 5:18, 29, 30; 6:13; 7:23; 8:1, 30, 34; 9:15, 16; 11:25; 12:43; 13:12; 15:8, 27; 17:18; 18:8, 9; 19:1; 20:29; 21:8, 43; 23:33; 24:1, 29; 25:28, 322, 41; 26:39, 58; 27:24, 40, 42; 28:8 ἀπό (source), 2:1; 3:4, 13; 4:25; 5:42; 7:163, 20; 8:11; 14:2, 13; 15:1, 22; 16:21; 17:253, 26; 18:35; 20:20; 21:11; 23:34; 24:32; 26:47; 27:552, 57, 64; 28:7 ἀπό (temporal), 4:17; 9:22; 11:12; 13:35; 15:28; 16:21; 17:18; 19:4, 8; 22:46; 23:39; 24:21; 25:34; 26:16, 29, 64; 27:45

413

ἀπό (ultimate agency), 12:38 asyndeton, 5:3; 9:30; 10:8; 13:46; 15:19; 16:15, 21; 18:15; 21:27; 22:42, 43; 24:6; 25:15, 21; 26:34; 27:22, 65; 28:10 attraction (accusative), 12:36; 21:42 attraction (dative), 24:50 attributed genitive: see genitive (attributed) attributive genitive: see genitive (attributive) αὐτός (intensive), 3:4; 17:8; 27:57 cataphora/cataphoric, 2:5; 6:9; 10:2; 13:13; 24:43 conditional sentence (first-­class), 4:3, 6; 5:29, 30; 6:23, 30; 7:11; 8:31; 10:25; 11:14; 12:26, 27, 28; 14:28; 16:24; 17:4; 18:8, 9, 28; 19:10, 17, 21; 22:45; 24:24; 26:33, 39, 42; 27:40, 43 conditional sentence (second-­ class), 11:21, 23; 12:7; 23:30; 24:22, 24, 43; 25:27; 26:24 conditional sentence (third-­class), 4:9; 5:13, 20, 23, 46, 47; 6:14, 15, 22, 23; 8:2; 9:21; 10:132; 12:11, 29; 15:5, 14; 16:26; 17:20; 18:3, 12, 13, 152; 18:16, 172, 19, 35; 21:3, 212, 24, 25, 26; 22:24; 24:23; 24:26; 24:48; 26:35, 42; 28:14 constructio ad sensum, 8:4; 11:21; 14:5, 14; 15:10, 31; 16:17; 24:15; 27:17 crasis, 2:8; 5:23; 10:11, 32, 33; 11:28; 15:18; 16:18; 18:33; 21:21; 21:242; 23:23; 26:15, 35; 27:57; 28:10

414

Grammar Index

dative complement, 1:20, 24; 2:2, 82, 11, 13, 19; 4:6, 9, 102, 11, 20, 22, 25; 5:1, 21, 224, 24, 25, 39, 40; 6:1, 5, 8, 16, 182, 243; 7:24, 25, 26, 27; 8:1, 2, 5, 15, 19, 21, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 34; 9:92, 10, 14, 18, 19, 27, 28, 302; 10:5; 11:1, 16, 25; 12:15, 16; 13:24, 31, 33, 36, 44, 452, 47, 52; 14:6, 13, 15, 33; 15:1, 252, 30, 32; 16:22, 24; 17:3, 14, 18, 19, 24; 18:1, 23, 26; 19:2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 16, 21, 27, 28; 20:1, 12, 13, 20, 29, 31, 34; 21:6, 14, 23, 25, 28, 30, 323, 33; 22:2, 16, 23, 39; 23:5, 27, 28; 24:3; 25:1, 44; 26:7, 17, 19, 49, 58; 27:10, 28, 29, 31, 53, 552, 58; 28:92, 16 dative in apposition, 12:24; 13:45, 52; 18:23; 20:1; 21:5; 22:2; 25:15; 27:2 dative indirect object, 1:18; 2:5, 11, 13; 3:72, 9; 4:3, 6, 7, 8, 92, 10, 19, 24; 5:18, 20, 21, 222, 252, 26, 28, 31, 32, 332, 34, 392, 402, 42, 44; 6:2, 4, 5, 62, 11, 16, 18, 25, 29; 7:2, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 112, 122, 21, 22, 23; 8:43, 7, 93, 102, 11, 13, 16, 19, 20, 21, 22, 26, 32; 9:22, 6, 8, 9, 11, 15, 18, 282, 32, 37; 10:1, 15, 19, 23, 27, 42; 11:3, 42, 7, 9, 11, 16, 22, 24, 25, 272; 12:2, 3, 6, 11, 13, 22, 25, 31, 36, 38, 392, 462, 472, 482; 13:3, 102, 113, 12, 13, 17, 24, 27, 28, 30, 31, 33, 342, 36, 51, 52, 57; 14:2, 4, 7, 8, 112, 12, 162, 17, 18, 192, 27, 282, 31, 35; 15:3, 5, 10, 12, 152, 23, 26, 28, 33, 34, 35, 362; 16:1, 2, 4, 6, 11, 15, 172, 18, 19, 202, 21, 23, 24, 27, 28; 17:4, 92, 12, 13, 16, 17, 203, 22, 26, 27; 18:3, 10,

13, 17, 18, 19, 21, 222, 24, 26, 28, 29, 31, 322, 34, 35; 19:7, 8, 9, 10, 112, 13, 17, 18, 20, 212, 232, 24, 26, 27, 282; 20:42, 6, 72, 82, 13, 142, 17, 18, 19, 212, 22, 23, 33; 21:22, 3, 5, 13, 162, 19, 213, 23, 243, 25, 273, 312, 33, 36, 40, 413, 42, 432; 22:1, 4, 8, 12, 13, 16, 172, 192, 20, 214, 25, 29, 31, 37, 42, 43, 44, 46; 23:1, 3, 36, 39; 24:1, 22, 3, 4, 23, 25, 26, 34, 45, 47; 25:82, 12, 14, 153, 20, 21, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 29, 34, 35, 37, 402, 41, 42, 452; 26:1, 9, 102, 13, 153, 18, 21, 22, 25, 26, 27, 29, 31, 33, 342, 35, 36, 38, 40, 45, 48, 50, 52, 55, 62, 632, 642, 68, 69, 71, 73; 27:2, 3, 13, 14, 17, 21, 22, 26, 34, 60, 64, 65; 28:5, 72, 8, 102, 11, 12, 182, 20 dative of advantage, 3:9, 16; 4:162; 5:15, 29, 30; 6:122, 142, 15, 19, 20, 33; 7:7, 8; 8:4, 13; 9:29; 10:15; 11:17, 22, 24, 29; 12:18, 31, 322; 13:52, 54, 56; 14:15; 15:28, 33; 18:6, 8, 9, 19, 21, 27, 35; 20:1, 23, 32; 22:2, 24; 24:14; 25:93, 11, 34, 402, 452; 26:17, 24, 53; 27:7, 15, 17, 21, 57 dative of disadvantage, 10:15; 11:21, 22, 24; 18:72; 23:13, 15, 16, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 38; 24:192; 25:41; 26:24 dative of manner, 26:4 dative of means/instrument, 3:12; 7:223; 8:8, 16; 13:154, 40; 15:8, 20; 20:18; 23:4; 27:46, 50 dative of possession, 16:22; 18:12; 19:27; 21:9, 15 dative of reference, 3:15; 4:242; 5:3, 8; 6:252, 34; 10:152, 25;



Grammar Index

11:222, 242; 12:43, 45; 13:14, 52; 14:4; 16:22; 17:20, 25; 18:12; 19:3; 20:15, 18; 21:28; 22:16, 17, 42; 26:24, 66; 27:32, 57 dative of time, 12:5, 10, 11, 12; 14:6, 25; 16:21; 17:23; 20:19; 24:20; 24:42, 43, 44; 26:17; 27:62; 28:1 διά (causal), 6:25; 9:11; 10:22; 12:27; 13:10, 13, 21; 13:52, 58; 14:2, 9; 15:2, 32, 6; 17:19, 20; 19:12; 21:25, 43; 24:9, 22, 44; 27:18, 19 διά (intermediate agency), 1:22; 2:5, 15, 17, 23; 3:3; 4:14; 8:17; 12:17; 13:35; 18:7; 21:4; 24:15; 26:24; 27:9 διά (locative), 2:12; 4:4; 7:132; 8:28; 12:1, 43; 19:24 διά (temporal), 18:10; 26:61 εἰς (advantage), 15:24; 26:10 εἰς (cause), 10:412, 42 εἰς (disadvantage), 18:15, 21 εἰς (in place of ἐν), 10:412, 42 εἰς (goal), 5:13; 6:13; 7:13, 14; 10:21; 12:20, 29; 13:30; 17:22; 18:6, 8, 9, 20, 21; 19:17; 24:9; 25:21, 23, 41, 462; 26:41, 45; 27:10 εἰς (locative), 2:1, 8, 11, 12, 13, 14, 20, 21, 22, 23; 3:10, 12; 4:1, 5, 8, 12, 13, 18, 24; 5:1, 20, 22, 25, 29, 30, 39; 6:6, 26, 30; 7:19, 21; 8:5, 12, 14, 18, 23, 282, 31, 322, 33; 9:12, 6, 7, 172, 23, 26, 28; 9:38; 10:52, 9, 11, 12, 17, 23, 27; 11:7; 12:4, 9, 11, 44; 13:2, 22, 30, 33, 36, 42, 47, 48, 50, 54; 14:13, 15, 19, 222, 23, 32, 34, 35; 15:11, 14, 173, 21, 29, 392; 16:5, 13, 21; 17:1, 152, 24, 25, 27;

415

18:3, 8, 9, 30; 19:1, 23, 24; 20:1, 4, 7, 17, 18; 21:13, 2, 10, 12, 17, 18, 21, 23, 31; 22:5, 10, 13, 16; 23:34; 24:16, 38; 25:30; 26:3, 18, 30, 32, 36, 52, 67, 71; 27:5, 6, 27, 30, 33, 53; 28:7, 11, 162 εἰς (purpose), 3:11; 8:4, 34; 9:38; 10:10, 18; 14:31; 24:14; 25:1, 6, 10; 26:8, 13, 28; 27:7 εἰς (reference), 5:13; 6:34; 10:412, 42; 12:18; 18:20; 28:19 εἰς (result), 27:51 εἰς (temporal), 10:22; 21:19; 24:13; 28:1 ἐκ (locative), 20:212, 232; 22:44; 25:332, 34, 41; 26:64; 27:382 ἐκ (means), 12:33; 27:7 ἐκ (partitive), 6:27; 7:9; 10:29; 12:11; 13:47; 18:12, 19; 21:31; 22:35; 23:34; 25:2, 8; 26:21, 73; 27:48 ἐκ (separation), 2:15; 7:4, 5; 8:28; 13:41, 49; 17:92; 24:17 ἐκ (source), 1:3, 52, 6, 16, 18, 20; 2:6; 3:9, 17; 5:37; 12:33, 34, 35, 42; 13:52; 15:5, 11, 182, 19; 16:1; 17:5; 21:16, 19, 253, 26; 24:31; 26:27, 29; 27:29, 53; 28:2 ἐκ (temporal), 19:12; 26:42, 44 ellipsis/elliptical, 3:16; 5:20, 382; 6:3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 16, 18, 29, 39; 7:18, 21, 29; 9:4, 12, 15, 36; 10:1, 9, 163, 23, 252, 42; 11:7, 8, 92, 26; 12:13, 44; 13:43, 55, 56; 14:17; 15:27, 32; 16:2, 32, 4, 7, 22; 17:22, 20; 18:3, 4, 17; 19:6, 11, 18, 19; 20:6, 14, 23; 21:9, 15, 29, 31; 22:17, 21, 262, 30, 39, 42; 23:9, 15; 24:24, 37; 25:17, 22; 26:5, 54; 27:4, 21, 25, 29, 65; 28:32, 4

416

Grammar Index

ἐν (agency), 9:34; 10:20; 12:24, 272, 28 ἐν (association), 11:11 ἐν (attendant circumstance), 13:35; 16:28 ἐν (cause), 6:7; 11:6; 13:57; 26:31, 33 ἐν (instrumental), 5:13; 7:22, 6; 13:3, 10, 13, 34; 20:15; 21:22, 23, 24, 27; 22:1, 15, 373; 24:41; 25:16; 26:52; 27:59 ἐν (locative), 1:18, 20, 23; 2:1, 2, 5, 6, 162, 18, 19; 3:1, 2, 6, 112, 12; 4:13, 162, 21, 232; 5:12, 15, 16, 192, 25, 28, 45; 6:1, 22, 52, 6, 9, 10, 18, 20, 23; 7:32, 4, 11, 21; 8:6, 10, 11, 24, 32; 9:4, 10, 31, 33, 35; 10:11, 16, 17, 23, 272, 28, 32, 33; 11:1, 2, 8, 112, 16, 20, 213, 232; 12:52, 19, 402, 50; 13:21, 24, 27, 31, 32, 43, 44, 54, 572; 14:3, 6, 10, 13, 33; 15:33; 16:7, 8, 17, 192; 17:22; 18:1, 2, 4, 6, 102, 14, 182, 19, 20; 19:21; 20:3, 21, 262, 27; 21:82, 12, 14, 15, 19, 25, 28, 33, 38, 422; 22:28, 302, 36, 40; 23:62, 7, 34; 24:14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 262, 30, 40, 41, 48; 25:4, 25, 36, 39, 43, 44; 26:5, 62, 13, 23, 29, 55, 69; 27:29, 56, 59, 602; 28:18 ἐν (manner), 3:9; 6:42, 6, 18; 9:3, 21; 11:21; 21:92, 32; 22:16; 23:39 ἐν (reference), 3:17; 17:5, 12; 20:15 ἐν (specification), 23:30 ἐν (state or condition), 6:29; 7:15; 11:8; 16:27; 25:31 ἐν (temporal), 2:1, 2, 9; 3:1; 5:25; 7:22; 8:13; 10:15, 19; 11:22, 24, 25; 12:1, 2, 322, 36, 41, 42; 13:1,

30, 40, 49; 14:1, 15:32; 18:1; 19:28; 20:17; 21:41; 22:23, 28, 30; 23:30; 24:19, 38, 45, 502; 26:5, 31, 34, 55; 27:40 epexegetical genitive: see genitive (epexegetical) ἐπί (basis/cause), 4:42, 7:28; 18:5, 132; 19:9; 22:33 ἐπί (goal), 3:17; 12:49; 14:25; 26:50, 64 ἐπί (locative), 3:7, 13; 4:5, 6; 5:15, 23, 452; 6:10, 19; 7:24, 25, 26; 9:2, 6, 9, 16; 10:27, 29, 34; 13:2, 5, 7, 8, 20, 23, 48; 14:8, 11, 19, 26, 28, 29, 34; 15:35; 16:18, 192; 17:6; 18:12, 182, 19, 282; 21:52, 7, 192, 442; 22:5, 9, 34; 23:2, 4, 9, 35; 24:2, 3, 16, 17, 30, 33; 25:31; 26:7, 12, 39; 27:19, 29; 28:18 ἐπί (opposition), 10:21; 12:26; 24:72 ἐπί (subordination), 24:45, 47; 25:212, 232 ἐπί (temporal), 1:11; 9:15 genitive absolute (causal), 18:25 genitive absolute (concessive), 26:60 genitive absolute (temporal), 1:18, 20; 2:1, 13, 19; 5:1; 6:3; 8:1, 5, 16, 28; 9:10, 18, 32, 33; 11:7; 12:46; 13:6, 192, 21; 14:15, 23, 32; 16:2; 17:5, 9, 14, 22, 24, 26; 18:24; 20:8, 29; 21:10, 23; 22:41; 24:3; 25:5, 10; 26:6, 7, 20, 21, 26, 47; 27:1, 17, 19, 57; 28:11, 13 genitive (attributed), 13:5 genitive (attributive), 4:15; 5:22; 10:5; 12:4; 13:31, 42, 50; 15:9; 16:23; 17:20, 22, 25; 19:28;



Grammar Index

21:32; 22:11, 12; 24:15; 25:31; 27:8, 33 genitive complement, 2:9; 3:5, 8; 6:242, 32, 34; 8:3, 15; 9:20, 21, 24, 25, 29, 38; 10:10, 372, 38; 12:10; 13:1; 14:31, 36; 16:18, 28; 17:5, 7, 17; 18:10, 15, 172, 19; 20:252, 34; 26:3, 62, 66, 75; 27:13 genitive (epexegetical), 1:1; 5:32; 10:6; 12:39; 15:21, 24; 16:4; 21:32; 23:33; 24:15, 30; 26:31 genitive in apposition, 1:13, 18; 2:1, 11, 17, 22; 3:3; 4:14, 21; 8:17; 11:11, 12; 12:17, 39; 14:3, 8; 17:13; 23:35; 24:15; 26:6, 69, 71; 27:9 genitive (objective), 4:19, 23, 24; 5:12, 13, 14, 25; 6:2, 5, 8, 12, 16; 8:12; 9:11, 12, 16, 35; 10:5, 25, 412, 42; 11:12; 12:18, 27, 31, 34; 13:18, 19, 22, 35, 36, 42, 50; 14:1; 15:14; 16:3, 23, 26; 17:24; 18:24; 20:26; 21:3, 21; 22:13, 31, 44; 23:8, 10, 11, 30; 24:3, 6, 14, 30, 51; 25:1, 6, 30, 34; 26:13, 28, 65; 27:37, 53; 28:4 genitive of comparison, 3:11; 5:37; 6:252, 26; 10:31; 11:9, 112; 12:6, 12, 41, 42, 452; 13:322; 21:36; 23:15; 27:64 genitive of content, 10:42; 13:33; 22:10; 23:27, 28; 26:7, 53; 27:48 genitive of identification, 1:17; 2:2, 6, 12, 16, 202, 21, 22; 3:3; 4:18, 23; 5:35; 8:12, 28, 30, 31, 33, 34; 9:35; 10:5, 152, 17; 11:1, 12, 22, 24; 12:4, 9, 36, 45; 13:5, 11, 30, 33, 382, 54, 57; 14:6, 35; 15:21, 29, 39; 16:3, 9, 12, 13, 18, 19, 24; 18:10; 19:1, 7, 24, 29;

417

20:12; 21:1, 11, 34, 41, 45; 22:4, 72, 9, 16, 19, 20, 21; 23:2, 292, 30, 32, 33; 24:3, 5, 21, 29, 37; 26:18, 28, 30, 52, 53; 27:6, 8, 9, 27, 32, 51, 60; 28:2, 3 genitive of place: 2:1, 5, 6; 3:1; 6:26, 28, 30; 8:20; 10:23; 13:32, 36; 24:302, 36; 26:64 genitive of production/producer, 5:16; 7:16, 20; 12:332; 26:29 genitive of reference, 5:35; 8:33; 13:11 genitive of relationship, 1:12, 2, 6, 11, 16, 18, 19, 202, 24; 2:6, 11, 13, 14, 15, 18, 20, 21, 22; 3:7, 16, 17; 4:3, 6, 18, 213, 22; 5:1, 9, 16, 222, 23, 24, 25, 31, 32, 432, 44, 452, 47, 48; 6:1, 4, 62, 8, 9, 14, 15, 182, 26, 32; 7:3, 4, 5, 9, 112, 21, 29; 8:14, 20, 212, 22, 23, 29; 9:6, 10, 112, 142, 15, 18, 19, 27, 37; 10:1, 23, 3, 6, 202, 23, 252, 29, 32, 33, 353, 362; 11:1, 2, 193, 27; 12:1, 2, 8, 23, 27, 28, 32, 34, 40, 46, 47, 482, 492, 502; 13:25, 36, 37, 41, 43, 553, 56; 14:32, 6, 8, 11, 12, 33; 15:2, 6, 13, 222, 23, 24, 28, 32; 16:132, 16, 17, 21, 24, 272, 28; 17:1, 5, 9, 12, 15, 16, 22, 24, 25; 18:10, 14, 152, 19, 21, 28, 29, 31, 33, 353; 19:3, 5, 8, 9, 10, 19, 23, 28; 20:8, 18, 203, 21, 23, 28, 30, 31; 21:5, 9, 15, 372; 22:2, 16, 243, 252, 28, 39, 422, 44, 45; 23:1, 8, 92, 15, 302, 31, 32, 33, 35, 372; 24:1, 27, 302, 37, 39, 44, 49; 25:31, 34, 40; 26:1, 2, 18, 242, 29, 37, 39, 42, 45, 53, 63, 64; 27:19, 25, 40, 43, 54, 563, 64; 28:7, 8, 10, 13

418

Grammar Index

genitive of separation, 10:14; 25:29 genitive of source, 1:20, 24; 2:13, 19; 3:4, 16; 7:16, 20; 10:20; 11:10, 11; 12:28, 332, 42; 13:31; 14:35; 15:2; 17:20; 23:16; 24:29; 26:29; 28:2 genitive of subordination, 2:2, 6, 22; 4:7, 10; 9:34, 38; 10:1, 24, 25; 11:25; 12:8, 24; 15:27, 31; 18:27, 31, 32, 34; 20:8, 25; 21:5, 23, 40; 22:325, 37, 44; 24:42, 46, 48, 50; 25:18, 19, 212, 232, 26; 26:3, 47; 27:1, 11, 29, 37, 42, 46 genitive of time, 2:1, 7, 14; 24:20; 25:6; 28:13 genitive (partitive), 2:4; 3:7, 10; 4:5, 8; 5:19, 29, 30; 6:5, 29; 8:21; 9:3, 20; 10:16, 30, 42; 12:38, 40, 42; 13:25, 322, 39, 40, 492; 14:14, 20, 25, 36; 15:37; 16:14, 28; 18:2, 62, 10, 14, 19, 20, 28; 19:28; 20:13; 21:11, 23, 42; 22:27, 28; 23:9, 11, 16, 23, 252, 262; 24:1, 3, 8, 312, 32; 25:40, 45; 26:3, 14, 17, 472, 51; 27:1, 47, 60; 28:1, 11, 20 genitive (possessive), 1:1, 18, 21, 23, 25; 2:11, 20; 3:3, 43, 11, 124; 4:4, 62, 132, 152, 21; 5:2, 3, 10, 12, 23, 28, 293, 303, 34, 35, 36, 39, 40, 45; 6:2, 32, 5, 62, 9, 11, 162, 172, 212, 223, 232, 252, 27, 34; 7:3, 42, 52, 62, 15, 24, 26; 8:3, 6, 82, 9, 13, 14, 15, 17; 9:4, 62, 7, 18, 20, 21, 23, 25, 29, 30, 38; 10:2, 9, 10, 14, 22, 30, 38, 392, 414, 422; 11:8, 10, 29; 12:4, 13, 183, 19, 21, 293, 40, 44, 49; 13:152, 162, 19, 24, 27, 30, 31, 32, 35, 412, 43, 52, 54; 14:2, 8,

11, 36; 15:2, 8, 26, 27, 30; 16:62, 9, 13, 18, 24, 252, 262, 272; 17:22, 6, 8, 22, 27; 18:5, 6, 82, 9, 10, 16, 23, 35; 19:12, 14, 21, 28, 29; 20:1, 2, 15, 212, 232, 27, 28, 33, 34; 21:8, 9, 122, 132, 162, 28, 342, 35, 38, 42, 43, 45; 22:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 13, 16, 20, 213, 29, 373, 442; 23:42, 5, 22, 27, 292, 30, 34, 352, 38, 39; 24:5, 9, 17, 18, 31, 43, 45, 47, 48, 51; 25:1, 3, 4, 7, 82, 14, 18, 25, 27, 312, 33, 34, 41; 26:3, 6, 7, 12, 26, 28, 38, 39, 43, 45, 513, 522, 58, 61, 64, 65, 67; 27:7, 10, 24, 25, 27, 292, 30, 31, 32, 35, 37, 39, 52, 58, 60; 28:32, 9, 193 genitive (subjective), 1:21; 2:15; 3:2, 6, 7; 4:17; 5:3, 10, 162, 192, 204, 242, 33, 37; 6:1, 4, 7, 102, 12, 14, 15, 25, 29, 33; 7:212, 24, 26, 27, 28; 8:11; 9:22, 4, 5, 22, 29; 10:7, 132, 14; 11:2, 112, 12, 19, 20, 29, 302; 12:18, 19, 25, 26, 28, 34, 372, 41, 42, 50; 13:11, 14, 22, 24, 31, 33, 442, 45, 47, 52, 58; 15:2, 32, 62, 9, 28; 16:122, 19, 232, 27, 28; 17:20; 18:1, 3, 4, 16, 23; 19:8, 12, 14, 23, 24; 20:1, 21, 23; 21:13, 312, 38, 43; 22:2, 18, 29, 33; 23:3, 5, 13; 24:12, 20, 27, 29, 31, 35, 37, 39; 25:1, 21, 23, 31, 34; 26:29, 42, 56, 73, 75; 27:53 genitive subject, 1:18, 20; 2:1, 13, 19; 5:1; 6:3; 8:1, 5, 16, 28; 9:10, 18, 32, 33; 11:7; 12:46; 13:6, 19, 212; 14:15, 23, 32; 16:2; 17:5, 9, 22, 24; 18:24, 25; 20:8, 29; 21:10, 23; 22:41; 24:3; 25:5, 10;



Grammar Index

26:6, 7, 20, 21, 26, 47, 60; 27:1, 17, 19, 57; 28:11, 13 Granville-­Sharp rule, 7:26; 13:20, 23; 27:40 headless relative clause, 5:192, 21, 222, 31, 32, 39, 41; 6:8; 10:14, 272, 33, 38, 42; 11:4, 6, 10, 27; 12:2, 322, 50; 13:123, 172; 14:7, 36; 15:52; 16:192, 252; 17:12; 18:4, 6, 182; 19:6, 9, 11; 20:4, 15, 23, 26, 27; 22:9; 23:122, 162, 182; 25:29; 26:13, 48 hendiadys, 14:9 homoeoarcton, 15:14 homoeoteleuton, 5:19; 6:25; 10:23; 12:15, 47; 13:45; 19:9, 21; 22:32, 37; 28:9 hortatory subjunctive: see subjunctive (hortatory) hyperbole, 10:35; 11:18 ἵνα (clausal complement), 4:3; 7:12; 12:16; 14:36; 16:20; 20:21, 33; 24:20; 26:4, 41, 63; 28:10 ἵνα (epexegetical), 8:8; 26:16 ἵνα (indirect discourse), 4:3; 7:12; 12:16; 14:36; 16:20; 20:21, 33; 24:20; 26:4, 41; 27:20; 28:10 ἵνα (purpose), 1:22; 2:15; 4:14; 7:1; 9:6; 12:10, 17; 14:15; 17:27; 18:16; 19:13, 16; 20:31; 21:4; 23:26; 26:5, 41, 56; 27:26, 32 ἵνα (subject), 5:29, 30; 10:25; 18:6, 14 inclusio, 5:10, 47; 7:12; 15:20; 16:11 infinitive (apposition), 9:5 infinitive (cause with διὰ τό), 13:5, 6; 24:12

419

infinitive (complementary), 1:192, 20; 2:13, 18, 22; 3:9; 4:172; 5:13, 14, 402, 42; 6:1, 242, 27; 7:11, 182; 8:2, 212, 22, 28; 9:15, 28; 10:282; 11:7, 142, 20, 27; 12:12, 2, 4, 10, 12, 292, 34, 38, 46, 47; 13:172, 30; 14:4, 5, 30; 15:32; 16:3, 215, 22, 24, 25, 27; 17:10, 12, 16, 19, 22; 18:13, 23, 24, 25, 33; 19:3, 8, 12, 14, 17, 21, 25; 20:14, 15, 222, 26, 27, 46; 22:3, 17, 462; 23:4, 13, 232, 37; 24:62, 43, 49; 25:27; 26:92, 15, 22, 35, 372, 40, 42, 53, 54, 612, 742; 27:6, 15, 34, 42 infinitive (direct object), 5:32; 6:5; 14:16; 19:8; 23:7; 25:35, 42 infinitive (epexegetical), 3:11, 14; 9:6; 12:4; 14:16; 21:32 infinitive (indirect discourse), 2:12; 3:7, 9; 5:34, 36, 39; 8:18; 14:7, 9, 19, 222, 28; 15:35; 16:1, 5, 12, 13, 15; 18:252; 19:72; 22:23; 27:58, 64; 28:20 infinitive (predicate), 20:23 infinitive (purpose), 2:2; 4:1; 5:173; 7:5; 8:29; 9:13; 10:342, 35; 11:7, 8, 9; 12:42; 14:23; 18:25; 20:1, 283; 21:34; 22:3, 11, 15; 24:1, 17, 18; 25:10, 17; 26:55, 58; 27:34; 28:1, 8 infinitive (purpose with εἰς τό), 20:193; 26:2; 27:31 infinitive (purpose with πρὸς τό), 5:28; 6:1; 13:30; 23:5; 26:12 infinitive (purpose with τοῦ), 2:13; 3:13; 11:12; 13:3; 24:45 infinitive (purpose with ὧστε), 10:12; 27:1 infinitive (result with ὧστε), 8:24, 28; 12:222; 13:2, 322, 542; 15:31, 33; 24:24; 27:14

420

Grammar Index

infinitive (subject), 3:15; 13:11; 15:20, 262; 17:4; 18:7, 82, 92; 19:10, 242; 20:23 infinitive (temporal with ἐν τῷ), 13:4, 25; 27:12 infinitive (temporal with μετὰ τό), 26:32 infinitive (temporal with πρίν or πρίν ἤ), 1:18; 26:34, 75 infinitive (temporal with πρὸ τοῦ), 6:8 internally headed relative clause, 7:22; 10:11; 23:37; 24:38, 44 καθώς (comparative), 21:6; 26:24; 28:6 καί (adjunctive), 2:8; 5:39, 40; 6:10, 12, 14, 21; 7:10, 12; 8:9; 10:4, 18, 32, 33; 12:45; 13:26; 15:3, 16; 16:18; 17:12; 18:332, 35; 19:28; 20:4, 7, 10, 14; 21:242, 27; 22:26; 23:26, 28; 24:33, 39, 44; 25:11, 22, 24, 41, 44; 26:13, 35, 69, 73; 27:41, 44, 57 καί (ascensive), 5:46, 47; 8:27, 33; 10:30; 13:12; 15:27; 18:17; 20:10; 21:21; 24:24; 25:29; 26:35; 26:73; 27:44 καί (epexegetical), 1:24; 20:28; 26:19; 27:40 κατά (cause), 19:3 κατά (distributive), 24:7; 27:15 κατά (locative), 8:32 κατά (opposition), 5:23; 10:353; 12:322; 20:11; 27:1 κατά (standard), 2:16; 9:29; 16:27; 23:3; 25:15; 26:59 merism, 5:18; 24:35 μετά (association/ accompaniment), 2:11; 4:21;

8:11; 9:11; 12:41, 42; 16:27; 18:16, 23; 19:10; 20:2, 20; 22:16; 24:49, 51; 25:4; 26:18, 20, 40, 51, 58, 69, 71; 27:34, 41, 66; 28:12 μετά (attendant circumstance), 24:30, 31; 26:47, 55, 72; 28:8 μετά (manner), 13:20; 24:30; 28:8 μετά (temporal), 1:12; 24:29; 25:19; 26:2, 73; 27:53, 62, 63 metacomment, 3:9; 5:18, 20, 22, 26; 6:2, 5, 16, 25; 8:10, 11; 10:15, 23, 42; 11:9, 11, 15, 22; 12:6, 31, 36; 13:9, 17, 43; 15:10, 17; 16:18; 17:12, 20; 18:3, 10, 13, 18, 19, 22; 19:9, 23, 24, 28; 20:25; 21:21, 31, 43; 23:36, 39; 24:2, 15, 34, 47; 25:12, 40, 45; 26:13, 21, 29, 34, 64 metonymy, 5:13, 14; 17:22; 18:162; 19:12; 27:6 μέχρι (temporal), 11:23; 28:15 μή (introducing a question expecting a negative answer), 7:9, 10; 9:14; 11:23 μή . . . ἀλλά (point/counterpoint), 5:17, 39; 6:13, 18 μήτι (introducing a question expecting a negative answer), 7:16; 12:23; 26:22, 25 neuter plural subject with singular verb, 6:28, 33; 10:2, 29; 11:27; 12:452; 13:42, 52, 62, 7, 82, 26, 40; 15:182, 20, 27; 17:2; 23:36 nominalizer, 4:21; 5:15, 43, 46; 6:34; 8:18, 28, 33; 10:2, 3; 11:23; 12:3, 4; 14:22, 33; 16:5, 23; 19:18; 20:9; 21:21; 22:212; 23:25,



Grammar Index

262; 24:16, 172, 18, 21; 25:34, 41, 51, 71 nominative absolute, 1:1; 3:17; 11:19; 12:10, 18, 49; 25:6 nominative complement in a double nominative construction, 1:16, 18; 2:2, 18, 232; 5:9, 192; 8:6; 10:2; 12:13; 13:552; 21:13; 23:8, 10, 38; 26:14; 27:8, 34 nominative for vocative, 1:20; 7:23; 15:22; 25:34, 41 nominative in apposition, 1:19; 2:3, 18; 3:1; 10:22, 3, 42; 11:19; 12:18, 41; 14:1, 2; 16:16; 18:35; 20:212; 21:11, 33; 22:52, 35; 23:10, 172, 192; 26:14, 22, 25, 47, 63; 27:3, 37, 382, 562, 57, 61; 28:1 nominative (predicate), 1:173; 3:3, 42, 17; 4:32, 6, 18; 5:13, 14, 34, 352, 45; 6:22, 23; 7:9, 122, 14, 15; 8:9; 10:2, 202, 36; 11:3, 14, 19, 30; 12:7, 8, 11, 23, 27, 482, 50; 13:19, 202, 22, 232, 32, 37, 383, 393, 55; 14:2, 21, 26, 33; 15:5, 14, 20, 38; 16:16, 18, 20, 23; 17:5; 18:1, 4, 14; 19:62; 20:26, 27; 21:10, 11, 38; 22:28, 324, 38, 42, 45; 23:82, 9, 10, 11, 30, 31; 24:3, 5, 8, 45; 25:24, 35, 43; 26:26, 28, 63, 68; 27:4, 6, 11, 33, 37, 40, 42, 43, 54 nominative subject, 1:23, 33, 43, 53, 62, 73, 83, 93, 103, 11, 122, 133, 143, 153, 162, 18, 19, 202, 21, 222, 233, 242; 2:1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 63, 7, 8, 93, 132, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23; 3:1, 2, 32, 42, 5, 7, 9, 102, 113, 13, 143, 15, 162, 172; 4:1, 32, 42, 5, 7, 8, 10, 112, 12, 14,

421

162, 172, 20, 22, 24, 25; 5:1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 132, 142, 16, 184, 193, 20, 21, 224, 23, 252, 282, 293, 303, 31, 323, 34, 372, 392, 41, 44, 46, 47, 482; 6:2, 32, 42, 62, 8, 92, 102, 12, 14, 15, 17, 18, 192, 202, 212, 223, 233, 24, 25, 262, 27, 29, 30, 322, 33, 34; 7:82, 92, 112, 123, 13, 14, 15, 172, 182, 19, 21, 22, 243, 253, 262, 274, 282; 8:1, 2, 3, 42, 5, 6, 7, 82, 9, 10, 11, 122, 132, 14, 15, 172, 18, 19, 204, 21, 22, 23, 242, 26, 273, 28, 30, 31, 322, 33, 34; 9:22, 32, 4, 52, 6, 8, 9, 102, 112, 123, 144, 155, 163, 174, 182, 19, 20, 223, 23, 24, 252, 26, 27, 282, 303, 31, 332, 34, 35; 10:2, 5, 7, 11, 133, 14, 16, 20, 213, 22, 23, 24, 263, 292, 30, 31, 322, 332, 372, 38, 392, 402, 412, 42; 11:1, 2, 3, 4, 56, 6, 7, 8, 103, 112, 122, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 193, 20, 21, 232, 25, 276, 28, 30; 12:12, 22, 32, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 115, 12, 14, 152, 17, 182, 19, 21, 22, 232, 242, 252, 262, 273, 282, 29, 302, 312, 322, 33, 34, 352, 36, 38, 393, 402, 41, 42, 43, 45, 46, 472, 483, 49, 502; 13:1, 22, 3, 42, 5, 72, 82, 9, 10, 11, 122, 14, 15, 172, 18, 192, 20, 222, 232, 24, 25, 262, 27, 283, 29, 312, 32, 333, 34, 35, 36, 372, 383, 393, 40, 41, 42, 432, 442, 45, 47, 49, 50, 523, 53, 552, 56, 572; 14:1, 23, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 11, 12, 132, 153, 162, 17, 18, 20, 21, 242, 26, 272, 282, 292, 31, 32, 33, 35, 362; 15:1, 2, 32, 42, 53, 7, 82, 112, 122, 133, 142, 15, 162, 17, 182, 197, 20, 21, 222, 232, 24, 25, 26, 272, 283, 29, 30, 322, 33, 342, 36, 37, 38; 16:1, 23, 3, 42, 5, 6, 7,

422

Grammar Index

nominative subject (continued), 8, 132, 144, 15, 162, 17, 183, 20, 21, 222, 23, 242, 252, 262, 27, 282; 17:1, 22, 3, 4, 52, 6, 7, 92, 102, 112, 122, 13, 14, 17, 183, 192, 202, 222, 242, 252, 262; 18:12, 4, 5, 62, 7, 82, 9, 10, 122, 14, 15, 16, 19, 20, 213, 22, 232, 24, 25, 26, 27, 282, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35; 19:1, 2, 3, 42, 52, 62, 7, 8, 92, 102, 112, 127, 132, 142, 16, 172, 18, 20, 21, 22, 232, 252, 262, 273, 283, 292, 30; 20:12, 42, 5, 72, 8, 9, 102, 12, 13, 152, 162, 17, 18, 20, 212, 222, 24, 253, 26, 27, 28, 29, 302, 312, 32, 33, 34; 21:1, 32, 42, 5, 62, 82, 9, 102, 112, 12, 132, 14, 152, 162, 192, 202, 21, 233, 243, 252, 26, 272, 28, 29, 30, 314, 324, 332, 34, 35, 382, 40, 41, 424, 43, 44, 45; 22:1, 22, 5, 6, 7, 82, 102, 11, 12, 132, 14, 15, 18, 19, 23, 243, 252, 27, 28, 29, 32, 33, 34, 35, 37, 38, 402, 41, 43, 44, 45, 462; 23:1, 2, 4, 83, 9, 10, 11, 122, 13, 162, 17, 182, 20, 21, 22, 26, 27, 28, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39; 24:12, 23, 33, 42, 52, 6, 73, 10, 11, 12, 13, 142, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 212, 223, 23, 242, 272, 282, 294, 302, 32, 33, 342, 352, 362, 37, 38, 392, 403, 412, 42, 432, 442, 452, 46, 482, 50, 51; 25:12, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 82, 9, 103, 11, 12, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 30, 312, 322, 34, 37, 40, 44, 46; 26:1, 22, 32, 5, 7, 82, 9, 10, 12, 132, 14, 152, 17, 183, 192, 21, 22, 232, 243, 253, 262, 28, 313, 333, 34, 352, 36, 38, 393, 412, 42, 43, 452, 46, 472, 482, 50, 51, 522, 54,

55, 563, 573, 58, 592, 60, 61, 622, 633, 642, 65, 66, 67, 68, 693, 70, 712, 733, 74, 75; 27:12, 3, 42, 6, 8, 92, 10, 115, 13, 15, 17, 19, 202, 212, 222, 232, 243, 25, 27, 33, 37, 38, 39, 41, 44, 45, 462, 472, 48, 492, 50, 513, 522, 542, 552, 56, 572, 582, 59, 61, 623, 63, 642, 65, 66; 28:1, 22, 3, 4, 52, 92, 10, 11, 13, 142, 152, 162, 17, 182, 20 nominative subject in an elliptical clause, 6:5, 7, 16, 29; 7:21, 29; 9:36; 10:162, 24, 253; 12:13, 39; 13:43, 552, 56; 14:19; 16:3, 4, 17; 17:2; 18:3, 4, 17; 21:29, 31; 22:262, 30; 24:7, 362, 37, 41; 25:46; 28:32, 4 nominative subject of a verbless equative clause, 1:17; 3:12; 5:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12; 6:23, 25, 34; 7:4, 132, 142; 8:29; 9:372; 10:10, 20; 11:30; 12:41, 42; 13:162, 542; 15:33; 19:26, 30; 21:92, 15; 22:42, 14, 202, 36, 39; 23:19; 24:8, 23, 32, 46; 25:2, 6; 27:19, 25; 28:3 objective genitive: see genitive (objective) ὅπως (clausal complement), 8:34; 9:38; 12:14; 22:15 ὅπως (purpose), 2:8, 23; 5:16, 45; 6:2, 4, 5, 16, 18; 8:17; 12:14; 13:35; 22:15; 23:35; 26:59 ὅταν (temporal), 5:11; 6:2, 5, 6, 16; 9:15; 10:19, 23; 12:43; 13:32; 15:2; 19:28; 21:40; 23:15; 24:15, 32, 33; 25:31; 26:29 ὅτε (temporal), 7:28; 9:25; 11:1; 12:3; 13:26, 48, 53; 19:1; 21:1, 34; 26:1; 27:31



Grammar Index

ὅτι (causal), 2:18; 4:6; 5:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 34, 352, 36, 45; 6:5; 7:13; 9:36; 11:20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 29; 12:41, 42; 13:11, 162; 14:5; 15:23, 32; 16:17, 23; 17:15; 20:7, 15; 23:10, 13, 15, 23, 25, 27, 29; 24:42, 44; 25:8, 13 ὅτι (clausal complement; direct discourse), 2:23; 3:9; 5:20; 6:29; 7:23; 8:11; 9:18; 10:7; 11:24; 12:6, 36; 13:17; 14:26; 16:7, 18, 28; 17:12; 18:10, 13, 19; 19:8, 9, 23, 28; 21:3, 16, 31, 43; 24:34, 47; 26:21, 34, 72, 74, 75; 27:43, 47; 28:7, 13 ὅτι (clausal complement; indirect discourse), 2:16, 22, 23; 3:9; 4:12; 5:17, 20, 21, 22, 23, 27, 28, 32, 3, 38, 43; 6:7, 29, 32; 8:11, 27; 9:6, 28; 10:34; 11:24; 12:5, 6, 36; 13:17; 15:12, 17; 16:8, 11, 12, 18, 20, 21, 28; 17:10, 12, 13; 18:10, 13, 19; 19:4, 9, 23, 28; 20:10, 25, 30; 21:3, 31, 43, 45; 22:16, 34; 23:31; 24:32, 33, 34, 47; 25:26; 26:2, 21, 34, 53, 54; 27:3, 18, 24, 63; 28:5, 7 ὅτι (epexegetical), 6:26; 24:43; 25:24 ὅτι (resumptive), 13:13 οὐ (introducing a question expecting an affirmative answer), 6:30; 7:22; 12:3, 5; 13:55; 15:17; 17:24; 18:33; 19:4; 20:15; 22:31; 24:2; 27:13 οὐ . . . ἀλλά (point/counterpoint), 4:4; 5:15; 7:21; 8:8; 9:12, 13, 17, 24; 10:24, 34; 13:21; 15:11; 16:12, 17, 23; 17:12; 18:22, 30; 19:11; 20:23, 26, 28; 21:21; 22:32; 26:39

423

οὖν (inferential), 1:17; 3:8, 10; 5:19, 23, 48; 6:2, 8, 9, 22, 23, 31, 34; 7:11, 12, 24; 9:38; 10:16, 26, 31, 32; 12:12, 26; 13:18, 27, 28, 40, 56; 17:10; 18:4; 19:6, 7; 21:25, 40; 22:9, 17, 21, 28, 43, 45; 23:3, 20; 24:15, 26, 42; 25:13, 27, 28, 54; 27:22, 64; 28:19 οὖν (resumptive), 24:15; 27:17 οὐχί (introducing a question expecting an affirmative answer), 5:46; 6:25, 26; 10:29; 12:11; 13:27, 56; 18:12; 20:13 παρά (agency), 21:42 παρά (locative), 4:18; 6:1; 13:1, 4, 19; 15:29, 30; 20:30; 22:25; 28:15 παρά (source), 2:4, 7, 16; 18:19; 21:42 participle (attendant circumstance), 1:24; 2:82, 9, 11, 13, 14, 16, 20, 21, 23; 4:3, 9, 132, 20, 22; 5:2, 13, 24; 6:6; 7:6; 8:3, 7, 19, 25, 26, 32, 33; 9:1, 6, 7, 9, 10, 13, 182, 19, 20, 222, 25, 31; 10:1, 7; 11:2, 4; 12:9, 14, 45, 49; 13:1, 2, 4, 10, 27, 28, 31, 33, 36, 44, 46, 482, 54; 14:3, 10, 122, 15, 194, 29, 31; 15:10, 12, 21, 22, 23, 252, 292, 32, 35, 36; 16:1, 4, 22, 23; 17:7, 19, 272; 18:2, 12, 21, 262, 283, 29, 30, 31, 32; 19:16, 25, 26; 20:3, 5, 6, 25, 32; 21:2, 62, 17, 28, 302, 35, 37, 39; 22:5, 6, 7, 10, 13, 15, 22; 24:1; 25:1, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 25; 26:14, 263, 272, 36, 37, 39, 42, 43, 442, 49, 50, 51, 56, 58, 60, 62, 73, 75; 27:2, 52, 6, 24, 27, 28, 292, 30, 484, 50, 53, 58, 59, 64, 66; 28:22, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 18, 19

424

Grammar Index

participle (attributive), 1:16, 22; 2:2, 7, 15, 17, 23; 3:3, 7, 10, 16, 17; 4:4, 14, 16, 18; 5:14, 22, 28, 32; 6:4, 6, 18, 302; 7:11, 13, 14, 19; 8:9, 142, 17, 23, 28, 302; 9:2, 8, 9, 20, 27, 28, 32, 36; 10:2, 4, 6, 7; 11:8, 14, 16, 21, 23; 12:10, 17, 202, 252, 34; 13:14, 24, 39, 44, 45, 472, 52; 14:6; 15:24, 27; 16:16; 17:5, 17, 25, 27; 18:6, 13; 19:28; 20:12, 30; 21:4, 92, 152, 23, 43; 22:11, 23, 31; 23:16, 17, 19, 242, 27, 35, 37; 24:15; 25:14, 242, 29, 34, 412; 26:3, 72, 14, 25, 28, 36, 63, 71, 75; 27:3, 9, 16, 17, 22, 33, 34, 372, 44, 52, 55, 61; 28:5 participle (causal), 1:192; 2:3, 10, 12, 16, 222; 4:12; 8:10, 18; 9:2, 4, 8, 11; 12:15, 25, 34, 46, 47; 14:8, 132, 26, 302; 15:9, 12, 31; 16:8; 17:6; 18:27, 31, 34; 19:22; 20:34; 22:18, 22, 25, 29; 25:25; 26:10, 22, 55; 27:18, 24, 54 participle (complementary), 6:16, 18; 11:1 participle (concessive), 7:11; 13:132, 14:5, 9; 21:32, 46; 22:12; 25:3 participle (conditional), 5:14 participle (manner), 1:20; 2:2, 13, 20; 3:1, 2, 6; 4:233; 5:11; 6:5, 31; 7:29; 8:2, 3, 5, 62, 25, 27; 9:14, 18, 272, 29, 33, 353; 10:5; 11:16, 182, 192; 12:46, 47; 13:36; 14:15, 24, 33; 15:1, 25, 30; 16:3; 17:3, 14, 15; 18:1, 8, 9, 26, 34; 19:3, 22, 28; 20:8, 202; 21:5, 20, 22, 23, 37; 22:4, 12, 16, 24; 24:3, 5; 25:11, 20; 26:7, 17, 27, 392, 55, 65, 68, 69; 27:4, 19, 24, 39, 41, 552, 61, 63; 28:9, 13

participle (means), 3:14; 5:2; 6:27; 8:25, 29, 31; 9:30; 10:5, 7; 12:10, 28; 13:3, 24, 31; 14:25, 27, 30, 33; 15:7, 9, 23; 16:22; 17:9, 10, 25; 18:29; 20:12; 21:2, 9, 25; 22:1, 24, 42; 23:2; 25:9, 37, 44, 45; 26:12, 42, 44, 48, 51, 70; 27:4, 11, 23, 29, 35, 40, 46, 66; 28:18, 19, 20 participle (future periphrastic), 10:22; 24:9, 41 participle (future-­perfect periphrastic), 16:192; 18:182 participle (imperfect periphrastic), 7:29; 12:4; 19:22; 24:384 participle (perfect periphrastic), 10:26, 30; 18:20 participle (pleonastic), 3:15; 4:14; 5:2; 8:8, 29, 31; 9:30; 10:5, 7; 11:4, 25; 12:10, 38, 39, 48; 13:3, 11, 24, 31, 37; 14:27, 28, 30; 15:3, 7, 13, 15, 22, 23, 24, 26, 28; 16:2, 7, 13, 16, 17, 22; 17:4, 9, 10, 11, 17; 18:29; 19:4, 27; 20:12, 13, 22; 20:30, 31; 21:9, 21, 24, 25, 27, 29, 30; 22:12, 24, 29, 42; 23:2; 24:2, 4; 25:9, 12, 26, 37, 40, 44, 45; 26:23, 25, 33, 42, 44, 66, 70; 27:11, 21, 23, 25, 46; 28:5, 18 participle (pluperfect periphrastic), 9:362; 26:43 participle (predicate), 7:14; 10:26; 21:9; 22:4; 23:39 participle (present periphrastic), 1:23; 3:15; 5:25; 27:33 participle (purpose), 12:43; 16:1; 19:32; 20:20; 22:16, 35; 27:49, 55 participle (result), 14:26; 21:10; 26:8; 27:54



Grammar Index

participle (substantival), 1:20, 22; 2:2, 6, 15, 17, 20, 23; 3:32, 11, 17; 4:3, 14, 16, 244; 5:4, 62, 10, 22, 28, 322, 40, 422, 44, 46; 7:83, 11, 13, 14, 212, 23, 262, 29; 8:10, 162, 17, 28, 32, 332; 9:122, 34; 10:4, 8, 202, 22, 283, 372, 392, 403, 412; 11:3, 8, 11, 14, 15, 282; 12:17, 22, 24, 302, 32, 443, 48; 13:3, 9, 18, 192, 203, 222, 233, 352, 37, 41, 43; 14:9, 20, 21, 35; 15:4, 112, 17, 18, 20, 37, 38; 16:28; 17:5, 24; 18:12, 30, 312, 34; 19:4, 92, 12, 21; 21:4, 92, 123, 16, 42, 44; 22:3, 4, 8, 10, 11, 31, 32; 23:13, 20, 212, 222, 31, 372, 39; 24:13, 15, 192, 47, 49; 25:9, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 29, 34, 41; 26:14, 23, 25, 46, 48, 52, 57, 68, 73; 27:3, 92, 39, 402, 47, 542; 28:1, 4, 5, 11 participle (temporal), 2:3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 112, 16, 22; 3:6, 7, 16; 4:2, 12, 13, 18, 21; 5:1; 6:7, 17; 8:2, 10, 14, 18, 34; 9:2, 4, 8, 9, 11, 12, 232, 36; 10:1, 7, 12, 14; 11:2; 12:2, 9, 14, 24, 44; 13:1, 2, 29, 44, 46, 54; 14:3, 132, 14, 194, 23, 26, 302, 34, 35; 15:10, 12, 31, 35, 36, 39; 16:5, 13; 17:6, 8, 27; 18:1, 31, 32; 19:15, 22, 25; 20:2, 9, 10, 11, 17, 24, 30; 21:15, 18, 19, 20, 32, 38, 45; 22:11, 22, 25, 33, 34, 43; 24:46; 25:3, 27; 26:8, 12, 263, 272, 30, 43, 58; 27:2, 3, 5, 7, 24, 26, 27, 28, 30, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 47, 532, 60, 63; 28:122, 17 partitive genitive: see genitive (partitive) περί (advantage), 26:28

425

περί (locative), 3:4; 8:18; 18:6 περί (reference), 2:8; 4:6; 6:28; 9:36; 11:7, 10; 12:36; 15:7; 16:11; 17:13; 18:19; 19:17; 20:24; 21:45; 22:16, 31, 42; 24:36; 26:24 περί (temporal), 20:3, 5, 6, 9; 27:46 periphrasis, 20:2; 23:3; 26:64; 27:7 periphrastic participle: see participle (periphrastic) πλήν (contrast), 11:22, 24; 18:7; 26:39, 64 possessive genitive: see genitive (possessive) predicate accusative: see accusative (predicate) predicate adjective, 1:19; 2:6; 3:112; 5:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12; 21, 223, 482; 6:16, 222, 232, 25, 34; 7:11, 133, 14, 27; 8:8, 26, 27; 9:5, 16, 372; 10:2, 10, 11, 132, 15, 162, 25, 26, 372, 38; 11:6, 11, 16, 22, 24, 26, 292, 30; 12:5, 34, 45; 13:16, 21, 22, 31, 322, 33, 34, 45, 47, 52, 57; 14:15, 23, 24; 15:16, 26, 28; 16:17; 17:2, 4, 26; 18:7, 8, 9; 19:17, 21, 24, 262, 302; 20:1, 4, 152, 162, 26, 27; 21:42; 22:4, 82, 142, 16, 30, 36, 39; 23:16, 17, 18, 19, 26, 27, 282; 24:24, 32, 44, 46; 25:22, 21, 23, 36, 432; 26:24, 38, 39, 412, 66; 27:24, 64; 28:3 predicate adverb, 1:18; 8:12; 12:6, 41, 42; 13:42, 50; 14:23; 15:33; 19:10; 22:13; 24:6, 232, 32, 33, 51; 25:30; 26:18; 27:55, 61; 28:6 predicate nominative: see nominative (predicate) πρό (locative), 11:10

426

Grammar Index

πρό (temporal), 5:12; 8:29; 24:38 πρός (accompaniment), 13:56 πρός (cause), 19:8 πρός (goal), 4:6 πρός (indirect object), 3:15 πρός (locative), 3:10, 13; 26:18 πρός (reference), 19:8; 27:4, 14 πρός (spatial), 2:12; 3:5, 14; 7:15; 10:6, 13; 11:28; 13:2; 14:25, 28, 29; 17:14; 19:14; 21:32, 34, 37; 23:34, 37; 25:9, 36, 39; 26:14, 18, 40, 45, 57; 27:19, 62 subjective genitive: see genitive (subjective) subjunctive (deliberative), 6:253, 313; 8:20; 10:192; 11:3; 13:28; 15:32; 19:16; 20:32; 23:33; 26:17, 54; 27:17, 21, 22 subjunctive (hortatory), 7:4; 21:382; 26:46; 27:49 subjunctive with ἄν, 2:13; 5:182, 192, 21, 222, 26, 31; 10:112, 142, 23, 33, 42; 12:20, 50; 15:5; 16:25, 28; 18:6; 19:92; 20:27; 21:22, 44; 22:44; 23:162, 182, 39; 24:34; 26:48 subjunctive with ἐάν, 4:9; 5:192, 20, 232, 32, 46; 6:14, 15, 22, 23; 7:12; 8:2, 19; 9:21; 10:132; 11:6, 27; 12:11, 29, 322; 14:7; 15:5, 14; 16:192, 25, 262; 17:20; 18:32, 5, 122, 13, 152, 16, 172, 182, 192, 35; 20:4, 26; 21:3, 213, 24, 25, 26; 22:9, 24; 23:3; 24:23, 26, 28, 48, 493; 26:13, 35, 42; 28:14 subjunctive with ἐπάν, 2:8 subjunctive with ἕως (οὗ), 14:22; 17:9; 18:30, 34; 26:36

subjunctive with ἵνα, 1:22; 2:15; 4:3, 14; 5:292, 303; 7:1, 12; 8:8; 9:6; 10:25; 12:10, 16, 17; 14:15, 36; 16:20; 17:27; 18:62, 14, 16; 19:132, 16; 20:21, 31, 33; 21:4; 23:36; 24:20; 26:42, 5, 16, 41, 56, 63; 27:202, 26, 32; 28:10 subjunctive with μήποτε, 4:6; 5:25; 7:6; 13:154, 29; 15:32; 25:9; 27:642 subjunctive with ὅπως, 2:8, 23; 5:162, 45; 6:2, 4, 5, 18; 8:17, 34; 9:38; 12:14; 13:35; 22:15; 23:35; 26:59 subjunctive with ὅταν, 5:113; 6:2, 5, 6, 16; 9:15; 10:19, 23; 12:43; 13:32; 15:2; 19:28; 21:40; 23:15; 24:15, 322, 33; 25:31; 26:29 subjunctive with οὐ μή, 5:18, 20, 26; 10:23, 42; 13:142; 16:28; 18:3; 23:39; 24:2, 21, 34, 35; 26:29 σύν (addition), 25:27 σύν (association/ accompaniment), 26:35; 27:38, 44 synecdoche, 6:11; 11:10; 12:18; 15:2; 16:17; 21:25; 27:32 topic construction, 4:16; 5:19, 39, 40, 41; 6:21; 7:12; 8:23; 10:11, 14, 22, 32, 33; 12:322, 36, 50; 13:122, 20, 22, 23, 38; 15:11; 18:4, 6; 24:13, 28; 26:23, 48; 27:40 ὑπέρ (benefaction), 5:44 ὑπέρ (superior status), 10:242, 372 ὑπό (agency), 14:24 ὑπό (cause), 8:24; 11:7 ὑπό (locative), 5:15; 8:8; 23:37



Grammar Index

427

41, 44; 26:22, 25, 27, 39, 42, 49, 50, 68; 27:29, 46, 63

ὑπό (subordination), 8:9 ὑπό (ultimate agency), 1:22; 2:15, 16; 3:14; 4:12; 5:13; 6:2; 10:22; 11:27; 14:8; 19:12; 20:23; 22:31; 23:7; 24:9; 27:12

χωρίς (dissociation), 14:21; 15:38 χωρίς (exception), 13:34

vocative in apposition, 2:6; 4:15; 11:25; 16:17; 23:13, 15, 23, 25, 27, 29, 33 vocative of direct address, 1:20; 2:6; 3:7; 4:10, 152; 5:222; 6:9, 30; 7:5, 212, 222; 8:2, 6, 8, 19, 21, 25, 26, 29; 9:2, 22, 27, 28; 11:212, 23, 25; 12:34, 38; 13:27; 14:28, 30, 31; 15:7, 22, 25, 27, 28; 16:8, 17, 22, 23; 17:4, 15, 17, 25; 18:21, 32; 19:16; 20:13, 30, 31, 33; 21:28, 29; 22:12, 16, 18, 24, 36; 23:132, 152, 16, 172, 19, 232, 24, 252, 26, 272, 292, 33, 372; 25:112, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26, 37,

ὡς (comparative), 5:48; 6:5, 10, 12, 16, 29; 7:29; 10:163, 252, 12:13; 13:43; 17:2, 20; 18:3, 4, 33; 19:19; 20:14; 22:30, 39; 24:38; 26:55 ὡς (manner), 8:13; 15:28; 27:65 ὡς (object/clausal complement), 1:24; 26:19 ὡς (role/capacity), 14:5; 21:26 ὡς (subject), 26:392 ὥσπερ (comparative), 6:2, 7; 12:40; 13:40; 18:17; 20:28; 24:27, 37; 25:14, 32 ὥστε (conclusion/inferential), 12:12; 19:6; 23:31